the graduate school

Transkript

the graduate school

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Girne American University ...................................................................................................................................... 7
The Catalogue ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
Mission and Core Values ..................................................................................................................................... 7
The American System of University Education.................................................................................................... 7
The GAU Campuses ............................................................................................................................................. 8
Girne Campus, North Cyprus ............................................................................................................................ 8
CanterburyCampus, United Kingdom ............................................................................................................... 8
Singapore Campus, Singapore.......................................................................................................................... 8
USA Campus, Virginia, USA .............................................................................................................................. 8
Accreditation and Enhancing Quality .................................................................................................................. 8
Accreditation .................................................................................................................................................... 8
Co-operation and Articulation .......................................................................................................................... 8
Outcomes Assessment ...................................................................................................................................... 9
Facilities & Services ............................................................................................................................................. 9
The Evolving Modern Campus .......................................................................................................................... 9
Library .............................................................................................................................................................. 9
Automation ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
Reserved Book Collection ................................................................................................................................. 9
Computer Laboratories..................................................................................................................................... 9
Social Life ........................................................................................................................................................ 10
Academic Year Opening Festivities ................................................................................................................. 10
Student Clubs.................................................................................................................................................. 10
Orientation ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
Student Dormitory Accommodation............................................................................................................... 11
Employment Information ............................................................................................................................... 11
Admission Requirements and Fees....................................................................................................................... 12
Required Documents ......................................................................................................................................... 12
Undergraduate Bachelor and Associate Degree applicants ........................................................................... 12
Undergraduate transfer applicants ................................................................................................................ 12
Master Degree applicants .............................................................................................................................. 12
PhD applicants................................................................................................................................................ 12
Additional Documents for All Applicants ........................................................................................................ 13
Important Additional Information .................................................................................................................. 13
Fees ................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Travel to GAU ................................................................................................................................................. 14
Academic Policies and Regulations....................................................................................................................... 14
Registration and Enrolment Procedures ........................................................................................................... 14
The Academic Advisor .................................................................................................................................... 14
Late Registration ............................................................................................................................................ 14
Adding, Dropping& Withdrawing Courses ..................................................................................................... 14
Transfers ......................................................................................................................................................... 15
- from another University .............................................................................................................................................. 15
- within the University ................................................................................................................................................... 15
The Academic Year& Semester ......................................................................................................................... 15
Summer Semester........................................................................................................................................... 15
Non-Credit Courses ........................................................................................................................................... 15
Course Load ....................................................................................................................................................... 15
Part-Time Students ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Grading .............................................................................................................................................................. 15
Credit-Hour ................................................................................................................................................................... 16
1
Credit Earned ................................................................................................................................................................ 16
Grade-Point Average (GPA) ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Cumulative Grade-Point Average (CGPA) ...................................................................................................................... 16
Examinations& Student Evaluation ................................................................................................................... 16
Repeating Courses .......................................................................................................................................... 17
Objection to Grade ......................................................................................................................................... 17
Correction of Grades ...................................................................................................................................... 17
Internship ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
Attendance ..................................................................................................................................................... 17
Academic Status& Probation ............................................................................................................................. 17
Satisfactory..................................................................................................................................................... 17
Honours .......................................................................................................................................................... 17
Probation ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
Student Transcript ............................................................................................................................................. 18
Graduation ........................................................................................................................................................ 18
Double Major & Minor Degrees ........................................................................................................................ 18
Financial Good Standing .................................................................................................................................... 18
Make-up and Graduation Make-up ................................................................................................................... 18
Leave of Absence (Freeze) ................................................................................................................................. 18
Withdrawal from the University ........................................................................................................................ 19
Refund Policy ..................................................................................................................................................... 19
Scholarships ....................................................................................................................................................... 19
Guest Students .................................................................................................................................................. 19
Discipline ........................................................................................................................................................... 19
American & European Credit Systems............................................................................................................... 19
Undergraduate Bachelor Degree Programs ......................................................................................................... 20
THE FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, DESIGN AND FINE ARTS ............................................................................... 21
Department of Architecture (BArch) .............................................................................................................. 22
Department of Graphic Design (BA) ............................................................................................................... 23
Department of Interior Design (BA) ................................................................................................................ 24
Department of Visual Arts (Painting) (BA) ..................................................................................................... 25
THE FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS .................................................................................................. 26
Department of Accounting (BSc) .................................................................................................................... 27
Department of Aviation Management (BSc) .................................................................................................. 29
Department of Banking & Finance (BSc) ........................................................................................................ 31
Department of Business Management (BSc) .................................................................................................. 33
Department of Economics (BSc) ..................................................................................................................... 35
Department of International Business Management (BSc) ............................................................................ 37
Department of International Relations (BSc) ................................................................................................. 39
Department of Marketing (BSc) ..................................................................................................................... 41
Department of Management Information Systems (BSc) .............................................................................. 43
Department of Political Science & Public Administration (BSc) ...................................................................... 45
THE FACULTY OF COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................................... 47
Department of Journalism and Broadcasting (BA) ......................................................................................... 48
Department of Public Relations (BA) ............................................................................................................. 49
Department of Radio, TV and Cinema (BSc) ................................................................................................... 51
THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION ........................................................................................................................... 52
Department of Primary School Teaching (BA) ................................................................................................ 53
Department of Computer and Instructional Technology Teaching (BSc) ....................................................... 54
Department of English Language Teaching (BA) ............................................................................................ 55
Department of Early Childhood Education (BA) (in Turkish Only) .................................................................. 56
Department of Psychological Counselling and Guidance (BA) (in Turkish Only) ............................................ 58
Department of Turkish Language and Literature (BA) (in Turkish only) ......................................................... 59
Department of Turkish Language Teaching (BA) (in Turkish only) ................................................................ 60
THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................................ 61
Department of Computer Engineering (BSc) .................................................................................................. 62
2
Department of Civil Engineering (BSc)............................................................................................................ 64
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (BSc) .......................................................................... 66
Department of Energy Systems Engineering (BSc) ......................................................................................... 68
Department of Industrial Engineering (BSc) ................................................................................................... 70
THE FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES .................................................................................................................. 72
Department of Health Care Management (BSc) ............................................................................................ 73
Department of Occupational Therapy (BSc) ................................................................................................... 75
Department of Nutrition & Dietetics (BSc) ..................................................................................................... 77
THE FACULTY OF HUMANITIES .......................................................................................................................... 79
Department of Chinese Language and Literature (BA) .................................................................................. 80
Department of English Language and Literature (BA) ................................................................................... 81
Department of Psychology (BSc) .................................................................................................................... 82
Department of Translation and Interpretation (BA)....................................................................................... 84
THE FACULTY OF LAW ....................................................................................................................................... 85
Department of Continental Law (LLB) in Turkish only .................................................................................... 86
Department of Common Law (LLB) ................................................................................................................ 87
THE SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS ....................................................................................... 89
Department of Physical Education Teacher Training (BA) (in Turkish only) ................................................... 90
Department of Recreation Management (BSc) .............................................................................................. 91
Department of Sports Management (BSc) ..................................................................................................... 92
THE SCHOOL OF PERFORMING ARTS ................................................................................................................. 93
Department of Dance (BA) ............................................................................................................................. 94
THE SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT ......................................................................... 95
Department of Gastronomy & Culinary Arts (BSc) ......................................................................................... 96
Department of Tourism & Hospitality Management (BSc)............................................................................. 97
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING ................................................................................................................................. 99
Department of Midwifery (BSc) (in Turkish only) ......................................................................................... 100
Department of Nursing (BSc) (in Turkish only) ............................................................................................. 102
THE MARINE SCHOOL ...................................................................................................................................... 104
Department of Logistics and Transportation (BSc)....................................................................................... 105
Department of Deck (Marine Transportation) (BSc) .................................................................................... 106
VOCATIONAL SCHOOL ........................................................................................................................................ 107
Business Associate Degree Programs .............................................................................................................. 108
Department of Accounting and Tax Application (ASc) ................................................................................. 108
Department of Banking and Insurance (ASc) ............................................................................................... 109
Department of Business Management (ASc)................................................................................................ 110
Department of Marketing (ASc) ................................................................................................................... 111
Department of Public Relations and Marketing (ASc) .................................................................................. 112
Department of Tourism & Hospitality Management (ASc) .......................................................................... 113
Science Associate Degree Programs ................................................................................................................ 114
Department of Computer Operations (ASc) ................................................................................................. 114
Department of Computer Programming (ASc) ............................................................................................. 115
Department of Electronics Technology (ASc)................................................................................................ 116
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL .................................................................................................................................... 117
MASTER DEGREE PROGRAMS.......................................................................................................................... 117
Master Degree Programs in Business Administration (MBA/MSc) ................................................................. 120
MBA Program in Business Management ..................................................................................................................... 120
MBA Program in Financial Management..................................................................................................................... 120
MBA Program in International Business Management ............................................................................................... 120
MBA Program in Management Information Systems.................................................................................................. 120
MBA Program in Marketing ......................................................................................................................................... 121
Master Degree Program in Business Management (MSc) ........................................................................... 121
Executive MBA (EMBA) ................................................................................................................................. 121
Master Degree Program in Economics (MSc) ............................................................................................... 122
Master Degree Program in Health & Hospital Management (MSc)............................................................. 122
3
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc) ........................................................................... 123
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc), (with Thesis) .................................................................... 123
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc), (without Thesis)............................................................... 123
Master Degree Program in Tourism & Hospitality Management (MSc) ...................................................... 124
Master Degree Programs in Engineering (MSc) .............................................................................................. 125
Master Degree Program in Computer Engineering (MSc) ............................................................................ 125
Master Degree Program in Electrical & Electronics Engineering (MSc) ....................................................... 125
Master Degree Program in Industrial Engineering (MSc)............................................................................. 125
Master Degree Programs in Architecture, Construction Management and Interior Design (MArch, MSc, MA)
......................................................................................................................................................................... 126
Master Degree Program in Architecture (MArch) ........................................................................................ 126
Master Degree Program in Construction Management (MSc) ..................................................................... 127
Master Degree Program in Interior Design (MA) ......................................................................................... 127
Master Degree Programs in Education ........................................................................................................... 128
Master Degree Program in Educational Administration and Supervision (MA) – in Turkish only ................ 128
Master Degree Program in English Language Education (MA) .................................................................... 128
Master Degree Program in Secondary School Teaching (MA) – in Turkish only........................................... 128
Master Degree Program in Turkish Language & Literature Education(MA) - (in Turkish only) .................... 129
Master Degree Program in Law (LLM) ............................................................................................................. 130
Master Degree Program in International Business Law (LLM) ..................................................................... 130
Master Degree Programs in Communications ................................................................................................ 131
Master Degree Program in Journalism and Broadcasting (MSc) ................................................................. 131
Master Degree Program in Public Relations(MSc) ....................................................................................... 131
Master Degree Program in Gender Studies..................................................................................................... 132
Master Degree Program in Gender Studies (MA) ......................................................................................... 132
Master Degree Program in Psychology ........................................................................................................... 133
Master Degree Program in Health Psychology (MSc) .................................................................................. 133
Master Degree Program in Psychological Counselling (MSc) ....................................................................... 134
Master Degree Program in Social Psychology (MA) ..................................................................................... 135
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL .................................................................................................................................... 136
Ph.D PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................................................. 136
PhD Programs in Engineering .......................................................................................................................... 137
PhD in Computer Engineering ...................................................................................................................... 137
PhD Programs in Management ....................................................................................................................... 137
PhD in Business Management ...................................................................................................................... 137
PhD in Construction Management ............................................................................................................... 138
PhD in Marketing.......................................................................................................................................... 138
PhD in Management Information Systems................................................................................................... 138
PhD in Tourism & Hospitality........................................................................................................................ 138
PhD Program in Communication & Media Management ................................................................................ 139
PhD Programs in Education ............................................................................................................................. 139
PhD in Contemporary Turkish Language ...................................................................................................... 139
PhD in Educational Administration and Supervision .................................................................................... 139
Course Descriptions ............................................................................................................................................ 140
The Foundation English School (FES) .................................................................................................................. 263
Program Structure ........................................................................................................................................... 263
Level A – Elementary to Pre-Intermediate.................................................................................................... 263
Level B – Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate ................................................................................................. 263
IELTS ............................................................................................................................................................. 263
Course Assessment .......................................................................................................................................... 264
Honorary Degrees, Boards and Staff .................................................................................................................. 264
Honorary Doctorate Degree Recipients .......................................................................................................... 264
Board of Trustees and Governors.................................................................................................................... 266
4
Executive Board and Senate Members ........................................................................................................... 266
5
Message from the Chancellor
Welcome to GAU – The American University Girne-Cyprus. We know that this glimpse of our
university will give you a clear view of who we are and our ambitions for you.
We at GAU have been committed to preparing our students for active participation in a changing
global world for nearly 3 decades. We find that changing has become one of the constants in our
lives.
We believe there is no better preparation for the demands of the future than a multi faceted education
that GAU provides. This is grounded in a tradition of academic excellence, dedicated to the personal
and intellectual developmental of its students. It aims to develop men and women prepared – and
capable of - assuming highly responsible roles in life.
GAU is the oldest university in the island of Cyprus. Our location in Girne /Kyrenia, North Cyprus has
links with the past dating back to 7000BC. In keeping with the legacy of our rich history we are
confident that our current international educational environment is second to none. Our campus is a
garden square of 35 acres, which combines fine traditional elements with a beautiful environment and
state-of–the-art technology. You will have the opportunity to balance your studies with healthy
recreation both on and off campus. You will find friends all around the world to talk to, to study with
and share the multitude of joys experiences of our university life.
In line with our international mission The American University Girne/Cyprus has, by maintaining high
standards, achieved accreditation with the acknowledged educational associations in the World.
GAU will provide you with dedicated faculty who possess a genuine love of learning. The
comprehensive curriculum composed of a wide range of courses that are offered within an
environment conducive to your success. We will challenge, stretch and strengthen your thinking in
ways that you never dreamed possible. We will expect more, require more, and tolerate less than any
other institution in your academic life thus far. At the same time we will afford you every possible
avenue to achievement.
The reality is that, even with the best of all these things, we cannot learn for you. You must learn for
yourself, you must learn from each other, and we will learn from you. You must demonstrate high
motivation willing to invest the time and the energy needed to achieve life’s truest success.
I invite you to explore carefully the information in the catalogue and become familiar with us and what
we have to offer. If you see something that pleases or interests you do e-mail me at
[email protected] and we will do our best to provide you with help and further information.
I wish you God speed, good fortune, and immense success in all your endeavours.
Serhat Akpinar
Chancellor
6
Girne American University
The Catalogue
This catalogue is mainly for the benefit of both local and those overseas students who attend courses delivered in English. The
catalogue describes the Programs offered by Girne American University and the policies, procedures and academic rules of the
University. Those exceptional courses offered only in Turkish are not described in full and the Turkish speaking student is
recommended to refer to the relevant documentation. Turkish students, whether studying in English or Turkish,and needing to
comply with the requirements of the Turkish Higher Education Authority (YOK), and especially those seeking military deferment,
should refer to the separate University regulations issued in Turkish to ensure they satisfy the detailed conditions for entry,
academic good standing and graduation stipulated by YOK.
Over the past five years the university has experienced major growth in student numbers, academic staff, teaching programs
and physical facilities. To ease the finding of course descriptions we have generally placed them following their relevant
programs rather than grouped at the end of the catalogue. However, we have avoided duplication where possible. This means
that Programs that include courses from other departments will need to be searched in the descriptions of the offering
department. A detailed contents list and index has been included to ease searches.
This catalogue attempts to be as complete and as detailed as possible but the reader will always have questions. We welcome
telephone, fax and email queries and will do everything we can to provide you with a rapid and accurate response.
Mission and Core Values
Over its history GAU has been guided by its focus on five core values: access, speed, relevance, value and community.
“GAU is dedicated to making American model learning opportunities accessible throughout life and to making them challenging
and relevant to a diverse population of young adults. Its aim is to make possible an education that is at the same time both
accessible and excellent. It does this through exceptional management of the University operations and resources, innovative
delivery systems, student services and relevant Programs that are learner-centred, success-oriented and responsive to
technology.”
In support of its mission, a Program has been initiated to transform all courses into digital format. This effective format for
course presentation is a practical expression of one of the University’s core values - that of providing access to higher
education. The format helps students to complete their Programs expeditiously, thus reflecting another core value of speed.
Another aspect of speed is the ability to make adjustments in the curricula to keep abreast of developments in each field. In this
way GAU is able to offer new Programs promptly when new needs and opportunities present themselves. This responsiveness
supports the core value of relevance. Even as GAU works to provide Programs that are current and relevant it also strives to
provide them at an affordable price so that the student receives value.
As GAU has matured the University has recognised that it cannot succeed without a sense of community. This it strives to
achieve by creating an atmosphere of mutual respect, openness, honesty and attentiveness to the core values. The University
has made significant progress in creating such a community among its members and it has thereby created opportunities for
students to gain an appreciation of their own role in the community by building experience at local and global level.
At GAU we strive to reach the unreachable, to provide learning and to encourage educational development worldwide.
The American System of University Education
Girne American University was founded in 1985 as an independent, non-profit institution of higher education. From its outset it
has focused on providing access to the American System of learning and has established strong links with forward-looking
American partners.
Girne American University's study Programs conform to the academic system used throughout the United States. The
academic year consists of 15 week Spring and Fall Semesters and a 7 week Summer Session. Students typically enrol in six
courses (subjects) during a full semester and up to three courses in the summer.
Known for its flexibility, the American educational system has several distinctive features. First, it provides a broader and more
varied education than many other systems by giving its students three kinds of courses. These comprise general education
courses for all students, regardless of their speciality, required courses within their chosen field, and electives.
The American system also assesses its students continuously from the beginning, by assigning grades at regular intervals
through class work and examinations given by the instructors, who know each student's strengths and weaknesses, rather than
solely by impersonal external boards of examiners, as in other systems. Thus students are always informed about their own
progress.
The American system measures this progress in credit hours, of which the student must earn 120 - 150, depending upon the
chosen specialisation to graduate with a Bachelor's degree, the standard US university degree. One credit (or credit hour)
typically requires 15 hours of classroom instruction. For example, a student attending a class for three hours a week for a full 14
week semester (plus 1 week of exams) will receive three credits for the course. Half credits are typically awarded for practical
classes.
7
American students enter the university after twelve years of schooling at about the age of eighteen. At this point the student is
called a freshman. After earning 30 credits students become sophomores, after 60 juniors, and after 90 seniors. Traditionally
American students have attained their Bachelor's degrees by attending spring and fall semesters for four years, spending
summers at home or undertaking vacation work. Increasingly, however, students today attend summer sessions, as well, in
order to shorten the time required to complete their degrees
Finally, in support of the American system and to enhance the competitiveness of our students in the international environment,
all Programs are taught exclusively in English, with the exception two Programs presented specifically for our Turkish students.
The GAU Campuses
Girne Campus, North Cyprus
The main campus of GAU is located close to the villages of Karmi and Karaoğlanoğlu, 7km West of the historic, seaside holiday
resort town of Girne. It lies in the foothills of the Five Finger (Beşparmak) Mountains overlooking the Mediterranean Sea. The
buildings are new and purpose built to house the (now) seven faculties and six schools of the university: Business &
Economics, Engineering, Architecture, Education, Law, Communication and Humanities, plus the English Foundation School as
well Vocational School, Marine School, Tourism School, School of Performing Arts, Nursing School and Sports School. There
are on site sport facilities for basketball and tennis. Horse riding stables are close by. Water sport facilities are convenient and
the university operates the Camelot seaside beach club and restaurants for the benefit of its students and staff and for
providing practical experience for its Tourism and Hospitality students. There are various student cafes on site.
CanterburyCampus, United Kingdom
Towards the end of 2009, Girne American University saw the opening of a new campus in the city of Canterbury in the United
Kingdom. Our Canterbury Campus provides students with the opportunity to continue their studies and improve the English
language skills. In June 2010 Girne American University received its BAC (British Accreditation Council) accreditation and as
of June 2010 started its own student recruitment. Students can now apply direct to Canterbury Campus. GAU Canterbury is
fully operational as an Independent Further and Higher Education Institution at Undergraduate and Graduate Levels.
Singapore Campus, Singapore
The GAU opened its third campus in Singapore. The GAU School of Management & Design, located in Singapore, will start its
recruitment from academic year 2011-2012, offering diploma (1 year) and advanced diploma (2 years) programs at Business
Administration and Interior Design.The students will be able to complete their studies to a bachelor degree at the GAU Girne
Campus.
GAU registered students will be able to go for a semester or two to Singapore within the frame of the Study Abroad Program.
USA Campus, Virginia, USA
GAU USA, located very near to Washington DC, will be offering all GAU students residential study opportunities within the
Study Abroad Program. GAU USA is already licensed and will accept students for various Bachelor, Master or PhD Degree
Programs.
Accreditation and Enhancing Quality
Accreditation
Girne American University (GAU) is localy accredited by The Higher Education Planning, Evaluation, Accreditation and Coordination Council
(YODAK) of North Cyprus and The Council of Higher Education (YOK) of Turkey.
The University has received specialized accreditation for its business programs through the International Assembly for Collegiate Business
Education (IACBE), located in Lenexa, Kansas, USA. The IACBE is the primary accrediting body for specialist business colleges and schools in
the USA and has international standing.
The University's Business bachelor courses are also accredited by the European Council for Business Education (ECBE).
GAU is also recognized in the United Kingdom by the National Recognition Information Centre (NARIC), important for those students
wishing to transfer or later use their qualifications in Europe.
The University is an accredited member of the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) and earned the TedQual (Tourism
Education Quality).
The University is a member of the European Council of International Schools (ECIS), the Council of International Schools (CIS), the
European Council for Business Education (ECBE), the International Association of Universities (IAU) of UNESCO, the European Foundation
for Management Development (EFMD), the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) and the European
Association for Architectural Education (EAAE).
Girne American University's academic programs are nationally accredited by the Ministries of Education of various countries including the
Higher Education Commission of Pakistan and by the equivalent authorities in U.A.E, Jordan, Oman, Thailand, Iran, Palestine, Iraq,
Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan and is generally recognised in Central Asian countries.
We maintain these accreditations and memberships to continuously enhance the quality of the education we provide. The accrediting
bodies monitor and confirm the quality of our education provision. It is our policy to conform to the requirements of the several relevant
accrediting bodies and to seek accreditation from additional bodies as appropriate. Our professional memberships act as a forum for
exchanging the latest ideas and innovations in the field of higher education. As a result of these initiatives our degrees and diplomas are
routinely recognised for transfer by universities in the USA, Europe and elsewhere.
Co-operation and Articulation
The University has a policy of seeking association and articulation agreements with relevant universities and other institutions
of higher education abroad and to encourage the exchange of students and academics. We already have signed various
cooperation agreements with 127 universities worldwide.
8
Outcomes Assessment
As the result of our work with accrediting bodies, the University is actively developing its activities in the Outcomes Assessment
arena. This requires us to specify the learning outcomes of our courses and Programs and to then monitor actual performance.
We find this is a challenging but rewarding experience for both staff and students.
Facilities & Services
The Evolving Modern Campus
The plan shows the main buildings located respectively, on the West and East Campuses.
On the West Campus we have the original custom built teaching blocks with administrative block, or Rectorate, in the centre.
The Spectrum Centre comprises the International Conference centre of one main hall accommodating over 900 plus four breakout rooms of around 100 seating each. This complex is used for teaching larger classes for conferences, concerts and major
presentations. As well as being used by the university the community is actively encouraged to use the facility for local events.
A state-of the art engineering centre, Techno Park was completed in 2006 has been used by Engineering Faculty as well as
serving the needs of other faculties.
On the Western Campus we have the existing college catering for school children - an important preparation ground for some
of our best students. Our tennis, basketball, swimming pool and five-aside football pitches are already well used. The existing
student canteen continues to serve excellent, budget priced meals. The half-Olympic Tartan athletic track was brought into use
in 2005. On the western part of the university is the Millennium Centre. This incorporates a wide range of new and up-to-date
facilities. These include the Venue restaurant in Italian style which is also a training facility for School of the Tourism &
Hospitality together with a special catering demonstration kitchen with TV facilities that allows demonstrations to larger
audiences. The English Foundation School has been transferred to this building to accommodate the growing intake of students
requiring English language before commencing their degree studies. The building also houses GAU TV and GAU Radio and
has available high-tech recording and broadcasting studios and equipment. Of major importance is the e-library or “Cybrary”
that provides the students with modern research facilities and access via international on-line data bases to current information
from around the globe via 100 PCs located within the library and some 600 additional located in the several campus
laboratories. The Millennium Centre also provides an additional, fully equipped symposium hall that seats over 100. Finally, on
the top floor is located the prestigious Senate meeting room with catering and guest entertaining facilities.
In front of the Millennium Building is a large plaza. Beneath this is Millennium Park incorporating a wide range of shops, cinema
and further shops and restaurants. These facilities are available to the community as well as to students. Building of the halfOlympic swimming pool as well as an indoor sports and training centre is also completed and are available to our students use.
Library
The Millennium Centre provides the most modern library on the island, is an e-library with extensive access to online
information data bases in the full range of subjects taught at GAU. The book lending services will not be closed but it is
expected that students will increasingly find that rapid on-line access to current information is superior to referral to dated works
on the library shelves. The number of volumes on the shelves will continue to be increased every year by regular book
purchases, based upon the recommendations of the faculty. The library subscription to traditional journals is likely to be
reduced but will be more than augmented by subscription to on line journals. A range of encyclopaedias, dictionaries, atlases
and an archive journal collection (i.e. National Geographic magazine) are also available on CD-ROMs.
Automation
The GAU library system is computerised and uses Bilkent University's BLISS-PC computer package. This allows us to comply
with international standards as the package employs the MARC format (machine readable catalogue) standard cataloguing
system. It is based on AACR2 (Anglo American Cataloguing Rules) The University can now transfer selected bibliographic data
from CD-ROMs to its library program and merge data with the original cataloguing. This bibliographic data is produced using
Library of Congress (LC) or Online Computer Library Centre (OCLC) standards. The program has several modules including
Cataloguing, Circulation and Search. These modules combine to make the use and management of the library much simpler for
both library users and staff.
Reserved Book Collection
There is collection of current course books, and high value books that is reserved for faculty use. Students also can also borrow
these books for overnight loan only.
Computer Laboratories
GAU is committed to the provision of the latest in technology for its students in order that they can enter the business world with
confidence and achieve success. In support of this aim GAU maintains 12 computer laboratories plus the e-library based
computers that are available all day to enable students to continue their studies and to surf the Internet. Certain laboratories are
reserved for specialised use such as for Tourism and the presentation of the FIDELIO hospitality suite, CISCO and Computer
Engineering. The University maintains an intranet service for its students, faculty and administration that allows access to the
Internet via a secure firewall. WiFi is available and is used by students throughout the campus. All courses are supported by
computer technology and there are now more than 1200 PCs on site. This number is set to increase further with need.
9
Social Life
At Girne American University we believe that students learn better when they enjoy their environment. That is why we offer a
full Program of activities and facilities in the knowledge that it will provide opportunities for cross-cultural socialisation and
individual growth. The wonderful climate in Northern Cyprus means that our students can enjoy sporting and cultural activities
for most of the year under the blue Mediterranean sky.
Academic Year Opening Festivities
Our university begins each academic year with opening festivities that include various activities by students. Orientation
Programs covering academic, local surroundings and campus life are presented within these activities which take place through
a week.
Student Clubs
GAU supports many student clubs including:
Academic Clubs:
•
GAU Architecture Club
•
GAU Industrial Engineering Club
•
GAU Political Club
•
GAU English Language Teaching Club
•
GAU Electrical and Electronic and Computer Engineering Club
•
GAU Psychology Club
•
GAU Turcology Club
•
GAU Management Information Systems Club
Social Clubs:
•
GAU History Club
•
GAU Ataturk’s thoughts Club
•
GAU Football Fans Club
•
GAU Young TEMA Club
•
GAU Aviation Club
•
GAU Robotics Club
•
GAU Motor Sports Club
•
GAU Rock Club
Art Clubs:
•
GAU Theatre Club
•
GAU Latin Dance Club
•
GAU Arts Club
•
GAU Photography Club
•
GAU Turkish Music Club
•
GAU Enka Music Group Club
•
GAU Cinema Club
The following sporting activities, supported by professional staff, are available
•
Tennis
•
Handball
•
Football
•
Taekwondo
•
Scuba diving and water sports
•
Basketball
•
Dart
•
Bowling
•
Horse riding
•
Hash House Harriers
•
Cricket
•
Aikido
•
Rugby
The School of Tourism Camelot Beach Club, the Legend Terrace Restaurant and its scuba diving and water sports facilities are
available to students staff and the public. The sports clubs participate actively in the various competitions with other universities
and clubs.
Orientation
There is a special orientation Program for new entrants to the University whether they are entering the Foundation English
Program, the degree Program as freshmen or transferring from another university. This Program is designed to make the new
student familiar with the services and the facilities available on the campus and their locations. It also assists students with
10
understanding the environment outside the campus and especially Girne. They are shown accommodation, banks and the main
shopping areas that could be if interest to them. The transport arrangements to and from the campus are explained.
Student Dormitory Accommodation
Student accommodation is available in GAU’s own single sex dormitories. Priority is given to newly enrolled students. The
hostels comprise both single and two bedroom opportunities. This accommodation, situated within Girne is convenient to the
shops and local places of eating and entertainment. IMPORTANT NOTE: If a student opts to stay in University accommodation
s/he has to commit for a full academic year (spring & fall semesters.) If a student decides to leave the accommodation before
completion of the year s/he will lose both the deposit (€300) and the accommodation fees for the year. This policy is adopted so
that scarce accommodation is not left empty in the middle of the year. Students are responsible for paying their own utility bills
(electricity and water.) The price of accommodation varies depending on size and the sharing of rooms. Prices vary from
€1,650 to €3,100 per academic year. Note that the summer term is not included and will need to be arranged separately if
wanted.
Independent accommodation is also available in and around Girne. Many students adopt this option after their first year. The
university can help in recommending suitable estate agents.
Employment Information
Officially students are allowed to work for 20 hours per week. However, job opportunities are limited and employers tend to give
preference to students who speak both English and Turkish. A student should therefore not come to North Cyprus with the idea
of supporting himself by working as, salaries are low and will not support tuition and living costs. Students are in any case
advised to concentrate on their studies and against trying to find work in their first year.
11
Admission Requirements and Fees
The formal academic year starts at the beginning of October. However, entry in February and June is also possible. To apply
an applicant must first request a University and Dormitory Forms from the GAU Admissions Office either by post, fax or email.
The forms will be sent together with details of GAU Programs, tuition and other fees. Online registration is also possible, for this
visit the official web-site: www.gau.edu.tr.
Required Documents
All applicants are required to provide the documents listed below. Please note that all original academic documents should be
translated into English and certified either by the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs or the Turkish Embassy in
the home country.
Undergraduate Bachelor and Associate Degree applicants
•
•
•
•
High School Diploma/Certificate: For entry into our degree programs we require 12 years of full-time school education
and evidence that the required level of academic performance has been achieved. GCSE, A Level, International
Baccalaureate and equivalent qualifications are recognized;
Evidence of English Competence: TOEFL, IELTS or equivalent if available. If not, then the student will be tested upon
arrival at the university;
Copies of all other academic certificates and transcripts;
Photocopy of Passport.
Undergraduate transfer applicants
Transfer and graduate students should also provide the following documents:
•
•
•
Copy of the Official transcript for the current Bachelor Degree studies along with the course description and grading
policy of the University of study;
•
•
Master Degree applicants
•
•
•
Bachelor Degree Certificate and official transcript: An appropriate bachelor’s degree or its equivalent and official
transcripts or academic records for all university-level studies that have been completed;
•
•
Please note that graduate applicants may be required to take bridging courses. The final decision is to be made by the head of
the relevant department and the dean of the faculty. In such cases bridging courses should be paid for separately to overall
program fees.
PhD applicants
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bachelor Degree Certificate and official transcript: An appropriate bachelor’s degree or its equivalent and official
transcripts or academic records for all university-level studies have been completed;
Master Degree Certificate and accompanying transcript: An appropriate Master’s degree or its equivalent and official
transcripts or academic records for all university-level studies have been completed;
Recent CV;
3 Reference Letters;
Please note that graduate applicants may be required to take bridging courses. The final decision is to be made by the head of
the relevant department and the dean of the faculty. In such cases bridging courses should be paid for separately to overall
program fees.
12
Additional Documents for All Applicants
•
•
•
Health Report: This should be from a Government Hospital in the home town or city. In order to satisfy requirements
for the university it is mandatory to have a medical check for illnesses such as HIV, Hepatitis B and Typhus;
Bank Reference Letter: This letter provides evidence that sufficient funds are available to cover university and
personal expenses throughout the studies. It is recommended the amount of 8,000 Euros or the equivalent in US
Dollar ($), GB Pounds (£) or any other internationally recognized currency is shown in this letter;
50 Euro Application Fee: Evidence of payment of a non-refundable 50 Euro application fee. The payment could be
made via transfer to GAU’s Account.
Important Additional Information
In addition to the required documents listed above, there may be other documents required from certain nationalities.
Students without internationally recognized certificates of English competence or those who have not scored sufficiently will be
tested upon arrival at the university. The result of the exam will allocate a student either to appropriate level of GAU’s
Foundation English Program (FEP) or to their chosen department of study.
Please note that all documents must be in English or have a legal translation. At the initial application stage copies of these
documents are acceptable. Students must submit original copies of all the documents previously sent to the International
Admissions Office upon their arrival at the university.
If the papers are in order we will post, fax or email a letter confirming that the student is eligible to join GAU and request a
€2,300 deposit.
This deposit must be paid to:
Bank:
Account Name:
Account Number:
Sort code:
SWIFT Code:
IBAN:
Turkiye Is Bankasi, Girne Branch
8572991
6810
IS BK TR IS
TR19 0006 4000 0026 810 8572991
A copy of the transfer details must be sent to the Admissions Office, once the transfer is received a student is issued an official
Acceptance Letter. This letter is need to obtain a transit visa to Turkey, as all flights to North Cyprus are conducted via Turkey.
This deposit is non-refundable once we have issued a formal Acceptance Letter. The deposit will be credited to the student’s
account within GAU. The balance should be paid upon arrival.
To register at GAU, on arrival, the student will need to come provided with the following:
•
•
•
•
all the original documents and attested translations that were previously sent;
12 passport-size photos;
sufficient funds to pay for the tuition and living costs including accommodation;
sufficient additional funds for the flight home.
Fees
The fees that must be budgeted for are summarized below:
Application Fee:
€ 50
Registration Fee:
€ 250
Academic & Cultural Activity Fee
€ 125/ semester
Foundation English Programs
€ 5,000/an academic year
Associate Degree Program
€ 4,500/an academic year
Bachelor Degree Program
Faculty of Law
€ 6,000/ an academic year
Faculty of Engineering
Faculty of Architecture Design & Fine Arts
Other Faculties
Other Schools
Master Degree Program
€ 6,500/program
PhD Degree Program
€ 8,000/program
Accommodation:
Dormitory deposit
Dormitory fee
€ 300
€1650 - €3,100
Note: 5% VAT will be added to the total amount due by the student.
13
Admission Enquiries
International Admissions Office
University Drive, Girne - North Cyprus,
Via Mersin 10,
TURKEY
Tel: + 90 392 6502000 (PBX)
Fax: +90 392 6502062
e-mail:
web:
[email protected]
[email protected]
http://www.gau.edu.tr
Travel to GAU
Once the transit visa to Turkey is obtained a student is ready to travel to Northern Cyprus and to complete on-campus
registration with GAU. The final destination should be Ercan Airport in Lefkosa (Nicosia), North Cyprus. If the arrival details are
set to Students Services department 3 working days prior to the student’s arrival then an airport pick up is arranged.
Academic Policies and Regulations
Registration and Enrolment Procedures
Immediately prior to the commencement of classes each semester, certain days are designated in the academic calendar for
formal registration and course enrolment. The enrolment procedure is initiated by paying the tuition and fees prescribed for that
semester. At this time, all students are advised by an academic adviser and provided with the class schedules. Students must
register for all mandatory courses offered in the fall and spring semesters of the freshman year. Students in probationary
standing must register within the rules laid down (see below). All registration must be completed in person. Registration by
proxy or mail is not accepted. The current system used by the University is on-line based system where students log in with
their assigned student number and personal password (distributed by the Admissions Office).
The Academic Advisor
Each student at the University is assigned an Academic Advisor who assists the student with matters related to scheduling,
course selection after the online registration approval, registration, and related matters. The advisor is usually a faculty member
in the academic department in which the student is enrolled.
The advisor plays a key role in the student's progress through University studies. It is the student's ultimate responsibility to
meet all University requirements, and it is the responsibility of the Office of the Registrar to ascertain and certify that these
requirements have been met.
Students must obtain their advisor's approval for the following transactions: registration, selection of core and elective courses,
adding, dropping or withdrawing courses from the schedule.
Late Registration
Students must make every effort to register on time in order to benefit fully from their classes. Late registrations may,
exceptionally, be accepted but the student will be required to pay the penalty in force at that time. This penalty is progressive
with time to discourage late registration.
Adding, Dropping& Withdrawing Courses
With the approval of their Academic Advisor and the Chair of the Department, students may request the addition or removal of
courses in their schedule up until the date announced for the end of Add/Drops. This is typically two weeks after the end of
official registration. Adds will normally be allowed provided the allowed course load is not exceeded and no clashes are
created. Turkish students dropping courses, and their advisors, should be aware that the total number of courses registered
should not fall below that required to be considered as a full-time student.
Course withdrawal may take place not later than the official date announced which is typically one week beforethe start of final
exams. A withdrawal will be indicated by a "W" on the transcript No credit is given for a Withdrawn course in the assessment of
14
the overall performance. No refunds are due for withdrawn courses. Students on scholarship should be aware that they are
liable to forfeit the scholarship by withdrawing.
Transfers
- from another University
A student, who has completed at least one semester of an equivalent Program at another university, may apply for transfer to a
Program at GAU. Such an application will be sympathetically considered. A student may be exempted from courses in his/her
chosen Program at GAU, on the basis of having completed equivalent coursework at the other institution. The relevant
department at GAU will make decisions concerning equivalence and comparability. Only courses of grade C and above can be
considered for transfer.
A student is required to complete at least one quarter of the total course load requirement at GAU to be considered for a GAU
diploma.
- within the University
Transfer from one Program to another within GAU is permitted once only and, for Turkish students, if such a change is in
compliance with YOK regulations. It is necessary for the student to apply to - and be accepted formally by - the new
department. For Turkish students there are specific constraints in moving from a two year to a four-year Program.
The Academic Year& Semester
A student's annual academic activities normally take place in an academic year consisting of two periods of study of at least 15
weeks each, including the schedule of final examinations. These two periods of study are referred to as the fall and spring
semesters. First, Second, Third, and Fourth-Year students are designated "freshmen," sophomores," "juniors" and "seniors,''
respectively. ”Semester" is a unit of time in the academic calendar. The duration of a semester is at least 70 working days,
approximately 15 weeks. The normal duration of a four-year Program is 8 semesters, and for a two-year Program it is 4
semesters.
Summer Semester
The Summer half-semester is arranged mainly to help students wishing to improve their grades and also for students with a
CGPA of at least 3.00 who wish to accelerate their progress. Turkish students should note, however, the limitations placed by
YOK regulations on the
minimum time required for the completion of degree Programs. It is in the student's interest to ensure that his/her Dean is
aware of any summer course requirements before the end of the previous semester in order that efforts can be made to meet
those needs.
Non-Credit Courses
Students following the Higher Education Council’s (YOK) of the Republic of Turkey regulations are required to study non-credit
subjects in Turkish Language and National History as indicated in the Programs shown in the catalogue. International students
are not required to complete these courses.
Course Load
Course load is defined as the number of credit-hours for which a student is registered in a semester. A typical course load for
GAU students varies between 15 and 22 credit-hours, depending upon the Program chosen. During a Summer Semester,
students typically carry loads from 3 to 9 credit-hours. The normal course load is shown in the Program schedules of each
department.
A student who is in his/her last academic semester before graduation may be permitted to register for a higher course loads
than normal by his/her Academic Advisor, and with the approval of the Chair of the Department.
Part-Time Students
Exceptionally, a student may be allowed to register for a course load of less than 15 credit-hours with the consent of the Faculty
and approval of the Office of the Rector. Students are normally required to pay the full semester fee whatever their load and
special dispensation is required in order to pay a fee proportional to the course load taken.
Grading
Faculty members have the responsibility of providing the University with an individual evaluation of the work of each student in
their classes. Grade reports are normally received in the Office of the Registrar immediately after the final examination period
for each term, and end-of-course grades are entered on each student's academic record at the close of each term.
Twelve grades, ranging from "superior" to "failure" (A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, F), are awarded. The letter grades
are indexed to Grade-Point equivalents as follows:
Grade
A
Grade Points
= 4.00
15
AB+
B
BC+
C
CD+
D
DF
= 3.70
= 3.30
= 3.00
= 2.70
= 2.30
= 2.00
= 1.70
= 1.30
= 1.00
= 0.70
= 0.00
The following additional symbols are used on the student transcript.
"W" - Withdrawn, indicates approved withdrawal from a course within the specified time limits. The latest withdrawal date is
announced officially and is typically one week before the start of final exams. The right to withdraw lies with the student.
"I" - Incomplete, may be employed exceptionally in cases where a student has been authorised to delay completion of
coursework due to serious illness or death of a close family member. The student must apply for an Incomplete using the
appropriate official form and submitting documentary evidence to support the application. An "I" grade must be replaced with a
normal grade not later than two weeks following the start of the following semester by completing any additional course work
and exams as specified by the Department Chair. Failure to achieve this will result in the automatic replacement of the "I" with
an "F".
"S or U" - Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory is awarded in those courses not earning credit.
"NG" – No grade is applied to these students who for acceptable reason were not able to fulfil the course attendance. Such
action may be taken when the number of unexcused absences exceeds 25% of the total class hours scheduled for the course.
Students should be aware that course grades can be adversely affected through absence, whether excused or unexcused. In
case NG grade is issued twice for the same course, this can be a reason for dismissal of the student from the university.
Credit-Hour
One credit hour is equivalent to one lecture hour per week completed for a full 15 week semester. Laboratory or tutorial work is
generally considered equivalent to half a credit-hour. Thus a course consisting of both lecture and laboratory/tutorial sessions,
and meeting for 3 lecture hours and 2 laboratory/tutorial hours weekly would be assigned 4 credit hours, and is shown as (3,2)4
in degree Program descriptions.
Credit Earned
A student earns a credit based on the level of his/ her achievement in a course. The credit earned is the product of the "Credit
Hour" and the "Grade-Point."
Grade-Point Average (GPA)
A student's academic achievement for each semester is expressed numerically by the "Grade Point Average" (GPA). The GPA
is obtained by: adding the “Credits Earned” for all courses in the semester and dividing this by the total credit-hours attempted.
The GPA so obtained can range from 0.00 to a maximum of 4.00.
Cumulative Grade-Point Average (CGPA)
Overall academic achievement is expressed by the "Cumulative Grade-Point Average" (CGPA). The CGPA is obtained by:
adding Credits Earned for all the semesters that the student has studied at the University and dividing by the total Credit-Hours
attempted in the same period.
Examinations& Student Evaluation
The respective Faculty Deans and the Director of the English Foundation School prepare schedules of examinations well
before the examination period designated for each semester. The Deans attempt to ensure that number of students with
multiple examinations on a single day is reduced to the minimum. Individual conflicts that may arise from the schedule should
be reconciled with the assistance of the respective Dean's office. A minimum of one mid-term examination, a final examination,
plus quizzes or tests are held. The course syllabi provide detailed outlines of each course and information on the grading
system and the relative weights of the examinations and course work.
Following Final Exams the instructors will combine midterm and final exam marks, quizzes and course work for each student
and each class. The marks will be weighted as specified in the syllabus for the respective course, and an overall percentage
mark for the course computed. This mark will be converted to a letter grade according to the table below:
Minimum
Mark
95%
90
85
80
Grade
A
AB+
B
16
77
74
70
67
64
60
50
below 50
BC+
C
CD+
D
DF
Repeating Courses
When a course is repeated, the last grade is substituted in place of the previous value even if the second grade is the lower.
Objection to Grade
Students have a right to object to the grade that was issued in the transcript within one week after the final grades are
announced.
Correction of Grades
Once recorded in the Office of the Registrar, grades may be corrected or otherwise amended only if a written explanation,
together with supporting documentation, is submitted to the appropriate Dean by the Instructor and then approved formally by
the Executive Board.
A student, who feels strongly that s/he has received an in-semester grade that is improper, has the right of formal appeal. The
student must promptly discuss the matter with the instructor of the course within one week of the announcement of grades. If,
following discussion with the instructor, the student still feels that the grade is improper, s/he may, within the following three
days, present the case to the Chair of the Department. The appeal is considered by a committee appointed by the Dean of the
Faculty; a decision is reached and submitted to the Executive Board for ratification.
If end-of-semester grades are in question, then the time limit for a student to discuss the matter with his/her instructor is
extended until the last day of registration for the following semester.
Internship
Many Programs require students to take part in industrial work relating to their fields of study. Such training is coordinated by
the Department Heads and can be either local or abroad. Students may not enrol for summer courses simultaneously with an
Internship or any other practical experience Program in summer.
Attendance
The benefits of academic study come not only from independent study and the preparation of materials for formal grading, but
also from participation in class and laboratory activities. Regular attendance of GAU students is therefore required in all
registered courses. University regulations do not permit unexcused absence or tardiness.
Faculty members may report an "NG" grade if unexcused absences are excessive. Such action may be taken when the number
of unexcused absences exceeds 25% of the total class hours scheduled for the course. Students should be aware, that course
grades can be adversely affected through absence, whether excused or unexcused.
Academic Status& Probation
Satisfactory
In order for an undergraduate student to be considered to be of' "good academic standing", his/her CGPA must be at least 2.00
out of the maximum possible of 4.00. For a graduate student a minimum CGPA of 3.00 is required.
Honours
An undergraduate student who completes his/her Program with a CGPA between 3.00 and 3.49 is designated an "Honour
Student"; a student who obtains a semester average between 3.50 and 4.00 is designated a "High Honour Student".
Probation
A four year student whose CGPA falls lower than the grades listed below will be placed on academic probation:
At the end of the 2nd academic semester
At the end of the 3rd academic semester
At the end of the 4th academic semester
1.00
1.30
1.50
1.70
1.80
1.90
A two-year year student whose CGPA falls lower than the grades listed below will be placed on academic probation:
At the end of the 2nd academic semester
At the end of the 3rd academic semester
1.00
1.60
A written Academic Warning is given to both 4 year and 2 year degree students whose CGPA fall below the limits listed above.
If a Student receives an ‘Academic Warning’, one of the following alternatives is applied bearing in mind the student’s
preference and the advisor’s suggestions:
17
Continuing in the Program of the current department. In the semesters following the Academic Warning the student who
chooses to continue in his her own department is required to repeat courses with grades of C- and below.
A horizontal transfer to another Program in accordance with the decision of the respective faculty or department board. Under
such circumstances it is not possible to transfer from a two-year to a four-year degree Program.
Students on probation can register for a maximum of only 2 new courses and cannot have a course overload. Where a student
has previously completed courses with grades of F, NG, C- , D+, D or D- then this student cannot enrol on new courses if the
old courses are offered.
Student Transcript
At the end of each semester, the GAU student is provided with a copy of his/her Academic Record. The accuracy of these
records is of the utmost importance, and errors or suspected errors should be brought to the immediate attention of the
Registrar and the relevant Faculty Dean. The Academic Record is issued for the information of the student, and should not be
submitted as an official college record to individuals, institutions, or agencies outside the University.
An Official Transcript of a student's entire academic record will be provided upon submission of a written request from the
student to the Registrar. Payment of the appropriate fee will be required. The official transcript will be mailed by the Registrar to
the intended recipient. Neither grade reports nor transcripts will be furnished to any outside agency without a written request
from the student. Every official transcript issued by the University must be complete and unedited; the University will not certify
partial academic records.
Graduation
An undergraduate student is entitled to graduate if s/he: satisfactorily completes all required courses, laboratory studies, reports
and practical assignments, attains a sum of credit-hours amounting to at least the minimum required for graduation, has a
CGPA of 2.00 or above and is financially of good standing. A graduate student requires a CGPA of at least 3.00.
Graduation is conferred by the University Senate upon the recommendation of the Faculties. The Diplomas are prepared by the
Registrar's Office, and indicate the name of the Program, the date of graduation, and the degree obtained.
Double Major & Minor Degrees
In certain Departments it is permissible for students to apply to take a “Double Major.” The academic requirements are set
down by the respective Faculties and their Department. A student may apply to take a double major only if his/her CGPA is at
least 3.00. A student must normally apply in the period between the third and fifth semester, inclusive. A student successfully
completing both Programs will receive a separate degree and diploma for each degree. A student is permitted to withdraw from
one of his majors and continue to complete the other.
In certain faculties a student is able to add a Minor to his main, Major Program. A successful student will be awarded a diploma
annotated to show both the Major and Minor qualifications. To qualify for the addition of a Minor a student must have a CGPA
of at least 2.50 and fulfil the additional requirements specified by the relevant Department.
Financial Good Standing
A student is deemed to be of Financial Good Standing once all stipulated fees and charges have been paid. A student who has
been permitted to pay by instalments is also considered to be of Good Standing provided payments are maintained to the
agreed schedule.
A student who is not of Financial Good Standing will not be permitted to attend class, laboratories or exams; neither will s/he be
issued with any formal documents or certificates on behalf of GAU.
Make-up and Graduation Make-up
A student may be allowed to make-up a final exam in exceptional circumstances such as serious illness or death in the family.
A formal written application must be made to the relevant dean and if approved a time will be set aside, usually early in the
following semester. A fee of 100 Euros will be levied for such a Make-up.
Students may apply for a Graduation Make-up once they have completed all the courses needed to graduate but have a CGPA
of less than 2.00 and have failed not more than three courses. In order to be eligible for a Make-up Students must also satisfy
the following conditions:
They must have taken the course before and been awarded a recognised grade such as F, D or U.
They must have achieved an attendance of at least 75% at their last attempts
By repeating the requested exams it must be feasible to achieve a CGPA of greater than 2.00.
The standard tuition fee will be levied for the Graduation make-up but class attendance is not obligatory. A student who fails the
Graduation Make-up will be required to retake the course in the normal manner.
Leave of Absence (Freeze)
18
A student, who has a compelling excuse for having a break from University studies for a period of time, may appeal for leave of
absence (Freeze). Legitimate reasons for freezing include serious illness of the student or in the family, death of a close relative
and, exceptionally, temporary financial difficulties. The student must appeal in writing, providing supporting documentary
evidence, through his Dean to the Executive Board for approval. Payment of a specified deposit is normally required as a
condition of freezing.
Withdrawal from the University
A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the University must initiate withdrawal procedures with the Office of the
Registrar. The official withdrawal procedure requires that the student obtain clearances from the Registrar, the Library, the
Bookstore, Student Housing, Sports Coordinator and the Accounting Department. If a withdrawing student has been awarded
any scholarship/discount by the University, the full amount of scholarship/discount should be paid back at the time of
withdrawal.
Refund Policy
In order to gain unconditional acceptance to the Girne American University, a provisionally accepted applicant is required to
transfer the non-refundable deposit mentioned in their Provisional Acceptance Letter to the Girne American University bank
account. This deposit is only refundable if the applicant is refused a transit visa to travel through Turkey or a visa to enter into
the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus. The administrative charges will be deducted from the deposit in such a case.
Scholarships
Some 10% of students earn a competitive academic scholarship of between 100% and 50% of tuition. Students can apply for
Academic scholarships after completing 10 (minimum 3 credit each) courses and meeting a minimum CGPA requirement.
Academic Scholarship is competitive and therefore is not guaranteed. Students who withdraw a course are, therefore, liable to
lose their entitlement to a scholarship. Upon completion of the University’s Foundation English School top students are
awarded with addition scholarships. Students who regularly represent the university in sporting activities may also apply for a
scholarship.
Guest Students
A student who does not register in any Program, but who is permitted to attend some lectures, is given the status of Guest
Student. No diploma or degree is conferred upon such a student, but successful students receive a certificate prepared by the
Registrar's Office. Permission for this status is considered by the Chair of a Department, together with the Rector's Office.
Discipline
The principles of truth, honesty and proper social behaviour are fundamental to GAU. It is expected that both faculty and
students will honour these principles. In the event of academic dishonesty or improper behaviour that could harm the University,
disciplinary actions as described in the "Disciplinary Regulations" may be enforced by the Disciplinary Committee of the
University.
American & European Credit Systems
Course credits are shown (American style) in the Program outlines and the with the course descriptions as follows: (3,0)3,
where the first digit represents the class hours per week, the second digit shows the practical or laboratory hours per week and
the digit following the bracket gives the total credit hours for the course. Typically laboratory hours carry half credit values.
To facilitate the transfer and the mobility of students within Europe, GAU is implementing, in parallel, the European Credit
Transfer System (ECTS). In this system all hours worked on a course earn credit, including class work, practical and projects or
home assignments. Thus ECTS values are typically roughly twice the American value. We have now implemented ECTS
values for most Programs in the Business & Economics faculty and in the coming academic year will target to do the same for
all our Programs.
19
Undergraduate Bachelor Degree Programs
20
THE FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, DESIGN AND FINE ARTS
The Faculty of Architecture, Design and Fine Arts,
comprises four academic departments:
•
•
•
•
Architecture
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Visual Arts (Painting)
These departments offer undergraduate programs that lead to Bachelor of Architecture, Interior Design, Graphic
Design and Visual Arts (Painting). The graduate programs of the Faculty include Master degree programs in
Architecture, Interior Design, Construction Management and an interdisciplinary doctoral program in Construction
Management.
Educational principles of the faculty are based on the fact that the creative process in art and design relies on a
broad body of knowledge for direction and inspiration. Guided by this principle, the degree programs aim to train
highly competent individuals oriented towards research, design and performance. The international and
multidisciplinary composition of the academic staff allows the provision of interdisciplinary studies, as well as
particular courses of study to meet individual educational needs.
21
Department of Architecture (BArch)
GAU - Department of Architecture was established in 1994 in the Faculty of Architecture and Engineering and has been joined
to the Faculty of Architecture, Design and Fine Arts since 2009. With a strong emphasis on human value and professional
ethics, the department of Architecture has been offering an education based on critical and theoretical knowledge, creative
design skills, the most recent techniques of presentation and architectural building technologies.
As a part of a global university with campuses based in Girne - Cyprus, Canterbury - UK and Singapore, and as a member of
different international networks such as European Association for Architectural Education (EAAE), the department of
Architecture is an international department with its academic staff and students from all over the world, embracing universal
values and taking internationalization as a goal.
With its participative and interactive course environment, technological facilities, devoted academic staff and student-centred
education approach, GAU -Department of Architecture has been offering a universal, intellectual, ethical and active education.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ARCH131
ARCH155
ARCH181
IDES 111
ARCH105
GRAD143
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
College Algebra
Graphic Communication
Basic Design I
Freehand Drawing
Introduction to Architecture I
History of Art and Culture
Spring Semester
ARCH132
ARCH182
ARCH172
ARCH152
ARCH108
COMP103
(3,0)3
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Calculus for Architects
Basic Design II
Construction & Materials I
Elementary Surveying
Introduction to Architecture II
Introduction to Computers & Information Systems
Year 2
Fall Semester
ARCH261
ARCH231
ARCH273
ARCH281
ARCH221
ARCH255
(3,4)5
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Architectural Design I
Statics
Construction & Materials II
History of Architecture I
Computer Aided Design I
Environmental Science I
Spring Semester
ARCH 262
ARCH 274
ARCH 256
ARCH 282
ARCH 222
ARCH 236
ARCH 300
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
NC
Architectural Design II
Construction & Materials III
Environmental Science II
History of Architecture II
Computer Aided Design II
Strength of materials
Internship I
Year 3
Fall Semester
ARCH361
ARCH311
ARCH371
ARCH381
ARCH357
TURK001
(3,4)5
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
NC
Architectural Design III
Structural Systems I
Landscape Design
History of Architecture III
Planning and Urban Design
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ARCH362
ARCH312
ARCH334
ARCH336
ARCH368
ARCH382
TURK002
ARCH400
(3,4)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Architectural Design IV
Structural Systems II
Building Technology
Principles of Building Mechanical systems
Planning & Urban Design II
Contemporary Architecture
Turkish II
Internship II
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Architectural Design V
Project Management
Restoration
Special Topics in Architecture
Technical Elective
National History I
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Architectural Design VI
Aesthetics & Ethics in Architecture
Technical Elective
Elective
National History II
Year 4
Fall Semester
ARCH461
ARCH431
ARCH421
ARCH465
NH001
Spring Semester
ARCH462
ARCH472
NH002
22
Department of Graphic Design (BA)
The department of Graphic Design is established in 1995. It mainly enhances problem solving on two-dimensional surface. The
designer conceives, plans, and executes designs that communicate a specific message to a specific audience within given
limitations - financial, physical, or psychological. The designer must provide something specific to a given audience about a
given product or piece of information. Communication is the vital element in graphic design.
It is this element of communication that makes graphic design such an interesting and contemporary area. Designers must
present current information using modern taste with up-to-date tools. They must stay informed about trends, issues, inventions,
and developments.
Design education is a lifetime activity. Constant change will require constant renewal. It is not a career for a slow-paced,
nostalgic person. To keep up with this fast-changing field you must approach the basic principles and practices with a flexible
and curious mind.
This Bachelor of Arts degree program provides students with a solid foundation in the principles of advertising, marketing,
public relations, sales promotion and cost analysis as they apply to the commercial artist and graphic designer.
Year 1
Fall Semester
GRAD181
GRAD155
GRAD150
GRAD143
IDES111
(4,2)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Basic Design I
Basic Photography
History of Art & Culture
Freehand Drawing
Spring Semester
GRAD182
BUS103
IDES160
GRAD164
GRAD154
GRAD142
(4,2)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Basic Design II
Introduction to Computers & Information Systems
Colour Theory and practice
Intermediate Drawing and Painting
Colour Photography
History of Art
Year 2
Fall Semester
GRAD261
GRAD201
GRAD267
GRAD241
GRAD263
GRAD221
(4,2)5
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Graphic Design I
Lettering and Typography I
Basic Illustration
History of Art II
Advanced Drawing and Painting
Computer Graphic Design I
Spring Semester
GRAD262
GRAD268
GRAD264
GRAD222
GRAD206
GRAD300
(4,2)5
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(1,2)2
NC
Graphic Design II
Intermediate Illustration
Lettering and Typography II
Computer Graphic Design II
Principles of Graphic
Internship I
(4,2)5
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Graphic Design III
Principles of Advertising
Advanced Illustration
Layout and Publications
Elective
Turkish I
(4,2)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Graphic Design IV
Principles of Printing
Semiotics
Analysis of Art Work I
Elective
Turkish II
Internship II
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
NC
Graphic Design V
Philosophy of Art
Marketing
Elective
National History I
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Graphic Design VI
Presentation and Portfolio
General Elective
National History II
Year 3
Fall Semester
GRAD361
GRAD353
GRAD363
GRAD351
TURK 001
Spring Semester
GRAD362
GRAD324
GRAD340
GRAD342
TURK002
GRAD400
Year 4
Fall Semester
GRAD461
GRAD453
GRAD459
NH001
Spring Semester
GRAD462
GRAD464
NH002
23
Department of Interior Design (BA)
The re-use of existing buildings has become an indispensable component of formation and development of urban
environments. Therefore, interior design, a profession which includes the design and application of renewal projects of existing
buildings and interior spaces according to the needs of users and by taking accessibility, sustainability, and aesthetics into
consideration is gaining significance.
Interior designers need to have an extensive knowledge on spatial design, building codes, health and safety, ergonomics, the
psychological impacts of spaces on people, materials, applications and project budgeting. In order to design functional,
effective and long-lasting interior spaces interior designers should be able to analyse the historical and environmental
conditions of a project site properly, follow up the latest developments in the profession and be aware of social and cultural
differences of users.
The curriculum of the department offers our students information and skills in a wide range of topics that include but not limited
to human needs, spatial and furniture design, materials, applications, presentation techniques, history of art and architecture.
These theoretical courses are accompanied by interactive design studio courses, the core of interior design education, in which
students have the chance to improve their skills in critical thinking, designing, researching and presenting under the supervision
of lecturers.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ARCH181
ARCH155
IDES111
ARCH105
GRAD150
GRAD143
Spring Semester
IDES160
ARCH182
COMP103
GRAD154
ARCH108
GRAD164
Year 2
Fall Semester
IDES261
IDES203
ARCH255
ARCH281
ARCH221
GRAD267
Spring Semester
IDES262
IDES272
ARCH256
IDES238
ARCH282
ARCH222
IDES300
Year 3
Fall Semester
IDES361
IDES321
ARCH381
IDES331
IDES373
TURK 001
Spring Semester
IDES362
IDES334
ARCH382
IDES322
TURK002
IDES400
Year 4
Fall Semester
IDES461
IDES401
IDES421
NH001
Spring Semester
IDES462
IDES464
IDES466
NH002
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Basic Design I
Freehand Drawing
Introduction to Architecture I
Basic Photography
History of Art & Culture
(3,0)3
(3,4)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Colour Theory & Practice
Basic Design II
Introduction to Computer& Information Systems
Colour Photography
Introduction to Architecture II
Intermediate Drawing & Painting
(3,4)5
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
Interior Design - Studio I
Principles of Interior Design
Environmental Science I
Hist. of Architecture I: Ancient & Medieval
Computer Aided Design I
Basic Illustration
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Interior Design - Studio II
Construction & Materials I
Environmental Science II
Interior Furnishings & Fittings
History of Architecture II: Renaissance & Baroque
Computer Aided Design II
Internship I
(3,4)5
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Interior Design - Studio III
Project Analysis
History of Architecture III: Modern
People & Environment
Construction & Materials II
Turkish I
(3,4)5
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Interior Design - Studio IV
Interior Detailing
Contemporary Architecture
History of Furniture
Elective
Turkish II
Internship II
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
NC
(3,0)
Interior Design - Studio V
Problem Design
Restoration
National History I
Elective
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
(3,0)
Interior Design - Studio VI
Portfolio & Presentation
Professional Practice
National History II
Elective
24
Department of Visual Arts (Painting) (BA)
Visual Arts Degree Program at Girne American University covers a range of materials, forms, and
traditions both
representational and
non-representational. Our students will explore their individual visions within the context of developing
disciplined studio practices as well as developing their work within a wide range of technical, aesthetic, and conceptual
approaches.
Critiques and seminars will lead by faculty and visiting artists which will provide students with the form and structure to discuss
their work in relation to contemporary art issues.
Beginning painting courses introduce the concepts and materials of painting, furthering students' understanding of space,
image, and colour Intermediate and advanced courses cover the properties and possibilities of modern media. In advanced
painting classes, students build upon their technical facility and conceptual base to develop personal directions.
All classes emphasize individual aesthetic choices and expression and the exploration of contemporary critical issues,
encouraging students to take responsibility for the definition and direction of his or her own work.
YEAR 1
Fall Semester
ART101
ART105
ART113
ART150
Spring Semester
ART102
ART160
ART114
ART154
YEAR 2
Fall Semester
ART261
ART206
ART215
ART250
Spring Semester
ART262
ART254
ART216
YEAR 3
Fall Semester
ART361
ART350
ART317
TURK001
Spring Semester
ART362
ART354
ART318
TURK002
YEAR 4
Fall Semester
ART461
ART450
ART419
NH001
Spring Semester
ART462
ART482
ART444
NH002
Elective Courses:
ART111
ART107
ART163
ART108
ART164
ART126
ART201
ART221
ART225
ART263
ART226
ART276
(4,4)6
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
Basic Drawing I
2 D Design
Art Appreciation
Photography I
Elective
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Basic Drawing II
Colour Theory & Design
Art History Survey I
Photography II
Elective
(4,4)6
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Studio Art I
3D Design
Art History Survey II
Photography III
Elective
Elective
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Studio Art II
Photography IV
History And Theory Of Design
Elective
Elective
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Studio Art III
Photography V
Art and Identity
Turkish I
Elective
Elective
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Studio Art IV
Photography VII
Art History V:Enlightment & Industrial Revolution
Turkish II
Elective
Elective
(6,4)8
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Studio Art V
Photography VI
Contemporary World Art
National History I
Elective
Elective
(6,4)8
(3,0)3
(4,4)6
Graduation Studio Art VI
Portfolio Present. & Self-Promotion
Honors Thesis in Art
National History II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Professional Technology
Colour Foundation
Figure Drawing & Anatomy I
Creative Design & Colour
Figure Drawing & Anatomy II
Computer Art I
Painting & Composition
Creative Water Color
Computer Art II
Figure Drawing & Anatomy III
Computer Art II
Printmaking I
ART214
ART264
ART377
ART315
ART363
ART335
ART378
ART326
ART364
ART338
GRAD201
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Sculpture I
Figure Drawing & Anatomy IV
Printmaking II
Sculpture II
Figure Drawing & Anatomy V
Papermaking
Wallpainting Techniques I
Model Making I
Figure Drawing & Anatomy VI
Mythology and Iconography
Lettering & Typography
25
THE FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
The Faculty of Business and Economics(FBE) was established in 1985 and currently has around 1100 students. As part of
Cyprus’s leading international university, which has four campuses in three continents, the students of the Faculty of Business
and Economics have opportunities to study in the UK, USA, North Cyprus and Singapore. FBE provides a wide range of
high quality bachelor, master and doctoral degree programs and attracts talented students from all around the world. Girne
American University FBE has developed discipline specific graduate attributes and obtained international accreditation (IACBE
and ECBE in addition to YÖDAK and YÖK) for its business programs.
Career opportunities: The core curriculum provides a career-oriented learning and practice so as to be responsive to ever
changing contemporary global requirements and needs. At the Faculty of Business and Economics, we create effective
decision makers and successful leaders capable of making contributions serving the needs of local, national and international
communities.
Given the multidisciplinary and career oriented nature of programs, a bachelor’s degree in FBE provides a solid background
for many jobs and professions in private sector business including banking and insurance, central and local government,
international institutions and education. A bachelor’s degree in business and economics also offers excellent preparation for
advanced education in business, management, economics, finance and banking, public policy, international relations, and law .
The Faculty of Business and Economics comprises ten academic departments:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting
Aviation Management.
Banking & Finance
Business Management
Economics
International Business Management
International Relations
Marketing
Management Information Systems
Political Science & Public Administration
Research Centres: Parallel to the educational activities of each department, the following seven Research Centres are in
action in the framework of the Faculty of Business and Economics. Namely: Business Research Centre, Banking and Finance
Research Centre, Political Sciences Research Centre, Economic Research Centre, Management Information Research Centre,
Management Research Centre and International Relations Research Centre.
Research Centres are an integral part of the Faculty of Business and Economics of Girne American University and cover all
research areas in business and economics. Centres organize staff seminars, hold conferences, meetings and support basic
empirical research and training as well as assist students in the field of business and economic research, publicizing a
discussion paper series that promote research efforts of its members. Centres allow their members to undertake various
projects whose design and operation are subject to oversight by the Centre’s board. Each Centre seeks to promote interaction
among researchers at Girne American University. Each Centre also provides a means of promoting dialogue with other national
and international business researchers through its working paper series and direct links with other national and international
business and economics research centres.
26
Department of Accounting (BSc)
Accounting is an information system which measures, processes and communicates financial information about an identifiable
economic entity. This information allows users to make reasonable choices among alternative uses of scarce resources in the
conduct of business and economic activities.
The modern view of accounting is to regard it as a service activity; it is a link between business activities and decision-makers
and the accountant must possess certain ethical qualities to live up to the high standards of the profession.
In addition to possessing these ethical qualities, the potential accountant must enjoy working in an environment, which requires
ambition, dedication and good analytical and communication skills. Therefore, Accounting Department prepares the students to
the positions in accounting profession. All students must complete 132 credits.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ECON101
COMP103
SOCY100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Economics I
Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I
Intro. To Behavioural Science II: Sociology
Business Mathematics I
Development of Reading Skills
National History
Spring Semester
ECON102
COMP104
BUS108
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Economics II
Introduction to Computer & Information Systems II
Principles of Management
Business Mathematics II
Development of Writing Skills
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
ECON203
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Intermediate Microeconomics
Financial Accounting I
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Communication Skills I
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ECON204
BUS204
BUS206
BUS208
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Financial Accounting II
Statistics II
Business Law
Communication Skills II
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Organisational Behaviour
Human Resource Management
Business Finance I
Principles of Marketing
Money & Banking
Departmental Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Operations Management
Management Info. Systems
Business Finance II
Cost Accounting
Business Cycles & Forecasting
Internship – 30calendar days
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Financial Statement Analysis
Taxation
Advanced Accounting
Non-Departmental Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Strategic Management
Auditing
Comparative Accounting Standards
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS303
BUS307
BUS315
ECON305
Spring Semester
BUS304
BUS306
BUS308
BUS411
ECON306
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS412
BUS414
BUS417
Spring Semester
BUS404
BUS410
BUS429
27
Accounting Electives:
BUS213
(3,0)3
BUS422
(3,0)3
BUS428
(3,0)3
BUS445
(3,0)3
BUS460
(3,0)3
BUS461
(3,0)3
BUS463
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
Project Evaluation and Investment.
International Accounting
Workshop in Export and Import
Budgeting Systems & Control
Accounting Software Applications
Accounting for Government and NGO’s
Non-Departmental Electives:
Banking & Finance Electives:
BUS423
(3,0)3
BUS424
(3,0)3
BUS426
(3,0)3
BUS427
(3,0)3
BUS447
(3,0)3
BUS464
(3,0)3
International Finance
Commercial Banking Management
Financial Institutions & Market
International Banking
Banking Law
Accounting for Banks
Business Management Electives:
BUS406
(3,0)3
Insurance & Risk Management
BUS408
(3,0)3
Non-Governmental Organizations
BUS409
(3,0)3
Corporate Governance & Family Business
BUS418
(3,0)3
Small Business Seminar
BUS419
(3,0)3
Research Methods in Business
BUS420
(3,0)3
Contemporary Issues in Business
BUS430
(3,0)3
Supply Chain Management
BUS444
(3,0)3
Cross Cultural Studies in Organizations
BUS452
(3,0)3
Advertising and Promotion Management
BUS454
(3,0)3
Logistic Management
BUS462
(3,0)3
Leadership and Organizational Culture
BUS467
(3,0)3
Innovation & Entrepreneurship
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
Language Elective 2
28
Department of Aviation Management (BSc)
The program is designed to train managers to operate in the highly competitive and safety conscious environment of the
aviation industry. It seeks to prepare future aviation operations managers. Aviation Management program requires the
completion of 44 courses equivalent to the total of 132 credits. This covers management and the technical aspects of flying,
ground support, supply and provisioning and the international aspect of aviation. Essentially, the highest qualities of
management combined with a specialist knowledge of the many key areas of the aviation including every aspects of flight and
aviation industry is the core of the program.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
TFL101
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Introduction to Business & Management I
Introduction to Computer & Information System I
Introduction to Behavioural Science I: Psychology
National History
Turkish as a Foreign Language I (for non-natives)
Spring Semester
BUS108
COMP104
SOCY100
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
TFL102
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Introduction to Behavioural Science II: Sociology
National History II
Turkish as a Foreign Language II (for non-natives)
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
BUS203
BUS205
AVM201
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Introduction to Aviation
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
BUS204
BUS206
AVM202
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Statistics II
Air Transportation
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Business Finance I
Airline Operations
Aviation Meteorology
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Airport Management
Airline Dispatch
Aviation Law & Legislation
Human Factors in Aviation
Internship – 30 calendar days
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
International Business
Aviation Management I
Aviation Resource Management
Air Traffic Control
General Aeronautics
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Aviation Management II
Contemporary Aviation Issues
Aviation Safety
Quality Management System in Aviation
Graduation Project
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS307
BUS315
AVM301
AVM303
Spring Semester
BUS306
AVM302
AVM304
AVM306
AVM308
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS401
AVM401
AVM403
AVM405
AVM407
Spring Semester
AVM402
AVM404
AVM406
AVM408
AVM430
BUS208
(3,0)3
Business Law
BUS213
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
BUS406
(3,0)3
29
BUS412
BUS422
BUS433
BUS445
BUS454
BUS462
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Project Evaluation and Investment Management
Logistic Management
Marketing Electives:
BUS455
(3,0)3
BUS456
(3,0)3
Marketing Research
International Marketing
BUS411
(3,0)3
BUS460
(3,0)3
BUS461
(3,0)3
Cost Accounting
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
Language Elective 2
30
Department of Banking & Finance (BSc)
The Banking & Finance Department provides contemporary knowledge and professional skills that will enable students to
succeed in a variety of jobs in banking sector as well as in other financial institutions. Through various courses of banking and
finance delivered both at domestic and international levels, students will acquire all the necessary concepts, principles and
skills which should allow them not only to obtain positions in local financial markets and institutions but also in international
ones. The graduates of this program may also continue their academic studies by proceeding with a master’s degree in
Banking and Finance or in a related field of study.
The courses of the program aim to establish a firm knowledge in business and banking & finance; educate students with a good
command in written and oral English and build strong communication skills much necessary in the local and global financial
world. The program’s duration is eight semesters and during this period each student is expected to fulfill a thirty calendar day
internship at a financial organization approved by the Faculty so as to be able to acquire some limited practical knowledge in
his/her chosen area of interest.
The four-year BSc program in Banking and Finance is a structurally well-balanced program requiring the completion of forty
four courses equivalent to 132 credit hours. In the first two years of the program, students are equipped with a strong
foundation in the fundamental concepts of business management, business law, computer applications, accounting, economics
and statistics. Upon this foundation, the students of banking and finance department continue to build a more thorough
knowledge in business finance, international finance, commercial bank management, international banking, more advanced
accounting concepts and management information systems in their last two years of study. Students’ knowledge is also
broadened with four departmental and four non-departmental elective courses all of which are encapsulated within the four-year
program.
Throughout their study, students can utilize computing facilities equipped with state-of -the-art personal computers, high-speed
internet access and students can also reach university’s library sources (cybrary) as well as external electronic databases such
as ABI Inform, EBSCO Business Source Complete, EBSCO Regional Business News and EBSCO Master File Premier much
required in business research and project or thesis preparation.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ECON101
COMP103
SOCY100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History
Spring Semester
ECON102
COMP104
BUS108
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
ECON203
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ECON204
BUS204
BUS206
BUS208
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics II
Business Law
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Business Finance I
Money & Banking
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Business Finance II
Cost Accounting
Internship -30 calendar days
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS303
BUS307
BUS315
ECON305
Spring Semester
BUS304
BUS306
BUS308
BUS411
ECON306
STJ 030
31
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS412
BUS423
BUS424
Spring Semester
BUS404
BUS410
BUS427
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Auditing
BUS213
(3,0)3
BUS422
(3,0)3
BUS425
(3,0)3
BUS426
(3,0)3
BUS438
(3,0)3
BUS445
(3,0)3
BUS447
(3,0)3
BUS464
(3,0)3
BUS465
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
Portfolio Theory & Management
Financial Institutions & Markets
Financial Derivatives in Corporate Decision-Making
Comparative Banking Regulations
Accounting for Banks
Special Topics in Finance
BUS417
(3,0)3
BUS428
(3,0)3
BUS429
(3,0)3
BUS460
(3,0)3
BUS461
(3,0)3
Advanced Accounting
International Accounting
Comparative Accounting Standards
BUS406
(3,0)3
BUS408
(3,0)3
BUS409
(3,0)3
BUS418
(3,0)3
BUS419
(3,0)3
BUS420
(3,0)3
BUS430
(3,0)3
BUS444
(3,0)3
BUS452
(3,0)3
BUS454
(3,0)3
Logistic Management
BUS462
(3,0)3
BUS467
(3,0)3
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
Language Elective 2
32
Department of Business Management (BSc)
The department is structured such as to educate managers and organization leaders of the future. These leaders and
managers will be able to work successfully in an increasingly complex and ever changing environment in order to attain and
maintain long-term competitive edge over their competitors.
Intensive theory and practice-based curriculum is offered by our department which creates an academic experience that is
contemporary, challenging, diverse, globally oriented and professionally focused. The program requires the completion of 132
credits.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I
Intro. To Behavioural Science I: Psychology
National History I
Spring Semester
BUS108
COMP104
SOCY100
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Development of Writing Skill
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
BUS204
BUS206
BUS208
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Statistics II
Business Law
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Quantitative Methods & Forecast.
Business Finance I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
E-Commerce
Organisational Theory
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Globalisation & Econ. Integration
Non- Departmental Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS303
BUS305
BUS307
BUS315
Spring Semester
BUS302
BUS304
BUS306
BUS310
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS401
BUS403
Spring Semester
BUS404
BUS213
(3,0)3
BUS406
(3,0)3
BUS407
(3,0)3
BUS408
(3,0)3
BUS409
(3,0)3
BUS412
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
33
BUS413
BUS418
BUS419
BUS420
BUS422
BUS430
BUS444
BUS445
BUS450
BUS451
BUS452
BUS454
BUS462
ECON305
ECON402
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Managerial Accounting
Consumer Behaviour
Sales Management
Logistic Management
Money & Banking
Global Economics
BUS436
BUS450
BUS451
BUS453
BUS455
BUS456
BUS457
BUS469
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Contemporary Issues in Marketing
Consumer Behaviour
Sales Management
Brand Management
Marketing Research
Marketing Strategy
Retail Marketing & Management
BUS422
(3,0)3
BUS426
(3,0)3
BUS460
(3,0)3
BUS461
(3,0)3
BUS463
(3,0)3
Financial Institutions & Market
Accounting for Government and NGO’s
BUS423
(3,0)3
BUS424
(3,0)3
BUS427
(3,0)3
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
Language Elective 2
34
Department of Economics (BSc)
The Department of Economics offers an undergraduate program leading to a Bachelor’s Degree in Economics. Students
enrolled in the BSc program are required to complete 132 credits.
The objective of the program is to establish and improve the understanding of economic problems from the elementary to the
most complex, and to provide its students with necessary tools to undertake critical and systematic analyses of the economic
environment we live in and develop policy options.
Therefore the program prepares students for further study at the graduate level, or alternatively, enables them to enter careers
in private as well as public enterprises.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ECON101
COMP103
BUS101
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business Management
National History
Spring Semester
ECON102
COMP104
SOCY100
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
ECON203
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ECON204
BUS204
BUS206
POLS101
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics II
Introduction to Political Science
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
International Economics I
Money & Banking
Financial Economics
Political Economy
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
International Economics II
Mathematical Economics
Labour Economics
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Economic Thought
Global Economics
Research Methods
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Public Finance
Economic Development
Econometrics
Year 3
Fall Semester
ECON301
ECON305
ECON307
ECON317
Spring Semester
ECON302
ECON304
ECON306
ECON318
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
ECON401
ECON402
ECON405
Spring Semester
ECON404
ECON406
ECON410
35
Economics Electives:
ECON403
(3,0)3
ECON408
(3,0)3
ECON411
(3,0)3
ECON415
(3,0)3
ECON417
(3,0)3
ECON420
(3,0)3
Managerial Economics
Turkish Economy
Industrial organization
Environmental Economics
Comparative Economic Systems
Contemporary Issues in Economics
Business & International Management & Marketing Courses:
BUS302
(3,0)3
E-Commerce
BUS303
(3,0)3
Human Resources Management
BUS306
(3,0)3
Management Information System
BUS310
(3,0)3
Organizational Theory
BUS315
(3,0)3
BUS401
(3,0)3
BUS418
(3,0)3
BUS430
(3,0)3
BUS445
(3,0)3
BUS454
(3,0)3
Logistic Management
BUS462
(3,0)3
Leadership & Organizational Culture
Banking &Finance & Accounting Courses:
BUS411
(3,0)3
Cost Accounting
BUS412
(3,0)3
BUS423
(3,0)3
BUS424
(3,0)3
BUS425
(3,0)3
Portfolio Theory & Management
BUS426
(3,0)3
Financial Institutions & Markets
BUS427
(3,0)3
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
Language Elective II
36
Department of International Business Management (BSc)
Now that the world is a global village, the main need of the market is those people who have the vision, understanding and
information of how to survive and excel in this so called “village”. As the International Business Management Department, this is
our mission to prepare our students to the demanding and continuously changing market conditions so that they can be
important players in this environment.
Since modern enterprises - governmental, non-profit, business - operate in a global environment, success is difficult for those
who are unaware of events and cultures outside their own. The program's goal is to equip students with the ability to work
comfortably in more than one corner of the global marketplace. The program requires the completion of 132 credits.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Intro. to Behavioural Science I: Psychology
National History I
Spring Semester
BUS108
COMP104
SOCY100
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Computer & Information Systems Il
Development of Writing Skill
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
BUS204
BUS206
BUS208
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Statistics II
Business Law
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Quantitative Methods & Forecasting
Business Finance I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
E-Commerce
Consumer Behaviour
Marketing Strategy
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS303
BUS305
BUS307
BUS315
Spring Semester
BUS302
BUS304
BUS306
BUS450
BUS457
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS401
BUS444
BUS445
Spring Semester
BUS404
BUS433
37
International Business Electives:
BUS213
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
BUS403
(3,0)3
Globalization & Econ. Integration
BUS423
(3,0)3
BUS427
(3,0)3
BUS454
(3,0)3
Logistic Management
Economics:
ECON301
ECON302
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
International Economics l
International Economics ll
International Relations:
IRE102
(3,0)3
IRE309
(3,0)3
IRE301
(3,0)3
Introduction to International Relations
International Law
International Organization
Marketing Electives
BUS318
(3,0)3
BUS436
(3,0)3
BUS448
(3,0)3
BUS449
(3,0)3
BUS451
(3,0)3
BUS452
(3,0)3
BUS453
(3,0)3
BUS456
(3,0)3
BUS469
(3,0)3
Business to Business Marketing
Marketing Channels
Managing Customer Relationship
Sales Management
Brand Management
Business Management
BUS406
(3,0)3
BUS467
(3,0)3
BUS408
(3,0)3
BUS409
(3,0)3
BUS418
(3,0)3
BUS420
(3,0)3
BUS462
(3,0)3
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
38
Department of International Relations (BSc)
International Relations
International relations is one of the most popular study areas for international students. It is the study of international problems
and issues, which cover political, economic, military, technological, cultural and environmental subjects. Students enrolled in
the BSc program are required to complete forty basic courses with 120 credits and the internship at the end of the third year
which must be minimum of 30 calendar days. Students are, in addition, required to obtain a pass in Turkish language and
National History in order to fulfil the requirements of this balanced program.
Courses of the department include political science, law, diplomacy, international politics, geopolitics, geostrategy, political
history and political thought, European studies, international organizations, economics, business as well as regional area
studies focusing on important regions of the world politics. On completing the program, the students are expected to acquire
competency in conceptual and historical information regarding international social and political phenomena, critical and
analytical thinking, the development of oral communication, written, and research skills in English, an inter-disciplinary
approach to both regional and global conflicts as well as conflict resolution strategies, and theoretical and practical capability for
development of leadership, team-work, decision making, and problem solving skills.
Succesful graduates of the program will have the opportunity to seek employment in diplomatic areas, public institutions,
international organisations, private companies with international connections, media as well as universities and strategic
research organisations.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
POLS101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business & Management
National History
Spring Semester
IRE102
COMP104
HIS104
SOCY100
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction To International Relations
World History & Civilizations
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
IRE201
BUS205
PUB203
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Comparative Politics I
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
IRE204
IRE208
IRE206
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Comparative Politics II
International Relations Theory
Third World Politics
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
European Political History
International Organizations
History & Politics of Middle East
International Law
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
History & Politics of Balkans
Global Peace & Security
Foreign Policy Analysis
Political Ideologies
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Political Sociology
Global Political Economy
Turkish Diplomatic History & Foreign Politics
International Politics of Cyprus
Year 3
Fall Semester
POLS301
IRE301
IRE305
IRE309
Spring Semester
IRE302
IRE308
IRE312
POLS304
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
POLS401
POLS407
IRE403
IRE405
39
Spring Semester
IRE404
IRE408
POLS413
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
EU Studies
Conflict Studies & Dispute Settlement
Contemporary Human Rights
Departmental Electives:
IRE304
(3,0)3
IRE411
(3,0)3
IRE412
(3,0)3
IRE415
(3,0)3
IRE419
(3,0)3
IRE420
(3,0)3
The Caucasus & Central Asia
Post Cold War International Relations
US Foreign Policy
Turkey-EU Relations
Research Methods
Graduation Project
POLS302
POLS303
POLS408
POLS409
POLS410
POLS412
POLS414
POLS416
Political Psychology
Turkish Politics
Media Politics
Nation State & Nationalism
Gender Politics
Theories of Democracy
International Environmental Politics
Theories of State
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
ECON318
(3,0)3
ECON408
(3,0)3
ECON415
(3,0)3
BUS306
(3,0)3
Labour Economics
Turkish Economics
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
40
Department of Marketing (BSc)
The main purpose of the Marketing Department at GAU is to provide crucial knowledge and opportunities to the students in
order to express themselves in rapidly changing innovative and competitive business world. Our curriculum is designed for
developing our student’s conceptual and analytical thinking, creative and communicative abilities which comply with
contemporary market and industry demands. To achieve our goal, all students are subjected to complete 132-credit program.
Marketing is one of the most significant business functions which focuses on the needs and wants of the organization’s key
stakeholders and target audiences. In other words, building a profitable and ethical bridge among all these parts is under the
responsibility of marketing function. With this comprehension, the Marketing Department at GAU is formed the content of the
courses according to for both understanding consumers and organizational buying patterns and developing long-run successful
marketing strategies that follow the latest managerial and technological trends in the world. It is also aimed at building strong
collaboration with both local business community and multinational companies for global experiential learning and shared high
level of academic studies.
During the four year program, students also acquire practical experience in the application of these concepts and methods with
the support of departmental advisors.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History
Spring Semester
BUS108
COMP104
SOCY100
MAT102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
BUS203
BUS205
BUS207
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
BUS204
BUS206
BUS208
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Statistics II
Business Law
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Business Finance I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
E-Commerce
Management Info. Systems
Consumer Behaviour
Marketing Strategy
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Integrated Marketing Communication
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Marketing Seminar
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS301
BUS303
BUS305
BUS307
BUS315
Spring Semester
BUS302
BUS304
BUS306
BUS450
BUS457
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
BUS401
BUS456
BUS458
Spring Semester
BUS404
BUS459
41
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
BUS318
(3,0)3
BUS430
(3,0)3
BUS434
(3,0)3
BUS436
(3,0)3
BUS448
(3,0)3
BUS449
(3,0)3
BUS451
(3,0)3
BUS452
(3,0)3
BUS453
(3,0)3
BUS455
(3,0)3
BUS466
(3,0)3
BUS469
(3,0)3
Business to Business Marketing
Persuasive Techniques in Communication and Strategies
Marketing Channels
Managing Customer Relationship
Sales Management
Brand Management
Marketing Research
Health Care Marketing
International Business Electives:
BUS423
(3,0)3
BUS427
(3,0)3
BUS444
(3,0)3
BUS445
(3,0)3
Business Management:
BUS213
(3,0)3
BUS403
(3,0)3
BUS406
(3,0)3
BUS408
(3,0)3
BUS409
(3,0)3
BUS418
(3,0)3
BUS420
(3,0)3
BUS462
(3,0)3
BUS467
(3,0)3
Business Ethics
Globalization & Economic Integration
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
42
Department of Management Information Systems (BSc)
The need for management personnel who understand computer technology and its impact on today’s business operations has
never been greater. With a Bachelor’s Degree in Management Information Systems, you will be a crucial resource in the
information systems industry.
The program prepares students to design and manage computer systems and related-technologies. Courses focus upon
analysis of business systems, computer software and hardware concepts, database management as well as network and
telecommunication systems. Students are required to complete 132 credits for this program.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ECON101
COMP103
BUS101
MAT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction To Business Management
National History
Spring Semester
CIS102
COMP104
MAT102
EGL102
BUS108
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Algorithm & Programming Techniques
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS203
CIS205
CIS207
CIS209
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistical Data Analysis
Fundamentals of Programming Language
Database Systems
Turkish I
Spring Semester
CIS212
CIS204
CIS206
CIS218
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Visual Programming
System Analysis & Design
Information Systems
Networking & Telecommunications
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Web Applications Development
Information Systems Security
Object Oriented Programming
Structured Programming Languages
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
E-Commerce
Adv. Database Management Systems
Multimedia Development
Computer Services Management
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Operating Systems
Software Engineering Principles
IT Project Management
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Graduation Project
Computer Graphics
Professional & Legal Issues in Computing
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Wireless Networking
Game Programming
Artificial Intelligence
Internet Programming
Year 3
Fall Semester
BUS305
CIS301
CIS313
CIS307
CIS309
Spring Semester
BUS302
BUS304
CIS316
CIS318
CIS320
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
CIS403
CIS415
CIS402
Spring Semester
CIS417
CIS404
CIS416
MIS Electives:
CIS408
CIS409
CIS410
CIS412
43
CIS414
CIS419
CIS420
CIS421
CIS422
CIS423
CIS424
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
BUS213
(3,0)3
BUS303
(3,0)3
BUS315
(3,0)3
BUS406
(3,0)3
BUS407
(3,0)3
BUS408
(3,0)3
BUS418
(3,0)3
BUS420
(3,0)3
BUS444
(3,0)3
BUS445
(3,0)3
BUS452
(3,0)3
BUS454
(3,0)3
BUS462
(3,0)3
Modern Programming Platforms
Research Methods
Emerging technologies
2D, 3D Digital Applications
Human Computer Interaction
Mobile Device Programming
Computer Forensics
Business Ethics
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Logistic Management
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
44
Department of Political Science & Public Administration (BSc)
Political science and public administration is a program for future leaders, administrators and managers of public institutions as
well as private organisations and companies. The program teaches numerous courses of 132 credits in political science,
political theory and history and administrative and managerial sciences and law as well as important subjects for students. The
graduates have the opportunity to find jobs in diplomatic areas, public institutions, political parties, civil society organisations,
international organisations, private companies and media as well as universities and strategic research centres and public
opinion research companies. Thus it is widely preferred study area of the recent years by the young talented and ambitious
students looking for a good career and position in society & state.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
POLS101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
National History
Spring Semester
PUB102
COMP104
HIS104
IRE102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Public administration
World History & Civilizations
Introduction to International Relations
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS211
IRE201
BUS205
PUB203
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Comparative Politics I
Statistics I
Introduction to Law
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS212
IRE204
POLS202
PUB206
CS202
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Comparative Politics II
History of Political Thought
Constitutional Law
Turkish II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
European Political History
Turkish Politics
Public Finance & Budgeting
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Political Psychology
Political Ideologies
Turkish Administrative Law
Program Evaluations & Auditing
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Global Political Economy
Nation State & Nationalism
Local Government & Administration
Political Sociology
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Political Parties & Election Systems
Comparative Public Administration
Contemporary Political Theory
Year 3
Fall Semester
POLS301
POLS303
PUB305
BUS303
Spring Semester
POLS302
POLS304
PUB302
PUB304
STJ 030
Year 4
Fall Semester
POLS407
POLS409
PUB403
POLS401
Spring Semester
POLS415
PUB402
POLS417
Departmental Electives:
POLS408
(3,0)3
Media Politics
45
POLS410
POLS412
POLS413
POLS414
POLS416
POLS420
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Gender Politics
Theories of Democracy
Contemporary Human Rights
International Environmental Politics
Theories of State
Graduation Project
IRE206
IRE305
IRE405
IRE411
IRE412
IRE415
PUB204
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Third World Politics
History & Politics of the M.E.
International Politics of Cyprus
Post Cold War International Relations
US Foreign Policy
Turkey-EU Relations
Public Policy Formulation & Implementation
ECON318
(3,0)3
ECON408
(3,0)3
ECON415
(3,0)3
BUS306
(3,0)3
Labour Economics
Turkish Economics
Service Courses:
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Language Elective I
46
THE FACULTY OF COMMUNICATIONS
In the Communication Faculty of Girne American University, you will experience an education, where theory, practice and art
will be interconnected. The education here, through modern courses and distinguished academic staff, will not only open the
doors to obtaining good professional careers that are much in demand, but also will introduce you to the issues and beauties
of life, thus letting you evaluate the community you are living in and the world as a whole.
In this faculty we are aiming to educate young generations who will be able to study, think, create, produce and solve problems.
Girne American University is a modern and international Third-Generation University. In other words, rather than being a
conservative and conventional university , through its international campuses in the USA, England and Singapore, it promotes
its vision of globalisation, interdisciplinary relations, research and change.
The objectives of our faculty are to raise productive, thinking, problem solving, questioning, creative young graduates, who fully
comprehend the world in which they live. At Girne American University, you will develop your level of knowledge, experience
and creativeness in the field of journalism, broadcasting, public relations, radio, television and cinema, which have been the
most significant influential instruments of communication of this age.
The faculty of Communication has three departments which offer academic curriculum both in English and Turkish. Students
are free to elect the programs either in English or Turkish.
•
•
•
Journalism and Broadcasting (Turkish and English)
Public Relations (Turkish and English)
Radio Television and Cinema (Turkish and English)
GAU TELEVISION STUDIO
Girne American University has a fully equipped television studio that broadcasts 24 hours to Girne and the environment. In the
studio students will learn how to use camera, light, editing, program and film making, etc. The studio is used, as well as a
workshop for learning, as an arena for professional work. Students from other departments also will be able to elect courses
related to studio training.
GAU RADIO
Girne American University also has a fully equipped radio studio that broadcasts 24 hours to Girne and the environment. In the
radio studio students will both be trained and acquire professional experience in producing various programs live and recorded.
JOBS FOR COMMUNICATION FACULTY GRADUATES
The field of communications is vast and so involves contact with a myriad of different aspects of society, such as advertising,
broadcasting, journalism, public relations and social media: Media designers, film and photojournalism, magazine and
publication editors, investor specialists, copy writers, media planners, media buyers, creative directors, radio TV broadcasting
managers, news writers, news managers, reporters, editors, newscasters, script writers, news researchers, technical writers,
employee communication specialists, publicity managers, advertising managers, fundraisers, public opinion researchers,
media analysts, program coordinators, public relations managers, legislative assistants, communication academicians and
many others.
47
Department of Journalism and Broadcasting (BA)
The main scope of the Department of Journalism is to train qualified individuals who possess the relevant theoretical and
practical knowledge, are obedient to the ethical principles, have social responsibilities and critical thinking skills, are
investigative and research-oriented in order to work in the sector of news publication and journalism. Within this scope, in the
first terms, students are offered courses that aim at providing them with a general social science formation, such as sociology,
political science, etc. In the successive years, other courses that lead to the professional training of the students and related to
communication science and the profession of journalism are offered, such as the main principles of journalism, techniques of
news reporting, applied journalism, communication theories, sociology of communication, communication law, communication
ethics , etc. The program aims at the compability with and adaptation to the publication and printing corporations that use the
technologies related to desktop publishing, radio and television publishing, and investigative journalism about which the
students must be trained and introduced to the contemporary publishing applications.
The department of Journalism where the theoretical and practical knowledge are studied in parallel allows students to gain
practical experience within the Centre of Media Investigation and Practice by working at the GAU Radio and TV and the
monthly Chancellor’s Gazette where the students apply the theoretical knowledge they have acquired.
Our department, making an effort for finding the new and novelties for training more qualified manpower in parallel to
international developments, while providing the sector of media with qualified staff, provides the students with the faith and
qualification to practice their jobs abroad via an adequate foreign language level together with the most satisfying knowledge
and skills in Journalism.
Our aim is to provide all of our students with a quality education that will open the doors of a position in the sector after their
graduation and reaching a perfect level in education in the field.
Year 1
Fall Semester
JRB101
(3,0)3
JRB103
(3,0)3
JRB105
(3,0)3
COMP103 (3,0)3
EGL101 (3,0)3
NH001
NC
Spring Semester
JB102
(3,0)3
JRB104
(3,0)3
JRB106
(3,0)3
COMP104 (3,0)3
EGL102 (3,0)3
NH002
NC
Year 2
Fall Semester
JRB201
(3,0)3
JRB203
(3,0)3
JRB205
(3,0)3
JRB207
(3,0)3
JRB209
(3,0)3
TURK001 NC
Spring Semester
JRB202
(3,0)3
JRB204
(3,0)3
JRB206
(3,0)3
JRB208
(3,0)3
JRB210
(3,0)3
TURK002 NC
STJ001
NC
Year 3
Fall Semester
JRB301
(3,0)3
JRB303
(3,0)3
JRB305
(3,0)3
JRB307
(3,0)3
JRB309
(3,0)3
Spring Semester
JRB302
(3,0)3
JRB304
(3,0)3
JRB306
(3,0)3
JRB308
(3,0)3
JRB310
(3,0)3
STJ002
NC
Year 4
Fall Semester
JRB401
(3,0)3
JRB403
(3,0)3
JRB405
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Basic Concepts of Journalism I
Introduction to Communications
Introduction to Social Sciences
National History I
Basic Concepts of Journalism II
Media & Ethics
History of Communication
National History I
News Report Writing
Economics of Journalism
Creative Writing
Basic Photography
International Communication
Turkish I
Writing & Debate for Journalism
Media Law
Sociology of Communication
Practice of Basic Photography
Practice of Journalism
Turkish II
Internship
Human Rights Journalism
Research Methods of Social Sciences
Philosophy of Communication
Radio & TV Broadcasting I
New Communication Paradigms
Theories of Mass Media
Interactive Communication & Education
Media Planning
Radio & TV Broadcasting II
Media & Culture
Internship
Journalism & Manipulation
Political Communication
Desktop Publishing I
Elective
Elective
Spring Semester
JRB402
(3,0)3
JRB404
(3,0)3
JRB406
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Graduation Project
Ethics & Research in Journalism
Desktop Publishing II
Elective
Elective
48
Department of Public Relations (BA)
Fundamental task of public relations professionals is to manage image and reputation of their clients. Positive image and
reputation of individuals and organizations play a vital role to initiate, develop and maintain any kind of relationship that
essential for achieving individual, organizational and societal goals. In order to build a positive image and reputation, public
relations professionals adhere socially responsible ethical action and communication programs that produce mutually
satisfactory outcomes for both organization and its publics and society as a whole.
Toward this goal, the Department offers an undergraduate program leading to BA in public relations .
During the first and second years the curriculum courses draw upon the foundation of social and behavioral (i.e., psychology,
sociology, economics, management, political science, etc) and managerial sciences. The third and the fourth years, students
learn basic theories and models of interpersonal, group, organizational and mass communication; history and pioneers of public
relations and advertising. Also, students learn practical aspects of public relations, advertising through planning public relations
advertising and other communication campaigns and other message production activities. In addition to the practices in the
class and internships, students gain necessary work experience by working actively in the University’s radio and TV stations
as well as other organizational activities in or out campus of GAU.
The Department of Public Relations, also offers graduate programs leading to MA in “public relations” and Ph.D. in
“communication and media management”.
The curriculum of BA program has been developed to meet the following objectives/outcomes:
•
To develop consciousness for public interest and social responsibility, respect for professional ethics;
•
To teach basic knowledge about the theories and models of communication (interpersonal, group, organizational and
mass) in general and public relations, advertising and journalism fields in particular; so that student understand,
evaluate and solve sectorial problems of these fields;
•
To teach how to use written, audio-visual communication formats used in public relations, advertising and
journalism; to produce various message content for media; to design and layout various publications and web; to be
able to plan and execute various communication campaigns;
•
To prepare students for further academic work (master and doctoral) in the fields of communication, public relations
and advertising.
Year 1
Fall Semester
PRE101
BUS101
COMP103
PSYC100
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Communication
Introduction to Business and Management I
National History I
Spring Semester
PRE102
BUS102
COMP104
SOCY100
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business and Management II
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
PRE201
PRE203
PRE205
BUS211
BUS205
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Communication Sociology
Creative Writing
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Turkish I
Spring Semester
PRE202
PRE206
PRE208
PRE210
PRE212
TURK002
STJ001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Introduction to Public Relations
Media Law
Diction and Debate
Advertising Design
News Report Writing
Turkish II
Internship
Year 3
Fall Semester
PRE303
PRE305
BUS301
BUS303
BUS309
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods for Social Science
Introduction to Journalism for PR
Marketing Management
Spring Semester
PRE302
PRE304
PRE306
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Theories of Mass Communication
Communication in Organisation
Media Planning
49
PRE308
STJ002
Year 4
Fall Semester
PRE401
PRE403
PRE405
Spring Semester
PRE404
PRE406
PRE408
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Consumer Behaviour
Elective
Internship
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Promotion Management
PR Campaign
Advertising Workshop
Elective
Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Publicity
Personal Selling
Communication Ethics
Elective
Elective
50
Department of Radio, TV and Cinema (BSc)
Girne American University Radio, Television and Cinema Department is a four year academic program, providing education,
research and practice opportunities in the field of communications. Goal of the Radio, Television and Cinema department is to
produce liberal and creative thinking young communicators who are responsive to social problems and who can express their
thoughts and act in line with the principles of professional ethics and social responsibility.
As an interdisciplinary program, Radio, Television and Cinema department aims to equip students with a strong foundation in
sociology, history, philosophy, politics and arts. Consequently, the program curriculum aims at harvesting both theoretical
knowledge and practical skills, establishing the right balance between theory and practice. In this context the program includes
practical courses in addition to theoretical courses. In accordance with ‘learning by producing’ principle, students attending the
practical courses will be equipped with technical know-how and have the opportunity to both practice with and produce radio
and television programs, short films and documentaries on GAU Radio and GAU TV which operate as part of the GAU
university.
Our graduates are well equipped to work in radio and television production and broadcasting fields and also in the field of
cinema.
Upon completion of their four year undergraduate studies, our students are able to actively find jobs in addition to opportunities
for post graduate studies.
Year1
Fall Semester
RTC101
COMP103
PSYC100
RTC103
EGL101
NH001
Spring Semester
RTC102
COMP104
SOCY100
RTC112
EGL102
NH002
Year2
Fall Semester
RTC201
RTC214
PRE210
PRE203
RTC211
TURK001
Spring Semester
RTC235
RTC202
PRE201
RTC203
PRE206
TURK002
STJ001
Year 3
Fall Semester
RTC304
RTC338
RTC321
RTC308
RTC312
Spring Semester
RTC305
RTC307
RTC332
RTC339
RTC306
STJ002
Year 4
Fall Semester
RTC407
RTC410
PRE408
Spring Semester
RTC425
RTC427
RTC428
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Communications
Basic Concept of Rd-TV
National History I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
History of Communications
News Report Writing
National History II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Radio and TV Programming I
History of World Cinema
Advertising Design
Communication Sociology
Introduction to Economics
Turkish I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Diction and Debate
Radio & TV Programming II
Camera Application
Media Law
Turkish II
Internship
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Techniques of TV Production I
Visual Advertising Techniques
Scenario
Applications of Assembling
Radio & TV Announcing
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Techniques of TV Production II
Radio & TV News Writing
Theories Mass Media
Research of Mass Media
Conversation & Techniques of Interview
Internship
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Music Programs of Radio & TV
History of Turkish Cinema
Media Ethics
Elective
Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Film, Criticism, Analysis
TV Studio Management
Documentary Film
Elective
Elective
51
THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION
The Faculty of Education was established in the academic year 1997/1998 under the name of “Faculty of Humanities”. The
Faculty was organized in two programs as “English Language Teaching” and “Turkish Language & Literature Teaching”
designed for training teachers in language and literature to meet the demand for teachers in Turkey and the TRNC.
Since the beginning of the academic year 1998/1999, the Faculty has concentrated fully on teacher education and accepted the
programs designed and developed by the committees established for the National Education Development Project under the
coordination of the Higher Education Council in Turkey (YOK), The World Bank and the Turkish Ministry of Education.
One year later, at the beginning of the academic year 1999/2000, the Faculty changed its name to “Faculty of Education”. The
Faculty of Education offers teacher training programs in its six departments (English Language Teaching, Turkish Language &
Literature Teaching, Turkish Language Teaching, Computer and Instructional Technologies Teaching, Early Childhood
Education, Guidance and Psychological Counselling).
The language of instruction in the departments of Turkish Language and Literature Teaching, Turkish Language Teaching,
Early Childhood Education and Guidance and Psychological Counselling is Turkish. Preparatory English Classes are
compulsory for students willing to receive education in English medium departments unless they pass the proficiency exam.
The overall institutional objective of the faculty is that graduates will have teaching competencies in their particular fields by
being furnished with the general and specific knowledge, methods, techniques and skills of contemporary teaching to fit the
scientific and technical development of the world in the third millennium.
Improving the skills of the students in the fields of reaching, being particular about, arranging, developing, applying and
presenting information has gained importance in the 21st Century as scientific information is advancing rapidly. Therefore
methods and techniques addressing intelligent tutoring like small group activities, projects, computer-assisted instruction as
well as presentation methods and techniques are given place in the education and training process of our departments.
Additionally endowments of our students are facilitated in the free and creative environment maintained by the university by
means of cultural and sporting activities and close relationships established with the academic staff.
The graduates of our faculty can be assigned to several posts including administrative ones as well as teaching under the
Ministry of Education as they are equipped with competent teaching knowledge and skills. Additionally they are able to take
office at many private agencies and institutes related to the field of their diploma. They are also able to establish their own
business.
The Faculty of Education, comprises six academics departments:
•
Classroom Teaching
•
Computer and Instructional Technology Teaching
•
English Language Teaching
•
Early Childhood Education (Pre-School Teaching)
•
Psychological Counselling and Guidance
•
Turkish Language and Literature Teaching
•
Turkish Teaching
52
Department of Primary School Teaching (BA)
53
Department of Computer and Instructional Technology Teaching (BSc)
In order to live, learn and work successfully in an increasingly complex and information rich society, students need to use
technology effectively. The main goal of the Computer & Instructional Technology Program is twofold: The first one is to
prepare students for the profession of teaching; and the second one is to provide students required knowledge and skills to use
computers and educational technologies. These two aims scaffold to use computer and computer technologies as learning
tools in order to support students.
This program enables the students to select and/or develop software materials for instructional purposes such as computer
assisted instruction, distance education and individualised education. The program also provides education and training for
students to achieve a high level of computer competency, which enable them to work in public sector as well as in private
industry and business. This program will help students develop skills, which could be used and transferred to various fields
such as participating as a member of a team, working with different groups, using communication effectively, decision making,
problem solving, and establishing new initiatives.
Another essential components of the program is to equip students with research concepts and skills. Students in the
information age should be able to locate, select, classify and use information for specific purposes required for a problem or
project. The medium of instruction is English.
Year 1
Fall Semester
CIT101
MTHS101
EGL101
TRK001
HIST001
EDU103
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Information Technology in Education I
Calculus I
English I
Turkish I: Writing
National History I
Introduction to Educational Science
Spring Semester
CIT102
MTHS102
EGL102
TRK002
HIST002
EDU102
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Information Technology in Education II
Calculus II
English II
Turkish II: Speaking
National History II
Educational Psychology
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Programming Languages I
Instructional Design
Computer Hardware
Physics I
Methods in Instruction
Vocational Elective
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Programming Languages II
Material Design in Education
Graphics and Animation in Education
Physics II
Measurement & Evaluation
Major Area Elective
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
Operating Systems and Applications
Web-based Programming
Distance Education
History of Science
Classroom Management
Special Teaching Methods I
Special Education
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Multimedia Technologies & Design
Computer Networks and Comm.
Database Management Systems
Community Service Applications
Turkish educational System & School Management
Special Teaching Methods II
Major Area Elective
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Project Development & Management I
Web Design
School Experience
Research Methods in Education
Major Area Elective
General Elective
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,6)5
Project Development & Management II
Guidance
Teaching Practice
Year 2
Fall Semester
CIT203
EDU210
CIT205
PHS201
EDU209
VE
Spring Semester
CIT204
EDU203
CIT206
PHS202
EDU208
MAE
Year 3
Fall Semester
CIT303
CIT307
EDU303
GCC303
EDU309
EDU311
EDU313
Spring Semester
CIT314
CIT306
CIT312
GCC302
EDU314
EDU312
MAE
Year 4
Fall Semester
CIT403
CIT407
EDU413
EDU423
MAE
GCC
Spring Semester
CIT404
EDU406
EDU404
MAE
GCC
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
Major Area Elective
General Elective
54
Department of English Language Teaching (BA)
The department of English language teaching provides prospective English language teachers with practical training and a
deeper understanding of language teaching principles and brings them up-to-date on recent classroom teaching practices. The
ELT department offers practical training in current approaches (particularly the communicative approach and task-based
learning) and fosters critical thinking, creativity and research skills.
Our department hosts highly qualified and internationally experienced staff to provide a professional learning environment to
reflect on, observe and evaluate teaching through learning and learner-centred approach. Our graduates pursue careers not
only in teaching but in translation, tourism and communication.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ELT101
ELT103
ELT105
ELT107
GCC101
GCC103
GCC105
EDU103
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Contextual Grammar I
Advanced Reading and Writing I
Listening and Pronunciation I
Oral Communication Skills I
Turkish I: Writing skills
Computer I
Effective Communication
Introduction to Educational Sciences
Spring Semester
ELT102
ELT104
ELT106
ELT108
ELT110
GCC102
GCC104
EDU102
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
Contextual Grammar II
Advanced Reading and Writing II
Listening and Pronunciation II
Oral Communication Skills II
Lexical Competence
Turkish II: Oral Skills
Computer II
Year 2
Fall Semester
ELT201
ELT203
ELT205
ELT207
ELT209
GCC201
EDU209
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
English Literature I
Linguistics I
Approaches to ELT I
English-Turkish Translation
Oral Expression and Public Speaking
History of Turkish Education
Teaching Principles and Methods
Spring Semester
ELT202
ELT204
ELT206
ELT208
GCC202
EDU204
EDU206
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
English Literature II
Linguistics II
Approaches to ELT II
Language Acquisition
Research methods
Specific Teaching Methods I
Educational Technology and Materials Design
Year 3
Fall Semester
ELT301
ELT303
ELT305
ELT307
ELT309
GCC301
EDU309
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
Teaching English to Young Learners I
Specific Teaching Methods II
Teaching Four Skills I
Literature and Language Teaching I
Second Foreign Language I
Drama Teaching
Spring Semester
ELT302
ELT304
ELT306
ELT308
ELT310
GCC302
EDU306
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(3,0)3
Teaching English to Young Learners II
Turkish-English Translation
Teaching Four Skills II
Literature and Language Teaching II
Second Foreign Language II
Community Service
Measurement and Assessment
Year 4
Fall Semester
ELT401
ELT403
ELT405
GCC401
EDU413
EDU415
EDU417
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,4)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Materials Adaptation & Development
Second Foreign Language III
Elective I: Novel
National History I
School Experience
Guidance
Special Education
Spring Semester
ELT402
(3,0)3
ELT404
(2,0)2
ELT406
(2,0)2
Language Testing & Evaluation
Elective II: Applied Linguistics
Elective III: CALL(Computer-Assisted
Language Learning)
GCC402
EDU404
EDU410
EDU412
(2,0)2
(2,6)5
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
National History II
Practice Teaching
Comparative Education
Turkish Education System and School Admin.
55
Department of Early Childhood Education (BA) (in Turkish Only)
The department of Early Childhood Education trains preschool teachers for the education of children aged 0 – 6 years in early
childhood institutions. The department aims to equip teacher candidates with a good self- image, an outgoing personality, a
sense of humor and an interest in helping children achieve a positive image of their own. The program provides a professional
education, with a strong emphasis on practical experience, and is designed by Turkish Higher Education Association.
In the program students will learn to improve and support the physical, intellectual, language, social, emotional and personal
skills of children; to assess and evaluate the children aged between 0-6; to identify the needs and developmental
characteristics of children aged between 0-6; to design, implement and evaluate curriculum according to the needs and
developmental characteristics of children; to present different approaches in early childhood education; to build positive and
effective relationships with children and their families; to cooperate with parents and provide parent education programs; to
cooperate with parents, associations and other professionals in order to solve problems of children.
Our graduates work as early childhood teachers and administrators; and run their own early childhood education institutions.
Year 1
Fall Semester
OKO101
OKO103
OKO105
TURK101
TAR101
BIL103
EFL101
EGT115
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Introduction to Early Childhood Education
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Psychology
Turkish I: Written Expression
Ataturk's Principles and History of Turkish Revolution I
Computer I
Foreign Language I
Introduction to Education
Spring Semester
OKO102
TURK102
TAR102
BIL104
EFL102
EGT112
EGT114
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Maternal and Child Health and First Aid
Turkish II : Oral Expression
Ataturk's Principles and History of Turkish Revolution II
Computer II
Foreign Language II
Different Approaches in Early Childhood Education
EducationalPsychology
Year 2
Fall Semester
OKO201
OKO203
OKO205
OKO207
EGT209
EGT211
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Maternal and Child Nutrition
Early Childhood Development I
Creativity and Nurturing
Play in Early Childhood
Educational Sociology
Instructional Principles and Methods I
Spring Semester
OKO202
OKO204
OKO206
OKO208
OKO210
EGT 212
EGT 214
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
Early Childhood Development II
Children’s Literature
Mathematics in Early Childhood Education
Child Mental Health
Drama in Early Childhood Education
Oral History Studies in Early Childhood
Instructional Technology and Material Designing
Year 3
Fall Semester
OKO300
OKO301
OKO303
OKO305
IST 307
EGT 309
EGT 311
EGT 313
(2,2)3
(1,2)2
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
Physical Education and Game Play
Music Education I
Science in Early Childhood Education
Visual Arts in Early Childhood Education
Statistics
Special Instructions of Methods I
School Experience I
Spring Semester
OKO302
OKO304
OKO306
ILT308
BIL310
UYG312
EGT314
EGT316
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Special Instructions of Methods II
Music Education II
Material Design
Research Methods
Practice in Community Services
Special Education
Year 4
Fall Semester
OKO401
OKO403
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
EGT405
(3,0)3
Parent Education
Research Project I
Elective Course II
Elective Course
Counseling
56
EGT407
(2,6)5
Teaching Practice I
Spring Semester
OKO402
OKO404
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
EGT406
EGT408
(2,0)2
(2,6)5
School Readiness and Transition to Elementary School
Research Project II
Elective Course III
Elective Course IV.
Turkish Educational System and School Management
Teaching Practice II
57
Department of Psychological Counselling and Guidance (BA) (in Turkish Only)
Our department aims to train undergraduate students in the skills and experiences necessary to provide effective academic and
vocational/career guidance within the scope of their training to students in primary, secondary and higher education. To train
undergraduate students in critical judgment skills regarding the needs of students to whom they provide guidance and in
appropriate referral skills for professional assessment, diagnostic evaluation and treatment services. To develop interpersonal
communication skills crucial for effective, healthy interactions and cooperation with students, parents, school faculty and
administration, as well as to be responsible role models in education.
Year 1
Fall Semester
TURK 101 (2,0)2
TAR101 (2,0)2
EFL101
(3,0)3
BIL103
(2,2)3
RPD101 (3,0)3
RPD102 (3,0)3
EGT103 (3,0)3
EGT105 (2,0)2
EGT107 (3,0)3
Turkish I: Writing Skills
History I
English I
Computer I
Introduction to Psychology
Physiological Psychology
Introduction to Educational Sciences
Introduction to Sociology
Introduction to Philosophy
Spring Semester
TURK102 (2,0)2
TAR102 (2,0)2
EFL102
(3,0)3
BIL104
(2,2)3
RPD103 (3,0)3
EGT106 (1,2)2
EGT108 (2,0)2
EGT116 (3,0)3
Turkish I: Speaking Skills
History II
English II
Computer II
Social Antropology
Literature Review and Reporting
Philosophy of Education
Child Psychology
Year 2
Fall Semester
RPD201 (3,0)3
RPD203 (3,0)3
RPD203 (3,0)3
EGT205 (3,0)3
EGT207 (3,0)3
EGT219 (2,2)3
GK211
(3,0)3
Guidance and Psychological Counselling
Statistics I
Special Education
Measurement and Evaluation
Psychology of Adolescence
Observation in School
History of Science
Spring Semester
RPD202 (3,0)3
RPD204 (3,0)3
RPD206 (2,2)3
RPD208 (3,0)3
RPD210 3,0)3
EGT208 (3,0)3
EGT210 (2,0)2
Non-Test Techniques
Statistics II
Human Relations and Communication
Social Psychology
Psychology of Learning
Methods and Principles in Education
Year 3
Fall Semester
RPD301 (3,0)3
RPD303 (3,0)3
RPD305 (3,0)3
RPD307 (3,0)3
RPD309 (3,0)3
GK305
(3,0)3
Methods and Techniques in Guidance and Psychological Counselling
Life Cycle and Adjustment Problems
Theories of Personality
Vocational Guidance and Counseling
Elective I
Elective
Spring Semester
RPD306 (1,4)3
RPD308 (3,0)3
RPD310 (3,0)3
RPD312 (3,0)3
RPD314 (3,0)3
RPD316 (3,0)3
EGT304 (3,0)3
Vocational Guidance and Counseling Practice
Curriculum Development in Guidance
Behavior Disorders
Theories of Psychological Counseling
Group Counseling
Elective II
Elective
Year 4
Fall Semester
RPD401 (3,0)3
RPD403 (1,4)3
RPD405 (3,0)3
RPD407 (3,0)3
EGT427 (3,0)3
GK405
(2,0)2
GK407
(1,2)2
Spring Semester
RPD402 (2,2)3
RPD404 (1,4)3
RPD406 (2,0)2
RPD408 (1,4)3
RPD410 (3,0)3
RPD412 (3,0)3
Psychological Testing
Individual Psychological Counseling Practice
Specific Learning Disorders
Elective III
Education Management
Methods of Scientific Research
Community Services
Seminar of Psychological Counseling and Guidance
Fieldwork in Guidance and Psychological Counselling
Ethics and Legal Topics
Practicum
Elective IV
Elective V
58
Department of Turkish Language and Literature (BA) (in Turkish only)
The aim of the Department of Turkish and Literature Teaching is to educate well-qualified teachers, researchers, experts and
scientists, who are the basic need of our country as well as young intellectuals, who are able to pick out and read distinguished
works of art and who share the delectation of these works with the ones around them. Our graduates, who receive an education
of pedagogic formation for three semesters after a seven semesters-length education of Turkish Language and Literature, are
entitled to a degree of masters without thesis. Our graduates are qualified to teach at the various corners of the Turkic World,
urological centres abroad, press associations, educational and cultural associations abroad and archives as well as in state and
private secondary schools and private education establishments accredited by the Ministry of Education.
Year 1
Fall Semester
TDE103
TDE105
TDE107
TDE109
TAR101
EFL101
Spring Semester
TDE106
TDE108
TDE110
TDE112
TAR102
EFL102
Year 2
Fall Semester
TDE205
TDE207
TDE209
TDE211
BIL103
EFL203
Spring Semester
TDE206
TDE208
TDE210
TDE212
BIL104
EFL204
Year 3
Fall Semester
TDE300
TDE307
TDE325
TDE311
TDE313
TDE319
Spring Semester
TDE305
TDE308
TDE320
TDE312
TDE314
TDE318
Year 4
Fall Semester
TDE420
TDE415
TDE419
TDE411
TDE413
TDE417
Spring Semester
EGT402
EGT406
EGT408
EGT410
EGT412
Year 5
Fall Semester
EGT501
EGT503
EGT505
EGT507
EGT 526
Spring Semester
EGT502
EGT506
EGT508
EGT509
EGT530
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Written Expression I
Turkish Grammar I
Ottoman Turkish I
Literary Knowledge I
National History I
English as a Foreign Language I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Turkish Grammar II
Ottoman Turkish II
Literary Knowledge II
Written Expression II
National History II
English as a Foreign Language II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
Turkish Grammar III
Turkish Folk Literature I
Old Turkish Literature I
Modern Turkish Literature I
Introduction to Information Systems I
English as a Foreign Lang III
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
Turkish Grammar IV
Turkish Folk Literature II
Old Turkish Literature II
Modern Turkish Literature II
Computer II
English as a Foreign Lang IV
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3, 0)3
Diction
Turkish Folk Literature III
Old Turkish Literature III
Modern Turkish Literature III
Turkish Dialects I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Western Literature I
Turkish Folk Literature IV
Old Turkish Literature IV
Modern Turkish Literature IV
Turkish Dialects II
Turkish Folklore
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
General Linguistics
Turkish Folk Literature V
Old Turkish Literature V
Modern Turkish Literature V
World Literature
Seminar
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
Introduction to the Teaching Profession
Human Development & Learning
Planning & Evaluation in Education
Subject Specific Teaching Methods I
School Experience I
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
(3,0) 3
Teaching Technology & Materials Development
Subject Specific Teaching Methods II
School Experience II
Research Methodology in Education
(2,6)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(5,0)0
Practice Teaching
Evaluation & Studies on Textbooks
Guidance
Term Project
59
Department of Turkish Language Teaching (BA) (in Turkish only)
The Department of Turkish Language Teaching was established in the 2007-2008 academic year in order to educate Turkish
language teachers for secondary schools. The duration of education in the department is four years. Graduates are employed
by state and primary schools as well as private education establishments in Turkey. Additionally they are qualified to work in
schools all over the Turkic world.
Year 1
Fall Semester
TUR101
TUR103
TUR105
TUR107
TUR109
TUR111
TAR101
EFL101
EGT103
(1,2) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
(3,0) 3
Writing Skills
Turkish Grammar 1: Phonology
Literary Know. And Theories I
Written Expression I
Oral Expression I
Ottoman Turkish 1
Hist. of Ata. Prin. & Revolution I
Foreign Language 1
Introduction To Education
Spring Semester
TUR104
TUR106
TUR108
TUR110
TUR112
TAR102
EFL102
EGT104
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
(3,0) 3
Turkish Grammar and: Morphology
Literary Know. And Theories II
Written Expression II
Oral Expression II
Ottoman Turkish II
Hist. of Ata. Prin. & Revolution II
Foreign Language II
Year 2
Fall Semester
TUR201
TUR203
TUR205
TUR207
TUR209
GKD201
BIL103
EGT213
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,2) 3
(3,0) 3
Turkish Grammar III: Lexicology
Turkish Folk Literature I
Classical Turkish Literature I
Modern Turkish Literature I
Text Analysis I: Story& Novel
Research Methods
Computer I
Instructional Principles & Methods
Spring Semester
TUR202
TUR204
TUR206
TUR208
TUR210
BIL104
GKD204
EGT206
(3,0) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
(3,0) 3
(2,2) 3
(3,0) 3
(2,2) 3
Turkish Grammar IV: Syntax
Turkish folk literature II
Classical Turkish Literature II
Modern Turkish Literature II
General Linguistics
Computer II
Effective communication
Instruct. Tech. & Material Design
Year 3
Fall Semester
TUR301
TUR303
TUR305
TUR307
GKD303
EGT303
EGT309
(2,2) 3
(2,2) 3
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
(1,2) 2
(2,2) 3
(2,0) 2
Comprehension Techniques I: Teaching Reading
Comprehension Techniques II: Teaching Listening
World literature
Community Service
Spring Semester
TUR302
TUR304
TUR306
TUR308
GKD304
GKD306
EGT308
(2,2) 3
(2,2) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,2) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(3,0) 3
Narrative Techniques I: Teaching Speaking
Narrative Techniques II: Teaching Writing
Teaching Turkish to Foreigners
History of Civilization
Assessment and Evaluation
Year 4
Fall Semester
TUR401
TUR402
GKD403
EGT413
EGT421
EGT423
(2,2) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(1,4) 3
(3,0) 3
(2,0) 2
Drama Teaching
Turkish Textbook Analysis
Culture of Turkish Cypriot
School Experience
Counselling
Special Education
Spring Semester
TUR402
TUR404
GKD402
GKD404
EGT414
EGT416
(3,0) 3
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,0) 2
(2,6) 5
Text Analysis II: Poetry
Modern Turkic Languages
Language and Culture
Diction
Turk. Edu. Syst. & School Admin.
Teaching Practice
60
THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
Faculty of Engineering and Architecture, which was established in1992,was separated into two faculties upon the decision of
the GAU Senate in year 2009. Beginning from 2009-2010 academic year on, Faculty of Engineering and Faculty of
Architecture, Design & Fine Arts started to function as two different faculties.
Faculty of Engineering aims to educate fully qualified engineers in all aspects. In today’s competitive environment, the
engineers who are the graduates of GAU Faculty of Engineering, are aimed to be fully equipped with technological, language
and engineering skills. The TechnoPark, which is an important asset of Faculty of Engineering, with its various research and
educational laboratories, provides opportunity for the students to be well equipped for their future academic and professional
career.
The Faculty of Engineering, comprises four academic departments:
•
Computer Engineering
•
Civil Engineering
•
Electrical-Electronics Engineering
•
Energy Systems Engineering
•
Industrial Engineering
Common Engineering Laboratories
Chemistry Laboratory
The Chemistry Laboratory is designed to reinforce the material the students have learned in class and gives them chance to
apply their knowledge. The lab will allow the students to delve more deeply in chemistry topics. The lab allows the students to;
learn how to make up chemical solutions, perform lab techniques, be safe in the lab, perform chemistry lab experiments
Physics Laboratory
The Physics Laboratory is used for practical investigation of concepts taught in General Physics I & II courses. The Laboratory
is equipped with twelve experiment sets to study translational and rotational mechanics and for examining electricity and
magnetism.
Alternative Energy Laboratory
There are three energy supply systems supported by the computers.
Each of these systems produces electrical energy from wind energy and solar energy.
Alternative Energy Laboratory will allow our students:
1. Performing of lab experiments for courses: Solar energy and Photovoltaic Systems (EEN477), Alternative Energy
Supply Systems, Wind Energy Systems, etc.
2. Evaluation Efficiency of the Wind and Solar Energy Systems.
3. Recording Saving and Analysis of the data involving air temperature, wind speed, electrical parameters (voltage,
current, power from each system) from each system.
In addition to the above mentioned, set of alternative energy systems will provide:
1. New Scientific Research Projects including Master and Doctoral Programs.
2. Use of the Uninterruptible Energy Produced during 24 hrs of day.
3. 24 hrs Uninterruptible Energy Production from Solar and Wind Gust.
Mechatronic Laboratory
Mechatronics Laboratory equipped with latest technology, automation and robotic systems allows engineering students to make
experiments for specific engineering courses such as robotics, simulation etc. Students are reinforcing their theoretical
knowledge by making experiments using PLC (programmable logic circuits) test sets, mobile robots and industrial robot.
Mechatronics Laboratory is equipped with PLC-controlled elevator system, PLC-controlled sensor-equipped walking tape
automation, Mitsubishi industrial robot automation, PLC-controlled robot automation, sensor-controlled industrial fluid transfer
system and the mechanical/pneumatic measurement training sets. Devices and parts of mechatronics laboratory are powered
by German Robot Brand; FESTO.
The four year bachelor engineering degrees have a common set of core courses. These are listed below.
Common Engineering Courses
CH101
ENG101
ENG102
ENG103
ENG106
ENG201
ENG202
ENG203
ENG204
ENG304
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
General Chemistry
Introduction to Computers
Computer Programming I
Computer Aided Design
Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
Physical Electronics
Computer Programming II
Introduction to Modelling & Optimisation
Engineering Economics
MT104
MT111
MT112
MT206
MT207
MT211
MT212
MT308
PS111
PS112
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Linear Algebra
Calculus I
Calculus II
Differential Equations
Probability Theory
Calculus III
Engineering Mathematics
Numerical Analysis
General Physics I
General Physics II
61
Department of Computer Engineering (BSc)
The department offers a four-year, undergraduate program leading to the Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree in Computer
Engineering. The undergraduate program is designed to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and interdisciplinary
educational foundation for a fulfilling career in high quality engineering profession. The Department’s program is designed so
that its graduates may continue with specialised work and undertake creative research towards a master’s degree.
All the necessary computing facilities are available to enhance students’ knowledge, skills and competences in the field of
Computer Engineering and in the application of computerised techniques. These facilities include well equipped computer
laboratories with high-speed personal computers and hardware laboratory for design.
Research interests of the faculty include: neural networks, digital signal processing, security, artificial intelligence, parallel
architectures and database systems.
Students enrolled in the BSc program, are required to complete forty courses with 132 credits. Students also are required to
obtain a pass in Turkish language and National History in order to fulfil the requirements of this balanced program. In the first 2
years, common courses for engineers include mathematical and computer sciences, and engineering sciences. The last two
years, not only include the core courses of computer engineering such as operating systems, file organisation, database
system and programming languages, but also includes technical electives and free electives. All of the core courses have
laboratory sessions.
Research and Software Development Lab
The newly established RESODEC lab is the main research facility of the Faculty of Engineering. Equiped with 10 workstation
class computers and other advanced peripherals, the laboratory is serving the high computing power needs of the MSc and
PhD students as well as the researchers of the Faculty. In collaboration with the INTERDEL lab, RESODEC is adding to the
research oriented value of the Faculty and forcing the university’s educational and research oriented computing power position
to stand out among other rivals.
Computer Engineering Laboratory
The mission of the Computer Engineering Laboratory is to give practical skills for the undergraduate and graduate students in
the fundamental concepts of the computer engineering discipline. The Computer Engineering Laboratory uses a network of upto date computers, and some systems that will help the students on the hardware design. The Computer Engineering
Laboratory is responsible for education in computer engineering, and software engineering. The curriculum of the laboratory
includes basic courses in computer and software engineering and advanced courses on operating systems, and real-time
object-oriented programming. Located at Techno park Complex Second Floor, the computer laboratory is equipped with 25 PCs
to support the main computing education needs of the Faculty of Engineering. The PC’s are equipped with recent peripherals
powerful enough to conduct the bachelor level courses’ laboratory sessions and experiments.
Information Technologies Research and Development Laboratory
The newly established INTERDEL laboratory started to service the Faculty of Engineering on April 11th 2011. Equipped with 44
state of the art PC’s and other peripherals, the INTERDEL Laboratory extended the Faculty’s computing capabilities for further
improving the computing requiring experiments and especially further enhance the practical experiences of the third and fourth
year engineering students.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT111
PS111
CH101
ENG101
ENG103
TURK001
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Calculus I
General Physics I
General Chemistry
Turkish I
Spring Semester
MT112
PS112
ENG102
MT104
ENG106
TURK002
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Calculus II
General Physics II
Linear Algebra
Turkish II
Year 2
Fall Semester
MT211
MT207
ENG201
ENG203
ENG205
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
Calculus III
Probability Theory
Logic Circuit Design
Spring Semester
MT212
MT206
ENG202
ENG204
ENG206
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
Digital Systems
Year 3
Fall Semester
CEN301
CEN303
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
Microprocessors
Data Structures & Algorithms
62
CEN305
CEN307
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
Object Oriented Programming
Operating Systems
Free Elective
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
File Organisation & Access Methods
Database Systems
Engineering Economy
Numerical Analysis
(0,0)0
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Engineering Summer Practice
Graduation Project I
Software Design
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Free Elective
National History I
NH002
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Graduation Project II
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Free Elective
National History II
Elective Courses
CEN407
CEN410
CEN415
CEN420
CEN421
CEN428
CEN430
CEN432
CEN440
CEN446
CEN448
CEN450
CEN455
CEN457
CEN465
CEN468
CEN470
CEN472
CEN477
CEN479
CEN480
CEN490
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Introduction to Web Design
Computer Networks
Data Communications
Automata Theory and Formal Languages
Computer Graphics I
Introduction to Neural Networks
System Analysis & Design
Data Security and Protection
Computer Hardware & Applications
Introduction to Information Retrieval
Qt Programming
Computer Architecture
Parallel Computing
Analysis of Algorithms
Image Processing
Visual Programming
Machine Learning
Java Programming
Introduction to Cryptography
Distributed Systems
Spring Semester
CEN302
CEN304
CEN306
ENG304
MT308
Year 4
Fall Semester
EEN400
CEN401
CEN403
NH001
Spring Semester
CEN402
63
Department of Civil Engineering (BSc)
The goals of the Civil Engineering Department undergraduate program is to provide the students with total learning experience
through a curricular flexibility of curriculum and student project work.
The program embraces the GAU philosophy of education to encourage the individual to develop initiative capabilities and
personal responsibility and to create educated leaders of the civil engineering professions with an ability to communicate, to
work in teams and to understand the broad implications of their work.
To graduate from the Civil Engineering, students must complete a total of 142 credits and complete two internships, where
each cannot be less than 30 working days at the second semester of their third and fourth year of studies. Students are, in
addition, required to obtain a pass in Turkish language and National History in order to fulfill the requirements of this balanced
program.
A sound understanding of the principles of basic sciences is essential to the study of civil engineering. It is essential for the
students to be well versed in mathematics and physics. The first 2 years mainly are common for all the departments. In junior
year, students take the core courses of the civil engineering. In the senior year there is a wide range of technical elective
courses, which enable students to specialise further in their particular field of interest. The core courses aim to establish a firm
general knowledge in all fields of civil Engineering. The courses are distributed in eight semesters through four academic years
including graduation project and summer trainings. The balanced, integrated curriculum provides an education, which is strong
both in the fundamentals and in state-of-the-art knowledge, appropriate for immediate professional practice as well as graduate
study and lifelong learning.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT111
PS111
CH101
ENG101
ENG103
ENGL001
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(1,2)2
Calculus I
General Physics I
General Chemistry
English I
Spring Semester
MT112
PS112
ENG102
MT104
ENG106
CVEN102
ENGL002
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(1,2)2
(1,2)2
Calculus II
General Physics II
Computer Programming
Linear Algebra
Technical Drawing
English II
Year 2
Fall Semester
MT211
MT207
ENG201
ENG203
CVEN201
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
Calculus III
Statistical Method for Engineering/Probability Theory
Statics
Spring Semester
MT212
MT206
CVEN204
CVEN202
ENG204
ELXXX
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Surveying
Strength of Materials
Introduction to Modelling and Optimisation
Elective
Year 3
Fall Semester
CVEN301
CVEN305
CVEN307
CVEN309
CVEN303
TURK001
ELXXX
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
(3,0)3
Dynamics
Transportation Engineering
Soil Mechanics
Fluid Mechanics
Structural System I
Turkish I
Elective
Spring Semester
CVEN304
CVEN306
CVEN310
ENG304
MT308
CVEN308
TURK002
EEN400
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(1,4)3
NC
NC
Structural Analysis II
Reinforced Concrete Structures I
Hydrology
Engineering Economy
Numerical Analysis
Construction Materials
Turkish II
Year 4
Fall Semester
CVEN401
CVEN403
CVEN405
CVEN407
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Earthquake Engineering
Computer Application in Civil Engineering
Design of Steel Structures
Reinforced Concrete Structures II
64
CVEN409
TELXXX
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Construction Engineering and Mgmt
Technical Elective
National History I
Spring Semester
CVEN490
CVEN406
TELXXX
TELXXX
TELXXX
CVEN450
NH002
(4,0)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Special Project
Design of Steel Structures II
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Summer Practice II
National History II
Technical Elective Courses:
The technical elective courses offered by the Civil Engineering Department are listed below. Further specialised courses may
be added as required. The department announces the courses to be offered at the beginning of each semester.
Technical Elective Courses:
CVEN410
CVEN425
CVEN430
CVEN435
CVEN420
CVEN440
CVEN445
CVEN460
CVEN470
CVEN480
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Construction Contract
Mechanics of Sea Waves
Coastal and Port Engineering
Introduction to Design and Construction of Offshore Structures
Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Design
Foundation Engineering
Bridge Design
Airport Design
Pre-stressed Concrete
Project Planning and Scheduling
65
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (BSc)
The goals of the Electrical & Electronic Engineering Department undergraduate program is to provide the students with total
learning experience through a curricular flexibility and student project work.
The program embraces the GAU philosophy of education to encourage the individual to develop initiative capabilities and
personal responsibility and to create educated leaders of the electrical end electronic engineering professions with an ability to
communicate, to work in teams and to understand the broad implications of their work.
Students enrolled in the BSc program are required to complete forty courses with 133 credits. Students are, in addition,
required to obtain a passing grade in Turkish language and National History in order to fulfil the requirements of this balanced
program.
A sound understanding of the principles of basic sciences is essential to the study of electrical and electronic engineering. It is
essential for the students to be well versed in mathematics and physics.
The first 2 years are common for all the departments. In junior year, students take the core courses of the electrical and
electronic engineering. In the senior year there is a wide range of technical elective courses, which enable students to
specialise further in their particular field of interest.
The core courses aim to establish a firm general knowledge in all fields of Electrical and Electronic Engineering. The courses
are distributed in eight semesters through four academic years including two graduation projects and summer training.
The balanced, integrated curriculum provides an education, which is strong both in the fundamentals and in state-of-the-art
knowledge, appropriate for immediate professional practice as well as graduate study and lifelong learning.
PLC&Microprocessor Laboratory
The PLC & Microprocessor laboratory is equipped for undergraduate level courses and projects. There are three groups of
experimental sets in this laboratory: PLC (Siemens, Simatic S-7 200), Microprocessors (8086) sets and microcontroller (PIC
F877) sets. All these sets are supported by computers and they have their specific programming tools that are aimed to teach
how hardware can be controlled by a program. Laboratory is used by both Electrical and Computer Engineering students in
different core or technical elective courses. The laboratory also supports graduation projects of the students.
Electronics Laboratory
This laboratory includes fundamental instruments and experimental sets for electrical and electronic circuits. It is aimed to
support undergraduate courses such as circuit theory, physical electronics, electronic circuits, logic circuits and digital systems.
DC and AC circuits, basics of diodes and transistors, amplifiers, OP-AMP applications, frequency response, voltage regulators,
active filters, combinational logic applications, multiplexers, counters, Arithmetic Logic Units (ALU) are some applications that
are conducted in this laboratory. All engineering students use this laboratory during different courses. The laboratory also gives
support to graduation projects of the students.
Electric Machinery Laboratory
This laboratory provides our students different experiments on DC and AC machines on both no load and loaded conditions.
The data obtained from these experiments are used to find main performance parameters of the machines and are the same
time to draw characteristic curves between measured parameters during no load an loaded tests. During lab experiments,
students study physical implementation of the rotors and stators for DC and AC machines.
Microwaves and Communications Laboratory
This laboratory is equipped by two different kinds of experimental sets. There are two sets for analog communications which
include both modulation and demodulation facilities of the most known analog techniques such as AM, FM, ASK, PSK and their
variants. This part of the lab is useful for fundamental communications courses. Additionally, microwave trainers are included in
this laboratory, which are used for undergraduate and graduate level technical elective courses.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT111
PS111
CH101
ENG101
ENG103
TURK001
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Calculus I
General Physics I
General Chemistry
Turkish I
Spring Semester
MT112
PS112
ENG102
MT104
ENG106
TURK002
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Calculus II
General Physics II
Linear Algebra
Fund. of Industrial Engineering
Turkish II
Year 2
Fall Semester
MT211
MT207
ENG201
ENG203
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
Calculus III
Probability Theory
Fund. of Electrical Engineering
66
ENG205
(3,2)4
Spring Semester
MT212
MT206
ENG202
ENG204
ENG206
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
Digital Systems
Year 3
Fall Semester
EEN301
EEN303
EEN305
EEN307
EEN347
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(4,0)4
Electronic Circuits I
Circuit Theory
Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation
Signals & Systems
Electromagnetic Theory I
Spring Semester
EEN302
EEN304
EEN348
ENG304
MT308
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
(4,0)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Electronic Circuits II
Feedback Control Systems
Electromagnetic Theory II
Engineering Economy
Numerical Analysis
(0,0)0
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Communication Systems
Free Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
National History I
NH002
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Free Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
National History II
Elective Courses:
EEN419
EEN420
EEN425
EEN432
EEN434
EEN440
EEN441
EEN445
EEN446
EEN456
EEN474
EEN475
EEN478
EEN481
EEN484
EEN486
MT401
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Speech Processing
PLC’s and Automation
Transform Theory for Engineers
Semiconductor Electronics
Introduction to Optical Engineering
Computer Hardware & Applications
Digital Signal Processing
Digital Communications
Satellite Communications
Wireless Communications and Networks
Power Electronics
Electrical Machinery
Antennas & Propagation
Microwave Circuits
Power Supply & Energy Transmission
Power System Analysis & Protection
Selected Topics in Math.
Year 4
Fall Semester
EEN400
EEN401
EEN403
NH001
Spring Semester
EEN402
67
Department of Energy Systems Engineering (BSc)
The aim of the Energy Systems Engineering is to prepare and educate the students, within all types of energy systems
engineering brunches, to thrust the current levels of economical and technological conditions to a higher level while becoming
more competitive within the global economy. And, to transfer such knowledge through combination of theoretical knowledge,
creativity and practice.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT111
PS111
CH101
ENG101
ENG103
TURK001
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Calculus I
General Physics I
General Chemistry
Turkish I
Spring Semester
MT112
PS112
MT104
ENG203
ENG106
TURK002
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
NC
Calculus II
General Physics II
Linear Algebra
Turkish II
Year 2
Fall Semester
MT212
MT207
ENG201
ENE101
ENE201
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
Probability & Statistics
Introduction to Energy Systems Engineering
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics
Spring Semester
ENG202
MT206
ENG204
ENE202
ENE206
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
Introduction to Modeling & Optimization
Alternative Energy Technologies
Digital Systems
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
Circuit Theory
Electromechanical Energy Conversion
Measurements & Instrumentations
Petroleum & Natural Gas Technologies
Technical Elective Course
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Renewable Energy Technologies
Numerical Analysis
Electrical Energy Transmission & Distribution
Energy Economics
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems
Energy & Environment
Free Elective Course
National History I
Summer Practice (30 working days)
NH001
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Energy Saving
Free Elective Course
National History II
Technical Electives
ENE411
ENE415
ENE417
ENE421
ENE423
ENE435
ENE441
ENE445
ENE455
ENE461
ENE471
ENE475
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Energy from Waste
Automatic Control in Energy Systems
Illumination Engineering
Electromagnetic Theory
Environmental Impact of Energy Systems
Energy Policy
Energy Efficient Building Design
Optimization of Energy systems
Hydrogen Energy Systems
Introduction to Mechatronics and Robotics
Mass Energy Balance Equations
Year 3
Fall Semester
EEN303
ENE301
ENE303
ENE305
Spring Semester
ENE302
MT308
ENE306
ENE304
Year 4
Fall Semester
ENE401
ENE403
ENE405
NH001
Spring Semester
ENE402
ENE404
68
ENE412
ENE416
ENE418
ENE420
ENE424
ENE432
ENE438
ENE440
ENE444
ENE452
ENE460
ENE464
ENE470
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Modeling and Simulation
Modern Thermodynamics for Energy Systems
Engineering Calculations(Matlab)
Nuclear Energy Technology
Offshore Energy
Programmable Logic Controllers
Project Planning and Scheduling
Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Systems
Systems and Control
Fuels and Combustion
Semiconductor Physics
High Voltage Techniques
Fuels Chemistry
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
English for Business Communication
Business German
Chinese Reading and Speaking
Business German French
Free Electives
69
Department of Industrial Engineering (BSc)
The Industrial Engineering Department offers a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree in Industrial Engineering. Industrial
Engineering is the application of engineering methods and the principles of scientific management to the design, improvement,
and installation of integrated systems of people, materials, information, equipment, and energy.
The industrial engineer is concerned with the design of integrated systems, and is the leader in the drive for increased
productivity and quality improvement. The industrial engineering profession uses a variety of specialised knowledge and skills.
These include the mathematical, physical, and social sciences, together with the methods of engineering analysis and design.
The industrial engineer is often involved in designing or improving major systems that encompass the total organisation.
Consequently, he/she is often in contact with many segments of the organisation and develops a global view. Because of their
management skill and global view of the organisation, a large proportion of industrial engineers move into management
positions, and later advance into top-management positions.
Although industrial engineering is especially important to all segments of industry, it is also applied in other types of
organisations, such as health care, public utilities, agriculture, transportation, defence, government, and merchandising.
Industrial engineering is finding increasing application in service industries.
The undergraduate program provides an interdisciplinary approach for its graduates to understand, to model and find solutions
for systems. The Industrial Engineering curriculum develops both the engineering theory and the practical background and
personal skills necessary to design the optimal productive work and management control systems for an organisation.
In GAU, the theoretical foundations of Industrial Engineering are offered to the students to provide them with the skills and
talents to solve a wide range of engineering problems related to manufacturing and service sectors.
The Industrial Engineering curriculum in GAU is designed to provide the student with a sound theoretical background while
being oriented toward applied problem solving. Students enrolled in BSc program, are required to complete forty courses with
125 credits. Students are also required to obtain a pass in Turkish language and National History in order to fulfil the
requirements of this balanced program.
In the first two years, students learn the foundation of mathematical, computer sciences and engineering sciences. The basics
of social sciences, economics and management are also introduced. Students receive foundations of industrial engineering
courses such as work study, operations research, production planning and control, quality planning and control, system
simulation, production systems during junior and senior year. Students are required to select one free elective in their third year
and 5 technical elective courses in the last year.
Computer Integrated Manufacturing Laboratory
Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory is designed for education and for research. The main focus of the GAU
CIM laboratory is the integration of the design and manufacturing functions in the computer-integrated manufacturing
environment. The laboratory consists of a Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) cell with a robot. The robot is integrated with a
Linear Slide Base for performing CNC machine loading/unloading tasks as well as material handling within the FMS work cell.
The students learn to configure, program and operate the robot and the FMS work cell. Additionally, the quality control module
is used as integrated to the robot for simple simulations of quality control cases.
Work Study & Ergonomics Laboratory
The Work Study and Ergonomics Laboratory provides facilities to perform methods analysis and time study with actual or prerecorded (motion film/video) operator performances. Manufacturing-related cases as well as service-related cases are
exemplified. Equipment installed in this laboratory includes, video recording/playback systems, time study equipment,
anthropometric kits, ergometer and various assemblies. Human physiology and dexterity, fatigue, workplace comfort-related
tests and measurements are also to be conducted in this facility. Students will become familiar with human capabilities and
limitations at work; measurement of workloads, designing and testing work methods for human comfort.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT111
PS111
CH101
ENG101
ENG103
TURK001
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Calculus I
General Physics I
General Chemistry
Turkish I
Spring Semester
MT112
PS112
ENG102
MT104
ENG106
TURK002
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Calculus II
General Physics II
Linear Algebra
Turkish II
Year 2
Fall Semester
MT211
MT207
ENG201
ENG203
ECON201
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
Calculus III
Probability Theory
Spring Semester
70
MT212
MT206
ENG202
ECON202
ENG204
(3,0)3
(4,0)4
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Fundamentals of Work Study
Operations Research I
Engineering Statistics
Introduction to Accounting
Free Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Operations Research II
Manufacturing Technology
Engineering Economy
Production Systems
Numerical Analysis
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
(0,0)0
Industrial Engineering Project
Production Planning & Control
Quality Planning & Control
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
National History I
NH002
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Graduation Project
Production Info. System Mgmt.
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
National History II
Elective Courses:
CEN470
IE410
IE413
IE415
IE416
IE417
IE418
IE420
IE421
IE430
IE440
IE445
IE447
IE450
IE456
IE460
IE470
IE488
MT401
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
System Simulation
Facilities Design & Planning
Productivity Management
Investment Analysis
Ergonomics
Project Management
Systems Analysis & Design
Industrial Appl. of Material Processing
Human Resource Mgmt.
Supply Chain Mgmt.
Industrial Approaches to Alternative Energy Sources
Engineering Investment Decisions
Industrial Safety and Technological Applications
Quality Control Systems (ISO Series)
Management for Engineers
Nanotechnology
Selected Topics in Mathematics
Year 3
Fall Semester
IE303
IE307
IE311
ACCT101
Spring Semester
IE308
IE314
ENG304
IE312
MT308
Year 4
Fall Semester
IE401
IE405
IE407
NH001
EEN400
Spring Semester
IE402
IE412
71
THE FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Faculty of Health Sciences functions with the aim of:
•
•
•
Developing health service personnel with humanistic and professional competencies who will
contribute positively to primary healthcare services and community health
Conducting pioneering advanced research directed at contribution towards strategy development
for the resolution of health issues both locally and internationally
Contributing to the development of efficiency and effectiveness of local and regional health
services in order to reach higher global standards
Our faculty carries the general vision of Girne American University and thus strives for holding a reconised and respected
national and international standing as a source of knowledge and innovation.
Our mission is to facilitate effective and high quality health services and support the recognition and development of community
health with its high standard of educational programmes and scientific research projects.
The Faculty of Health Sciences comprises three departments:
•
•
•
Health Care Management
Nutrition & Dietetics
Occupational Therapy
72
Department of Health Care Management (BSc)
The aim of Healthcare Management degree programme is to generate healthcare managers who recognizes the structure of
health systems, is competent in closely following its functions, can generate constructive and sustainable solutions to problems
as a manager, can approach situations both academically and practically, and is equipped with contemporary understanding of
management.
Year 1
Fall Semester
HS105
HCA101
HCA103
HCA105
HCA107
EGL101
TURK001
NH001
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Psychology
General Accounting I
General Business Studies
General Principles of Law
Turkish Language I
National History
Select 1 course from
REC302
REC203
REC405
PA179
the below list:
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Tennis
Football
Athletics
Hatha Yoga
Spring Semester
HCA102
HCA104
HCA106
HCA108
HS104
TURK002
NH002
EGL102
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
NC
(3,0)3
General Accounting II
Mathematics for Business
General Principles of Management
Self-knowledge and Communication Methods
Turkish Language II
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
HS205
HCA201
HS405
HCA203
HS305
COMP103
HS303
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,2)3
Medical Terminology
Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations
Research Methods
Management of Healthcare Organizations I
Epidemiology
Introduction to Computer Sciences
Biostatistics
Elective course/s with the 5 credits in total
Spring Semester
HS208
HCA202
HCA204
HCA206
HCA208
HS106
COMP104
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
Medical Documentation
Administration Law
Business Law
Management of Healthcare Organizations II
Finance
Sociology and Health
Introduction to Computer Science II
HCA210
NC
Summer Internship
Year 3
Fall Semester
HCA301
HCA303
HCA305
HCA307
HCA309
HCA311
HS301
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Production and Process Management in Healthcare Organizations
Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations I
Quantitative Techniques in Healthcare Management I
Cost Accounting in Healthcare Organizations
Statistics in Healthcare Management I
Organizational Behaviour in Healthcare Institutions
Professional Ethics
Spring Semester
HCA302
HCA304
HCA306
HCA308
HS302
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
Marketing in Healthcare Organizations
Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations
Quantitative Techniques in Healthcare Management II
Statistics in Healthcare Management II
First Aid and Emergency
HCA310
NC
Summer Internship
Year 4
Fall Semester
HCA401
HCA403
HCA405
HCA407
HCA409
HS403
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(4,4)6
Economy for Healthcare
Technology Management in Healthcare Organizations
Healthcare Policies and Planning
Quality Management in Healthcare Organizations
Law for Healthcare
Education
Spring Semester
HCA402
HCA404
(3,0)3
(2,1)2
Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations
Communication Skills in Healthcare Management
73
HCA406
HCA408
Elective Courses
Fall Semester
HCA205
OT103
OT211
HCA207
HCA411
HCA413
HCA312
PHIL101
GC211
PSY322
PSY345
PSY361
HS201
PSY213
Spring Semester
HCA312
HCA212
HS204
EDU102
HS306
HCA314
HCA316
HCA318
HS404
HS408
PSY204
PSY221
PSY251
PSY380
PSY240
PA210
(2,2)3
(0,24)12
Case Discussions in Healthcare Management
Field Practice
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Professional Foreign Language I
Strategies for Health and Wellness
Sociology for Disabilities
Social Politics
Program Planning and Evaluation in Healthcare organizations
Long-term Health Service Management
Turkish Healthcare System
History of Science
Developmental Psychology II
Psychology of Adjustment
Personality & its assessment
Mother and Child Nutrition
Critical Thinking
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,1)2
(2,0)2
(1,0)1
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
Comparative Health Systems
Professional Foreign Language II
Principles of Nutrition and Diet
Development and Learning
Development of Health and Health Policies
Healthcare Insurance and Refund Systems
Entrepreneurship in Healthcare Sector
Information Systems in Healthcare Organizations
Leadership
Human Rights
Biological Basis of Behaviour
Developmental Psychology I
Social Psychology I
Educational & School Psychology
Clinical Psychology II
Drama
74
Department of Occupational Therapy (BSc)
The aim of Occupational Therapy degree programme is to generate occupational therapists who approach people holistically, is
person-centered, can apply ergotherapeutic evaluations and treatment interventions, can facilitate independence and enhanced
life-quality in individuals through meaningful and targeted activities and support their involvement with the society, possess
problem solving skills and can think creatively.
Year 1
Fall Semester
HS101
HS103
HS105
OT101
OT103
OT107
TURK001
NH001
EGL101
(3,2)3
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
(3,0)3
Anatomy
Physiology
Psychology
Introduction to Occupational Therapy
Health and Wellness Strategies
Nervous System: Structure and Function
Turkish Language I
National History I
Spring Semester
OT102
OT104
HS102
HS104
HS106
TURK002
NH002
EGL102
(3,0)3
(2,4)4
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
NC
NC
(3,0)3
Theories of Occupational Therapy
Activities in Occupational Therapy
Growth and Development
Self-Knowledge and Communication Methods
Turkish Language II
National History II
Select 1 course from
REC302
REC312
REC208
REC206
ART150
the below list:
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Tennis
Swimming
Table Tennis
Folk Dance
Photography
Year 2
Fall Semester
OT201
OT203
OT205
OT207
OT209
OT211
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(4,0)4
(4,4)6
(3,0)3
Performance Areas: Sensory-Motor
Performance Areas: Psychosocial
Performance Areas: Cognitive
Functional Insufficiencies in Musculoskeletal System
Basic Measurement and Assessment Methods
Sociology of Disability
Elective courses with the 6 credits in total
Spring Semester
OT202
OT204
OT206
OT208
OT210
OT214
(3,4)5
(3,4)5
(3,2)4
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
NC
Occupational Therapy in Musculoskeletal Diseases
Daily Life Activities
Occupational Therapy in Psychiatry
Functional Kinesiology
Supportive Technology
Summer Internship
Elective course with the 3 credits in total
Year 3
Fall Semester
OT301
OT303
OT305
OT307
HS301
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,4)5
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
Neurodevelopmental Dysfunction
Occupational Therapy in Geriatic Rehabilitation
Preventative Occupational Therapy and Environmental Review
Problem-based Applications in Occupational Therapy
Professional Ethics
Spring Semester
OT302
OT304
OT306
OT308
HS302
OT310
(2,4)4
(3,2)4
(2,4)4
(1,2)2
(2,2)3
NC
Professional Rehabilitation
Orthotics and Biomechanics
Occupational Therapy in Neurodevelopment Dysfunction
Dance and Movement Therapy
Summer Internship
Year 4
Fall Semester
OT401
OT403
HS403
HS405
(0,16)8
(4,6)7
(4,4)6
(2,2)3
Clinical Education I
Evidence Based Occupational Therapy Applications
Education
Research Methods
Elective course with the 3 credits in total
Spring Semester
OT402
OT404
HS402
OT406
(0,16)8
(3,2)4
(4,4)6
(4,6)7
Clinical Education II
Society Based Rehabilitation
Health Management
Graduation Project
Elective Courses
75
Fall Semester
OT213
HS303
HS305
OT309
OT311
COMP103
OT407
PHIL101
GC211
PSY322
PSY345
PSY361
HS201
PSY213
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,2)3
(1,2)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Biostatistics
Epidemiology
Artistic Approaches in Occupational Therapy: Art & Handicraft
Sports and Recreation for Disabilities
Introduction to Computer Science I
Translation I
History of Science
Personality and its Assessment
Critical Thinking
Spring Semester
OT212
HS204
EDU102
HS306
COMP104
HS404
HS406
HS408
PSY204
PSY221
PSY251
PSY380
PSY240
PA210
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(1,0)1
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
Leadership
Translation II
Human Rights
Social Psychology
Educational and School Psychology
Clinical Psychology I
Drama
76
Department of Nutrition & Dietetics (BSc)
The aim of Nutrition and Dietetics Degree program is to develop dieticians who know the concept of nutrition, has understood
the importance of adequate and balanced nutrition in developing health, can evaluate people within a biopsychosocial unity,
can formulate the necessary nutritional program for the treatment of diseases, can identify society’s nutritional problems and
develop appropriate solutions, is aware of the importance of life-long self-development and has universal values.
Year 1
Fall Semester
HS101
HS103
HS105
ND101
ND103
HS203
HS115
TURK001
NH001
Spring Semester
ND102
ND104
HS102
HS104
HS106
TURK002
NH002
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Anatomy
Physiology
Psychology
Basic approaches in Nutrition and Dietetics
General Chemistry
Medical Biology Genetics
Basic Mathematics
Turkish Language I
National History I
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
NC
NC
Organic Chemistry
Introduction to Nutrients
Self-knowledge and Communication Methods
Turkish Language II
National History II
Select any 3 from the below list:
REC302
(2,2)3
REC312
(2,2)3
REC208
(2,2)3
REC206
(2,2)3
ART150
(2,2)3
Year 2
Fall Semester
ND201
ND203
ND205
HS107
EGL101
Spring Semester
ND202
ND204
ND206
ND208
ND210
EGL102
ND214
Year 3
Fall Semester
ND301
ND303
ND305
ND307
ND309
HS301
ND311
Spring Semester
ND302
ND304
ND306
ND308
ND310
ND314
Year 4
Fall Semester
ND401
ND403
HS303
HS403
Spring Semester
ND402
ND404
ND406
HS302
ND408
Tennis
Swimming
Table Tennis
Folk Dancing
Photography
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Principles of Nutrition
Nutritional Biochemistry I
Food Chemistry
Microbiology-Parasitology
Elective
Elective
Elective
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
NC
Nutritional Biochemistry II
Food Microbiology and Food Safety
Introduction to Nutritional Services
Education and Consultancy in Nutrition
Food Preparation and Cooking Methods
Summer Internship
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
Community and Health I
Medical Nutrition in Adult Diseases I
Management of Food Services
Legal Procedures for Nutrition
Professional Ethics
Business Management Skills
Elective
Elective
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(0,16)8
NC
Nutrition in Child Diseases
Community and Health II
Medical Nutrition in Adult Diseases II
Nutritional Support Systems
Community Health Internship
Summer Internship
(0,16)8
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
Education at Workplace I
Biostatistics
Education
Elective
Elective
(0,20)10
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
Education at Workplace II
Nutrition related Diseases
Case Analysis
Elective
77
Elective Courses
Fall Semester
ND209
ND211
ND213
ND215
ND217
HS305
ND312
COMP103
ND405
ND407
ND409
ND411
HS405
PHIL101
GC211
PSY322
PSY345
PSY361
PSY213
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology
Nutrition and Genetics
Food-Medicines Interaction
Nutritional Support Products and Functional Foods
Epidemiology
Food Toxicology
Nutrition for Sports
World Cuisine
Nutrition in Old Age
Nutritional Pathologies
Research Methods
History of Science
Critical Thinking
Spring Semester
ND212
ND214
ND216
EDU102
HS306
COMP104
HS402
HS406
HS404
HS408
PSY204
PSY221
PSY251
PSY380
PSY240
PA210
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,0)1
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
Nutritional Anthropology
Menu Planning
Health Management
Preventative Medicine and Early Diagnosis
Leadership
Human Rights
Social Psychology
Drama
78
THE FACULTY OF HUMANITIES
The main philosophy and vision of The Faculty Of Humanities which was founded in 2004 includes these goals and objectives:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Presenting quality education which is supported with contemporary technological supplies and creating other fields of
study interaction between those areas.
Creating knowledge and skills which enable competition and job opportunities with dynamic class programs such as
objective thinking, scientific creativity and observation.
Having students to participate in intellectual and cultural environments around the university since Humanities Faculty
creates academic, thoughtful activities and discusses rational outcomes and cultural diversity, running seminars,
panels, congresses and meetings by all departments through the academic year for students.
An ideal confluence of mind, heart and spirit, in the service of the total rounded person.
Expertise in one's own chosen field and an adequate diversification of interests, skills, concerns in other fields
diversity.
An enhanced and enriched cultural background including a sense of history, language, culture and psychology while
being abreast of the modern technology of a networked of world.
Keeping sample exposure to and immersion in research as well as creative and critical endeavours.
In the 2010 – 2011academic year, our Faculty began accepting students for major and minor programs in the departments of
English Language and Literature, Translation and Interpreting and English Language Teaching (The Faculty of Education).
The Faculty of Humanities exists to foster the intellectual, creative, and personal growth of its students through courses in the
humanities. We encourage our students to dream, to think critically, creatively, and insightfully, and to engage in their own lives,
their communities and the world. Within our individual academic disciplines, we seek to create learning communities that will
inspire and equip students to become the best, most independent, confident, and competent people they can be.
The mission of the Faculty of Humanities is to develop in each student cognitive and creative language and artistic skills that
allow for human thought and communication in the expression of ideas, emotions, and aesthetics. We believe that students
more fully develop their own aesthetic and intellectual voice by knowing and experiencing the perspectives and values of
others. These goals involve crossing cultural, psychological, philosophical, and artistic boundaries. As faculty and students, we
seek to understand ourselves and others through our individual creative works and ideas as we become agents of our own
lives.
It is clear to us that the intellectual, creative, and personal growth of each student benefits the faculty, staff, students, campus
and local communities, and the world at large. Through our teaching, research, creativity, and service, we are committed to
giving our students the tools to be informed citizens in a global society guided by democratic principles, as well as to succeed
professionally. With this in mind, we seek to stimulate rather than suppress, challenge rather than confirm, create rather than
imitate.
The Faculty of Humanities is an institution of learning geared towards the development and fulfilment of the total person,
universal focusing on the Arts and the Humanities, mainly, and spreading out to include the sciences, social and natural, guided
by universal thought and the highest social, national, international and even global standards and objectives.
The envisioned goal is the Faculty's turning out not only of learned but wise individuals who, motivated by the highest standards
of excellence, excel in their chosen fields, eventually becoming role models in society, potential leaders and achievers of the
country, all in the spirit not only of personal but also social and more importantly, spiritual commitment.
We propose a Humanities and Social Sciences Research Institute, one that will broaden the relevance of the Humanities and
Social Sciences in contemporary life. As a promoter of informed debate on matters of public importance, a Humanities and
Social Sciences Research Institute would bring academics, community leaders, students and public officials into dialogue
around problems of local, national and international importance. The objective will be to build civic engagement and intellectual
community.
The Institute would serve as an umbrella for a communal space where faculty and students could conduct conversations and
research around designated themes. This will be done by promoting a trans-disciplinary conversation among historians,
philosophers, and scholars of political science, literature, economics, religion, music, languages, cultural studies, art and all the
media that contribute to the cultural universe we inhabit—not just within the University, but beyond the academic pale.
The Faculty of Humanities of Girne American University is a four-year program which leads to the degree of Bachelor of Arts
and Science in Humanities with three departments:
•
Chinese Language and Literature
•
English Language and Literature
•
Psychology
•
Translation and Interpretation
79
Department of Chinese Language and Literature (BA)
Year 1
Fall Semester
CLL101
(3,0)3
CLL103
(3,0)3
CLL105
(3,0)3
CLL107
(3,0)3
COMP103 (3,0)3
EGL101 (3,0)3
Basic Chinese I
Speaking I
Listening I
Basic Writing I
Introduction to Computer
English I
Spring Semester
CLL102
(3,0)3
CLL104
(3,0)3
CLL106
(3,0)3
CLL108
(3,0)3
CLL110
(3,0)3
EGL102 (3,0)3
Basic Chinese II
Speaking II
Listening II
Basic Writing II
Reading Newspapers and Magazines
English II
Year 2
Fall Semester
CLL 215 (3,0)3
CLL201
(3,0)3
CLL203
(3,0)3
CLL205
(3,0)3
CLL207
(3,0)3
CLL213
(3,0)3
NH001
NC
TURK001 NC
Chinese History
Intermediate Chinese I
Speaking III
Reading and Comprehension I
Writing I
Chinese Society and Culture I
Principles of Atatürk and History of Revolution I
Turkish I
Spring Semester
CLL202
(3,0)3
CLL204
(3,0)3
CLL206
(3,0)3
CLL208
(3,0)3
CLL214
(3,0)3
CLL216
(3,0)3
NH002
NC
TURK002 NC
Intermediate Chinese II
Speaking IV
Reading and Comprehension II
Writing II
Chinese Society and Culture II
Newspaper and Magazine Reading
Principles of Atatürk and History of Revolution II
Turkish II
Year 3
Fall Semester
CLL301
(3,0)3
CLL303
(3,0)3
CLL305
(3,0)3
CLL307
(3,0)3
CLL309
(3,0)3
Advanced Chinese Reading I
Advanced Chinese Speaking I
Chinese Literature I
Translation of Culture and Thought Texts
Chinese Philosophy and Art
Spring Semester
CLL302
(3,0)3
CLL304
(3,0)3
CLL306
(3,0)3
CLL308
(3,0)3
Advanced Chinese Reading II
Advanced Chinese Speaking II
Chinese Literature II
Special Field Translations
Year 4
Fall Semester
CLL401
(3,0)3
CLL403
(3,0)3
CLL405
(3,0)3
CLL407
(3,0)3
CLL409
(3,0)3
Modern Chinese I
Dissertation I
Translation I
Chinese Literature III
Special Field Translation
Spring Semester
CLL402
(3,0)3
CLL404
(3,0)3
CLL406
(3,0)3
CLL408
(3,0)3
Modern Chinese II
Dissertation II
Translation II
Chinese Literature IV
Elective Courses
CLL215
(3,0)3
CLL216
(3,0)3
CLL309
(3,0)3
CLL409
(3,0)3
Chinese History
Newspaper and Magazine Reading
Chinese Philosophy and Art
Special Field Translation
80
Department of English Language and Literature (BA)
English Language and Literature program combines a survey of the subject, from the medieval period to the present day Shakespeare and Milton, Austen and the Brontës - with a range of innovative approaches to specific topics. The objectives of
the program are:
•
Acquire in-depth knowledge of English and American Literature from selected sources, develop critical abilities, see
how literature depicts human nature, relationships, social and political developments and the world around us.
•
Introduce students to a wide range of literary texts and to make them enthusiastic and responsive readers, to enable
and to equip students to analyse and argue persuasively, to become independent and self-motivated scholars and to
equip students with the skills required for further research or for those professions (including teaching, the public
sector, the media and business) which require critical and analytical skills, powers of communication and an
awareness of the broad meanings of culture.
•
Be able to work in different contexts: individually, within seminars and as members of small groups with collective
responsibility for producing oral or written analysis.
Our department promotes a research-intensive environment to promote humanistic inquiry and exchange by supporting
innovative scholarly projects and by creating opportunities for interaction among scholars, students and lifelong learners. We
aim to ensure that students acquire the analytical skills, historical depth, and appreciation of diverse cultures needed to assume
leadership roles as responsible, ethical, and path-breaking scholars, cultural workers, creative artists, policy makers and
professional communicators. We prepare our students to be thoughtful and engaged citizens in a global world.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ELIT101
ELIT103
ELIT105
ELIT107
TDE103
COM103
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Speaking Skills I
Reading Skills I
Grammar I
Writing Skills I
Turkish: Writing
Spring Semester
ELIT102
ELIT104
ELIT106
ELIT108
ELIT110
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Speaking Skills II
Reading Skills II
Grammar II
Writing Skills II
British History
Year 2
Fall Semester
ELIT201
ELIT203
ELIT205
ELIT207
ELIT209
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Critical Reading
Literary Theory and Criticism I
Introduction to Literature
Life and Society in Britain
Literary Research Techniques
National History I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
(3,0)3
American History and Culture
Literary Theory and Criticism II
Mythology
The Short Story
National History II
Elective I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
British Poetry and Prose I
British Novel I
British Drama I
Translation I
American Drama
Elective II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
British Poetry and Prose II
British Novel II
British Drama II
Translation II
Elective III
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
British Poetry and Prose III
British Novel III
British Drama III
American Poetry
Elective IV
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0 )3
British Poetry and Prose IV
British Novel IV
British Drama IV
American Novel
Elective V
Spring Semester
ELIT202
ELIT204
ELIT 206
ELIT 208
NH002
Year 3
Fall Semester
ELIT301
ELIT303
ELIT305
ELIT307
ELIT309
Spring Semester
ELIT302
ELIT304
ELIT306
ELIT308
Year 4
Fall Semester
ELIT401
ELIT403
ELIT405
ELIT407
Spring Semester
ELIT402
ELIT404
ELIT406
ELIT408
81
Department of Psychology (BSc)
Our mission at GAU Psychology is to equip students with skills that matter for their future careers based on the personal
strengths and interests of the students. Psychology comes in two basic forms: research and applied. Psychology aims to
understand scientifically how people develop, think and learn, feel and relate to one another. Psychology also aims to help
solve problems that may arise in personal, inter-personal, group and organizational life. At GAU, we provide training for both
branches of psychology. For our B.Sc. degree, our department offers a unique two track program depending on the
undergraduate’s needs. After two years of foundational courses in psychology that build both research and applied skills,
students who are more interested in research – and post-doctoral research-based degrees – take courses that lead to a final
year research thesis. For those who want to take up a profession in an applied branch of psychology – such as clinical,
forensic, educational or counselling psychology – courses are taken that develop the relevant skills and there is opportunity for
an internship with a professional practice.
The GAU Psychology department offers three postgraduate studies: an MSc in Applied Social Psychology, an MSc in Health
Psychology and MSc in Psychological Counselling and Guidance. The MSc in Applied Social Psychology has both general and
forensic specializations.
The Psychology Department is an approved by YOK in Turkey. The graduation certificate is equivalent to the European
Psychology Certificate (EuroPsy). All courses in Psychology department are in English.
Year 1
Fall Semester
COMP103
EGL101
PSY101
PSY103
PHIL101
TURK001
Spring Semester
COMP104
EGL102
SOC104
PSY102
PSY104
TURK002
Year 2
Fall Semester
CS201
NH001
PSY211
PSY213
PSY221
PSY251
Spring Semester
CS202
NH002
PSY204
PSY218
PSY230
PSY240
Year 3
Fall Semester
PSY301
PSY331
PSY337
PSY321
PSY361
Spring Semester
PSY312
PSY318
PSY322
PSY338
PSY344
PSY348
PSY352
Year 4
Fall Semester
PSY401
Spring Semester
PSY402
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Development of Reading Skills I
Introduction to Psychology I
Elementary Mathematics
Turkish I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Sociology
Introduction to Psychology II
English for Psychology
Turkish II
(3,0)3
NC
(2,1)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
National History I
Research Design in Psychology
Critical Thinking
Social Psychology I
(3,0)3
NC
(3,0)3
(2,1)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
National History II
Statistics & Research Methods I
Experimental Psychology
(3,3)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Pre-Dissertation Elective
Testing & Measurement in Psychology
Industrial and Organizational Psychology
Cognitive Psychology
(3,0)3
(3,3)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,3)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Ethics and History of Psychology
Statistics & Research Methods II
Health Psychology
Clinical Psychology II
Counselling and Psychotherapy
Social Psychology II
(3,3)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Final Dissertation I
Elective
Elective
Elective
(3,3)6
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Final Dissertation II
Elective
Elective
Elective
Psychology Electives
PSY301
(3,3)6
PSY341
(3,0)3
PSY347
(3,0)3
Pre-Dissertation Research
Environmental Psychology
Psychology of Aging
82
PSY375
PSY380
PSY382
PSY425
PSY449
PSY453
PSY455
PSY460
PSY472
PSY476
PSY477
PSY478
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Neuropsychology
Cross-Cultural Psychology
Recent Issues and Research Trends in Developmental Psychology
Psychology and Gender Issues
Drugs and Psychopharmacology
Child Abuse
Forensic Psychology
Emotion and Motivation
Criminology
Special Topics in Experimental Psychology
Special Topics in Applied Psychology
83
Department of Translation and Interpretation (BA)
Girne American University Department of Translation and Interpretation commenced teaching in the 2006-2007 Academic
Year.
The objective of the department is to train translators and interpreters using modern education techniques in line with current
scientific methodologies and approaches in the field. Students must learn how to be aware of language differences and be
equipped with a wide knowledge of the field of translation. They must also understand the terminology of various subjects, such
as law, economics, literature, social and applied sciences, political sciences, international relations, and media and
communication.
The Department of Translation and Interpretation seeks to raise professionals who are knowledgeable, eager to research and
learn, multicultural, interested in current issues and cultural relations, aware of the expectations and conditions of the market,
and who could utilize their knowledge and experience in translation and interpretation through scientific methods with the aid of
cutting-edge technology.
The goal of the degree program in Translation and Interpretation is also to develop the special skills needed for translating and
interpreting, and to achieve mastery of the contemporary spoken and written English and Turkish. In addition, a wide range of
elective courses provide a broad cultural background required by professional translators.
Language studies in English and Turkish include: oral and written comprehension, oral and written translation, oral proficiency,
essays, note-taking in addition to consecutive and simultaneous interpreting. Elective courses deal with fields such as national
government and administration, political, economic, legal, social, cultural life, current affairs, modern literature, European
organizations, computer literacy, and other languages.
Our department aspires to become the most prominent educational institution in the field of translation and interpretation in the
region, and to provide better employment opportunities.
Year 1
Fall Semester
TRA101
TRA103
TRA105
TRA107
TRA109
COM103
Spring Semester
TRA102
TRA104
TRA106
TRA108
TRA110
Year 2
Fall Semester
TRA201
TRA203
TRA205
TRA207
TRA209
NH001
Spring Semester
TRA202
TRA204
TRA206
TRA208
TRA210
NH002
Year 3
Fall Semester
TRA301
TRA303
TRA305
TRA307
TRA309
Spring Semester
TRA302
TRA304
TRA 306
TRA308
TRA310
Year 4
Fall Semester
TRA401
TRA403
TRA405
TRA407
Spring Semester
TRA402
TRA404
TRA406
TRA408
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Public Speaking in English I
Reading Skills I
Listening & note taking I
Comparative Structure I
Writing Skills in English I
Intro to Computers
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Public Speaking in English II
Reading Skills II
Listening & note taking II
Comparative Structure II
Writing Skills in English II
Elective I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Lexicology
Western Civilizations
Contemporary Western Literature I
Intro to Translation
Writing Skills in Turkish
National History I
(3,0)3
Linguistics for Translation
(3,0)3
Translation for Social Sciences
(3,0)3
Contemporary Western Literature II
(3,0)3
Intro to Interpreting
(3,0)3
Public Speaking in Turkish
NC National History II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Discourse Analysis
Translation for Business
Translation for Law
On-sight Interpreting
Research Techniques in Translation
Elective II
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Translation Theory and Criticism
Consecutive Interpreting
Simultaneous Interpreting I
Medical Translation
Technical Translation
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Literary Translation I
Simultaneous Interpreting II
Project in Translation
Translation for Dubbing and Subtitling
Elective III
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Information Technology for Translators
Literary Translation II
Project in Interpreting
Intercultural Communication
Elective IV
84
THE FACULTY OF LAW
The Department of Law desires to mold legal professionals capable of engaging in advanced research with an aptitude for
solving disputes. The latter may arise in applying established legal rules as to the regulation of the relationship between
individuals within a society, individuals and the state itself, or amongst nation states.
Law is a fundamental and precursory element necessary for peaceful co-existence in a community. For the protection of
personal rights and freedoms and for a society to live with comfort, prosperity and peace, it is essential to have an effective
democratic and constitutional state which keeps the principle of the rule of law as a paramount objective.
In a constitutional state it should be remembered that the person is a beneficiary and cannot and should not, for any reason, be
reduced to an instrument or object.
We are proud to present a program of education that is academically based on the Turkish educational system, with support
provided by the English Legal System. We offer a program which aims to give ample online and other resources, enabling
students to take full advantage of received education and thus allowing them to compete in the international arena.
The Faculty of Law comprises one academic department:
•
Common Law(LLB)
•
Continental Law (LLB) in Turkish only
85
Department of Continental Law (LLB) in Turkish only
86
Department of Common Law (LLB)
The LLB in Common Law provides the TRNC student with a full supported by the legal concepts currently used in the TRNC.
While most courses focus on legal principles found in English Common Law, each student has a full review of those aspects of
local law that are based on Continental and Code Systems. GAU students are found generally to perform with credit in the
TRNC Bar Exams.
In the first two years, students are required to take five core courses, generally taught for two semesters. In the third year of
the LLB course, students must take four core courses, but are able to select their fifth course from available elective courses
within the term. Similarly, in the final year, students will take three core courses and again have the opportunity to select
elective courses to complete their class load.
The Law program is approved by YODAK within the TRNC. The LLB degree is, therefore, not normally appropriate for citizens
of Turkey that has a different legal structure. It is suitable for the many international and TRNC students interested in acquiring
knowledge of for whom Common Law and European Union Law are of relevance and importance. We will be offering Turkish
Law programs starting from September 2012 for Turkish citizenship holders.
Supplemental English and TOEFL Preparation
Law students are expected to have a high level of achievement in the English language. Where necessary supplemental
courses in English may be required.
Year 1
Fall Semester
LAW101 (3,0)3
LAW103 (3,0)3
LAW105 (3,0)3
LAW107 (3,0)3
LAW109 (3,0)3
English Legal Method I
Constitutional and Admin Law I
Legal Philosophy I
Legal Res. and Writing I
Communication and Study Skills I
Spring semester
LAW102 (3,0)3
LAW104 (3,0)3
LAW106 (3,0)3
LAW108 (3,0)3
LAW110 (3,0)3
English Legal Method II
Constitutional &Administrative Law II
Legal Philosophy II
Legal Res. & Writing II
Communication & Study Skills II
Year 2
Fall Semester
LAW201 (3,0)3
LAW203 (3,0)3
LAW205 (3,0)3
LAW207 (3,0)3
LAW209 (3,0)3
Spring semester
LAW202 (3,0)3
LAW204 (3,0)3
LAW206 (3,0)3
LAW208 (3,0)3
LAW210 (3,0)3
Year 3
Fall Semester
LAW301 (3,0)3
LAW303 (3,0)3
LAW305 (3,0)3
LA W307 (3,0)3
Spring semester
LAW302 (3,0)3
LAW304 (3,0)3
LAW306 (3,0)3
LAW308 (3,0)3
Year 4
Fall Semester
LAW401 (3,0)3
LAW403 (3,0)3
LAW405 (3,0)3
Spring semester
LAW402 (3,0)3
LAW404 (3,0)3
LAW406 (3,0)3
Criminal Law and Proc I
Contract Law I
Intro to EU Law I
Legal Accounting
Family Law I
Crim. Law and Proc II
Contract Law II
Intro to EU Law II
Consumer Law
Family Law II
Law of Torts I
Land Law I
Equity & Trusts I
Evidence& Civil Procedure I
Elective
Law of Torts II
Land Law II
Equity & Trusts II
Evidence& Civil Procedure II
Elective
Company Law I
Commercial Law I
Public International Law I
Elective
Elective
Company Law II
Commercial Law II
Public International Law II
Elective
Elective
Electives for Years III and IV
LAW309 (3,0)3
Cyprus Law Package I (Compulsory for TRNC students)
87
LAW310
LAW311
LAW312
LAW313
LAW314
LAW315
LAW316
LAW317
LAW318
LAW319
LAW320
LAW321
LAW322
LAW323
LAW324
LAW325
LAW326
LAW327
LAW328
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Cyprus Law Package II (Compulsory for TRNC students)
Cyprus Law Package III(Compulsory for TRNC students)
Research Project (Compulsory for both TRNC and non- TRNC students)
Criminology
Employment Law
Environmental Law
Human Rights Law
Conflict of Laws
Revenue Law
Medical Law
Intellectual Property Law
Transport Law
Jurisprudence
Maritime Law
Cyprus Law Package IV
Advanced Legal Research and Writing
Sports Law
Aviation Law
Hospitality Law
88
THE SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS
Our mission is to develop, advance and disseminate knowledge about physical education, health and their interactions through
education, research, leadership and the provision of opportunity. We deliver this mission through the synergies among the
outstanding research, education and broad spectrum of co-curricular physical activity and sport programs that are all the
resident within the School of Physical Education and Sports.
Our degree opens the door to professional and vocational opportunities in may fields including sports organisations, government
departments, research institutes, primary and secondary schools, universities and private enterprise in the Turkish Republic of
Northern Cyprus and around the world.
The programs in our school enable students to develop and improve basic life skills: thinking, questioning, reflecting, evaluating,
team work and communication. These are the skills desired and sought by todays employers and tomorrow’s graduates.
The School of Physical Education & Sports incorporates three departments:
•
•
•
Physical Education Teacher Training (in Turkish only)
Recreation Management
Sports Management
89
Department of Physical Education Teacher Training (BA) (in Turkish only)
The Department of Teacher Training in Physical Education is aiming to prepare quality teachers who are competent, able to
utilize and apply the knowledge they acquired through methods and technology that is in the cutting edge of physical education
and sport.
Students aiming to be a Physical Education Teachers are required to complete all the courses which are required by the Turkish
Higher Education Council.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BEO101 (2,0)2
BEO103 (1,2)2
BEO105 (4,0)4
BEO107 (2,2)3
BEO109 (2,2)3
BEO111 (2,0)2
BEO113 (2,0)2
BEO115 (3,0)3
Foundation of Physical Education and Sport
General Gymnastics
Human Anatomy and Kinesiology
Basketball
Swimming
Turkish I:Written Expression
Ataturk Principles and Revolution History
Introduction to Education
Spring Semester
BEO102 (1,2)2
BEO104 (1,2)2
BEO106 (2,2)3
BEO108 (1,2)2
BEO110 (2,0)2
BEO112 (2,0)2
BEO114 (1,2)2
BEO116 (3,0)3
Health Care and First Aid
Artistic Gymnastics
Athletics
Outdoor Activities
Turkish II: Oral Communication
Ataturk Principles and Revolution History II
Basic Music Education
Year 2
Fall Semester
BEO201 (2,2)3
BEO203 (1,2)2
BEO205 (2,2)3
BEO207 (2,2)3
BEO209 (3,0)3
BEO211
BEO213 (3,0)3
BEO215
Exercise Physiology
Rhythm and Dance in Education
Handball
Computer I
Foreign Language
Elective (sports)
Teaching Principles and Methods
Elective (Group Sports)
Spring Semester
BEO202 (2,2)3
BEO204 (2,2)3
BEO206 (2,2)3
BEO208
BEO210 (2,2)3
BEO212 (3,0)3
BEO214 (2,0)2
BEO216 (3,0)3
Training Science
Football
Folk Dance
Elective
Computer II
Foreign Language II
Special Education
Measurement and Evaluation
Year 3
Fall Semester
BEO301 (3,0)3
BEO303 (2,2)3
BEO305 (2,2)3
BEO307 (2,0)2
BEO309
BEO311 (2,0)2
BEO313 (2,2)3
BEO315 (2,2)3
Psychomotor Development
Physical Fitness
Volleyball
Physical Education and Sport History
Elective
Special Teaching Methods
Instructional Technology and Material Design
Spring Semester
BEO302 (3,0)3
BEO304 (2,0)2
BEO306 (1,2)2
BEO308 (2,2)3
BEO310 (2,0)2
BEO312 (3,0)3
BEO314 (2,0)2
BEO316 (1,4)3
Skill Learning
Exercise and Nutrition
Educational Games
Special Teaching Methods II
Scientific Research Methods
School Experience
Year 4
Fall Semester
BEO401 (1,2)2
BEO403
BEO405 (2,2)3
BEO407 (1,2)2
BEO409 (2,0)2
BEO411 (3,0)3
Physical Education and Sports for Disabled People
Elective
Drama
Community Service
Turkish Education System and School Management
Guidance
Spring Semester
BEO 402 (2,2)3
BEO 404 (3,0)3
BEO 406
Research Project
Physical Education and Sport Management
Elective
BEO 408
BEO410
BEO412
(2,6)5
Elective(sports)
Teaching Practise
Elective(Group Sports)
90
Department of Recreation Management (BSc)
A recreation management major takes a professional development approach through experiential learning to the education and
training of our students. In this major students will explore important ideas about sport and recreation, acquire essential
knowledge and develop the hands-on skills necessary to begin an exciting career in Recreation Management.
Year 1
Fall Semester
TURK001 NC
EGL101
(3,0)3
REK103
(3,0)3
REK105
(3,0)3
REK107
(2,2)3
REK109
(2,2)3
REK111
(3,0)3
Turkish I
Foreign language (English)
Introduction of Recreation
Hygiene and First Aid
Recreative Team Sports I
Free style gymnastics
Informatics I
Spring Semester
TURK002 NC
EGL102
(3,0)3
REK104
(3,0)3
REK106
(2,2)3
REK108
(2,2)3
REK110
(2,2)3
REK112
(2,2)3
Turkish II
English II
Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology
Recreative Team Sports II
Modern Dance Education and Choreography
Massage
Elective Recreation Sports
Year 2
Fall Semester
NH001
NC
REK201
(3,0)3
REK203
(2,2)3
REK205
(2,2)3
REK207
(3,0)3
REK209
(3,0)3
REK211
(2,2)3
National History I
Basic Training Theory
Elective Course for Recreation Aim I
Elective Adventure SportsI
Resource Techniques and Statistics
2. Foreign Language(German I)
Athletics
Spring Semester
NH002
NC
REK202
(3,0)3
REK204
(2,2)3
REK206
(3,0)3
REK208
(2,2)3
REK210
(3,0)3
REK212
(3,0)3
National History II
Sports Organizations and Leadership
Elective Course for Recreation Aim II
Sport Psychology and Recreation
Extreme Sports
2. Foreign Language(German II)
Sports Physiology
Year 3
Fall Semester
REK301
(2,2) 3
REK303
(2,2) 3
REk305
(2,2) 3
REK307
(2,2) 3
REK309
(3,0) 3
REK311
(2,2) 3
Turkish folklore and dancing
Stage art and Theatre
Animation and Drama Ability
Management and Organization at Indoor Recreation
Elective course out of department II
Step-Aerobic
Spring Semester
REK302 (2,2) 3
REK304
(2,2) 3
REK306
(3,0) 3
REK308
(3,0) 3
REK310
(3,0) 3
REK312
(2,2) 3
Elective Course for Recreation Aim III
Management and Organization at Outdoor Recreation
Sport and Free Time Sociology
Speaking and Presentation Techniques
Program design at Recreation
Recreative Water Sports I
Year 4
Fall Semester
REK401
(2,2)3
REK403
(2,2)3
REK405
(2,2)3
REK407
(2,2)3
REK409
(3,0)3
REK411
(3,0)3
Professional Area at Recreation I
Recreation Activity for Children and Elderly
Elective Course for Recreation Aim IV
Recreative Water Sports II
Communication Ability and Human Relation
Life Coaching Theory
Spring Semester
REK402
(2,2)3
REK404
(3,0)3
REK406
(3,0)3
REK408
(3,0)3
REK410
(2,2)3
REK412
(2,2)3
Professional Area at recreation II
Thesis
Elective course out of department
Advertisement and marketing for Recreation
Recreation Activities and Sport for Disables
Recreative Water Sports Organization
91
Department of Sports Management (BSc)
The Sports Management program prepares students for managerial careers in sports. Potential career fields include the
following: professional sports management, event and facility management / marketing, athletic administration, recreational
sport management, resort management, the retail sports industry, sport governance, and non-profit sport agencies..
Year 1
Fall Semester
SYON103
SYON109
SYON111
SYON113
SYON115
SYON117
SYON119
SYON121
TURK 001
EGL101
Spring Semester
SYON102
SYON106
SYON108
SYON110
SYON112
SYON114
SYON116
TURK002
EGL102
Year 2
Fall Semester
SYON201
SYON205
SYON207
SYON209
SYON211
SYON215
NH 001
COMP103
Spring Semester
SYON202
SYON204
SYON210
SYON212
COMP104
NH002
Year 3
Fall Semester
SYON301
SYON303
SYON305
SYON309
SYON313
Spring Semester
SYON302
SYON304
SYON306
SYON308
SYON310
SYON314
Year 4
Fall Semester
SYON401
SYON403
SYON405
SYON407
SYON409
SYON411
SYON415
Spring Semester
SYON402
SYON404
SYON406
SYON408
SYON410
SYON412
SYON414
(2,0)2
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
0
NC
(3,0)3
Introduction of Sport Sciences
Athletics I
Basketball I
General Gymnastics
Soccer
Handball I
Volleyball I
Apply of Camp Education
Turkish I
Foreign Language I (English)
(3,0)3
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
NC
(3,0)3
Anatomy and Kinesiology
Athletics II
Basketball II
General Gymnastic II
Soccer II
Handball II
Volleyball II
Turkish II
Foreign Language II ( English)
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(1,1)1.5
(1,1)1.5
NC
(3,0)3
Introduction to Sport Management
Organization of Sports
Basic Law
Sport History
First Aid
Elective Group Course B I
Principles of Ataturk and Revolution History I
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(1,1)1.5
(3,0)3
NC
Sport Physiology
Sport Psychology
Foreign Language IV
Elective Group Course B II
Principle of Ataturk and Revolution History 2
(4,0)4
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(1,1)1.5
Sport Economy and Policies
Basic Accounting
Work and Social Security Law
General Training Theory
Elective Group Course B III
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(1,1)1.5
Sport Management
Research Methods and Statistics
Sports Law
Sports Business
Sport Sociology
Elective Group Course B IV
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Budget and Accounting in Sport Society
Sport Marketing
Model Analysis in Sport Management I
Public Relations
Sport for All
Management of Human Relation
Thesis I
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Total Quality of Management
Management Psychology
Model Event Analysis in Sport Management II
Sport Media
Traditional Sports
Sport and Recreation internship
Thesis II
92
THE SCHOOL OF PERFORMING ARTS
The School of Performing Arts is a program for students who wish to combine theoretical and practical dance education. It
provides the students with a strong base in ballet and contemporary dance technique and experience in dance performance and
choreography.
During the first two years, the emphasis is on ballet and contemporary dance styles, the beginning level of choreography and
basic knowledge of dance theory.
The final two years focus on dance as an educational art form. This includes further studies in dance aesthetics, teaching
dance to children and adults, and advanced level choreography.
The final senior year project, in which students prepare their final choreography and set it on their fellow students, culminates
the entire four year program.
Students who graduate after two years receive an “Associate of Arts” diploma. Those who graduate after four years, receive the
Bachelor of Arts (BA) diploma.
The School of Performing Arts comprises one academic department:
o
Dance
The 4 year dance program will prepare students to pursue opportunities in career such as:
•
Dancers in professional companies, either as part of an ensemble or as soloists
•
Artistic Directors of their own dance company
•
Chorographers
•
Movement Specialists
•
Researchers and Innovators in the fields of Dance Theory, Dance Research,
•
Performance Studies and Dance Criticism
•
Consultants and Administrators in arts organizations and institutions
•
Collaborators on multi-media projects
•
Dance Educators/Directors in the private sector, in their own or other’s dance studios, private dance and theatre
organizations seminars, workshops and festivals
•
Dance Educators in the public sector, in primary or secondary schools
•
Dance Consultants and Administrators in arts organizations and institutions
•
Creators and Directors of dance programs and curricula for arts and educational institutions
•
Researchers and Innovators in the fields of Dance Education or Dance Studies
Finally, the Dance Program’s well-rounded curriculum and the exploration of connections between dance and the other arts
offers students a strong foundation for further dance studies in the field of their choice.
93
Department of Dance (BA)
Year 1
Fall Semester
DANS111
DANS121
DANS131
DANS141
DANS191
DANS161
EGL101
NH001
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(2,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
NC
Choreography I
Contemporary Dance I
Ballet I
History of Dance I
International Dance Forms
Introduction to Music
National History
Spring Semester
DANS112
DANS122
DANS132
DANS142
DANS192
DANS162
EGL102
NH002
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(2,0)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
NC
Choreography II
Contemporary Dance II
Ballet II
History of Dance II
Tap Dance
Music for Dance
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
DANS213
DANS223
DANS233
DANS271
DANS281
DANS215
DANS163
TURK001
(1,1)2
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
NC
Improvisation I
Contemporary Dance III
Ballet III
Contemporary Dance Repertory I
Ballet Repertory I
Dance Company I
Anatomy and Kinesiology
Turkish I
Spring Semester
DANS214
DANS224
DANS234
DANS272
DANS282
DANS216
DANS294
TURK002
(1,1)2
(1,3)3
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
NC
Improvisation II
Contemporary Dance IV
Ballet IV
Contemporary Dance Repertory II
Ballet Repertory II
Dance Company II
Latin Dance
Turkish II
Year 3
Fall Semester
DANS335
DANS317
DANS381
DANS383
DANS385
DANS395
BUS103
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(1,1)2
(3,0)3
Ballet V
Dance Production
Practium in Teaching I
Theories in Dance Education
Teaching Dance: Children, Adolescents & Adults
Jazz Dance
Introduction to Computer & Information Systems
Spring Semester
DANS336
DANS382
DANS384
DANS386
DANS396
DANS396
BUS104
(1,3)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(1,1)2
(3,0)3
Ballet VI
Practium in Teaching II
Dance Administration
Advanced Dance Composition
Hatha Yoga
Modern Jazz Dance
Computer Applications
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Teaching Methodology I: Ballet
Introduction to Dance Therapy
Dance for Special Child
Elective
Elective
Elective
(1,3)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Teaching Methodology II
Introduction to Dance Research
Writing Dance Criticism
Senior Year Seminar / Project
Elective
Elective
Year 4
Fall Semester
DANS481
DANS483
DANS485
CS201
Spring Semester
DANS482
DANS484
DANS486
DANS488
CS201
Dance Elective Courses
DANS437 (1,3)3
Ballet VII
DANS438 (1,3)3
Ballet VIII
DANS325 (1,3)3
Contemporary Dance V
DANS326 (1,3)3
Contemporary Dance VI
DANS427 (1,3)3
DANS428 (1,3)3
MHIS101 (3,0)3
Contemporary Dance VII
Contemporary Dance VIII
Music History I
94
THE SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
GAU School of Tourism & Hospitality Management is to continue to grow and enhance its quality, while becoming a leader in
professionalism and making a difference to the Tourism Industry.
The School of Tourism & Hospitality Management comprises of one academic department:
•
•
Gastronomy & Culinary Arts
Tourism & Hospitality Management
95
Department of Gastronomy & Culinary Arts (BSc)
Gastronomy is a study of comparison between the relationship of culture and cuisine. It also conveys the hygienic, well
organized, good taste in kitchen, food arrangement and systems as a whole. The consumption of any food and beverage must
be served hygienically, with good taste, visual appearance; therefore the preparation, presentation and service to the consumer
are all a part of the program mission.
Therefore with in this content, the mission of the program is to train and education gastronomy and kitchen specialists, chefs
and cuisine management positions for the Hospitality and Food and Beverage businesses.
In relation to this purpose students are equipped and supported with foreign language, information technology, Turkish and
World cuisines, business operations, nutrition sciences and elements, and food and beverage production.
Year 1
Fall Semester
GAS101
GAS103
GAS105
GAS107
GAS109
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism and Hospitality Math
Principles of Nutrition
Sanitation and Personal Hygiene
English for Hospitality
History of Food and Beverage
Turkish I
Spring Semester
GAS106
GAS102
GAS108
GAS104
GAS110
TURK002
THM001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(1,2)3
NC
NC
Consumer Behaviour
English for Hospitality II
Food & Beverage Management
Kitchen Management
Turkish
Internship
(3,0)3
(2,1)3
(0,3)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Food and Beverage Cost Control
Restaurant Management
Culinary Practice
Traditional European Cuisine
German I/French I/Greek I
National History I
NH002
(2,1)3
(1,2)3
(0,3)3
(2,1)3
(3,0)3
NC
Menu Planning and Design
Modern Cuisine
Culinary Practice II
Beverage Industry and Production
German II/French II/Greek II
National History II
Year 3
Fall Semester
GAS303
GAS301
GAS305
GAS307
GAS309
(2,1)3
(3,0)3
(1,2)3
(0,3)3
(2,1)3
Restaurant Structure and Design
Marketing in Food and Beverage Management
Introduction to Pastry
Food, Culture and Society
Wine Production and Tasting
Spring Semester
GAS302
GAS304
GAS306
GAS308
GAS310
(1,2)3
(2,1)3
(1,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Anatolian Kitchen
Food Styling and Photography
Cake Decorating
HRM in Hospitality
Fast Food Management
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Event Management
Catering Services
Traditional Turkish Cuisine
International rules and regulations in food production
Electives
(1,2)3
(1,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Service Techniques
Fusion Cuisine
Food in Literature and Films
Graduation Project
Electives
Year 2
Fall Semester
GAS201
GAS203
GAS205
GAS207
NH001
Spring Semester
GAS202
GAS204
GAS206
GAS208
Year 4
Fall Semester
GAS401
GAS403
GAS405
GAS407
Spring Semester
GAS402
GAS404
GAS406
GAS408
(2,1)3
(1,2)3
96
Department of Tourism & Hospitality Management (BSc)
Tourism and Hospitality is the largest single industry in the world, it contributes around 10% of the GDP in many countries, is the
major source of employment and an important earner of foreign exchange around the world.
Girne American University, School of Tourism & Hospitality is proud to be the only school to be accredited by United Nations
World Tourism Organization (Ted-Qual) in North Cyprus, the international standards for education in tourism and hospitality. It
is also a member to the UK based Institute of Hospitality and the Young Skal Club. The dynamic changes the School has
undergone, from being a department to a school has given the opportunity for it to be an outstanding provider in training and
education.
GAU STHM has regular contact with industry and is in the perfect location to be abreast to new developments in Tourism. With
over ninety percent of hotels in Girne and the towns outstanding beauty for which generates over 75% of the tourists to North
Cyprus – tourism students are in the best possible location and conditions to be learning about Tourism & Hospitality not only in
North Cyprus but in the world.
The school has agreements with Girne Municipality, Cyprus Turkish Hoteliers Association, Cyprus Turkish Travel Agency’s
Association, Jasmine Court Hotel, Savoy Hotel and many other examples for which provide opportunities for internship,
employment and different forms of practical training; for example the Housekeeping Management course is partly delivered in
the hotels, Culinary Arts classes are given in Hotel as well as the schools own workshops.
The school is home to the Millennium Park for which is a new building with up to date resources and infrastructure such as a
Kitchen Lab, Fidelio lab and Senate Conference Hall all for which the students are actively involved with throughout their time in
education at GAU STHM. The Legend Restaurant, Camelot Beach Club which is a 10 minute drive to the coast is where
students have the privilege to be a member to, at the times when they are not learning about courses such as Sustainable
Tourism and Restaurant Preparation there; students can listen to other faculty conferences in the Spectrum International
Conference Hall when they are not planning and organizing their own conference for their Conference and events Seminar
course.
The school listens to the industry and the students, and course programs are reviewed and up dated regularly in accordance to
these demands. Exciting new elective courses have been added, such as Casino Management, Yacht & Marine Management
and Airport & Airline Management. This year new programs are also being introduced taking on board the international
developments the school is introducing a four year Gastronomy Program in Tourism & Hospitality Management. The school
programs pertain to be accessible to all not differentiating with age, ethnic or gender and for this reason the school is home to
over 26 different international country students.
The teaching team and instructors are selected based on their skills and experience in industry as well as their academic profile.
Students will graduate from this school with both the theoretical knowledge and practical experience required to work in an
industry that works with people and this is what makes GAU STHM unique. So if you enjoy working with people and an exciting
industry than Tourism & Hospitality is an excellent field for you to study in at Girne American University, North Cyprus.
Year 1
Fall Semester
THM101
THM102
COMP103
THM111
THM113
HIST100
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hospitality Mathematics
Introduction to Tourism
Introduction to Business of Tourism
English for Tourism I
National History I
Spring Semester
THM104
THM106
THM108
COMP104
THM114
HIST100
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hospitality Statistics
Customer Behavior in Hospitality
TQM in Tourism & Hospitality
English for Tourism II
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
THM201
THM203
THM211
THM213
CS201
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Front Office Management I
Travel Agency Practice
Tourism Economics
Tourism Destination Management
Turkish I
Spring Semester
THM202
THM204
THM206
CS202
THM001
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hospitality Accounting
Front Office Management II (Fidelio)
Tourism Ethics
Internship 1
Turkish II
Year 3
97
Fall Semester
THM301
THM303
THM305
THM307
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Spring Semester
THM302
THM304
THM308
THM310
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Conference & Events Seminar
Housekeeping Management
Culinary Practice II
Organizational Theory in Hospitality
Year 4
Fall semester
THM401
THM403
THM405
THM409
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Promotion Management for Tourism
Restaurant Preparation& Service
Geography of World Tourism
Research Methods in Tourism
Elective
Spring Semester
THM406
THM408
THM410
THM002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
National Tourism Policy & Planning
Graduation Project
Food & Beverage Management
Internship II (90 Days)
Elective
Tourism & Hospitality Marketing
Culinary Practice I
HRM in Hospitality
Tourism & Hospitality Finance
Language Elective I
Elective Languages are:
French
German
Greek
Elective Courses are:
CAS404
(3,0)3
THM413
(3,0)3
THM414
(3,0)3
THM415
(3,0)3
THM418
(3,0)3
THM420
(3,0)3
THM421
(3,0)3
Casino Management
Sustainable Tourism
Yacht & Marine Tourism
International Hospitality Management
Airport Management
Security Management
E-Tourism
98
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
Individuals comprising societies should be healthy for the development of the societies. Health is a state of being spiritually,
physically and socially good. Nurses as the most important members of the health service contribute a lot to the protection,
development and maintenance of health and they play an important role in enhancing welfare of the countries with the quality
service they provide. The fact that health is more highly valued all around the world, the less quantity of nurses per patient has
been increasing the need for more nurses and more employment.
The goals of our school of nursing with a four-year education which commenced in 2009-2010 Academic Year are to raise
professional nurses who are;
Able to see human beings as a bio-psycho-social unity;
-
Sensitive to health problems of their country and all human beings;
-
Interrogative, creative researchers, participants and leaders;
-
Have an awareness of being a member of a team and
reflective thinking skills;
-
Able to identify the needs for nursing care of healthy people and patients in every environment, plan, implement and
evaluate the processes;
-
Able to take role in education, management and research of nursing;
-
Have ethical values;
-
Able to pursue individual development with an understanding of life-long learning.
have developed communicative, problem-solving, and
Our curriculum has been developed in such a way to meet national and international expectations. Occupational skills training is
given at hospitals, and health care centres as well as laboratories. Up-to-date educational methods and models are employed
in occupational skills training. Medium of instruction is Turkish.
The graduates from the four-year program:
Can be employed as “nurse” at public and private health institutions, health care centres, clinics, outpatient and
treatment units, university hospitals and health units, schools, and factories;
-
Can pursue their master or PhD programs to have academic career;
-
Can act as the managers of nursing services at public and private health institutions.
The School of Nursing incorporates one academic department:
•
•
Midwifery (in Turkish only)
Nursing (in Turkish only)
99
Department of Midwifery (BSc) (in Turkish only)
Year 1
Fall Semester
EBE101
HEM101
HEM103
HEM105
HEM107
HEM109
HEM113
TURK101
TAR101
(2,0)2
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(3,2)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
Introduction to Midwifery
Anatomy
Physiology
Biochemistry
General Histology
Psychology
Turkish Language I
National History I
Spring Semester
EBE102
HEM104
TURK102
TAR102
(6,16)14
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
Basic Applications in Midwifery
Self-knowledge and communication Methods
Turkisch Language II
National History II
Electives (choose any 2 courses)
REK302
(2,2)3
Tennis
REK312
(2,2)3
Swimming
BEO208
(2,2)3
Table Tennis
BEO206
(2,2)3
Folk Dancing
ART150
(2,2)3
Photography
Year 2
Fall Semester
EBE201
HYO201
EBE203
HYO203
HEM205
EBE205
(4,4)6
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(1,0)1
(2,0)2
(4,4)6
Electives (choose 1 course)
REK107
(2,2)3
REK203
(2,2)3
REK405
(2,2)3
DANS179
(2,2)3
Knowledge of Birth I
Pharmacology
Embryology
Medical Biology –Genetics
General Pathology
Care in Internal Medicine and Surgery
Tennis
Footsal
Athletics
Hatha Yoga
Spring Semester
EBE202
EBE204
HYO202
(4,8)8
(4,8)8
(2,0)2
Knowledge of Birth II
Reproductory Health
Care in Infectious Diseases
Elective course/s with 2 credits in total
Summer Internship
Year 3
Fall Semester
EBE301
EBE303
HYO301
(4,8)8
(2,8)6
(2,0)2
Knowledge of Birth III
Care in Women’s Health and Disease
Professional Ethics
Elective courses with 9 credits in total
Spring Semester
EBE302
EBE304
HEM304
HYO308
EBE308
(4,8)8
(6,8)10
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
NC
Knowledge of Birth IV
Care in Child Health and Disease
Summer Internship
Elective course with 2 credits in total
Year 4
Fall Semester
HYO401
HYO403
EBE401
HYO405
(2,0)2
(4,4)6
(4,12)10
(2,0)2
Mental Health
Education
Mother and Child Health and Family Planning
Mother and Child Nutrition and Dietetics
Spring Semester
EBE402
HYO402
HYO406
(2,16)10
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
Application of Birth
Health Management
Preventative Medicine and Early Diagnosis in Disease
Elective Courses
Fall Semester
EBE305
HEM305
HEM307
EBE307
BIL103
HYO405
HEM407
EFL101
EGT107
(2,0)2
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Biostatistics
Epidemiology
Pregnancy and Trauma
Research Methods
Translation I
Basic Foreign Language I
100
GK211
EGT207
RPD303
RPD305
OKO205
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
History of Science
Psychology of Adolescence
Life Stages and Adustment problems
Peronality Theories
Creativity and its development
Spring Semester
EBE306
HYO204
HYO206
HEM308
HEM306
BIL104
HYO404
HEM408
HYO408
HYO409
RPD102
EGT104
RPD208
EGT210
OKO202
OKO208
OKO210
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(1,2)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(1,0)1
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
Healthcare Development and Health Policies
Leadership
Translation II
Human Rights
Approaches to Domestic Violence
Child Psychology
Social Psychology
Development in Early Childhood
Child Mental Health
Drama
101
Department of Nursing (BSc) (in Turkish only)
Year 1
Fall Semester
HEM101
HEM103
HEM105
HEM109
HEM111
HEM113
HEM115
TURK101
TAR101
Spring Semester
HEM102
HEM104
TURK102
TAR102
REK302
REK312
BEO206
BEO208
Year 2
Fall Semester
HEM201
HEM203
HEM205
EFL101
REK107
REK203
REK405
DANS179
Spring Semester
HEM202
HEM204
HEM206
Year 3
Fall Semester
HEM301
HEM303
Spring Semester
HEM302
HEM312
Year 4
Fall Semester
HEM401
HEM403
HEM405
Spring Semester
HEM402
HEM404
HEM406
(3,2)4
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,2)4
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
Anatomy
Physiology
Biochemistry
General Histology
Introduction to Nursing
Psychology
Turkish Language
Atatürk Principles and Revolutional History
(6,16)14
(2,2)3
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Principles of Nursing
Self Knowledge and Communication Skills
Turkish Language
Atatürk Principles and Revolutional History
Electives
Tennis
Swimming
Folk dances
Table tenis
(6,16)14
(4,0)4
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
Internal Diseases Nursing
Pharmacology Peculiar to Nursing
General Pathology
Electives
Electives
Foreign Language I
Tennis
Futsal
Athletics
Hatha Yoga
(6,16)14
(2,0)2
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Surgical Diseases Nursing
Infectious Diseases Nursing
Nutrition Principles and Diet
Elective
Elective
Elective
(6,16)14
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Women’s Health and Diseases Nursing
History of Nursing/Deontology and Ethics
Elective
Elective
Elective
(6,16)14
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
Child Health and Diseases Nursing
First Aid and Emergency Care
Elective
Elective
Elective
(6,16)14
(4,4)6
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
Mental Health and Diseases Nursing
Education in Nursing
Research in Nursing
Elective
(6,16)14
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
Public Health Nursing
Management in Nursing
Nursing and Leadership
Elective
Fall Semester Electives
HEM305
(2,2)3
HEM307
(2,0)2
HEM309
(2,0)2
BIL101
(1,2)2
HEM407
(3,0)3
EGT107
(3,0)3
GK211
(3,0)3
EGT207
(3,0)3
RPD303
(3,0)3
RPD305
(3,0)3
OKO201
(2,0)2
OKO205
(2,2)3
Biostatistics
Epidemiology
Vocational English I
Introduction to Computer TechnologyI
Translation I
History of Science
Adult Psychology
Life Periods and Adaptation Problems
Personality Theories
Creativity and Refinement
102
Spring Semester Electives
HEM208
(2,0)2
EFL102
(3,0)3
HEM306
(2,0)2
HEM308
(2,0)2
HEM310
(2,0)2
BIL102
(1,2)2
HEM408
(3,0)3
RPD102
(3,0)3
EGT104
(3,0)3
RPD208
(3,0)3
EGT210
(3,0)3
OKO102
(3,0)3
OKO202
(3,0)3
OKO208
(3,0)3
OKO210
(2,2)3
Foreign Language II
Promoting Health and Health Policies
Vocational English II
Introduction to Computer TechnologyII
Translation II
Child Psychology
Social Psychology
Mother and Child Health and First Aid
Development in Early Childhood
Child Mental Health
Drama
103
THE MARINE SCHOOL
“School of Marine” is a school which has two different program for students. These are Logistics & Transportation program and
Deck program. These programs are accepted by YOK; in 2007 Logistics and Transportation and in 2010 Deck.
Students who graduate from Deck the program are considered Captains.
Marine School incorporates two academic departments:
•
•
Logistics & Transportation
Marine Ship Captain & Deck
104
Department of Logistics and Transportation (BSc)
The graduates from Logistics and Transportation Department recruited as a specialist on Transportation areas. Graduates can
take position as a professional in Logistics planning, Supply Chain managing, Distribution Channel Managing, Warehouse
Management, Sea Transportation, Road Transportation, Rail Transportation, Air Transportation, Pipeline Transportation,
International Trade Management, Urban Transportation and in all other transportation planning.
Year 1
Fall Semester
BUS101
BUS211
BUS203
COMP103
EGL101
MAT101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business Mgmt.
Microeconomics
English I
Mathematics I
National History I
Spring Semester
BUS212
BUS204
COMP104
EGL102
MAT102
TLP116
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Year 2
Fall Semester
BUS205
BUS303
BUS307
TLP205
TLP209
TLP211
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics I
Business Finance I
Transportation Management
Logistics Communication I
Introduction to Translation & Logistics
Turkish I
Spring Semester
BUS206
BUS208
BUS306
BUS310
TLP210
TLP214
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Statistics II
Business Law
Logistics Communication II
Introduction to Transportation Law
Turkish II
Year 3
Fall Semester
AVM204
BUS305
BUS401
TLP301
TLP303
TLP305
TLP311
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Air Transportation
Quantitative Methods and Forecast
Insurance & Incoterms
Ports and Terminals
Rail Transportation
Logistics Law
Spring Semester
TLP302
TLP304
TLP306
TLP308
TLP310
TLP318
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Total Quality Management
Responsibilities of Transp.
Sea Transportation
Research Methodology
Cargo Information
Road Transportation
Year 4
Fall Semester
TLP401
TLP403
TLP405
TLP411
TLP417
ELxxx
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Custom and Transit Operations.
Transportation Policies
Logistics Modelling
Transport. Meteorology
Elective
Spring Semester
TLP402
TLP404
TLP406
TLP414
TLP420
ELxxx
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Cargo Handling
War-Time (Convoy) Transp.
Sea Transportation Policies
Class, Survey and Maint.
Just in Time (JIT) & Log.
Elective
English II
Mathematics II
Logistics and Transportation Vehicles
National History II
Elective Courses
AVM302
BUS456
TLP407
TLP408
TLP409
TLP410
TLP412
TLP413
TLP415
TLP418
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Airport Management
Air Transportation Policy
Port&Terminal Loc. Select.
Airline Marketing
Airport Location Selection
Int. Maritime Organization
International Agreements
International Organizations
River Transportation
105
Department of Deck (Marine Transportation) (BSc)
The graduates from Marine School Deck department recruited as an oceangoing officer. When they take necessary
achievements they become Oceangoing Chief Officer and then Oceangoing Master Mariner. Graduates can have position in all
over the world ships and all types of ships. Also when the graduates become specialist, they can work at ports as a pilot,
Vessel Traffic Control Systems (VTS), maritime companies as a broker and ship agencies.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ENG101
MAR101
MAR111
MAR151
CH101
MAR191
MT111
PS111
(3,0)3
(2,0)2
(3,2)4
(4,4)0
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
Seamanship I
Introduction to Navigation
Marine Safety I
Maritime Chemistry
Technical Drawing
Calculus I
Physics I
Spring Semester
ENG102
MAR102
MAR112
MAR122
MAR142
ARCH231
MT112
PS112
PE102
(3,0)3
(1,1)1,5
(2,3)3,5
(2,1)2,5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(0,2)0
Introduction to Programming
Seamanship II
Trestial Navigation
Watchkeeping I
Maritime English
Statics
Calculus II
Physics II
Physical Education
Year 2
Fall Semester
ENG201
BUS211
MAR191
MAR211
MAR231
MAR241
MAR291
MT104
TURK001
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)0
Microeconomics
Statistics
Celestial Navigation I
Ship Construction
English for Maritime Tr. I
Dynamics
Linear Algebra
Turkish I
Spring Semester
MAR202
MAR212
MAR222
MAR232
MAR242
MAR252
MAR361
MT206
TURK002
(3,1)3,5
(3,2)4
(1,1)1,5
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(1,2)0
(2,0)2
(4,0)4
(2,0)0
Marine Communication
Celestial Navigation II
Ship Manoeuvring Handling
Electronical Navigation I
English for Maritime Tr. II
Marine Safety II
Dynamics
Turkish II
Year 3
Fall Semester
MAR301
MAR311
MAR321
MAR331
MAR341
MAR351
MAR371
NH001
(2,2)3
(3,1)3,5
(2,1)2,5
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(0,8)4
(3,0)3
(2,0)0
Maritime Meteorology I
Cargo Hand. Stor.& Stab. I
Ship Manoeuvring Handling
Electronic Navigation II
English for Maritime Tr. III
Maritime Practical Studies
Maritime Law I
National History I
Spring Semester
MAR391
(0,0)15
Long Term Sea Training
Year 4
Fall Semester
MAR401
MAR411
MAR421
MAR451
MAR461
MAR471
ELxxx
(2,0)2
(3,1)3,5
(2,0)2
(2,1)2,5
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Marine Engines
Cargo Hand. Stor.& Stab. II
Transportation Systems
Marine Safety III
Maritime Management II
Maritime Law II
Elective
Spring Semester
MAR402
MAR412
MAR422
MAR442
MAR492
ELxxx
NH002
(2,0)2
(4,4)6
(2,0)2
(3,0)3
(0,6)3
(3,0)3
(2,0)0
Maritime Meteorology II
Ship Management
Personnel Management
English for Maritime Tr. IV
Graduation Project
Elective
National History II
Elective Courses
BUS301
BUS315
MAR431
MAR432
MAR452
MAR462
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Organizational Behaviour
Tanker Operations I
Tanker Operations II
Marine Insurance
Port & Terminal Operations
106
VOCATIONAL SCHOOL
Two Year Associate (ASc) Degrees
A vocational school is one operating for the purpose of providing our students the ability and skills needed to perform a certain
job or jobs.
The mission of the Vocational School is to provide high quality education, research and other educational and social facilities in
order to prepare our students for the future life, improve students’ life performances and help them succeed in today’s
competitive world.
Our programs are popular choices for students who prefer to learn specific job skills without having to spend four years in
university.
The School offers a two-year associate degree program.And aim of each program is to equip students with up-to-date
information and knowledge and give them a chance to increase their practical abilities, through the sources available in campus
during the lectures and outside campus by giving them internship opportunities.
Moreover, all programs are designed to allow students to proceed to a bachelor's degree.
Finally, taking an education in an international language and in an international social environment help our students achieve
more competitive skills and attitudes.
The Vocational includes nine academic programs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting and Tax Application
Banking and Insurance
Business Management
Marketing
Public Relations and Marketing
Tourism & Hospitality Management
Computer Programming
Electronics Technology
Information System Management
107
Business Associate Degree Programs
Department of Accounting and Tax Application (ASc)
Associate of Science in Accounting and Tax Application provides students with a solid accounting background. In this program
students take finance courses, banking courses, business courses, and achieve computer skills related to accounting through
learning computerized accounting software, bookkeeping and payroll systems. Graduates would have career opportunities in
accounting areas such as accounting of payables, receivables, bookkeeping, payroll, and taxation. At the end of this program,
graduates will be able to utilize industry standard accounting principles and accounting-based software; articulate accounting,
payroll, and ethical and legal issues impacting contemporary business practices; create databases, enterprise resource
planning systems, and accounting systems; and understand human behaviour in the competitive market. Graduates would
have opportunity to choose to work in numerous professions as accountants, accounts payable/receivable clerks, accounting
clerks, bookkeepers, cost accountants, payroll clerks/accountants, and tax preparers.
Associate of Science in Accounting and Tax Application is a two year degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to
graduate with an Associate's degree in Accounting. This program enables students to transfer to senior institutions that offer a
bachelor’s degree in Accounting.
Year 1
Fall Semester
AMAT101
ABSM101
ACOM101
AACT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Business Mathematics
Computer Applications I
Basic Accounting
National History I
Spring Semester
ABSM104
ABSM102
ACOM102
AACT102
EGL102
NH002
STJ001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Business Law
Introduction to Business & Management II
Computer Applications II
Financial Accounting
National History II
Internship
Year 2
Fall Semester
ABSM201
ABSM203
AACT203
ABNK201
ABSM205
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics
Cost Accounting
Business Finance I
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ABSM202
AACT202
AACT204
ABNK202
AACT206
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Computer Aided Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Business Finance II
Introduction to Auditing
Turkish II
108
Department of Banking and Insurance (ASc)
Associate of Science in Banking and Insurance program will prepare students for entry-level careers in banking and/or
insurance industry. This program will teach students various relevant topics such as banking, insurance, risk management,
fraud, customer service, products of each industry, as well as technical skills such as software applications. Graduates would
have opportunity to choose to work in numerous fields’ as bank officers, bank managers, insurance brokers, insurance experts,
risk officers and brokers.
Associate of Science in Banking and Insurance is a two year degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate
with an Associate's degree in Banking and Insurance. This program enables students to transfer to senior institutions that offer
a bachelor’s degree in Banking and Finance.
Year 1
Fall Semester
AMAT101
ABSM101
ABSM104
AACT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Business Law
Basic Accounting
National History I
Spring Semester
ABUS450
INS101
ACOM102
ABNK203
EGL102
NH 002
STJ001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Marketing & Consumer Behaviour
Fundamental of Insurance
Money and Banking
National History II
Internship
Year 2
Fall Semester
ABSM201
ABSM203
INS102
ABNK201
ABNK205
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics
Accounting for Insurance
Business Finance I
Commercial Banking
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ABSM202
INS201
INS301
INS202
CAS101
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Insurance Broker & Agent Skills
Risk Management
European Banking Framework
Case Study
Turkish II
109
Department of Business Management (ASc)
Associate of Science in Business Management program provides students the general and specific skills in business
administration, necessary to succeed in today’s business environment. This program will provide the students the necessary
management, communication, motivation and leadership skills to control others. At the end of the program, our graduates will
be competent to supervise others, decide the daily priorities of office, delegate projects and coordinate teams to meet the goals
of organization.
Associate of Science in Business Management is a two year degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate
with an Associate's degree in Business Management. This program enables students to transfer to senior institutions that offer
a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration.
Year 1
Fall Semester
AMAT101
ABSM101
ACOM101
AACT101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Basic Accounting
National History I
Spring Semester
ABSM104
ABSM102
ACOM102
AACT102
EGL102
NH002
STJ001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Business Law
Financial Accounting
National History II
Internship
Year 2
Fall Semester
ABSM201
ABSM203
ABNK201
ABSM205
ABSM207
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics I
Business Finance
Human Resource Mgmt
Management Info Systems
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ABSM202
ABSM204
ABSM208
ABSM210
AMRK208
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
E-Commerce
Turkish II
110
Department of Marketing (ASc)
Associate's Degree in Marketing allows students to acquire the requisite skills to become successful in the marketing industry,
sales management, and retail and wholesale area. Students learn the knowledge and skills needed in marketing occupations
such as advertising, communication, promotion, entrepreneurship, and international business and/or to be successful
marketers, sales representatives, market/marketing researchers, product development managers, assistant media buyers, and
brand managers.
Associate of Science in Marketing is a two year degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an
Associate's degree in Business Management. This program enables students to transfer to senior institutions that offer a
bachelor’s degree in marketing.
Year 1
Fall Semester
AMAT101
ABHS101
ACOM101
ABSM101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Behaviour Science I
Introduction to Business & Mgmt I
National History I
Spring Semester
ABSM104
ABHS102
ACOM102
AMRK102
EGL102
NH002
STJ001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Business Law
Introduction to Behaviour Science II
National History II
Internship
Year 2
Fall Semester
ABSM201
ABSM203
AMRK203
AMRK207
ABSM205
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Microeconomics
Statistics
Marketing Strategy
Advertising & Promotion
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ABSM202
AMRK204
AMRK206
AMRK208
ABSM210
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Macroeconomics
Marketing Research
E-Commerce
Turkish II
111
Department of Public Relations and Marketing (ASc)
Associate of Science in Public Relations and Marketing program will teach students how to speak, write, and edit
professionally. This program provides a base for the continuation of learning about how to manage and practice
communications within businesses and to promote and create the businesses and other organizations. Besides, students would
also learn how to communicate with those outside the organization, handling everything from advertising campaigns to publicrelations challenges.
Associate of Science in Public Relations and Marketing is a two year degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to
graduate with an Associate's degree in Public Relations. This program enables students to transfer to senior institutions that
offer a bachelor’s degree in Public Relations.
Year 1
Fall Semester
APRE101
ABHS101
ACOM101
ABSM101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Communication
Introduction to Behaviour Science I
National History I
Spring Semester
APRE102
ABHS102
ACOM102
ABSM102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Behaviour Science II
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
APRE201
APRE203
APRE205
APRE207
(3,0)3
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Elective
NC
Media Production
Reporting Techniques
Advertising Production
Sale Strategies
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Media Production for PR
Practice of PR
Practice of Advertising
Tactics of Selling
Elective
Turkish II
Spring Semester
APRE202
APRE204
APRE206
APRE208
TURK002
Turkish I
112
Department of Tourism & Hospitality Management (ASc)
Associate of Science in Tourism and Hospitality Management program has been designed to meet the growing needs of the
sector and therefore to prepare students for an active and practical career in the local and international Tourism & Hospitality
industry. The program is delivered in the same way as an apprenticeship style program; students are in classes and labs for
two days and the remaining three days are spent working in industry.
This program provides students with the basic skills needed to succeed as managers, business owners or supervisors in the
hotel, motel, food service, airline, lodging, travel agency and general tourism industries. Students will learn the importance of
creating a sustainable tourism economy in the homeland and abroad. Student will have the opportunity to examine how the
country fits into the international travel system and the importance of providing top quality service as a foundation for
developing a vibrant industry.
Associate of Science in Tourism and Hospitality Management is a two year degree. Student need to complete 60 credit hours to
graduate with an Associate's degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management. This program enables students to transfer to
senior institutions that offer a bachelor’s degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ATHM101
ATHM113
ACOM101
ATHM107
THM001
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hospitality Mathematics
English for Tourism
Introduction to Tourism
Internship I
National History I
Spring Semester
ATHM104
ACOM102
ATHM106
ATHM114
THM002
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hosp. Statistics
Customer Behaviour in Hospitality
English for Tourism II
Internship II
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
ATHM201
ATHM205
ATHM203
CS201
THM003
TURK001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Front Office Management I
Housekeeping Mgmt
Travel Agency Practice
Communication Skills
Internship III
Turkish I
Spring Semester
ATHM202
ATHM204
ATHM206
ATHM208
THM004
TURK002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Tourism & Hotel Accounting
Fidelio Front Office Management II
Culinary Practice
Restaurant Prep. & Service
Internship IV
Turkish II
113
Science Associate Degree Programs
Department of Computer Operations (ASc)
Associate of Science in Information System Management program will teach students how to provide technical support for
companies. Graduates would have opportunity to choose to work in several fields including computer programming, desktop
application, and Web site application, design and database development. With this background, graduates can enter numerous
industries since a variety of organisations need a technical support staff to maintain the information systems.
An Associate of Science in Information System Management is a two year degree. Student need to complete 60 credit hours to
graduate with an Associate's degree in Information System Management. This program enables students to transfer to senior
institutions that offer a bachelor’s degree in Information System Management.
Year 1
Fall Semester
AMAT101
ABSM101
ACOM101
AMIS101
EGL101
NH001
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Computer Aided Accounting
National History I
Spring Semester
AMAT102
ABSM102
ACOM102
AMIS102
EGL102
NH002
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Introduction to Business & Mgmt. II
Algorithms & Programming Techniques
National History II
Year 2
Fall Semester
AMIS201
AMIS203
AMIS205
AMIS207
AMIS209
TURK001
(0,6)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Productivity Tools
Database Concepts & SQL
MIS
Programming Concept & Fundamentals
HTML & XML & Web Design
Turkish I
Spring Semester
AMIS202
AMIS204
AMIS206
AMIS208
AMIS210
AMIS100
TURK002
(3,0)3
(0,6)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(0,6)3
NC
NC
Business Data Communication
Programming in 4G environment
C/C++ Programming
Advanced Web Design
Internship
Turkish II
114
Department of Computer Programming (ASc)
The department of Computer Programming offers a two-year diploma program which intended to develop individual talent and
creativity of the students and to promote an up-to-date awareness of new technologies in the field of Computer Programming.
The program is designed to prepare students for professional practice by developing a firm foundation in Basic Science, as well
as encourage students to develop individual initiative capabilities.
The department offers a balanced program comprising computer software and mathematical foundations. The emphasis is on
programming aspects, the analysis and design of software systems.
Students enrolled in this program are required to complete 62 credits usually in two years. The core courses aim to establish a
firm general knowledge in all fields of Computer Programming. Students must successfully complete twenty-four courses.
Lecturers are supplemented by tutorials, and by experimental work in the laboratories. In addition to the variety of courses
covering basic and specialized subjects, electives are offered to enable students to advance their knowledge in different
aspects of this specialisation.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ENG102
ACOM101
ABSM101 (3,0)3
CIS102
AMAT101
NH001
(2,2)3
Computer programming I
(3,0)3
Introduction to Business Management I
(3,0)3
Algorithms and Programming Tech.
(3,0)3
Mathematics I
NC
National History I
Spring Semester
ENG203
ACOM102
CIS309
CIS301
CEN410
CP200
NH002
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Computer programming II
Web Design
Computer Networks
Internship
National History II
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Computer Graphics
Database Management Systems
Technical Elective (MIS)
Technical Elective
Turkish I
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Internet Programming
Free Elective
Technical Elective
Term Project (Graduation Project)
Technical Elective
Turkish II
Year 2
Fall Semester
CEN460
ENG205
CP206
TURK001
Spring Semester
CIS412
TURK002
115
Department of Electronics Technology (ASc)
Most industrial facilities require the service of an industrial electronics technician with the knowledge of digital circuitry and
automated systems. The increasing dependence of industrial systems on electronics has created a need for technicians
qualified to design, test, install, repair, and control electronics and computer systems. The Industrial Electronics department
offers two-year diploma program which is designed to train interested and motivated students with the technical skills required
for industrial electronics fields. The program provides a balance mix of courses in electronics, industrial engineering and
computer hardware.
Electronics Technology curriculum in GAU is designed to provide the students with a sound theoretical background about
industrial electronics while being oriented toward applied problem solving. Students enrolled in the ASc program, are required
to complete twenty four courses with 63 credits. Students are also required to obtain a pass in Turkish Language and National
History in order to fulfil the requirements of this balanced program.
Year 1
Fall Semester
MAT101
PS111
AACT101
ENG103
ENG101
TURK001
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
NC
Mathematics I
General Physics I
Accounting I
Turkish I
TURK002
IEA200
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
NC
Mathematics II
Fundamental of Industrial Sys.
Linear Algebra
Free Elective
Turkish II
Internship
Year 2
Fall Semester
ENG205
IEA203
IEA207
IEA209
IEA205
NH001
(3,2)4
(3,2)4
(3,0)3
(2,2)3
(3,0)3
NC
Electronic Circuit I
Circuit Theory
Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation
Quality Planning & Control
National History I
(2,2)3
(4,0)4
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
Technical Elective
Technical Elective
Free Elective
National History II
Spring Semester
MAT102
ENG106
IEA104
MT104
Spring Semester
IEA202
IEA204
NH002
116
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
MASTER DEGREE PROGRAMS
117
Since the potentiality is targeted to approximately. 10000 students in near future, the GAU-Institute of Social Science (ISS)) and
Institute of Science and Technology (IST) seek to facilitate and enhance the training and graduation of leaders who will be
instrumental in making significant contributions to their fields of expertise in particular, and to the world-community in general. In
doing so, the expectation is that our Graduate Programs will be widely respected as being among the best available anywhere.
The vision of the ISS and IST are to become internationally recognized and challenging for its high quality of its graduate
programs, graduate faculty and scholarly achievement, while producing competitive and intellectually stimulated individuals who
can provide bold leadership in new directions. We believe that graduate education is an integral component of any university
and has an impact on education at all levels. The ISS and IST represent Girne American’s best expression of its major
purposes of existence – teaching, research, and public service - and, therefore, must be a prime center of excellence.
Our vision goes beyond mere growth to change the culture of graduate education at GAU, and also respecting to sister
universities where located in GB, USA and Singapore as well as planned forthcoming Univ. in Turkey. The ISS and IST of the
future will prepare career-ready students with a true competitive edge through a new focus on professionally-oriented training
designed for the real word.
•
Preparing Leaders – we want to add career-orientated management skills training for all graduate students to
help them to succeed in industry, government, non-profit organizations, and academia. These skills include
responsible conduct of research, advanced teaching expertise, effective communication, and effective
leadership.
•
Professional Degrees – graduate certificates, dual degrees, and inter-disciplinary professional degrees to
prepare students who have technical skills, multiple professional competencies, and are collaborative, highly
adaptable and globally orientated.
•
Interdisciplinary Experiences – encouraging a true community of scholars working across departmental
boundaries at the intersections of disciplines. We will give students opportunities for cross-communication and
cultivation of ideas, promoting teamwork on problems of common interest. The best and most provocative
graduate research of the future will take place here at the edges of disciplines, and this is where the best faculty
and students want to be.
The ISS and IST provide innovative, pragmatic, responsive and accessible graduate and post-graduate programs of the highest
quality. Graduate programs fostering a close interdependence between research and profession to enhance and upgrade the
undergraduate experience.
•
The graduate faculty and students work together to develop new theoretical and empirical knowledge, design
innovative methods and technologies to discover and disseminate that knowledge, and engage in state-of-theart professional skills.
•
The ISS and IST are a source of intellectual capital for Girne American University, the region, the nation, and
worldwide. The ISS and IST extend their programs and services for professional education through specialized
graduate and certification programs.
The ISS and ITS serve as a catalyst for excellence in graduate education at Girne American University by
•
Promoting the highest-quality education for students, including outstanding academic experiences, opportunities
to engage in cutting-edge research, and professional development that prepares students for success in their
fields.
•
Advancing the diversity of graduate education at GAU and of the professoriate through recruitment and
retention.
•
Fostering an environment in which graduate faculty can reach their potential as lecturers, researchers, and
mentors to graduate students.
•
Encouraging research and graduate programs that address the critical issues that challenge our nation and our
world.
•
Achieving recognition of GAU as a model for leadership and innovation in graduate education in the East
Mediterranean region.
118
The graduate and post graduate programs of the both Institutes are mainly focused on the following promising disciplines;
THE MASTER PROGRAMS
The Institute of Social Sciences:
Business and Economics;
•
•
•
•
•
Business Management
o
International Business Management,
o
Financial Management,
o
MIS,
o
Marketing,
o
Executive MBA
Economics
Health Care Administration,
International Relations,
Tourism and Hospitality,
Communications and Media Studies,
•
Public Relations,
•
Journalism and Broadcasting,
Law
•
International Business Law,
Education
•
Educational Administration and Supervision,
•
Turkish Language & Literature Education,
•
English Language Education
The Institute of Science and Technology:
Architecture;
•
Architecture,
•
Construction Management,
•
Interior Design,
Engineering;
•
Computer Engineering,
•
Electrical & Electronics Engineering,
•
Industrial Engineering,
•
Civil Engineering
Ph.D PROGRAMS
The Institute of Social Sciences:
Business;
•
•
•
•
Business Management
Marketing
Finance
MIS
Tourism and Hospitality
Communication and Media
Education
•
Contemporary Turkish Language (Turkish Only)
•
Educational Administration
119
Master Degree Programs in Business Administration (MBA/MSc)
Master of Business Administration (MBA) - Specialising in:
•
Business Management
•
Financial Management,
•
•
Marketing
•
MIS
The MBA is the elite program of study for managers serious in ensuring that they have the necessary knowledge and skills to
operate effectively in the business world – as owners, senior managers or entrepreneurs. The Master of Business
Administration curriculum offers the student opportunity to develop a broad understanding of organisation and business and
then to focus on a special area of interest. It is designed to promote career advancement of professionals from every
undergraduate background.
The MBA programs at GAU are specifically designed for the working student. The MBA classes are generally scheduled to be
convenient for the working student and are programmed in the evening hours in a three semester per year format. The normal
progression of a student leads to the completion of the degree program in a period of two years.
MBA Program Requirements
The Master of Business Administration program requires the completion of 6 core courses and 6 specialisation courses. All
courses are 3 semester-hours and students must therefore complete a total of 12 courses plus a non-credit graduation project
to be eligible for graduation.
Core Courses
ECON500
FIBA500
MARK500
MGMT500
MGMT503
MGMT512
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Economics for Business Management
Financial Management
Research Methods
Legal Environment of Business
GRP001
NC
Graduation Project
Requirements
The area of concentration (specialisation) will identify a distinct series of graduate course requirements.
MBA Program in Business Management
MGMT508
MGMT502
MGMT509
MGMT542
ISMA500
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Departmental / Non-Departmental Elective
MBA Program in Financial Management
FIBA502
FIBA503
FIBA505
FIBA504
FIBA581
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Corporate International Finance
Working Capital Management
Commercial Bank Management
Investments
MBA Program in International Business Management
MGMT544
MGMT542
MGMT502
MGMT552
FIBA502
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
e-Commerce
Corporate International Finance
MBA Program in Management Information Systems
ISMA500
ISMA503
ISMA504
ISMA521
ISMA573
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Data Communication Systems & Networking
Advanced Programming
Information Analysis and System Design
Advanced Database Management Systems
120
MBA Program in Marketing
MGMT502
MGMT505
MGMT507
MGMT544
MGMT552
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Consumer Behaviour
Marketing Communication
e-Commerce
Departmental/Non-Departmental Elective
Master Degree Program in Business Management (MSc)
The MSc in Business Management provides an efficient and cost effective option for the busy manager or executive seeking to
achieve a sound understanding of business in the shortest practical time. The course concentrates on the key knowledge areas
necessary to run a business and provides practical case study experience. The program comprises the 10 courses (2 core and
7 electives) and a Graduation Project.
Core Courses
MGMT500
MGMT503
ECON500
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods
Economics for Business
Elective Courses
FIBA500
(3,0)3
ISMA500
(3,0)3
MGMT502
(3,0)3
MGMT507
(3,0)3
MGMT508
(3,0)3
MGMT509
(3,0)3
MGMT512
(3,0)3
MGMT542
(3,0)3
MGMT552
(3,0)3
MARK500
(3,0)3
Financial Management
Marketing Communications
Legal Environment of Business
GRP001
Graduation Project
NC
Executive MBA (EMBA)
Executive MBA (EMBA) is a fast-paced, dynamic program designed to provide participants with a global view of business. In
today’s fast-changing environment, we seek to give our students the edge in the business world, through a program that
promotes creativity, entrepreneurship and ideas from around the globe.
Our blended learning methodology (part face-to-face, part online) allows us to bring together experienced executives from
diverse backgrounds, industries and cultures in the spirit of learning, open-mindedness and debate.
Aimed at experienced professionals seeking flexible and multicultural learning interaction, the Executive MBA provides the
practical knowledge and innovative management tools needed to maximize professional potential and success.
The major requirements of this program are 3 core and 7 elective courses.
Executive MBA
Core Courses
EXMA503
(3,0)3
EXMA505
(3,0)3
EXMA509
(3,0)3
Business Economics
Business Management
Elective Courses
EXMA501
(3,0)3
EXMA502
(3,0)3
EXMA504
(3,0)3
EXMA506
(3,0)3
EXMA507
(3,0)3
EXMA508
(3,0)3
EXMA510
(3,0)3
EXMA511
(3,0)3
Seminar in Financial Management
Seminar in Managerial Accounting
Seminar in Human Resource Management
Seminar in MIS
Cases in Marketing Management
Cases in Leadership and Organization Behavior
Cases in Advertising and Promotion Management
Cases in Global Business Enterprises
121
Master Degree Program in Economics (MSc)
The Master of Science in Economics requires the completion of 5 core courses and 5 elective courses. All courses are 3
semester-hours and students must therefore complete a total of 10 courses plus the graduation project in order to graduate.
Core Courses:
MGMT500
ECON501
ECON502
ECON503
ECON504
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods
Microeconomic Analysis
Macroeconomic Analysis
Economic Thought
International Economics
Elective Courses
ECON510
(3,0)3
ECON511
(3,0)3
ECON512
(3,0)3
ECON513
(3,0)3
ECON514
(3,0)3
ECON515
(3,0)3
ECON516
(3,0)3
ECON517
(3,0)3
Econometrics
Economic Development
Turkish Economy
International Political Economy
Economic Policies of EU
Globalization & Economic Issues
Public Finance
Welfare Economics
GRP001
Graduation Project
NC
Master Degree Program in Health & Hospital Management (MSc)
This course is designed to prepare qualified managers for senior management roles in both government and private health
care. In the developing world health care management skills remain a scarce commodity while the skilled management of
health resources is in increasing demand. The program comprises10 Courses plus a Graduation Project. For MSc students
can choose 1 extra elective (3-credits course) instead of a Graduation Project to receive an MSc degree.
Core Courses:
ACTG500
FINA500
HCA511
HCA514
HCA520
HCM522
HMGM500
STAT500
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Elective Courses:*
HCA500
(3,0)3
HCA510
(3,0)3
HCA522
(3,0)3
HCA523
(3,0)3
HCM530
(3,0)3
MGMT500
(3,0)3
HCA535
(3,0)3
Financial Accounting Analysis
Money, Banking & Financial Markets
Managing Health Care Organizations
Marketing & Comparative Strategy in Health Care
Human Resources Management in Health Care
Principles of Hospital Management
Statistics for Managers
Health Care System
Management Communication
Quality Improvement in Health
Long-term Care Administration
Seminar in Comparative Hospital Management
Research Methods
Health Care Law & Ethics
*Students should be choosing any 2 elective from the list. If students opt for taking Graduation Project, then HCM530 should
be taken as one of the elective courses. If students opt for replacing the Graduation Project, they have to choose 3 elective
courses.
122
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc)
The MSc in International Relations (IR) is a program of study for people who want to deepen their knowledge concerning issues
of international relevance and/or who wish to prepare for a career in the field of politics, public administration or publicistics.
The Master of Science in International Relations curriculum offers the student opportunity to develop a broad understanding of
the system of International Relations and International Politics and then to focus on a special area of interest. It is designed to
promote career advancement of professionals from every undergraduate background.
The MSc IR programs at GAU are specifically designed for the working student. The MSc IR classes are generally scheduled to
be convenient for the working student and are programed in the evening hours in a three semester per year format. The normal
progression of a student leads to the completion of the degree program in a period of two years.
MSc IR Program Requirements
There are two options to complete the MSc International Relations program either with thesis, or without thesis but a graduation
project.
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc), (with Thesis)
The Master of Science in International Relations program with thesis requires the completion of 3 core courses and 4 elective
courses. All courses are 3 semester-hours and students must therefore complete a total of 7 courses. The thesis is a complex
and consolidated research work, completed over a period of about 4 to 6 months approximately 45,000 words long, presented
and defended before a committee of three members of the faculty.
Core Courses
MGMT500
MIL507
MIRP501
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods
International Law
Advanced International Relations Theory
Elective Courses
MIRP502
(3,0)3
MIRP503
(3,0)3
MIRP514
(3,0)3
MIRP523
(3,0)3
MIRP531
(3,0)3
MIRP533
(3,0)3
MIRP538
(3,0)3
MIRP511
(3,0)3
Advanced comparative politics
Middle East
European Union Politics & Policies
State & Democracy in the modern world
Globalisation & Modernity
Contemporary Human Rights Issues
History and Politics of Balkans
TSEM580
THS001
Thesis Seminar
Thesis
NC
NC
Master Degree Program in International Relations (MSc), (without Thesis)
The Master of Science in International Relations program without thesis requires the completion of 3 core courses and 7 other
courses, in total 10 courses, plus a graduation project before being eligible for graduation.
Core Courses
MGMT500
MIL507
MIRP501
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods
International Law
Advanced International Relations Theory
Elective Courses
MIRP502
(3,0)3
MIRP503
(3,0)3
MIRP514
(3,0)3
MIRP523
(3,0)3
MIRP531
(3,0)3
MIRP533
(3,0)3
MIRP538
(3,0)3
MIRP511
(3,0)3
Advanced comparative politics
Middle East
European Union Politics & Policies
State & Democracy in the modern world
Globalisation & Modernity
Contemporary Human Rights Issues
History and Politics of Balkans
GRP001
Graduation Project
NC
123
Master Degree Program in Tourism & Hospitality Management (MSc)
The purpose of this program is to provide a deeper understanding of the Tourism & Hospitality industry to prospective senior
tourism managers. The basic assumption in presenting this program is that the student has already successfully completed a
bachelor degree in the same subject. However, the program may also gainfully be followed by students who have graduated in
other fields. In this case the student will normally be required to complete conversion/ bridging courses at the undergraduate
level. The number and subject matter of the courses required will depend upon the congruence between the tourism program
and the program of study completed by the applying student. The necessary courses must be proposed by the department
head and approved by the faculty dean. Those who have earlier completed a first degree and who have since gained industrial
experience are particularly invited to apply. Alternative specialisation courses may be offered in line with the particular
requirements of the student and with the availability of suitably qualified and experienced faculty.
Core Courses
MGMT500
MGMT503
THM505
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Elective Courses
THM501
(3,0)3
THM502
(3,0)3
THM503
(3,0)3
THM504
(3,0)3
THM506
(3,0)3
THM507
(3,0)3
THM508
(3,0)3
Research Methods
Strategic Management in Tourism
Tourism Sales & Marketing Management
Financial Management in Tourism
International Tourism
Resort Development & Management
Tourism Planning & Development
Attractions Management
E-Tourism
124
Master Degree Programs in Engineering (MSc)
Master students are required to complete 10 courses (30 credits) for the graduate program in Engineering. The program
comprises 4 compulsory common courses, 3 specialising electives plus 2 Theses and the Graduate Seminar. Students may
elect to specialise in: Computer Engineering, Electric & Electronics Engineering or Industrial Engineering
Common Engineering Courses
Year 1
Fall Semester
MT511 (3,0)3
Advanced Engineering Maths I
ENG503 (3,0)3
Programming Languages
(3,0)3
Elective
(3,0)3
Elective
MS501 (3,0)3
Master Thesis I
Spring Semester
MT512 (3,0)3
ENG504 (3,0)3
(3,0)3
MS502 (3,0)3
Advanced Engineering Mathematics II
Modelling & Optimisation of Systems
Elective
Master Thesis II
Year 2
Fall
MS590
Graduate Seminar
(3,0)3
Master Degree Program in Computer Engineering (MSc)
Specialisation Elective Courses
Year 1
Fall
CEN521 (3,0)3
CEN523 (3,0)3
Expert Systems
CEN525 (3,0)3
Network Security
CEN527 (3,0)3
Pattern Recognition
Spring
CEN522
CEN524
CEN526
CEN528
CEN572
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Fuzzy Set Theory
Neural Networks
Digital Image Processing
Compiler Construction
Machine Learning
Master Degree Program in Electrical & Electronics Engineering (MSc)
Year 1
Fall
EEN531 (3,0)3
Probability Theory & Stochastic Processes
EEN533 (3,0)3
Network Analysis & Synthesis
EEN535 (3,0)3
Microwave Communication Systems
EEN537 (3,0)3
Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
Spring
EEN532
EEN534
EEN536
EEN538
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Information Theory
Digital Control
Radar Systems
Electromagnetic Radiation & Scattering
Master Degree Program in Industrial Engineering (MSc)
Year 1
Fall
IE513
IE515
IE517
IE519
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Project Planning & Management
Multiple Criteria Decision Making
Advanced Statistics
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Material Science
Total Quality Management
Spring
IE514
IE516
IE518
IE520
IE522
125
Master Degree Programs in Architecture, Construction Management and
Interior Design (MArch, MSc, MA)
Faculty of Architecture, Design and Fine Arts offers three masters programs. The MA in Interior Design is intended for students
who have completed their first degree in this subject. Similarly the MArch is designed for students who wish to advance their
knowledge in Architecture and the MSc in Construction Management for those who wish to continue with more advanced
studies in this subject. The subject matter of the projects and thesis will relate directly to the subject matter of the degree. The
general requirements to fulfil Masters degree in Architecture, Construction Management and Interior Design are mainly 7
courses, 1 seminar (n/c) and a Thesis (n/c).
Master Degree Program in Architecture (MArch)
The Master of Architecture programme in Girne American University offers an education based on critical and theoretical
knowledge, creative design skills, the most recent techniques of presentation and architectural building technologies. With
universal understanding based on human value, this programme aims to contribute to the development of architectural
knowledge and to the profession of Architecture as well as to the humanity, by supporting and empowering critical thinking,
research and creativity.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ARCH555
Spring Semester
ARCH506
Year 2
Fall Semester
THEM590
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Elective
Elective
Elective
NC
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Seminar in thesis research
Elective
Elective
Elective
NC
Thesis
126
Master Degree Program in Construction Management (MSc)
The Master of Science in Construction Management program in Girne American University offers technical knowledge and
administrational skills that are required for running a construction project including planning, budgeting and controlling
processes, with a special focus on environmental issues, public welfare, costumer satisfaction and rapid technological
developments that have impact on the way business practices are conducted. The program is based on recent trends and
developments in the sector, which can be summarized as:
•
Increase in the use of computerised management information and control systems.
•
Greater use of new technologies in construction.
•
Complexity of project equipment and market share.
•
More use of industrialised building systems and components.
Year 1
Fall Semester
ARCH555
Spring Semester
ARCH506
Year 2
Fall Semester
THEM590
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Elective
Elective
Elective
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Seminar in Thesis Research
Elective
Elective
Elective
(NC)
Thesis
Master Degree Program in Interior Design (MA)
The Master Degree Programme in Interior Design in Girne American University aims at educating interior designers who are
sensitive to human needs and environmental conditions, aware of the importance of research and personal development, open
to new ideas and able to represent their ideas in any milieu. The graduates of this programme are individuals who can analyse
the components of the project site and users’ needs properly; access the updated information related to materials, details and
applications; and who are self confident in creating and developing new ideas.
Year1
Fall Semester
IDES555 (3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Spring Semester
IDES506 ( n c)
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Year 2
Fall Semester
THEM590
Elective
Elective
Elective
Seminar in thesis research
Elective
Elective
Elective
(NC)
Thesis
Elective Courses for MA, MArch and MSc in Architecture, Interior Design and Construction Management
ARCH509
(3,0)3
Environmental Geology
ARCH510
(3,0)3
Meaning in Architecture (3,0)3
ARCH511
(3,0)3
Theory of Restoration I
ARCH512
(3,0)3
Theory of Restoration II
ARCH513
(3,0)3
Construction Project I
ARCH514
(3,0)3
Construction Project II
ARCH515
(3,0)3
Math. Relationships in Standardisation ofBuildings.
ARCH516
(3,0)3
Statistical Analysis
ARCH517
(3,0)3
Relation between Politics and Architecture
ARCH518
(3,0)3
Restoration Project I
ARCH520
(3,0)3
Theories of Modern Architecture
ARCH521
(3,0)3
Computer Application in Management.
ARCH531
(3,0)3
Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Construction Management
ARCH536
(3,0)3
Structural, Constructural Technology &Economics
ARCH538
(3,0)3
Determination of Building Components in Industrialised Building System
ARCH540
(3,0)3
Professional Ethics
ARCH541
(3,0)3
Historic Structural Systems
ARCH542
(3,0)3
Management Theory
ARCH550
(3,0)3
Special Themes in Architecture
ARCH560
(3,0)3
Architectural Semiotics
ARCH581
(3,0)3
Legal Aspects in Construction
IDES525
(3,0)3
Analysis of the Problems in Interior Design& Information
127
Master Degree Programs in Education
Master Degree Programs in Education
The Faculty of Education offers the following Masters programs:
•
Master of Arts (MA) in Educational Administration and Supervision (in Turkish only)
•
Master of Arts (MA) in English Language Education
•
Master of Arts (MA) in Secondary School Teaching (in Turkish only)
•
Master of Arts (MA) in Turkish Language and Literature Education (in Turkish only)
The aim of these programs is to better equip prospective and current teachers for more efficient and effective
teaching careers and in particular to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
provide a firm foundation in the theoretical and applied aspects of Education.
provide knowledge and practice for program administrators and curriculum specialists.
equip teachers with current developments in teaching.
enable prospective or in-service teachers to identify education needs and be able to plan teaching to
meet learners’ needs.
enable current or prospective teachers to implement contemporary teaching strategies, methods and
technologies in a variety of educational environments in order to raise the effectiveness and efficiency of
teaching.
enable the teacher to take the necessary measures for the evaluation and development of the teaching
endeavour.
Master Degree Program in Educational Administration and Supervision (MA) – in Turkish only
ARM500
MEDU511
MEDU550
MEDU560
MEDU562
MEDU578
MEDU585
MEDU588
THES590
FREL500
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Research Methods
Educational Administration
Organizational Theories
Administrative and Organizational Behaviour
Current Approaches to Supervision in Education
Curriculum Development in Education
Thesis Seminar
Supervision at Preschool and Primary Sc.
Thesis
Free Electives
Master Degree Program in English Language Education (MA)
ELTM501
ELTM502
ELTM503
ELTM504
ELTM505
ELTM507
ELTM508
ELTM509
ELTM510
ELTM512
ELTM515
ELTM521
ELTM530
REM500
TSES580
THEM590
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
NC
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
ELT Methodology and Practicum
Language Testing
Materials Development & Evaluation
Syllabus Design
Second Language Acquisition
Computer-assisted Language Learning (CALL)
Discourse Analysis
Linguistics for English Language Teaching
Literature in the Teaching of English
Curriculum Evaluation
English for Specific Purposes
Reflective Teaching
MAELT Term-Project (for non-thesis option)
Research Methods
Thesis seminar
Thesis
Master Degree Program in Secondary School Teaching (MA) – in Turkish only
EGT402
EGT406
EGT408
EGT410
EGT412
EGT501
EGT503
EGT505
EGT507
EGT 526
EGT502
EGT506
EGT508
EGT509
EGT530
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,2)4
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(2,2)3
(1,4)3
(3,0) 3
(2,6)5
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(5,0)0
Introduction to the Teaching Profession
Human Development & Learning
Planning & Evaluation in Education
School Experience I
Teaching Technology & Materials Development
School Experience II
Research Methodology in Education
Practice Teaching
Evaluation & Studies on Textbooks
Guidance
Term Project
128
Master Degree Program in Turkish Language & Literature Education(MA) - (in Turkish only)
ARM500
TYL501
TYL502
TYL503
TYL504
TYL505
TYL506
TYL507
TYL509
TYL510
TYL511
TYL513
TYL514
TYL515
TYL516
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
The Teaching of Language and Literature I
The Teaching of Language and Literature II
Text Analysis Methods I
Text Analysis Methods II
Literary Approaches and Theories
The Literatures of the Turkic World
Literary Criticism
The History of Turkish Literature
The History of Turkish Language
High School Literary Curriculum and Textbooks
Style in the Contemporary Turkish Literature
Text Analysis in Old Turkish Literature
Text Analysis in Turkish Folk Literature
Contemporary Issues of Turkology
129
Master Degree Program in Law (LLM)
Master Degree Program in International Business Law (LLM)
The law Master Program in International Business Law is designed to equip the lawyer or business person with a complete
grounding in the concepts and practice of business law in the global economy .
LLM Program
Girne American University has established a degree program of LL.M (Master of Laws) for those students having earned an
undergraduate law degree from an accredited university. All students are required to have a TOEFL equivalent of at least 550
to be able to graduate.
The typical student will take 18 months to complete the program. This will cover three academic semesters plus an optional
summer session. A normal academic graduate student load is three courses per semester and three in the summer session. A
part-time program is available. Almost all of the classes are taught in the late afternoon and evening and on Saturday and
Sunday. The degree requires the student to earn a CGPA of at least 3.0 to graduate. The degree requirement is for 10 courses
or 30 credit hours plus thesis.
Students will take 4 core subjects in the first year: 1) Modern legal research methods; 2) Alternative Dispute Resolution; 3)
Comparative Constitutional Law; and 4) Legal writing
The International Business Law specialisation requires various courses in addition to the core subjects: 1) European Union Law
III; 2) European Union Law IV; 3) Public International Law II; 4) Private International Law II 5) Company Law III: 6)
Telecommunications Law; 7) Cyber Law; 8) Maritime Law; 9) International Business Transactions; 10) Public policy
development and legislation for Business; 11.) International Environmental Law; or 12.) Master’s thesis (optional - in lieu of
three courses)
Students are normally required to take at least three courses per semester, but not more than five. Any under-load or overload
must be approved by the Dean’s office. The typical student will require three academic semesters and a summer session to
complete the program. Not all courses are offered every semester. Those students who do not have a Law related
undergraduate degree will normally be required to take at least one additional transition course as part of their core subjects.
That course will be the “Legal Method.”
Students take 4 core subjects in the 1st.year;
LLM501 (3,0)3
LLM502 (3,0)3
LLM504 (3,0)3
LLM503 (3,0)3
Modern Legal Research Methods
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Comparative Constitutional Law
Legal Writing
The International Business Law specialisation requires various courses in addition to the core subjects.
LLM505 (3,0)3
LLM506 (3,0)3
LLM506 (3,0)3
LLM507 (3,0)3
LLM508 (3,0)3
LLM509 (3,0)3
LLM510 (3,0)3
LLM511 (3,0)3
LLM512 (3,0)3
LLM513 (3,0)3
LLM514 (3,0)3
LLM520 (3,0)3
European Union Law III
European Union Law IV
Public Internatıonal Law II
Private International Law II
Company Law II
Telecommunications Law
Cyber Law
Maritime Law
International Business Transactions
Public Policy Development and Legislations for Business
International Environmental Law
Master’s Thesis (optional-in lieu of Courses)
130
Master Degree Programs in Communications
The Faculty of Communications offers the following Masters programs:
•
•
Journalism and Broadcasting (with Thesis)
Public Relations (with Thesis)
Master Degree Program in Journalism and Broadcasting (MSc)
This MSc. degree Program requires a thesis for graduation and has the following courses:
Core Courses:
JRB501 (3,0)3
JRB533 (3,0)3
REM500 (3,0)3
Mass Communication Systems
Media Analysis
Research Methods
Technical Electives:
CMN504 (3,0)3
Media and Language
CMN531 (3,0)3
Media and Public Opinion
JRB502 (3,0)3
Communication and Law
JRB532 (3,0)3
Current Prob. of Press and Manup.
Free Electives:
ELxxx
(3,0)3
Free Elective
Thesis Work:
THEM590(3,0)3
TSES580 NC
Thesis
Thesis Seminar
Master Degree Program in Public Relations(MSc)
This MSc. Degree Program requires a thesis for graduation and has the following courses:
Core Courses:
CMN531 (3,0)3
PRE525 (3,0)3
REM500 (3,0)3
Media and Public Opinion
Advertising, Criticism and Analysis
Research Methods
Technical Electives:
CMN504 (3,0)3
Media and Language
CMN528 (3,0)3
JRB501 (3,0)3
Mass Communication Systems
PRE516 (3,0)3
Adv. & Mark. Management
Free Electives:
ELxxx
(3,0)3
Free Elective
Thesis Work:
TSES580 NC
THEM590(3,0)3
Thesis Seminar
Thesis
131
Master Degree Program in Gender Studies
The Master of Arts in Gender Studies program is designed for facilitating enhanced awareness of gender issues and for the
development of required skills for dealing with gender issues in interested individuals who wish to pursue a professional career
in a diversity of disciplines ranging from health services, law, media, politics, to education and social work.
Like many other Masters programs at GAU, MA in Gender studies is also programmed to facilitate further educational,
professional and personal development for individuals at work. On this basis, the lectures are scheduled to run at convenient
times for the ‘working student’ (evenings), over a three- semesters/year format. The normal progress will mean completion of
the MA degree in Gender Studies in two years.
Master Degree Program in Gender Studies (MA)
The program requires completion of 5 core courses and 3 elective courses. All courses will be 3 semester-hours and the
students must therefore complete a total of 8 courses. In addition, the student has to complete a research-based thesis and
successfully defend the thesis in a viva voce examination run by 3 senior academic members from departments relevant to the
topic of the completed thesis.
All students who do not have a first degree in Psychology or Sociology will be required to take the bridging courses in Social
Psychology and Sociology before commencing the MA in Gender Studies Program.
Core Courses
MGS500
MGS501
MGS502
MGS503
MGS504
MGS507
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Introduction to Gender Studies
Gender Biology
Gender and Social Psychology
Gender Issues in Education
Gender Issues in History
Seminars in Gender Studies
Must elective course(s)
MGS506
(3,0)3
MGS505
(3,0)3
Research Methods in Gender Studies
Gender Issues in International Relations
Elective Courses
MGS508
MGS509
MGS510
MGS511
MGS512
MGS513
MGS514
MGS515
Statistics for Social Studies
Gender Issues in Government and Politics
Gender, Society and Culture
Gender Issues in Science and Technology
Gender Issues in Management
Gender issues in Media
Gender and Health
Gender and Legal Systems
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
132
Master Degree Program in Psychology
Master Degree Program in Health Psychology (MSc)
The aims of the program is to:
•
Train graduate students to be providers of health-related consultative, educational, and supportive direct services in a
variety of settings such as hospitals and clinics. Graduates will provide direct consultation, educational, and
treatment services to individuals and groups, but will not be qualified to provide psychological counselling or
psychotherapy.
•
Train graduate students to provide services in such areas as wellness, psychoeducation, medical treatment
adherence, stress management, assertiveness training, anger management, sleep hygiene, pain management,
rehabilitation and geriatric services, addictions treatment, pregnancy issues and parenting training, and planning and
referrals to professional human services adjunct to medical treatment.
•
Satisfy general standards for certification as a health psychology provider at the Master’s level.
Year 1
Fall Semester
HPSY550
HPSY552
HPSY510
HPSY553
HPSY558
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Psychophysiology
Neuropsychology
Research Design and Analysis
Psychosomatic Medicine
Advanced Training in Health Psychology Practice I
Spring Semester
HPSY551
HPSY556
HPSY560
HPSY563
HPSY559
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Behavioral Neuroscience
Epidemiology
Interpersonal Communication, Consulting/Teaching
Community Ecology
Advanced Training in Health Psychology Practice II
Year 2
Fall Semester
HPSY530
HPSY557
HPSY562
HPSY554
HPSY555
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Legal/Ethical Issues
Psychopharmacology
Services Planning, Reporting, and Evaluation
Organizational Dynamics and Group Training
The Future of Health Psychology
Spring Semester
HPSY580
HPSY590
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Master’s Internship
Master’s Thesis
133
Master Degree Program in Psychological Counselling (MSc)
Aims of the Program:
•
Train students to be entry-level providers of psychological counseling and psychotherapy, as well as prepare
students to continue doctoral level training in applied psychology.
•
Train students in an integrative approach to psychotherapy focusing on humanistic, cognitive-behavioral, and
solution-oriented therapies, as well as general introduction to other major approaches and techniques.
•
Train graduates of the Program to work initially in community settings, in which there is a team of experienced
practitioners available for consultation and support. Graduates would not be trained to serve as formal supervisors
for other Master’s level graduates.
Year 1
Fall Semester
CPSY551
CPSY552
CPSY553
CPSY530
CPSY562
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Psychopathology/Differential Diagnosis
Overview of Psychotherapeutic Approches
Clinical Interviewing, Assessment, and Treatment Planning
Legal/Ethical Issues
Practice Management
Spring Semester
CPSY554
CPSY555
CPSY556
CPSY557
CPSY582
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Humanistic Therapy
Family/Group Therapy/ Organizational Dynamics
Solution-Orinted Therapy
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Supervised Psycho-therapy Training
Year 2
Fall Semester & Spring Semester
CPSY588
(3,0)3
CPSY590
(3,0)3
One-Year Full-Time Internship with Formal Supervision
Master’s Thesis
134
Master Degree Program in Social Psychology (MA)
The Master of Arts in Social Psychology program is designed to facilitate the development of skilled individuals who wish to
pursue a professional career where they can be instrumental in improving the functioning of the society at an extensive range of
levels such as health, law, media, politics, education, business and international relations.
Like many other Masters programs at GAU, MA in Social Psychology is also programmed to facilitate further educational,
professional and personal development for individuals at work. On this basis, the lectures are scheduled to run at convenient
times for the ‘working student’ (evenings), over a three- semesters/year format. The normal progress will mean completion of
the MA degree in Social Psychology in two years.
Program Requirements
The program requires completion of 5 core courses and 3 elective courses. All courses will be 3 semester-hours and the
students must therefore complete a total of 8 courses. In addition, the student has to complete a research-based thesis and
successfully defend the thesis in a viva voce examination run by 3 senior academic members from departments relevant to the
topic of the completed thesis.
All students who do not have a first degree in Psychology or Sociology will be required to take the bridging courses in Social
Psychology and Sociology before commencing the MA in Social Psychology Program.
Core Courses
MSPSY500
MSPSY501
MSPSY502
MSPSY503
MSPSY504
MSPSY505
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
Current issues in Social and Applied Psychology
Applied Social Psychology
Advanced Organisational Psychology
Advanced topics in inter-group relations
Advanced Health Psychology: Psychosocial processes in health and illness
Advanced Developmental Social Psychology
Must elective course(s)
MSPSY506
(3,0)3
MSPSY507
(3,0)3
Research Methods for Social Psychology
Advanced Statistics for Social Studies
Elective Courses
MSPSY508
MSPSY509
MSPSY510
MSPSY511
MSPSY512
MSPSY513
MSPSY514
Advanced topics in group processes and inter-group relations: A bio-social perspective
Social Psychology of the Media
Psychology of Human Resource Development
Psychology of Criminal Conduct
Cognition and Culture
Advanced Topics in Personal Relationships
The Social Psychology of Economic Life
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
(3,0)3
135
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Ph.D PROGRAMS
136
PhD Programs
All PhD Programs require the successful completion of the required courses in the related field, passing the Comprehensive
Examination and the research, writing and successful defence of a PhD thesis.
PhD Programs in Engineering
PhD in Computer Engineering
Phd program in Computer Engineering consists of 7 courses (21 credits in total), a Seminar (non-credit) and a Thesis. After a
success completion of the courses, students are asked to take the qualification exam. The success pass of the Qualification
Exam will allow students to start working on their Thesis. The minimum duration of the thesis is 2 semesters.
Required Courses
MGMT604
(3,0)3
CEN630
NC
Advanced Research Methods
Seminar in Computer Engineering
Core Courses (select any 4)
CEN613
(3,0)3
CEN621
(3,0)3
CEN622
(3,0)3
CEN623
(3,0)3
CEN624
(3,0)3
CEN625
(3,0)3
CEN650
(3,0)3
Speech Processing
Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence
Advanced Topics in Software Systems
Distributed Computing
Advanced Programming
Advanced Topics in IT
Advanced Topics in Database Systems
Elective Courses (select any 2)
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT605
(3,0)3
EDU603
(3,0)3
EEN614
(3,0)3
EEN624
(3,0)3
EEN638
(3,0)3
Advanced Management
Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences
Advanced Statistics
Information Theory
Mobile Communications
Project Evaluation and Management
PhD Programs in Management
PhD program consists of 7 courses (21 credits in total), a Seminar (non-credit) and a Thesis. After a success completion of the
courses, students are asked to take qualification exam. The success pass of the Qualification Exam will allow students to start
working on their Thesis. The minimum duration of the thesis is 2 semesters.
PhD in Business Management
Required Courses
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT604
(3,0)3
MGMT630
NC
Advanced Management
Seminar in Management
MGMT605
(3,0)3
MGMT606
(3,0)3
MGMT607
(3,0)3
MGMT608
(3,0)3
MGMT615
(3,0)3
MGMT623
(3,0)3
MARK601
(3,0)3
Organizational Behavior
Advanced Human Resource Management
Strategic Management and Business Analysis
Special Topics in Global Management
Advanced Marketing Theory
MARK602
(3,0)3
MARK603
(3,0)3
MARK610
(3,0)3
FIBA601
(3,0)3
FIBA602
(3,0)3
FIBA603
(3,0)3
FIBA604
(3,0)3
Theory of Consumer Behavior
Integrated Marketing Communication
Current Issues in Marketing
Theories of Final Decision Making
Financial Markets and Instruments
Monetary Theory and Policies
Global Financial Management
137
PhD in Construction Management
General requirement of the PhD program in Construction Management is totalling 7 courses, a seminar and the Thesis, to be
summed up to 21 credits.
Required Courses
MGMT604
(3,0)3
Elective Courses (Select any 4)
ARCH641
(3,0)3
Comp. Applications in Building Project Management
ARCH642
(3,0)3
Structural, Co structural Technology & Economics
ARCH643
(3,0)3
Determination of Building Components in Industrialised Building Systems
ARCH646
(3,0)3
Building Science Workshop
ARCH651
(3,0)3
Advanced Professional Practice
ARCH650
(3,0)3
Building Design: Form and Structure
MGMT601
(3,0)3
Advanced Management
MGMT603
(3,0)3
Seminar in Organisational Behaviour
MGMT610
(3,0)3
Advanced Quantitative Approaches to Management
Required Thesis Work
ARCH606
NC
ARCH600
NC
Seminar
Thesis
PhD in Marketing
Required Courses
MGMT604
(3,0)3
MARK601
(3,0)3
MARK630
NC
MARK602
(3,0)3
MARK603
(3,0)3
MARK610
(3,0)3
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT605
(3,0)3
MGMT623
(3,0)3
FIBA601
(3,0)3
FIBA602
(3,0)3
FIBA603
(3,0)3
FIBA604
(3,0)3
Advanced Marketing Theories
Seminar in Marketing
Theory of Consumer Behavior
Integrated Marketing Communications
Current Issues in Marketing
Advanced Management
Theories of Final Decision Making
Financial Markets and Instruments
Monetary Theory and Policies
Global Financial Management
PhD in Management Information Systems
Required Courses
MGMT604
(3,0)3
ISMA630
NC
Seminar in MIS
MIS601
(3,0)3
MIS602
(3,0)3
MIS603
(3,0)3
MIS604
(3,0)3
MIS605
(3,0)3
MIS607
(3,0)3
Business Information Systems
E-Commerce and Web Computing
System Analysis and Design
Business Data Communication & Networking
Special Topics in MIS
Corporate Data Management
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT603
(3,0)3
MGMT605
(3,0)3
EDU603
(3,0)3
EEN638
(3,0)3
Advanced Management
Seminar in Organizational Behavior
Advanced Statistics
Project Evaluation and Management
PhD in Tourism & Hospitality
Required Courses
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT604
(3,0)3
MGMT605
(3,0)3
THM630
NC
THM602
(3,0)3
THM603
(3,0)3
THM606
(3,0)3
THM607
(3,0)3
THM608
(3,0)3
MARK601
(3,0)3
Advanced Management
Seminar in Tourism and Hospitality Finance
Leadership in Hotel Management & Human Resource
Yield Management for Tourism Industry
Service Operation Management
Competitive Strategy for the Hospitality Industry
International Tourism Management
Advanced Marketing Theory
138
PhD Program in Communication & Media Management
General requirement of the PhD program in Communication and Media Management has total 7 courses, a seminar and the
Thesis to be summed up to 21 credits.
Required Courses
EDU601
(3,0)3
MGMT601
(3,0)3
MGMT605
(3,0)3
Advanced Research Techniques
Advanced Management
CMN605
(3,0)3
Media Analysis
CMN606
(3,0)3
International Communication
CMN607
(3,0)3
Media Policies
JRB601
(3,0)3
New Communication Systems
JRB602
(3,0)3
JRB603
(3,0)3
Philosophy of Communication
JRB604
(3,0)3
Media & Ethics
TSES680
NC
THEM690
NC
Seminar
Thesis
PhD Programs in Education
PhD in Contemporary Turkish Language
General requirement of the PhD program in Contemporary Turkish Language is containing 7 courses, a seminar and the
Thesis, to be summed up to 21 credits.
Required Courses
ARM600
(3,0)3
TDD601
(3,0)3
TDD602
(3,0)3
Research Methods
Ottoman Turkish text analysis
Studies on the History of Turkish Literature
Elective Courses (Select any 4)
TDD603
(3,0)3
Old Turkic Texts
TDD605
(3,0)3
General Turkic Comparative Phonology
TDD606
(3,0)3
Middle Turkic Texts
TDD607
(3,0)3
General Turkish Comparative Morphology
TDD608
(3,0)3
Comparative Kipchak Turkic
TDD609
(3,0)3
Comparative Oghuz Turkic
TDD610
(3,0)3
General Turkish Semantics
TDD611
(3,0)3
Uygur-Karluk Turkic
TDD612
(3,0)3
General Turkish Syntax
TDD613
(3,0)3
General Turkish Etymology
TDD614
(3,0)3
Studies on Anatolian and Balkanic Turkish Dialects
TDD615
(3,0)3
Altaic Languages Theorem
TDD616
(3,0)3
Chuvash and Siberian Turkic Languages
TDD617
(3,0)3
Azerbaijani Literature
TDD618
(3,0)3
Cyprus and Balkan Turkish Literatures
TSEM680
NC
THES690
NC
Seminar
Thesis
PhD in Educational Administration and Supervision
General requirement of the PhD program in Educational Administration and Supervision has total 7 courses, included seminar
and the Thesis to be summed up to 21 credits.
Required Courses
EDU601 (3,0)3
EDU603 (3,0)3
EDU611 (3,0)3
Advanced Research Techniques
Advanced Statistics
Human Resource Management in Education
Elective Courses
EDU621 (3,0)3
EDU632 (3,0)3
EDU633 (3,0)3
EDU641 (3,0)3
Educational Polices and Planning in Turkey
Computers and Education
Media Based Curriculum
Supervision in Education
TSEM680 NC
THES690 NC
Seminar
Thesis
139
Course Descriptions
AACT101 - Principles of Accounting I Accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation,
effects of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of double-entry accounting, the general journal, posting of
transactions, trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, financial analysis using accounting data to control and
evaluate monetary results of business activities.
AACT102 - Principles of Accounting II Accounting for short and long-term assets, liabilities, payroll accounting, partnership
and corporation accounting and some emphasis on cost accounting.
AACT202 - Computer Aided Accounting Accounting Information Systems, course aim is to provide an introduction to the field
of accounting and the development and use of accounting information in the business world by introducing students to the
theory of accounting and providing practical calculations, solutions and hands on practice with popular accounting computer
software.
AACT203 - Cost Accounting Treats accounting and managerial aspects in cost concepts including job order process cost
systems, flexible budgets, joint by-product costs, break-even points, differential costs, problems and practice projects are the
basis for study.
AACT204 – Managerial Accounting Case studies and detailed techniques of cost accounting, internal auditing, and
controllership. Course provides understanding of important dimensions of management function of accounting.
AACT206 – Auditing Auditing theory and practice: including auditing concepts, standards, and procedures, rules of
professional conduct, post-audit considerations, and preparation of auditor’s report.
ABHS101 – Introduction to Behaviour Science The main objective of this course is to introduce the science of Psychology,
to make the students to be familiar with the theoretical approaches in psychology and with the psychological processes as
sensation, perception, consciousness memory, cognition, motivation and emotion.
ABNK201 – Business Finance I Introduction to financial management; financial institutions & money markets; analysis of
financial statements; discounted cash flow analysis; project cash flow analysis; analysis of flow of funds; risks and returns.
ABNK202 – Business Finance II Long-term planning & forecasting; basics of capital budgeting; cash management, accounts
receivable and inventory management; short and long-term financing and portfolio management.
ABNK203 – Money and Banking Definition of money; determinants of the supply of and demand for money; theories
explaining the changes in the general price level; central banking, commercial banking and other financial intermediaries;
monetary policy.
ABNK205 – Commercial Banking This course is designed to provide an overview of commercial banks, their functions,
management, and role in the economy. Topics include: basic asset, liability, liquidity and interest-rate risk management, primary
lending functions pricing techniques, risk management.
ABSM101 - Introduction to Business & Management I The environment & historical setting of business; the organizational
evaluation of business enterprise, both structural & legal; differentiation of business functions and the rationalization of business
operations.
ABSM102 – Introduction to Business & Management II Basic concepts and principles of organization and management, the
function of planning, organizing, staffing, directing & controlling in task-oriented organizations. Functions of production,
marketing, accounting, finance & personnel are explored along with staff services & social responsibilities.
ABSM104 – Business Law Introduction to the business legal environment. Selective subjects relevant for managers from the
law of contracts, civil law, commercial law, tax law, labour law, law on Bankruptcy and insurance law.
ABSM201 – Introduction to Economics I Introduction to microeconomics; introducing employment, money, monetary & fiscal
policies; and equilibrium.(Prerequisite: AMAT102, EGL102)
ABSM202 – Introduction to Economics II
equilibrium and welfare economics.
Macro-economics: economics of the firm, resource allocation and prices;
ABSM203 – Statistics I Statistical ideas and their relevance in practical life; preparing data for statistical analysis. Elementary
probability, random variables, frequency distributions and sampling. Logic of statistical references; descriptive statistics,
estimation and significance tests.
ABSM204 – Operations Management Covers the basic quantitative techniques in major production systems, including
planning & control of projects, statistical quality control, MRP aggregate scheduling & line balancing, queuing theory,
transportation models and simulation techniques.
ABSM205 – Human Resource Management The management of human beings in a complex organization; recruiting,
selecting, training, promoting & motivating human beings. Increasing personal loyalties & managing personnel to elevate
individual contribution, increasing quality & lowering operational costs.
ABSM207/AMIS205 – Management Information Systems Functions and contributions of Management Information Systems
for different layers of management and operation of the digital firm will be studied. Strategic values of information systems and
their contribution to effective management decision making and operation of the digital firm are introduced and discussed.
Management of hardware resources, software resources and telecommunication resources will be reviewed.
ABSM208/AMRK102 – Principles of Marketing To achieve profitable transaction while creating well-satisfied, loyal
customers, to secure success of businesses, products and brands in an environment characterized by uncertainty. To design
140
and maintain winning strategies, plans and programrs by matching markets with products and deciding on product objectives
and allocating resources among marketing mix elements.
ABSM210 - Organizational Theory The concepts of organization; formal organizations; organizational dynamics &
effectiveness; organizational development and change; emerging type of organization; Organizational transformation and
leadership.
ABUS450 - Marketing & Consumer Behaviour This course should discuss skills needed for success in today’s business
environment including verbal and non-verbal communication, listening skills, and time management. Emphasis is placed on
dealing with customer service problems, how to handle conflicts, stress and service expectations. This is especially useful for
students who will work in a bank or insurance brokerage company.
ACOM101 - Introduction to Computers & Information Systems To provide an understanding of the need for the
management of data as an organizational resource. Introduction to the fundamental concepts of data processing. Emphasis is
on business data processing. Student’s skills in the application of computers to business and their knowledge of hardware and
software are enhanced.
ACOM102 - Computer Applications This course expands the student’s knowledge of computer; word processors,
spreadsheets, database applications and other business applications are introduced.
ACTG500 – Financial Accounting Analysis Basic accounting principles and terminology, this course provides the student
with a clear understanding of concepts, standards and practices of financial reporting. The students learn to read, understand
and analyze a balance of sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows.
AMAT101 - Mathematics for Business & Economics I Revision of essential algebra for calculus. Polynomials, rational
expressions, straight line. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities. Functions, limits, continuity, derivatives, techniques
of derivatives, applications of derivatives.
AMIS102 / CIS102 - Algorithms & Programming Techniques This course covers the basic Problem-solving concepts,
Flowcharts; Pseudo Codes that students need to know and understand when working in any computer language or application.
With the detailed explanations and numerous illustrations, it compasses all fundamental areas of problem solving from the
basics of mathematical functions and operations to the design and use of codes, indicators and arrays.
AMIS201 - Productivity tools Databases, spreadsheets & word processing at higher levels that were delivered in the first
year. This is a focused training for the MIS ASc program in order to equip students to a very high level of skills in Personal
Productivity with Information Systems (IS) Technology. The prerequisite: elementary knowledge of IS technology during the first
year.
AMIS202 - Business Data Communications Students will acquire understanding and knowledge of telecommunications
fundamentals including LANs, MANs, WANs, intranets, the Internet and the WWW. Data communication and
telecommunication concepts, models and standards will be studied.
AMIS203 - Database Concepts and SQL Database concepts of relational databases, Data Base Management Systems in
addition to Structured Query Language (SQL) will be introduced.
AMIS204 - Programming in a 4G Environment Students will be equipped to a high level of skills in programming for the 4th
generation environment through practical programming using DBMS and SQL.
AMIS206 - System Analysis and Design Approaches to system analysis and design will be introduced.
AMIS207 - Programming Concepts and Fundamentals Programming concepts and fundamentals will be studied.
AMIS208 - C/C++ programming Students will acquire knowledge and skills of programming within C/C++ environment.
AMIS209 - XHTML and XML Concepts and Web Design XHTML and XML concepts will be introduced and their contribution
to web design will be demonstrated through examples.
AMIS210 - Advanced Web design Animation, graphics, video and audio applications. Students will acquire skills for web
design in areas of: animation, graphics, video and audio application through practical experimentations and projects.
AMRK203 - Marketing Strategy To train students to integrate their knowledge gained from previous courses in order to
design a master plan of marketing, to create a sustainable competitive advantage over rivals.
AMRK204 - Marketing Research Scientific method & techniques used for the systematic gathering, recording & analyzing
data about problems related to marketing of goods and services.
AMRK206 - International Marketing To expose students to cross-boreal transitions, searching & identifying potential markets;
reaching to these markets and achieving profitable transitions in these markets.
AMRK207 - Advertising & Promotion This course will consist of the simulation of constructing promotions with an emphasis
on advertising. After real life brief, students simulating and advertising agency will do marketing research and prepare an
advertising strategies.
AMRK208 - E Commerce Use of Internet as a new channel in transferring goods & services; mechanics of E-commerce;
characteristic of Internet;: being boundaries; effects of it; being everywhere in the meanwhile being nowhere. Designing
marketing programs for Internet use.
ANTH601 - Qualitative Research The course is designed for analyzing qualitative data, or data that come to us primarily in
the form of texts, images, and sounds, are of crucial importance in several areas of anthropological research, especially cultural
anthropology, ethnohistory, and linguistics. This course examines approaches for qualitative data analysis (QDA), with
emphasis on tools that assist the researcher to discover patterning in texts. These tools have become available as part of a
recent surge in the development of theoretical frameworks and methodological approaches for qualitative data analysis. The
141
students will explore these developments and apply some of the potentially most productive tools to the analysis of
anthropological data sets.
ANTH602 – Quantitative Research This course trains students to quantitatively analyze data used in social science research.
Lectures and exercises take the student from the original formulation of a researchable idea, to correct research designs and
data collection, to the analysis of data and substantive interpretations. Personal computers will be used during all aspects of the
survey research, from the construction of a bibliography to the preparation of a final report. Students will also be able to learn
quantitative reasoning skills and the mathematical operations associated with them, such as probability, matrix algebra, and
statistical reasoning.
ANTH603 – Research for Social Work, Social Policy This introductory policy class provides information about the
development of social work as a profession; historical and contemporary social welfare policies, services and institutions; and
examines how economic, political, and organizational systems influence how services are created and provided. These themes
are discussed within a context of social issues and connect social welfare policy and social work practice. Students will gain
historical and contemporary knowledge of the various forms and mechanisms of oppression and discrimination and their
relationship to social and economic justice for society in general and at-risk/special populations.
ANTH610 – Diversity in Society This course focuses on four major themes: 1) The students’ own stereotypes, biases and
culture, what they are and where they come from; 2) Isms (including racism, ablism, chistianism, sexism, nationalism and
agism) and how they are played out in our society and within interactions and expectations of others; and 3) English language
acquisition, and bilingual and ESL education; 4) How all these aspects interact in an educational setting. Included in these
discussions and critical analysis will be how our society and our own interactions marginalizes and oppresses certain groups,
especially looking at the GLBTQ (Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, transgender, questioning) population and people from the low
socioeconomic communities, as they are the most oppressed and persecuted in our society today. The course is a hybrid
course, meaning that it has both in class and asynchronous online sessions. Field study required.
ANTH612 – Inter-personal Violence for Social Work This course is designed to provide the student with research based
information on interventions in interpersonal violence. Advocacy, psychological, sociological and systems models will be
discussed as well as the policy responses and direct intervention skills which each model espouses. Each student will choose
an area of interest (e.g. partner violence, child abuse, elder abuse, or related topic) and research interventions specific to that
topic.
ANTH614 – Social Determinants of Health The course explores study design, measurement and analytic issues applicable to
research into the social determinants of health. Semi-weekly graduate-level seminar offered to students with a basic knowledge
of epidemiologica and biostatistical principles.
ANTH616 – Global Health Issues and Human Rights The course aims to provide law students with the theoretical
background and research skills necessary to conduct research, collaborate with medical and public health workers, and
participate in legal advocacy in the field of health and human rights. Students will explore interactions between health and
human rights in three principal domains: (1) the impact of human rights abuses on health, (2) the right to health in international
human rights law, and (3) the interaction between legal advocacy and other forms of social empowerment for people adversely
affected by health-related human rights violations.
ANTH618 – Health and Environment This course focuses on five types of environmental health problems. The first case is
malaria, concentrating on the resurgence of drug-resistant strains in Southeast Asia, Latin America, and Western Africa. The
second case explores age-related health risks from air pollution, especially small diameter particulate matter in urban centers,
with cases considered in both the industrial and the developing world. The third case surrounds age-related risks from lead,
especially the relative contribution of different contaminated mediaÂ—air, water, food, and soil. The fourth case explores
farmworker and childhood exposure to pesticides in the United States and abroad. The fifth case examines age and spatial
distribution of breast and prostate cancer in Connecticut, considering variance in probable exposure to such different estrogenic
environmental contaminants as DDT and PCBs. In each instance, the temporal, spatial, and demographic variances in the
distribution of the problem are characterized to provide a basis for considering the effect of past policiesÂ—public and
privateÂ—in promoting or diminishing the problem while providing a basis for considering policy
ANTH620 – Developmental Psychology and Society This course is designed to focus on a number of areas of development
throughout the lifespan. These areas are physical and perceptual-motor, emotional and personality, social, moral, and cognitive
and language development. Historical issues, current perspectives, environmental factors, and the major research designs
used in developmental psychology will also be considered. The course will progress through the lifespan, addressing these
major areas of development, with a major emphasis on development from infancy through to adolescence. Issues related to
adulthood, old age, death, and dying will then be considered.
ANTH622 – Biological Determinants of Behaviour Topics may include the biological and particularly neurophysiological
bases of human behaviour and cognition, the structure and organization of the nervous system, and the effect of the latter on
perception, memory, learning, motivation, and emotion.
ANTH624 – Social Psychology This course examines both human cognitions and behaviour through the lens of research and
theory in social psychology. Topics include perception, attitudes, relationships and attraction, altruism, prejudice and
aggression, conformity and obedience, group behaviour, and the influence of culture. The implications of social psychology
theory and research are explored in relation to social justice and social change
ANTH660 – Independent Study This course sequence offers doctoral students the opportunity to integrate their program of
study into an in-depth exploration of an interest area that includes the completion of a research study. Students complete the
dissertation with the guidance of a chair and committee members, in a learning- platform classroom in which weekly
participation is required. Students work with their advisor to write the prospectus, complete an approved proposal (the first three
chapters of the dissertation), complete an application for Institutional Review Board approval, collect and analyze data, and
complete the dissertation. During the final quarter, students prepare the dissertation for final review by the university and
conclude with an oral defense of their dissertation.
APRE101 - Introduction to Communications The aim of the course is to give an introduction of the communications
mediums. Another aim of the course is to achieve analysis of topical events through a communication view-point and promote
142
basic concepts of communication science. The course consists of the following; the concept of communication and its definition;
the process of communication and its constituents; systems approach in the communication process; communication types;
general look at communication models; the concept of mass communications and its definition and process; comparison
between concepts of inter-individual and mass communications; the functions of mass communication vehicles and their
effects; general look at mass communication establishments; and new organizational approaches and studies in
communications sciences.
APRE102 - History of Communication History of communications will be studied vis-à-vis culture and communications
relations. Within a study of the characteristics of mass communications, issues like institutionalisation – in a historical
perspective -, alienation, monopolisation, globalisation and identity will be studied.
APRE201 - Media Production for PR I This course seeks to help students acquire basic skills in producing print materials in
TV programs for public relations purposes. Those programs include the broadcast news release, the public service
announcement, public awareness programs, and documentaries. This course also involves function of Public Relations
department at TV Industries.
APRE202 - Media Production For Pr II This course seeks to help students acquire basic skills in producing print materials in
radio and TV programs for public relations purposes. Those programs include the broadcast news release, the public service
announcement, public awareness programs, and documentaries. This course also involves function of Public Relations
department at Newspaper Industries.
APRE203 - Reporting Techniques This lesson seeks to help students on newsgathering and reporting techniques for Public
Relations Department. The students should demonstrate their abilities and skills in gathering and reporting the news from
different news sources and conducting interviews.
APRE204 - Practices of PR Introductory survey class, PREA204, is designed to prepare students for future coursework in
public relations. We cover as many aspects of the profession as we can. Students will be exposed to PR theory, interaction with
PR professionals, industry standards and practices in a laboratory situation
APRE205 - Advertising Production This course ensures the application of the theoretical and informational side of students
concentrating on the techniques of designing and producing printed and audiovisual advertisements through different stages
and the relationship between specialised adverting agency and its clients in the administrative technical and financing sides.
APRE206 - Practices of Advertising This course aims at defining advertisement and its importance in the communication
process. It also focuses on the different forms of Advertising in the Press, Radio and Television and its role in economic and
marketing.
APRE207 - Sale Strategies This lesson helps students to learn to keep the focus on customer needs, create and maintain
relationship-based sales, meet sales goals by developing competencies in a wide variety of selling situations and reduce direct
sales costs by increasing sales.
APRE208 - Tactics of Selling During the course some simple selling tactics produce sales by responding to the way
customers normally think and behave will be practiced. Aim is to prepare students for working at any business - regardless of
they you sell, how they sell or where they sell it.
ARCH105 – Introduction to Architecture I This course is designed to improve graphic communication skills and develop an
understanding of 3-D design, awareness of form, function, materials, structure and space relationships. Emphasis is on 3-D
organisation with integration of basic design principles. Transition from abstract to concrete exercises with, short term projects.
Introduction to concept of structures, materials, light, circulation as component of sample function, ergonomics, scale, the idea
of context, scenario preparation (to describe activities leading to programming).
ARCH108 – Introduction to Architecture II This is a continuation of Arch103 Introduction to Architecture I. After the student
gains the perception and understanding of three-dimensional forms and how their various configuration and orientation, with
this course they will concentrate on the architectural concepts and the relationship of architecture with other arts. This will also
be an introduction to the vocabulary of the theory of architecture in the perspective of history.
ARCH131 – College Algebra Pre-calculus study introducing the students to basic mathematics. Pre-calculus study introducing
the students to basic mathematics.
ARCH132 – Calculus for Architects An introduction to the mathematics of motion and change. (Prerequisite: ARCH131)
ARCH152 – Elementary Surveying Introduction. Distance measurement. Taping. Linear surveying principles and mapping.
The level. Methods and principles of levelling. Applications of levelling: vertical sections, contouring, setting out of level. Errors
and adjustments. Traverse computations. Errors and adjustments. Working with co-ordinates. Surveys. Electronic Distance
Measurement (EDM) equipment. Trigonometric levelling. Area and volumes of irregular figures. (Prerequisite: ARCH131)
ARCH155 – Graphic Communication Introduction to equipment and drawing techniques used in graphic communication.
Focus on two-dimensional drawing skills through freehand sketching, plan, section, and elevation drafting. Scale, dimensioning,
lettering, line quality, and composition will be considered.
ARCH172 – Construction and Materials I This course is designed for those who are commencing serious studies of the
mental and physical processes which are involved during the creation of a building; namely for students of architecture and
interior design. It provides a basic introduction to building, including requirements of a building, materials and technical ability,
and major structural parts of a building.
ARCH181 – Basic Design I Introduction to the basic concepts and principles of design. Exercises to develop mental and
manual skills to cope with design problems. Development of visual values for structuring and articulating two and threedimensional spatial compositions in different media.
143
ARCH182 – Basic Design II A studio course designed to emphasise Advance Basic Design & Graphics principles and
elements of design as applied to two and three-dimensional forms. The practical experiences that students gain in this course
will help them gain a more solid understanding of the fundamentals and principles mentions. An intermediate course also to
prepare the student for architectural design, aimed at developing the skill for rapport between basic design principles and
architectural design. A series of studio exercises to develop skills in the determination and communication of architectural form.
Simple activity and site analysis, plan and special organisation, structural clarity, formal composition, and environmental context
are considered. (Prerequisite: ARCH141)
ARCH221 – Computer Aided Design I Introduction to Computer Aided Design with major CAD program. Students will learn
the technique of computer drafting technology by producing two-dimensional drawings. (Prerequisite: BUS103)
ARCH222 – Computer Aided Design II Computer Aided Design in advanced level. Students will produce three-dimensional
drawings. It includes shading and rendering techniques for study and presentation drawings. (Prerequisite: ARCH221)
ARCH231 – Statics The principles of statics, with particular attention to architectural applications. Open to architectural majors
only. (Prerequisite: ARCH132)
ARCH236 – Strength of Materials A course for non-engineering majors that includes a basic treatment of stress and
deformation in elastic bodies.
ARCH255 – Environmental Science I The aim of the course is to give the student the climatic principles effective in the
architectural design process. The main emphasis is given on the definition of the problems of the main climatic zones over the
world and the possible architectural solutions for those problems.
ARCH256 – Environmental Science II To give the student the professional understanding of heat, water, sound, and fire
insulation together with solar and wind control in architecture. (Prerequisite: ARCH255)
ARCH261 – Architectural Design I A series of studio exercises to develop skills in the determination and communication of
architectural form. Simple activity and site analysis, plan and special organisation, structural clarity, formal composition, and
environmental context are considered. (Prerequisite: Arch162 & Arch164)
ARCH262 – Architectural Design II A continuation of Arch261 with an increased "emphasis on the problems and models
associated with detailed development and implementation. (Prerequisite: ARCH261)
ARCH273 – Construction & Material II The basic principles of building construction, continuing on the emphasis and
methodology of construction and materials 1 through a more detailed explanation of concrete and its use in structural design of
foundations, wall and ceiling systems, and the architectural constructions of residential buildings. (Prerequisite ARCH172)
ARCH274 – Construction & Materials III Further studies on constituent parts of a building such as stairs, roofs & material
used, consideration of light wood & heavy timber constructions. (Prerequisites ARCH273)
ARCH281 – History of Architecture I A Historical study of the architecture of ancient civilisations, from pre-history, through
the Egyptian, Mesopotamian civilisations to the Greek, Roman and Byzantine Architecture.
ARCH282 – History of Architecture II (Medieval-European & Islamic) A Historical study of architecture of Medieval
European civilisations: Late Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic and Renaissance together with the Seljuk and Ottoman
architecture. (Prerequisite: ARCH241)
ARCH300 – Summer Internship I (Construction) Field practice at several construction sites will be observed, and a final
report prepared by the student. The student must obtain visit-practice forms filled out and signed by the manager of the site
where the training is taking place; these forms are submitted for the approval of the Department at the beginning of the
following semester.
ARCH311 – Structures Systems I Introduction to the behaviour of structural components and systems, and in-depth study of
statically determinate and indeterminate building systems. Framing of buildings. Structural connections. Foundations.
(Prerequisite: ARCH232)
ARCH312 – Structural Systems II Fundamentals of structural design are concrete, steel and timber. Open to architectural
majors only. (Prerequisite: ARCH331)
ARCH334 – Building Technology Substructures and superstructures, excavation, construction joints, formworks.
ARCH336 – Principles of Building Mechanical System A study of the theory and principles involved in the regulation of the
thermal environment, water supply, sanitary and storm drainage, private sewage disposal and codes in building system, as well
as the mechanical conveyors, fire fighting equipment, gas and electricity installations.
ARCH357 – Planning & Urban Design I A series of lectures which explore current urban design theories and methods
introducing the students to the analysis of urban problems in different context in order to enable them to produce alternative
design solutions for any analysed area of cities. Analytical theories will be developed through design lectures and exercises
based on perception, behaviour and urban form theories. Short field studies will be undertaken
ARCH361 – Architectural Design III (design studio) A continuation of ARCH262 with an increased emphasis upon building
construction as a form determinant. The aim of the studio is to consider the physical, social, political, economic and cultural
context of the project and to develop a critical attitude towards these. Studio allows the student to recognise the importance of
144
craftsmanship and technology in contemporary architecture. Further attention is given to the role of the architect in interpreting
the needs of the community. (Prerequisite: ARCH 262)
ARCH362 – Design Studio III A design studio that explores the nature and contexts of public buildings. It should embrace the
urban context, the individual building, its interior spaces and outside landscaping. Students should develop appropriate
technologies or technical strategies and design solutions to achieve their initial concepts. (Prerequisite: ARCH361)
ARCH368 – Planning & Urban Design II Responsive environment provides tuition in urban design projects placing great
emphasis on maximising choice for the future users of the built environment. The course focuses on the relationship between
the ideal of individual choice, and the design of a built form, which can be shown to achieve the ideal. The built environment
should provide its users with an essentially democratic setting, enriching their opportunities. (Prerequisite: ARCH 357)
ARCH371 – Landscape Design Students will be introduced to the vocabulary of Landscape architecture. The following issues
will be addressed: use of natural and man-made landscape materials; developing an understanding of qualities of exterior
spaces; transitional zones between interiors and exteriors; the role of vegetation in linking and furnishing, separating and
enclosing landscape elements; a systematic approach in the selection of appropriate plants in terms of their “role” as well as
climatic and other factors related to context.
ARCH381 – History of Architecture III (Contemporary) A Historical study of architecture and urban conditions in Europe,
America as well as in the Mediterranean region from 19th century through the end of the 20th century. This course focuses on
Neo Classicism, the Industrial Revolution, Modern Architecture, Post Modern Architecture and Late Modern Architecture.
Interpretations of the broad overview of humanity’s attempts to order the environment are favoured over analysis of
independent buildings and stresses the process by which the modern city developed out of singly added buildings, creating
what is now the urban environment of the 21st century. (Prerequisite: ARCH242)
ARCH382 – Contemporary Architecture Architectural thought, methods of design exploration, and ultimately architecture as
built today are much richer than they were during the earlier part of century, the period of the modern movement.
Postmodernism opened many more possible channels to architectural creativity . This course therefore attempts to address the
various pre-existing channels to architectural creativity critically and try to offer a synthesized overview of the crest of both
modern and Post-modern movements in complementary and inclusive terms.
ARCH400 – Summer Internship II (Architect’s Office) The student will receive practical training at an approved architect’s
office. A report will be completed by each student and commented upon by the Head of the office. This report will be submitted
to the Department for approval at the beginning of the following semester. (Prerequisite: ARCH300)
ARCH421 – Restoration The goal of the course is to give the student the understanding of the importance of conservation and
restoration of historic monuments and sites. A general but scientific and updated approach to the restoration theory, restoration
activities in the 20th century, and the restoration methodology.
ARCH431 – Project Management A discussion of the management aspects of construction projects. Emphasis is given to
project planning, scheduling and control techniques using CPM and PERT scheduling.
ARCH461 – Architectural Design V A continuation of ARCH362 with an increased emphasis in design problems of increasing
scale and complexity. Group and individual work will be used to analyse the problems involved in the larger urban scale before
selecting sites and briefs for individual design work. This information will form the basis for more detailed work in ARCH462.
(Prerequisite: ARCH362)
ARCH462 – Architectural Design VI A continuation of Architectural Design V. Students will work on their final Design Project,
comprising problems from macro to micro scales, and with special emphasis on the individual interest area. The student is
required to demonstrate that he/she has attained the professional standard required to practise within the rich context of the
architectural discipline. (Prerequisite: ARCH461)
ARCH465 - Special Topics in Architecture While preparing the student to be an architect, this course is designed to prepare
them how to start and what to do as an architect in a real architect’s professional life. Developing the knowledge of legal and
contractual responsibilities of an architect and the profession, some of the topics will include legal aspects of architecture, the
building industry, the architect in practice, the design and construction phase, arbitration procedures. The course includes
information about the different types of architectural offices, the architect’s team, and visits by practicing architect’s, planners,
chambers members and visits to local sites and offices.
ARCH472 – Aesthetics & Ethics in Architecture Introducing the student to the aesthetic philosophy with a historical view on
the subject and the main principles of aesthetics together with the concept of ethics. The understanding of the mutual
relationships between the aesthetics and ethics. Analytical studies and exercises on the subject.
ARCH501 - Project I Project Planning, resource allocation, and cost estimation, calculation of project cost and duration, project
control.
ARCH509 - Environmental Geology How the physical world determines the appearance, climate, and ecology of our planet
and how this physical landscape reflects a region's history, literature, and human ecology.Class will conduct a holistic
investigation of a problem in environmental geology using basic principles and methods of science and geology; investigation
topics will vary.
ARCH510 - Meaning in Architecture We will immerse ourselves in these 'currents of warm life.' We will live for ourselves
questions about whether architecture can be informed by this 'everything else;' the 'everyday.' We will live questions pertaining
to whether the meaning and purpose and vitality of architecture can be enhanced by this 'everything else.' We will even
consider the question: Can architecture already existing be found in this realm of 'everything else?' And perhaps most
meaningfully, we will revive old questions (perhaps once asked long ago and unsatisfactorily answered; asked and then
145
neglected, left unanswered, left an open question, a question lived): "Where does architecture come from?" And on our way we
will discover structures (sometimes called simple, naive, practical, vernacular, unselfconscious, humble). Here and there we will
discover both ritualized and routine practices and structures.
ARCH511 - Theory of Restoration I Are you interested in restoring a home? This course introduces the student to the field of
historic preservation examining the history and theory of preservation in America. Course work includes historical aspects, the
issue of sustainability, state and local guidelines, preservation standards, career opportunities, and professional practicesThis
course prepares students for the business of preservation construction with respect to historic buildings Topics include
company organization, estimating, bidding, contract documents, labor law relations, project scheduling, insurance and bonding.
ARCH512 - Theory of Restoration II This course study of concepts, terminology and general principles of restorationacquiring
basic knowledge of the building, documenting and assessing the condition,values, needs and means of building protection,
knowledge of old building methods and materials, restoration plan and demonstrations on methods and materials.
ARCH513 - Construction Project I Study of statics, member analysis, material science, and advanced construction systems
with emphasis on the systems module and introduction to system integration code and cost.Analysis and communication of
technical information and the process of preparing documents for building construction.
ARCH514 - Construction Project II Study of structural capacity, connection design, and envelope performance and cost with
emphasis on cladding. Introduction to system integration. Outside assignments required.
ARCH515 - Math. Relationship in Standardization of Blds. This course introduces the basics of statics and strength of
materials without calculus. Students will study stress and strength factors of rigid bodies including application of these forces to
practical mechanical design problems. A basic understanding of trigonometry and knowledge of Microsoft Excel and AutoCAD
are recommended to solve a variety of problems. Minimum competency levels in reading, writing, and mathematics and/or
instructor permission is required
ARCH516 - Statical Analysis Students develop the fundamental knowledge of information systems, including formal systems
and models. Covers use of data, information, and knowledge in organizations, information lifecycle; collection, storage,
processing, retrieval, delivery; and overview of the various components of an information infrastructure including computing
platforms, software architectures, and telecommunications networks. Types of information systems, client server architectures,
and emerging information systems
ARCH517 - Relation between Politics and Architecture The aim of this course is to explore the status of the state in an era
of ostensible globalisation. As a starting point, the course consider the role and function of the state from a variety theoretical
viewpoints. With this as a basis, we will delve into question of globalisation, both in terms of its intellectual utility and practical
relevance. This will involve, first, reviewing some of the central debates around globalisation as a concept and, second,
considering the varying ways in which the state has reacted to the discursive, ideological and practical exigencies of the
contemporary (globalising) period. In doing so, the course is designed to focus on the potentially changing shape of the state in
the current era, with special reference to alterations in production relations, global finance and social democracy. Through each
of these themes, it is hoped that the students will consider how different intellectual perspectives - Weberian, Marxist, Feminist,
Post-Colonialist - contribute to our understanding of the state in the current era. Finally, we will also consider the possibility that
that state is being displaced by other levels of governance, and how meaningful avenues of resistance may or may not fit into
this process
ARCH520 - Theories of Modern Architecture Examination of theoretical issues in architecture through critical reading of texts
selected from Vitruvius to the most contemporary thinkers in relation to emerging design challenges
ARCH521 - Computer Application in Management Advanced computer graphics applications, programming, and contract
document systems.
ARCH522 - Comp. Applications in Building Project Management Urbanisation, types of urban settlements, urban economy,
urban land, urban morphology. Urbanisation and natural environment; urban land use, infrastructure and transportation. Urban
planning, urban design and planning process. Planning problems of Turkey; development plans, renewal and conservation
issues, administrative and legal aspects of city planning
ARCH531 - Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Construction Management Introduction to general statistical principles,
descriptive statistics, normal distribution with application, application of statistical estimations.
ARCH536 - Structural, Constructural Technology & Economics The main theme of this course, is to show / express the
relationship between materials, structure and form. Contemporary and traditional architectural periods, have different samples.
Some selected samples of these two architectural periods are compared to each other and structural form factors take into
consideration according to the materials possibilities. Different form, has different materials and structure is the summary of this
lecture.
ARCH538 - Determination of Building Components in Industrialised Building Systems As a consequence of the
population explosion, almost every country of the world has faced faster building problems. In order to bring a solution to this
problem, a number of research studies in each country are made. In this course three methods will be handed. These can be
grouped under three topics: Mathematical Approach, Component Definition, and Component Relation.
ARCH541 Historic Structural System Focused studies in architectural history involving written and oral analysis of scholarly
sources. Topic varies and may include preservation issues. Survey of the development of world architecture from the ancient
era to the advent of enlightenment in Europe.
ARCH542 Management Theories Project organization and management documentation of project information, budget
analysis, and coordination of consultants and building systems.
ARCH550 - Special Themes in Architecture Architecture has to provide us a physical shelter from our environment, create a
framework for our activities and above all, express symbolical and ethical values. The themes in ARCH 550 is focuses the
nature of architectural knowledge; theories and histories of, in, about, or for architecture. Theories of form, function and space.
146
ARCH555 - Research Methodology Meaning and importance of research in practice and education, needs and areas of
research, concept of methodology, formulation of a research problem, publication
ARCH555 - Research Methodology Meaning and importance of research in practice and education, needs and areas of
research, concept of methodology, formulation of a research problem, publication
ARCH560 - Architectural Semiotics Semiotics is a science, which studies all cultural phenomena as if they were systems of
signs- on the hypothesis that all cultural phenomena are, in reality , systems of signs , or that culture can be understood as
communication-. More simply, semioticians study how meanings are made: as such, they are concerned not only with
communication but also with the construction and maintenance of reality.
ARCH581 - Legal Aspects in Construction An in- depth study of the importance of Laws and Regulations with Construction
in general and study the Laws and Regulations in the TRNC to discover how they affect the design and implementations of the
design Construction in general.
ARCH641 - Comp. Applications in Building Project Management Urbanisation, types of urban settlements, urban economy,
urban land, urban morphology. Urbanisation and natural environment; urban land use, infrastructure and transportation. Urban
planning, urban design and planning process. Planning problems of Turkey; development plans, renewal and conservation
issues, administrative and legal aspects of city planning.
ARCH642 - Structural, Constructural Technology & Economics The main theme of this course, is to show / express the
lecture.
ARCH643 - Determination of Building Components in Industrialised Building Systems As a consequence of the population
explosion, almost every country of the world has faced faster building problems. In order to bring a solution to this problem, a
number of research studies in each country are made. In this course three methods will be handed. These can be grouped
under three topics: Mathematical Approach, Component Definition, and Component Relation.
ARCH644 - Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Construction Management Introduction to general statistical principles,
descriptive statistics, normal distribution with application, application of statistical estimations.
ARCH646 - Building Science Workshop A workshop designed to initiate the student to independent graduate study. Consists
of (a) weekly reports and assignments on various topics followed by discussion in preceptorial, (b) independent reading on
research design and methods, and (c) preparation of a commentary bibliography as a term exercise.
ARCH648 - Studies in Structures Studies on architectural structures. A survey of structural systems used in architectural
design and implementation in the past and present; review of significant and landmark structural solutions contributing to
architectural achievements. Discussion of the merits and origins of past and present structures from mechanical, aesthetic,
functional constructional and material viewpoints on a case basis. A summary on the aesthetic aspects of structural design and
evaluation of structural solutions for art products; discussion of works of master architects and engineers. The course is
conducted through discussions and active student participation is motivated.
ARCH650 - Building Design: Form and Structure Structural systems; framed, wall, and combined structures, floor slabs (one
and two-way slabs with beams, joist slabs, flat slabs and flat plates, waffle slabs). Earthquake safe architectural design
concept. Building code requirements for reinforced concrete structures. Design example.
ARCH651 - Advanced Professional Practice Seminars, visits to construction sites, buildings and architectural offices.
Analyses of different jobs handled by architects. Research on case studies.
ARCH665 - Computer Programming and Introduction to Architectural Applications Introduction to computers,
programming techniques, algorithms, flowchart, FORTRAN IV Programming Language, introduction to BASIC Programming
Language, preparation, running and testing of programs, introduction to Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Aided
Architectural Design (CAAD).
ARM500 - Research Methodology in Education The course engages students in applying principles of research methodology
and assists them in developing an effective and successful research proposal. The topics to be covered are: action research,
classroom observation, data collection methods, statistical methods, analysing and interpreting data using the SPSS
computer package, writing the research proposal, research ethics, qualitative and quantitative research methodologies, and
experimental approach.
ARM600 - Research Methods In this course basic subjects like the concept, extent and importance of scientific research;
research in education and research in literature education; basic principles of literature studies; research methods; archival
research and studies on texts in ancient writing; work-centric research, author-centric research; important researchers of the
Turkish literature and their methods is discussed.
ART101 – Basic Drawing I Basic drawing is an important tool for designers. This course develops perceptual skills and
introduces the basic principles of composition, form, line, perspective, and volume.
ART102 – Basic Drawing II This course continues the development of a students understanding of the concepts of drawing
with attention given to demonstrating understanding of good composition. Emphasis will be given to use of colored media as
students continue to develop skills from a variety of environmental subjects as well as the human figure (Prerequisite: ART101)
ART105 - 2D Design Studio instruction in basic design through projects and exercises in fundamental form and space
concepts. Control of proportion, scale, and design relationships; development of problem formulation and sound basis for value
judgments. Release of student's potential creative capacities is the prime concern.
ART106 - 3D Design A study of basic elements and principles of 3-D design, theory, and their application to specific art
problems.
147
ART111 – Professional Technology Main Purpose is to analysis the paints, historical development with technical knowledge
of painter materials, pigments, paints, natural/ sentetic paint binders and thinners.
ART113 – Art Appreciation The study of art from a variety of different backgrounds and cultures as both product and process.
Aesthetic judgment making in evaluation of art from different times and places is stressed.
ART114 – Art History Survey I A general survey of painting, sculpture, architecture, and minor arts from prehistoric times
through the Renaissance, surveying Western Europe and American painting.
ART150 – Photography I In this class the students explore black and white photography. Emphasis is on manipulation of film
and paper in the darkroom as well as outside photographic assignments.
ART154 – Photography II This is a practical course, encouraging students to take pictures every week to explore intermediate
techniques of exposure, development and printing of small- and medium-format black-and-white film and print materials, with
special emphasis on tonal control through the creative applications. Emphasis is placed on aspects of design, composition,
perception, form and content in black-and-white, colour and digital photographs.
ART160 – Color Theory & Design This course provides students with a foundational understanding of color from the
perspective of design, and helps students to recognize how color choices can enhance or undermine an intended message.
The class will explore the basic principles of color theory as well as its history and theorists, and students will learn to apply this
information to the practice of graphic design through projects and brief research papers.
ART215 - Art History Survey II An examination of the art world from the end of the Renaissance to the present, emphasizing
the intrinsic qualities of the work as well as the relationship of art to its cultural context.
ART216 – History And Theory Of Design This course explores the historical and theoretical components of design from the
Industrial Revolution to the present day. Products, furniture, textiles, packaging, advertising, typography graphics,
communications, and industrial design will be studied in terms of their historical development and their translation and
application within contemporary concepts of design in various professional fields.
ART254 – Photography III A continuation of GRAD 154 Photography II. Students will be given advanced projects in exposure,
lighting, motion control, depth control, film and composition. Projects will be completed in color film, with the students
processing and printing their own projects. (Prerequisite: GRAD 154)
ART261 – Studio Art I The design elements applied to painting with emphasis on color mixing, formal composition, and
execution. Students will work with water-based media to explore the possibilities in painting with different mediums, techniques
and styles including transparent watercolor painting. (Prerequisite: ART102)
ART262 – Studio Art II A continuation of ART 261, with emphasis on further refinement and elaboration of painting techniques
and skills. (Prerequisite: all core courses)
ART317 – Art and Identity This course provides Drawing upon readings in postcolonial theory, the course considers how
identity is inscribed. It also considers how Native artists working today engage multiple histories (Native and non-Native). The
primary focus is upon contemporary avant-garde art practices (i.e., artists making paintings, sculpture, videos, and installations,
as well as fine art prints and thus offers a revealing perspective on some of the artistic and cultural preoccupations (and
oversights) of modernism and postmodernism.
ART318 – Art History: Theory and Methods This seminar offers a historiography of the discipline of art history and an
introduction to the methods of research used to analyze, interpret, and understand art and visual culture. Class sessions are
devoted to the critical analysis of formalist, iconographic, feminist, Marxist, and semiotic approaches, among others. A
significant portion of the course is dedicated to current art historical theory and practice.
ART350 – Photography IV A continuation of GRAD 254 Photography III.
ART354 – Photography V A continuation of GRAD 254 Photography IV.
ART361 – Studio Art III A continuation of ART 262, with emphasis on the human figure. (Prerequisite: all core courses)
ART362 – Studio Art IV A continuation of ART 361, with emphasis on student experimentation and exploration of selected
painting media. (Prerequisite: all core courses)
ART419 – Contemporary World Art This course will provide a worldwide survey of contemporary visual arts in historical
context and will explore current issues in contemporary art.
ART444 – Honors Thesis In Art Honors in studio art. An exhibition of work resulting from Independent Study and Honors
studio courses, accompanied by a supporting paper defining the philosophy and purpose of the project, under the direction of a
thesis adviser. Prerequisite: approval of adviser and admittance to department Honors Program.
ART450 – Photography VI A continuation of GRAD 354 Photography V.
ART461 – Studio Art V Continued studio experience for advanced students with emphasis on personal direction. (Prerequisite:
ART 362)
148
ART462 – Graduation Studio Art VI This open studio course allows advanced students to develop their strengths pertaining to
their own interests and choices of materials as they work toward a cohesive body of work. Students have relevant reading and
writing assignments, and complete a finished artist statement. (Prerequisite: ART 461)
ART482 – Senior Portfolio Presentation and Self-Promotion This course focuses on preparations for entry into professional
practice including preparation of a final portfolio presentation, creation of a resume, self-promotions, the interview process and
guidelines for freelance employment. Prerequisite: Completion of the Communication Design Foundation. Must be taken the
final semester before graduation
ATHM101 - Tourism & Hospitality Maths This course provides relevant exercises in the practical application of basic
mathematics for those who intend to pursue a career in Tourism and Hospitality Management. Typical applications to be
included are the computation of revenue and costs in hospitality operations and the derivation of profit, mark-ups and marginal
profits. Stock management calculations, depreciation, discounting, pricing, wastage, yields and recipe costing are further
examples. The student will also be provided with practical examples of rate-of-change situations, derivatives, and integration.
ATHM104 - Tourism & Hospitality Statistics This is a basic statistics course that will study a range of practical examples
relevant to the Tourism and Hospitality Management student. Typical applications to be presented will include frequency
distributions and graphs in relation to understanding trends in the industry. Further examples will show the use of averages,
simple probability, normal distributions, and quality control as applied to the industry. The concepts will be presented
numerically and graphically. Where formulae are essential to understanding they will be given and will not need to be
memorised. (Pre-requisite:ATHM101)
ATHM106 - Customer Behaviour in Hospitality This course will prepare students for working in a Tourism & Hospitality
setting, where they will achieve the skills to work with the general public and deal with challenging situations. The student will
be provided with the practical and theoretical tools of dealing with health and safety in the work place, dealing wit complaints
and basic anthropology of guest behaviour. Role play and observational learning through videos and real life situations are
discussed.
ATHM107 - Introduction to Tourism An introductory course to the tourism industry. The course focuses on the position of
tourism as the World’s largest industry and the acknowledgement that it plays a major role in shaping the world. The course
considers global tourism trends, the socio-cultural importance of tourism, its economic influence, the motivations for travel, the
important role of transportation, and the qualities of the attractions that draw the visitor. The course provides an overview of the
structure and organisation of the tourism industry.
ATHM113 - English for Tourism I This course introduces English Tourism terminology where students will be able to
understand and develop their reading and speaking skills.
ATHM114 - English for Tourism II This course introduces English Tourism terminology where students will be able to
understand and develop their reading and speaking skills.
ATHM201 - Front Office Management I A general introduction to hotel management that concentrates on the central role
played by the front office in co-ordinating the various functions of the hotel including the rooms department, technical services,
banqueting and food and beverage services. The student will be introduced to the guest cycle from the reservation to
registration, the care of the guest in-house, night audit, guest relations, response to enquires and complaints to guest check
out, billing and finishing with the completion of the data base and follow-on marketing.
ATHM202 - Tourism & Hospitality Accounting The course takes basic managerial accounting concepts and shows how they
can be adapted and employed to the specific and unique operations found within the tourism & hospitality industry. Emphasis is
on the use of accounting for managerial planning and control. Included are yield management, basic cost concepts, costvolume profit analysis, and various approaches to pricing strategy.
ATHM203 - Travel Agency Practice This course presents an overview of travel agency operations and practice including
dealing with customers and handling airlines, shipping lines, tour operators, and car rental agency bookings. Basic airline codes
and terminology, reservation Ethics and procedures and buffer zones for tariff purposes are also covered.
ATHM204 - Fidelio Front Office Management II This practical course concentrates upon the application of computer
methods to support the wide range of front office activities. The student will be given hands on experience with the use of the
well-established FIDELIO computer package.
ATHM205 - Housekeeping Management The course concentrates on the fundamentals of room division management and
housekeeping. This course includes the main housekeeping responsibilities and duties: managing the housekeeping labour
force, materials and supplies, control of costs. The management of in-house laundry and cleaning services and the options
available for out-sourcing are also included.
ATHM206 - Culinary Practice Students are introduced to the most common tools and equipment and the basic methods used
in the preparation of foods. These are the standards used in international kitchens of the industry. Students are introduces the
various products and the basic preparation methods used. The interpretation of recipes, menu planning and the traditional
organization of medium to large kitchens are studied.
ATHM208 - Restaurant Preparation & Service This is a practical course designed to instruct the student on how to properly
prepare a restaurant to serve guests and also how to serve over the whole range of styles from fast food to silver service.
AVM201 - Introduction to Aviation The students will get an overview about the history of aviation, its main developments, the
principal challenges aviation is facing. Some basic knowledge about the principles of flying as well as the latest technological
changes and developments will be provided too.
AVM202 - Air Transportation The course is designed for students to get an overview about the aviation industry from air
transportation perspective. It includes basic knowledge and main development and the principled challenges of aviation
industry. It also covers the latest technological changes and economic and business aspects of the air transportation.
149
AVM301 - Airline Operations This course develops a consolidated understanding of the heavily complex economic and
competitive environment in which the airlines are operating. Apart from operations techniques it covers also areas such as new
routings, passenger trends and applied marketing.
AVM302 - Airport Management The airport as a very specific place of producing an enormous variety of services requires for
its management a wide range covering knowledge (from planning over running it to technical questions as well as customs, PR
and emergency planning). The practical training on the spot will take about 1/3 of the total course time.
AVM303 - Aviation Meteorology This course includes basic weather theory, atmospheric science and aviation weather
products and services for the aviation industry.
AVM304 - Airline Dispatch Although the dispatcher is an independent profession within the aviation activities an Aviation
Manager will need some basic knowledge about air control, classifications of airspace and airports, the diverse separations and
radio communication.
AVM306 - Aviation Law & Legislation Basic topic is the knowledge and understanding of all the relevant ICAO documents
(especially the Chicago convention), including the main rules and regulations of the JAA. Also the rights of the passengers
(Warsaw declaration), questions of airline litigations etc. will be discussed. There will be included also 3 lectures on the
principles of International Law and Business Law.
AVM308 - Human Factors in Aviation This course examines the importance of Human Factors (HF) in Aviation, and overview
the system perspective of human role in aviation functions and considers cognitive architecture of the human factors.
AVM401 - Aviation Management I This course – having as prerequisites all the relevant course of the first to the third year –
applies this knowledge, theories and principles on the specific requirements, circumstances and environment in which aviation
is living.
AVM402 - Aviation Management II This course is the continuation of AVM401 and focus - apart from the deepening of the
knowledge provided in the first part – mainly on its practical application in form of practical training exercises, role plays and
simulations.
AVM403 - Aviation Resource Management This mainly practical course (discussions, training exercises) applies the
theoretical knowledge of Aviation Management to real situations in aviation and includes the analysis of error chains, the
decision making process and the handling of emergency situations of all kinds.
AVM404 - Contemporary Aviation Issues In order to make the students fit for a growing and permanently changing
environment this course confronts them with actual trends, challenges and important changes in their field, including topics from
various backgrounds, such as regulations, technologies, politics and ecology.
AVM405 - Air Traffic Control Also the Air Traffic Controller is (like in AVM304) an independent profession within aviation.
Given the immense importance of safety and control – especially with a permanently growing transport load in the airspace –
the Aviation Manager has to have a basic knowledge of this topic.
AVM406 - Aviation Safety Safety – one of the top priorities of all branches in aviation – will be shown in this course in all its
dimensions: safety of the plane, the operations, the control systems, the airport, the passengers on ground etc. The students
will learn how to deal with the different exigencies emerging from these different situations and get some knowledge in crisismanagement aspects.
AVM407 - General Aeronautics This course provides the students with some knowledge about the principles of aircraft
design, construction and production as well as the operation of aircrafts. It will give the student a better understanding of the
planes they will deal with.
AVM408 – Quality Management System in Aviation Definition and philosophy of quality, analysis and measurement tools of
total quality management, quality costs, quality management in the aviation industry, airlines, maintenance and training centers.
AVM420 - Individual Study on Aviation The student will chose an aviation related subject of interest and conduct research in
this field. The result will be presented in form of a written thesis of approximately 20,000 – 25,000 words that will require to be
defended before a specialist board.
AVM430 – Graduation Project The student will choose an aviation related subject of interest and conduct research in this
field. The result will be presented in form of a written thesis of approximately 10,000 – 25,000 words that will require to be
defended before a specialist board.
BEO101 – Foundations of Physical Education and Sport The basic concepts of physical education and sport, education and
training in place of physical education and sport, function, objectives, philosophy, relationship with other sciences, physical
education and sport, the future of vocational areas, the location and function of institutions of the Turkish Education and Sports.
BEO102 – Health Care and First Aid Definition of health information, purpose, health-related developments, infectious and
deadly diseases, the methods are concerned with the development of healthy lifestyle, hygiene, environmental conditions, and
the effects of harmful habits for children and young people, common sports injuries and ways to protect children and young
people. First Aid, definition, purpose, decision making in emergency situations, dressings and bandages, transport, respiratory
andcardiac arrest, injury and bleeding, heat injuries, burns, poisoning, plugging and choking, fractures and other injuries,
musculoskeletal system, circulatory system problems, spine trauma, foreign body bag gloves for boxing, animal and insect bites
first aid.
BEO103 – General Gymnastics Description, history, basic stances, the arrangements, land use, recreational, tabs, leaps,
turns, and the transition connections, instrument and tool-free movement, the pyramids, the rule information. Demonstrations,
order, rhythm, jump rope, gymnastics clubs, the pincushion in the exercises, the rule information and teaching skills.
150
BEO104 – Artistic Gymnastics Definition, history, instruments, competition for men: in the parallel, horizontal bar, ring
handle, horse jumping, ladies in the asymmetric parallel, balance, jump in with them the basic skills and tools.
BEO105 – Human Anatomy and Kinesiology That make up the human body cell, tissue, organs, systems and structures of
movement system, anatomical terms and concepts, planes, axes, head, neck, trunk, upper and lower sections during
contraction of the muscles involved in movement and action functions are combined into joint movements, the sporty
kinesiology, movement analysis.
BEO106 – Athletics The history and development of athletics, running, throwing, throwing the basic techniques, competition
rules and skills, the pentathlon and decathlon-heplatlon competitions such as the multi-rule, the knowledge and skills.
BEO107 – Basketball The history of basketball, the game rules, information about the basic technical skills and
tactics.Description, history,basic stance, passing,dribbling, shooting, rebounding, fake, individual and team defence, team
offense, attack, game systems and rules.
BEO108 – Outdoor Activities Natural environment to adapt to life, knowledge and ability to act safely. This knowledge and
skills in the implementation of a chosen sport of nature (trekking, orienteering, mountaineering, caving, canoeing, rafting,
scouting, sailing).
BEO109 – Swimming The history of swimming. Adaptation to water, the water staying on the free, on your back, breaststroke,
side truss, the output and return techniques.
BEO110 – Turkish II Oral Communication Basic features of oral language and verbal communication. Oral expression; basic
features (using natural language and body language), the basic principles of a good speech, good basic features of a speaker
(accent, intonation, pauses, diction, etc.).Impromptu and prepared speech, prepared speech (selecting a topic, purpose, point
of view, the main and supporting ideas, planning, writing the text presentation of the speech). Types of speech: (dialog,
conversation, introducing yourself, answering questions, Christmas, birthday, celebrate an important event, holiday, etc., giving
directions, talking on the phone, asking for a job, someone / interview, radio and television speech, culture, participate in arts
programs as a speaker, etc.). Giving impromptu speech on different topics, studies on samples of speech and oral applications,
correcting errors in speech.
BEO111 – Turkish I Written Expression Basic features of written language and written communication, written language and
spoken language, the main differences between. Lecture: written and oral expression, subjective and objective narrative,
paragraph, paragraph types (introductory, developmental and conclusion). Of text and text types (informative texts, literary
texts); of texts (coherence, consistency, purposeful, acceptable, situated, informative, relationships between texts). Written
communication (free writing, planned to write), the planned phases of writing (subject, topic, purpose, point of view, the main
and sub ideas, outlining, margins); informative text (petitions, letters, news, decision, announcement / advertisement, record,
report, official letters, scientific articles) on the theoretical knowledge, working on the examples and writing exercises, and
outlining a summary of the text, and correcting errors in written work.
BEO112 – Atatürk Principles and Revolution History II Political revolutions, political parties and the transition to multipartypolitical life, reforms in law, regulation of social life, innovations inthe economic field. 1923-1938, the Turkish foreign policy,
Turkish foreign policy after Ataturk,theTurkish Revolution Principles (Republicanism, Populism, Secularism, Reformism,
statism,nationalism).
BEO113 – Atatürk Principles and Revolution History I Concepts, definitions, definition of teaching methods and resources,
the Industrial Revolution and the French Revolution, of Ottoman Empire (XIX. Century), administrative reforms, I. and II.
Constitutional Monarchy, Tripoli and the Balkan Wars, World War II, Armistice Armistice, Wilson's Principles, Paris Conference,
M. Kemal in Anatolia in Samsun and situation, Amasya Circular, the National Congress, Opening of the Assembly of Deputies,
Parliament Establishment and Uprisings, Programming Languages Act, Structured, I. Inonu, II. İnönü, Kütahya-Eskişehir,
Sakarya Wars and Great Attack, the treaties during the War of Independence, the Treaty of Lausanne, Abolishment of the
Sultanate.
BEO114 – Basic Music Education The role of music in education and content, the basic music knowledge, the nature and
purpose of writing a note, instrument and voice training input, group playing and singing, hearing of musical creativity in
developing reading and writing. School and campanthem, NationalAnthem, walking tempo anthems, rhythm and movement
exercises, to keep pace, starting and managing singing, accompanied by action.
BEO115 – Introduction to Education Basic concepts of education, relationship education and other sciences, and the
functions (education, philosophical, social, legal,psychological, economic, and political foundations), the historical development
of science education in the 21st century trends in educational sciences, educational science research methods, structure and
properties of the Turkish National Education System the education system, the role of teacher, teaching profession, teacher
education practices and developments in the field.
BEO116 – Educational Psychology Education and psychology, educational psychology, definition and functions, basic
concepts related to learning and development, developmental characteristics (physical, cognitive, emotional, social and moral
development), factors affecting learning, learning theories, teaching, reflections on learning theories, effective learning, factors
affecting learning (motivation, individual differences, group dynamics and the impact of these factors on classroom teaching
process).
BEO201 – Exercise Physiology That make up the human body cell, tissue, organs and systems, structures and functions of
human organism to exercise and sports activities related sources of energy, fatigue and recovery, metabolic and hormonal
responses to exercise, physiological basis of training, strength and endurance at the practices resulting in acute and chronic
adaptations, exercise gender differences, altitude, hot andcold environment, exercise, exercise physiology and
performanceevaluation of basic laboratory applications.
BEO202 – Training Science Training concept, training, and help the basic principles, biyomotor capabilities and development
of children, fatigue, recovery, of training, selection of sport talent.
151
BEO203 – Rhythm and Dance in Education Basic concepts of rhythm and dance, music and rhythm of movement, posture
exercises, walking, jumping, and galoplar tab ,rhythm, melody and music selection, waltz, tango, jazz, dance on the Steps,
compositions.
BEO204 – Football The history of football, the game rules, basic techniques and tactics, information and skills. Definition,
basic position, pass, goal throws, dribbling, type make, fake, individual and team defense, team offense, game systems and
rules.
BEO205 – Handball Handball history, game rules, basic technical knowledge and skills and tactics. Definition, basic position,
pass, goal throws, dribbling, type make, fake, individual and team defense, team offense, game systems and rules.
BEO206 – Folk Dance History of Folk Dance, Folk Games examples of the various regions, dissemination of folk dances.
BEO207 – Computer I Information technologies, basic concepts related to software and hardware, operating systems, word
processing programs, spreadsheet programs, presentation of data, internet usage in education, information technologies and
their effects on social structures in education, information systems security and related ethical concepts.
BEO208 – Table Tennis Definition, historical development, basic techniques, tactics and skills related to table tennis are
introduced to the students who also learn the rules of the game in this course.
BEO209 – Foreign Language I In this course, college students in their fields of academic activities, reading, speaking,
listening and writing skills, be able to use a specific event is designed to provide. This course is interesting contexts, exercises
that increase the functionality of the language, the use of language in real communication skills will be developed by showing
the students' linguistic and communicative skills and competences of foreign language will be increased.
BEO210 – Computer II Computer-assisted learning about the basic concepts, elements, theoretical foundations, benefits and
limitations, application methods, common formats used in computer assisted instruction, educational software, distance
education applications, database applications, computer and children / young people the negative effects on and prevention.
BEO212 – Foreign Language II In this course, college students in their fields of academic activities, reading, speaking,
listening and writing skills, be able to use a specific event is designed to provide. This course "Foreign Language I" is aimed to
move to a higher level of skills and knowledge. This is the creation of interesting contexts, making exercises that increase the
functionality of the language, the language used in real communication skills and thus improve students' linguistic and
communicative competence and foreign language skills should be taken.
BEO214 – Special Education Special education, special education, basic principles, the reasons for difficulties, the
importance of early diagnosis and treatment, the historical approach to disability, mentally handicapped, hearing impaired,
visually impaired, physically handicapped, language and communication disorders, chronic disease, specific learning difficulty,
attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder, autism and the characteristics of gifted children and their education, education
through play children are developing differently, responses observed in the families of children who need special education,
special education in our country, institutions and organizations established for this purpose.
BEO216 – Measurement and Evaluation And the importance of measurement and evaluation in education, basic concepts
related to measurement and evaluation, measurement tools (reliability, validity, usability), and the properties of measurement
tools used in education, traditional approaches based on the tools (written exams, short answer exams, right -false, multiple
choice tests, matching tests, oral exams, homework), to collect data on students (observation, interview, performance
evaluation, portfolio, research papers, research projects, peer evaluation, self evaluation, attitude scales) , on the basic
statistics for measuring results, evaluation of learning outcomes, grading, developing measurement tools related to the field.
BEO301 – Psychomotor Development The resulting age-related changes in psychomotor behavior, the similarities and
differences between individuals, concepts, principles, factors that affect psychomotor development, theoretical approaches,
physical development, psychomotor development periods, psychomotor development and physical fitness, perceptual motor
skills and the relationship between self-concept, children, psychomotor evaluation of behavior.
BEO302 – Skill Learning Action-based earning and performance, affecting the genetic, environmental, psychological,
sociological, biological, neurological, kinematics, methodical and so the definition of the factors, processes and models, stages
of learning skills, measurement skills and skill types.
BEO303 – Physical Fitness Definition of physical fitness, its components, the importance of physical fitness concepts,
measurement and evaluation of physical fitness, an ideal method for the determination of the weight of all ages and physical
levels of physical fitness training methods for the promotion and protection, regulation of exercise areas, management and
organization.
BEO304 – Exercise and Nutrition Basic principles of nutrition, carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals, vitamins and water in
the organism, physical performance effects, before the race, from and after the principles of nutrition, age ,gender and diet
according to the disease states, sport, weight control, obesity, eating disorders in athletes.
BEO305 – Volleyball The history of volleyball, game rules, basic techniques, tactics and skills relevant information.
Description, basic stances, rust, collar, service, dunks, blocks, falling down techniques, team defense, team offense, game
systems and rules.
BEO306 – Educational Games Definition, history, the importance of games for children, children's influence on development
of the game environment and tools, teaching the basic movements, games, game selection, coordination, developing games,
rhythmic activities involving games, game preparation and play materials.
BEO307 – Physical Education and Sport History Physical Education and sports in the world and Turkey comparative study
of development processes.
BEO308 – Special Teaching Methods II Physical Education and Sport in general teaching methods, teaching methods,
teaching-learning processes in the implementation of the teaching of physical education, physical education and sport at an
152
angle in the study of science textbooks, and special teaching methods and strategies. Annual, unit and daily lesson plan types,
micro teaching skills and practices, evaluation of teaching.
BEO310 – Scientific Research Methods Science and basic concepts (facts, information, absolute, true, false, universal
knowledge, etc.), basic information about the history of science, structure of scientific research, scientific methods and different
opinions on these methods, problem, research model, the universe and the sampling, data collection and data collection
methods (quantitative and qualitative data collection techniques), data recording, analysis, interpretation and reporting.
BEO311 – History of Turkish Education History of Turkish education, the importance of an educational perspective,. Before
the republic of education and teacher training institutions. Turkish Education Revolution, 1: Revolution, the historical
background, philosophical, ideological and political foundations. Turkish Education Revolution 2: Unification of Education Law:
historical foundations, scope, application and importance of Secularism in the Turkish education system, Education Revolution
3: Co-training and education of girls, Writing Revolution, public schools, public houses. Basic principles of the education system
of the Republic of Turkey. Village Institute, Institute of Education, Teacher Training Colleges. Universities and teacher training.
Close to the developments in Turkish education.
BEO312 – Effective Communication Of interpersonal communication, communication models, communication components
and features, effective listening and feedback, blocked communication factors (source, channel, receiver, etc..), Factors
facilitating communication, the role of emotions in communication and use, communication and prevention of conflict, the
student, teacher and parent communication issues important to note, communication applications.
BEO313 – Special Teaching Methods I Basic concepts specific to the teaching of these concepts and relations, of the
Constitution and the legal basis of the National Education Basic Law, the general purposes of teaching, used in the methods,
techniques, tools and materials. Examination of instructional program (aim, objectives, theme, unit, activity, etc.).Course,
examination and evaluation of teacher and student workbook.
BEO314 – Classroom Management Basic concepts about classroom management, classroom communication and
interaction, the definition of classroom management, classroom management and characteristics of different aspects of the
concept of maintaining classroom discipline, classroom, interior and exterior factors that affect the classroom environment,
classroom management models, development and implementation of classroom rules, class, physical the regulation,
management of misbehavior in the classroom, time management, classroom organization, classroom atmosphere conducive to
learning (examples and recommendations).
BEO315 – Instructional Technology and Material Design Concepts related to teaching technology, a variety of instructional
technologies, the location and use of instructional technologies in instructional process, school and classroom technology
needs, planning and execution of appropriate technology, two-and three-dimensional materials through instructional
Technologies the development of the development of teaching materials(worksheets, activities, overhead transparencies,
slides, visual media (VCD, DVD) materials, computer based materials),educational software, a variety of teaching materials,
Internet and distance learning, visual design principles, teaching research on effects of materials, use of educational technology
in Turkey and around the world.
BEO401 – Physical Education and Sports for disabled people The meaning and importance of physical education and sport
for disabled people, and the classification of types of obstacles, disabilities, physical education and sports, physical education
and sport on the effects of disabilities, physical education and sports-related legal arrangements for the disabled.
BEO402 – Research Project Physical Education and scientific research projects on various topics related to sports
preparation, data collection, data evaluation, reporting and presenting work.
BEO404 – Physical Education and Sport Management Management, organization, management, basic concepts related to
sports management, management science principles, techniques and methods of organization and management in the light
sports, international sports organizations and institutions, the organizational and management structure of Turkish physical
education and sports system, its operation.
BEO405 – Drama Definition and meaning of educational drama, similar terms (psychodrama, creative drama, drama-game,
drama), history of drama, structure and implementation phases of educational drama, educational drama for young people and
the area of application classification, media and drama teachers nature, drama, special techniques, evaluation of educational
drama, applied to the field of education and development of new samples for the purposes of examples of educational drama.
BEO407 – Community Service Importance of community service, and solution to prepare the project to determine the current
problems of society, panel discussions, conferences, congresses, symposiums, scientific activities such as speakers or to
attend, as a volunteer to take part in various projects within the framework of social responsibility, community service activities
in schools for the implementation of acquisition of basic knowledge and skills.
BEO409 – Turkish Education System and School Management Objectives and basic principles of the Turkish education
system, legal regulations related to education, Turkish education system, management theories and processes, school
organization and management, school management, staff, students, faculty, and business processes, public participation in
school.
BEO410 – Teaching Practice Each week, a daily lesson plan preparation, implementation plan was prepared, in the school
teacher, teaching staff and student's evaluation, in accordance with assessments made corrections andre-applying, preparing a
portfolio.
BEO411 – Guidance Basic concepts, student personnel services, psychological counselling and guidance in these services,
guidance principles, development, types of guidance and counselling, services (including services), techniques, organization
and personnel in the field, new developments, the student counsellor-teacher collaboration the teacher's guidance tasks.
BIL101 – Introduction to Computer Technology I The main aim of this course is to help students understand the basic
concepts about computers, and gain skills on how to use windows, Word, Excel, SPSS, Power Point and Internet.
BIL102 – Introduction to Computer Technology II The main aim of this course is to help students understand the basic
concepts about computers, and gain skills on how to use windows, Word, Excel, SPSS, Power Point and Internet.
153
BIL103 – Computers I This course is designed to familiarize social science students with principles of computers and equip
them with skills to use package programs effectively. Basics of DOS and WINDOWS will be treated in some detail. The course
will focus on the use of WORD as word processor; creating, storing and loading files and use of menus.
BIL104 – Computers II The main concepts about computer based education, theoretical basics and application methods,
common formats used in computer based education, evaluation and selection of course software, distance education the basics
of database applications , negative effects of computer and internet on children/youngsters and protection.
BIL107 – Computer I Information technologies, main aspects about hardware and software, operating systems, word
processing applications, spreadsheet applications, presentation applications, using internet in education, the effects of
information technologies on social culture and usage of information technologies in education, security of information systems
and related ethic concepts.
BIL108 – Computer II The main concepts about computer based education, theoretical basics and application methods,
common formats used in computer based education, evaluation and selection of course software, distance education the basics
of database applications , negative effects of computer and internet on children/youngsters and protection.
BIL310 – Research Methods Basic principles of research in social sciences; basic features and differences; qualitative and
quantitative research methods; the stages of scientific research; research models; data collection and analysis methods; report
writing; the use of research data.
BUS101 – Introduction to Business and Management I The environment & historical setting of business; the organisational
evaluation of business enterprise, both structural & legal; differentiation of business functions and the rationalisation of business
operations.
BUS108 – Principles of Management This course introduces students to the field of management and emphasizes the
knowledge and skills used by successful managers. Throughout the course, students will demonstrate specific knowledge and
skills in the areas of management history, decision-making, communication, planning, organizing, staffing, directing, controlling
and business ethics.
BUS203 – Financial Accounting I Accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation, effects
of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of double-entry accounting, the general journal, posting of transactions,
trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, financial analysis using accounting data to control and evaluate
monetary results of business activities.
BUS204 - Financial Accounting II Accounting for short and long-term assets, liabilities, payroll accounting, partnership and
corporation accounting and some emphasis on cost accounting. (Prerequisite: BUS203)
BUS205 - Statistics I Statistical ideas and their relevance in practical life; preparing data for statistical analysis. Elementary
probability, random variables, frequency distributions and sampling. Logic of statistical references; descriptive statistics,
estimation and significance tests.
BUS206 - Statistics II Interpreting, organising and illustrating data. Present-day applications for interpreting reports, surveys,
charts, graphs and opinion polls. Additional subject areas covered in this course include: Probability Theory, Probability
Distributions, Central Limit Theorem, Confidence Interval Estimation, Hypothesis Testing, Chi-Square and F Distributions,
ANOVA, Regression and Correlation Analysis. Also introducing statistical package-programs. (Prerequisite: BUS205)
BUS207 - Introduction to Law Introduction to basic concepts of law. Legal systems, regulating activities of government &
governmental agencies. An overall summary of the legal framework of the European Union.
BUS208 - Business Law Introduction to the business legal environment. Selective subjects relevant for managers from the
law of contracts, civil law, commercial law, tax law, labour law, law on Bankruptcy and insurance law.
BUS211 - Microeconomics Introduction to micro-economics: economics of the firm, resource allocation and prices; output and
costs; market structures equilibrium and welfare economics.
BUS212 - Macroeconomics Introduction to macroeconomics; introducing employment, money, monetary & fiscal policies; and
equilibrium, inflation.
BUS213 - Business Ethics This course exposes the student to both sides of past and present ethical dilemmas facing the
world. Course content includes an overview of individual ethical development, ethical issues in business today, the opportunity
and conflict of ethical decision-making framework, and the development of an effective ethics program in a corporation.
BUS301 - Organizational Behavior Review of human behaviour in organisations; interpersonal and interpersonal processes,
influencing and persuasion, motivation and leadership in the workplace. Cultural influences on human behaviour will also be
discussed.
BUS302 - E-Commerce Use of Internet as a new channel for transferring goods & services; mechanics of E-commerce;
characteristics of Internet as a tool without boundaries. Designing marketing programs for Internet use.
BUS303 - Human Resource Management The management of human beings in a complex organisation; recruiting, selecting,
training, promoting & motivating human beings. Increasing personal loyalties & managing personnel to elevate individual
contribution, increasing quality & lowering operational costs.
BUS304 – Operations Management Covers the basic quantitative techniques in major production systems, including planning
& control of projects, statistical quality control, MRP aggregate scheduling & line balancing, queuing theory, transportation
models and simulation techniques.
BUS305 - Quantitative Methods & Forecasting To provide interdisciplinary perspectives; probability, distribution, decision
theory, inventory models, linear and integer programming and forecasting techniques.
BUS306 - Management Information Systems Overview of management functions in three district areas; hardware, software
and personnel. The management issues & problems of planning, developing, installing, operating & maintaining information
154
systems in organisations. Legal & ethical issues in computing. Special focus on the connection of managerial & technical
resources in organisation. Attention is given to political, economic, physical & organisational factors.
BUS307 - Business Finance I Introduction to financial management; financial institutions & money markets; analysis of
financial statements; discounted cash flow analysis; project cash flow analysis; analysis of flow of funds; risks and returns.
BUS308 - Business Finance II Long-term planning & forecasting; basics of capital budgeting; cash management, accounts
receivable and inventory management; short and long-term financing and portfolio management. (Prerequisite: BUS307)
BUS310 - Organizational Theory The concepts of organisation; formal organisations; organisational dynamics &
effectiveness; organisational development and change; emerging type of organisation; Organisational transformation and
leadership.
BUS315 - Principles of Marketing In this course, it is aimed at providing basic principles of marketing management such as
marketing mix, segmentation, distribution, retail marketing and e-marketing. The concept how we manage and conduct effective
relationships with the consumers and other target audiences for product and service in the competitive business world is the
main purpose of this course. Analysis of relevant opportunities and constraints in consumer and industrial target markets is also
among the main issues in this course.
BUS318 - Business to Business Marketing This course explores in-depth the unique aspects of marketing to business and
institutional customers in an increasingly complex, competitive and global marketplace. The course exposes students to a wide
range of industrial products and services, and the technology, demand, competition, and requirements for success that
characterize each of them. Topics include marketing strategy, organizational buyer behaviour, business market segmentation,
market development, product development, B-to-B e-commerce, pricing, marketing channels, and marketing communications
which comply with both local and global trade. The course is taught through lectures, case discussions, and presentations and
is designed to develop the analytical, decision-making, and communication skills of the students.
BUS401 - International Business To understand why nations trade; characteristics of foreign markets and their impact on
business decisions, including role of government, cross boarder transactions, cultural and regional influences.
BUS403 - Globalization & Economic Integration To understand globalisation and basic economic model it relies on;
presenting the main reasons why globalisation is promoted (nature of multinational enterprises and their role in globalisation).
The concept and stages of economic blocks. Basic reasons of creating economic blocks and consequences of this
development.
BUS404 - Strategic Management To explore conceptual frameworks and models which will assist students to analyse
competitive situations and strategic dilemmas and gain insight into strategic management. This course will provide a synthesis
of previous course materials within the business programs. It will be taken in the last term of the undergraduate program. Class
lectures are supplemented with case studies.
BUS406 - Insurance and Risk Management This course surveys risk fundamentals, the risk management process, and
insurance as a systematic approach to transfer and finance risk. It examines how insurance offers financial protection against
major risks individuals face, how the insurance market is structured, and how and why the industry is regulated. This course
also provides the theories and practical applications from the industry as well as issues related to the furtherance of insurance
as a viable risk management solution.
BUS408 - Non-Governmental Organizations This course explores concepts, analytical tools, management practices in
NGO’s. NGO’s goods and services to business markets in domestic and global environments
BUS409 - Corporate Governance and Family Business Nature of corporate governance and family business. How to
manage the family business. Research, presentation and debates about corporate governance and family business.
BUS410 - Auditing Auditing theory and practice: including auditing concepts, standards, procedures, rules of professional
conduct, post-audit considerations, and preparation of auditor’s report.
BUS411 - Cost Accounting Treats accounting and managerial aspects in cost concepts including job order process cost
systems, flexible budgets, joint by-product costs, break-even points, differential costs, problems and practice projects are the
basis for study.
BUS412 - Financial Statement Analysis Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to take full advantage of financial
reports and analysis. Topics that will be covered include financial statement, ratio analysis, comparative analysis, and the
management of operation funds.
BUS413 - Managerial Accounting Case studies and detailed techniques of cost accounting, internal auditing, and
controllership. Course provides understanding of important dimensions of management function of accounting.
BUS414 - Taxation Principles and practice of taxation with topics including gross income, itemised deductions, capital gains
and losses, net operating loss, carrying forward and back, history of taxation, inception of laws, credits, exemptions, tax
research, and operation of tax forms.
BUS417 - Advanced Accounting Deals with branch accounting, merger and consolidations, partnerships, trusts, insurance,
governmental accounting and other advanced topics.
BUS418 - Small Business Seminar How to start and manage your own business. The types of small business enterprises.
Establishing and managing a small business. Preparing business plans. Presentations and case studies.
BUS419 - Research Methods in Business Examines research designs commonly used in business decision making. Topics
include survey, observation, data analysis, sampling, and quasi-experiments as they relate to problems in an organizational
setting. Students submit a research proposal as part of the course requirements.
BUS420 - Contemporary Issues in Business New developments in management and business forms. Research,
presentation and debates about the new issues in business.
155
BUS422 - Project Evaluation & Investment The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the area of investments
with emphasis upon why individuals and institutions invest and how they invest. This course also deals with the design and
analysis of investment projects. Topics include measures of risk and return, process and techniques of investment valuation,
various statistical methods and simulation techniques used in determining and measuring the degree of risk associated with
investments projects, effect of high inflation rates in evaluating investment projects and projects financing approaches.
BUS423 - International Finance This course aims at introducing the students to instruments and institutions of international
financial markets, evolution of international monetary system and foreign exchange markets. Also covered are rate
determination theories, forecasting, purchasing power parity and interest rate parity theorems, hedging, speculation,
international trade financing, and international diversification of portfolios.
BUS424 - Commercial Banking Management This course is designed to provide an overview of commercial banks, their
functions, management, and role in the economy. Topics include: basic asset, liability, liquidity and interest-rate risk
management, primary lending functions pricing techniques, risk management bank organisation and familiarisation with
international banking. The purpose and functions of central banking are studied with attention to monetary targets and policies.
BUS425 - Portfolio Theory and Management The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to modern portfolio risk
theory, diversification, market equilibrium, market efficiency, capital asset pricing, arbitrage pricing theory, option pricing theory,
single & multi index models, principles of fundamentals and technical analysis, analysis of alternative investments and portfolio
performance monitoring and management.
BUS426 - Financial Institutions and Markets Study of financial sector; businesses, consumers and governments in money
and capital markets are observed with emphasis on financial instruments, analysis of financial intermediaries and the
determination of interest rates. The role of financial markets in economic development.
BUS427 - International Banking The basic principles covered in Commercial Banking Management are enhanced through an
international perspective. Topics covered in this course are an overview of international banking and its structure, as well as the
changing nature of bank management.
BUS428 - International Accounting International Accounting is the international aspects of accounting, including such matters
as accounting principles and reporting practices in different countries and their classification; patterns of accounting
development; international and regional harmonization, foreign currency translation; foreign exchange risk; international
comparisons of consolidation accounting and inflation accounting; accounting in developing countries; performance evaluation
of foreign subsidiaries.
BUS429 - Comparative Accounting Standards Topics covered include; current reporting requirements; differences between
countries; user needs; future developments, harmonization and standards. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs),
International Accounting Standards (IASs) and other countries' accounting standards will be discussed. New developments in
comparative international accounting.
BUS430 - Supply Chain and Management Supply chain operating practices and principles (i.e., the fundamentals of
materials and logistics management). Studies and analyzes the dynamic nature of supply chain management for products and
services and addresses the impact of the global economy on the management process. The course also develops a solid
grounding in the theory of supply chain design, which includes strategies for customer service, quality, logistics, inventory
management, and integrated supply chain management. Includes forecasting, postponement, sourcing (in particular, global
sourcing), network design, and virtual integration (web-centric) and illustrates these concepts through cases.
BUS434 - Persuasive Techniques in Communication and Strategies Students will learn about strategies and techniques of
persuasion relating to a wide variety of communication contexts, situations on the basis of worldwide case studies.
BUS436 - Contemporary Issues in Marketing The focus of this course is to conceptualise and formulate strategic uses of
contemporary marketing practices. The key issues and challenges facing the marketer in contemporary marketing will be
assessed. New developments in marketing such as online public relations, advertising, niche marketing and one-to-one
marketing issues are also in the content of this course.
BUS437 – Financial Derivatives in Corporate Decision Makign
BUS444 - Cross Cultural Studies in Organizations Asian, American and European multinationals are studied on a
comparative basis to understand similarities and differences in company objectives, company cultures and managerial
practices.
BUS445 - Workshop in Exports & Imports Theory and practice of export and import transactions. Enhance with case
studies.
BUS447 – Comparative Banking Regulations The course involves the application of basic contractual, tortious and
restitutionary principles to the banking context. It also encompasses general and bank-specific legislation dealing with such
diverse issues such as the prudential supervision of banks, the protection of consumers in their dealings with banks the
operation of bank payment systems and the prevention of money-laundering and the financing of other unlawful activities. The
aim of the course is to provide the student with an understanding of the basic principles of banking law to enable him or her to
deal with the real-life banking law issues that are likely to arise in commercial practice.
BUS448 - Marketing Channels
In learning to manage a firm's marketing channels primary emphasis goes toward
development of a strategic framework for channel analysis, planning, and management. This course also takes a in-depth look
at trends in marketing channels and a comparison of intermediary industries
BUS449 - Managing Customer Relationship The main purpose of this course is to introduce the basic theories and
methodology of customer relationship management, including identifying profitable customers, understanding their needs and
wants, and building a bond with them by developing customer-centric products and services directed toward providing customer
value. The course provides hands-on experience with popular analytical CRM and data mining tools that are widely used in the
industry. Topics will cover the issues in the customer life cycle: market segmentation, customer acquisition, basket analysis and
cross-selling, customer retention and loyalty, and practical issues in implementation of successful CRM programs.
156
BUS450 - Consumer Behavior Blending both concepts & applications from the field of consumer behaviour; presenting
theoretical concepts, stressing the applications of these conceptual materials to marketing strategy and decision making in the
private, public & non-profit sectors.
BUS451 - Sales Management To build students’ understanding of sales management concepts and strategies, organization
of sales department, planning sale force activities, operations and evaluation of results.
BUS452 - Advertisement & Promotion Management The main focuses of this course are advertising management and
promotion techniques used by freelance advertisers and in-house advertising departments of any size of companies. New
technologies in promotion and publicity sector and WEB advertising applications are also in the content of this course.
BUS453 - Brand Management In this course, within the concept of image management and other communicative applications
which strengthen the effective consumer perception, the meaning of brand will be explained through case studies. How a brand
is created, promoted and developed will ve taken into account by both conceptual and analytical framework. Students also
understand the similarities and differences between local and international brand managements.
BUS454 - Logistic Management Nature of logistic management. Institutional & functional analysis of distribution channels;
selecting, evaluating & managing distribution channels. Location facilities, transportation, customer service and material
handling
BUS455 - Marketing Research Research can be accepted the most crucial process in all marketing activities, within this
concept this course is designed for giving scientific method & techniques used for the systematic data gathering, recording &
analysing data about problems related to marketing of goods and services.
BUS456 - International Marketing During this course the students can differentiate the concept of marketing a product or
service internationally. Understanding multinational marketing environment and the conditions which determine market
selection, product decisions, policy and pricing and distribution channels and different level of marketing communications will be
explained during this course.
BUS457 - Marketing Strategy This course aims that students may integrate their knowledge gained from previous courses in
order to design a master plan of marketing, to create a sustainable competitive advantage over rivals.
BUS458 - Integrated Marketing Communication
This course introduces students to the concept and application of
integrating the elements of advertising, sales promotion, public relations, direct marketing and other essentials of the marketing
mix to support the overall marketing strategy. IMC allows marketers to effectively and efficiently reach prospects and retain
customers with consistent brand messages in the context of fragmented media and increasing customer empowerment through
the Internet. Emphasis will be placed on linking the fundamentals of segmentation, targeting, positioning, buyer behaviour, and
branding with planning, budgeting, and executing a comprehensive, integrated marketing communication program from
message development through media selection
BUS459 - Marketing Seminar In this course it is aimed at collaborate with the marketing elites from different sector and for
this approach we may organize several types of conferences, seminars and workshops in order to enhance student’s
experience and knowledge in the area.
BUS460 - Budgeting Systems and Control Business budgets. Preparations and applications of different types of budgeting
systems for business corporations. Budgets and controlling systems.
BUS461 - Accounting Software Applications Computer aided accounting. Theory and application of different types of
accounting computer programs.
BUS462 - Leadership and Organizational Culture The course focuses on understanding the critical leadership
competencies and characteristics necessary for guiding organizations. This course will use leadership self-awareness tools
developed especially for organizational leaders. Students will deepen their understanding of traditional and contemporary
leadership theories and practices; and, explore the organizational contexts where work, management and leadership happen.
Guiding organizations through strategic and operational change initiatives requires an understanding of organizational culture
and change. This course will enable students to study organizational theories, systems thinking, and the relationship between
cultural issues and successful change implementation. They will experiment with taking on the role of a change agent through
simulations, case studies, and studying changes in their own work place.
BUS463 - Accounting for Government and NGOs’ Emphasis on accounting, budgeting, auditing and reporting policies and
practices for government, state-economic enterprises, municipalities and other non-profit organizations and non-governmental
organizations.
BUS464 - Accounting for Banks This course looks at Banks'' financial statements, financial instruments, accounting for
business combinations and consolidated accounts, disclosure and future developments Banks'' financial statements.
BUS465 – Special Topics in Finance
BUS466 – Health Care Marketing
BUS467 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship Provides an overview of new venture formation process with the objective of
providing students with the skills they will need to recognize opportunities and develop them into value-producing initiatives.
Emphasis on identifying ideas that provide business opportunities and conducting feasibility analysis to determine their
business potential.
BUS469 - Retail Marketing and Management The principles, practices, and concepts used in retail marketing management.
Describe the complex nature and environment of retail marketing management together with the buying and selling of goods,
services, and ideas to the final consumer. Understand the conceptual and organizational aspects of the retail sector, including
strategic planning and management in the retail industry. Understand the key elements in planning, managing, and executing
the retail marketing mix as they relate to the product, price, distribution, and promotion. Identify the approaches to and
guidelines used to analyze and solve retailers' problems and make decisions in retail organizations.
157
CANTP105 - Cultural Antropology This course introduces students to human and cultural diversity. It explores the ways in
which non-Western societies deal with universal human issues such as marriage and family, sex and gender, work and play,
power, identity, meaning, and death. The aim of the course is to render non-Western societies understandable on their own
terms and to widen students' horizons through the appreciation of cultural diversity.
CAS101 - Case Study The newly designed course will be a culmination of the previous two years of education. Students will
work to design and create a new business and business plan.
CAS404 - Casino Management This course examines history and development of gaming and casino operations. Inclusive of
slots, table games, sports betting, internet betting, casino accounting, casino hotels and food service subjects will be explained
as well. Also, there will be a brief explanation about marketing process of core gaming products – central focus is on current
trends and primary management of financial elements in casino operation.
CE521 - Artificial Intelligence Basic reasoning paradigms. Nets and heuristic search. Nets and optimal search. Trees and
adversarial search. Rules and forward chaining. Rules and backward chaining. Learning by analysing differences, by managing
positive and negative examples, by correcting mistakes, by explaining experience, by building decision trees. Recognising
objects
CE522 - Fuzzy Set Theory Uncertainty and Complexity. Measurement and Uncertainty. The emergence of Fuzzy Set Theory.
Fuzzy set theory versus probability theory. Classical logic. Basic concepts and properties of fuzzy logic. Classical relations, and
fuzzy relations. Application of fuzzy logic.
CE523 - Expert Systems This course introduces the concepts of knowledge representation, control of reasoning and
explanation of results that form the basis of expert system design and implementation. Particular emphasis is placed on
knowledge representation schemes-production rules, structured objects, and procedural deduction- and their properties are
explored and analysed in some detail.
CE524 - Neural Networks Classifying and clustering patterns. Pattern association. Neural networks based on competition.
Back-propagation Neural Net and recurrent networks. Some other network models and a few practical points.
CE525 - Network Security The objective of this course is to provide a practical and comprehensive survey of network-based
and Internet-based security applications and standards. It includes the discipline of cryptography-covering algorithms and
protocols underlying network security applications, encryption, hash functions, digital signatures and key exchange.
CE526 - Digital Image Processing Image processing, transforms and enhancement. Sampling, quantization and
reconstruction. Digital image fundamentals. Digital image representation, image restoration and image segmentation.
CE527 - Pattern Recognition Machine recognition of patterns. Bayed decision rule. Discriminant functions, classifiers and
decision boundaries. Feature selection and clustering. Structural and artificial approaches to pattern recognition
CE528 - Compiler Construction Language and syntax. Regular languages and analysis of context-free languages. Attributed
grammars and semantics. Consideration of context specified by declarations. Elementary data types, arrays, pointers and
procedure types. Modules and separate compilation
CEN301 - Microprocessors Basic computer organisation and design. Instruction and their use. Instruction formats. Addressing
techniques. Assembler language with examples from microprocessors. Detailed examination of addressing, instruction
execution, data representation and program coding and debugging. Interrupt concept and usage. (Prerequisite: ENG206)•
CEN302 - Structured Programming Languages Introduction programming language design and implementation issues;
language design and relation to compiler/interpreter design; block structured languages- block structure, scope, procedure
mechanism, parameter passing, stack architecture. (Prerequisite: ENG102)
CEN303 - Data Structures & Algorithms The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to data structures and
algorithms. Topics include: control flow, loops, recursion; elementary data structures (lists, stacks, queues) and their
implementation via array and pointers; advanced sorting algorithms, linear sorting algorithms, binary trees , general trees and
heaps. Elementary graph algorithms. (Prerequisite: ENG102)
CEN304 - File Organisation & Access Methods The methods of data representation in auxiliary memory. It covers several
methods of data access for the sequential, indexed-sequential and direct types file organisation. Two advanced access
methods considered are hashing and tree search. Implementation is based on programming exercises and small projects.
CEN305 - Object Oriented Programming Building on a prior knowledge of program design and data structures, this course
covers object oriented design, including classes, objects, inheritance, polymorphism, and information hiding. Student will apply
techniques using a modern object oriented implementation language. (Departmental consent) (Prerequisite: ENG203)
CEN306 - Database Systems This course introduces the basic principals of relational database systems, their structure and
use. Topics covered include the use of entity relationship model in specifying a database; the relational model, and the
translation of entity relationship; SQL and relational database design.
CEN307 - Operating Systems This course introduces the fundamentals concepts and structure of modern operating systems
(as an example, MS DOS, LINUX, and Windows). Topics include CPU, memory, file and device management, distributed
systems and group communication. Processes and their communication, scheduling methods and algorithms are in the
implementation focus. Distributed operating systems and their resources are considered. File-service system and remote
access.
CEN401 - Graduation Project I The development of design skills and engineering judgement, based upon previous and
current course and laboratory experience, is accomplished by participating in a design project. Projects are selected in areas of
current interest in computer engineering.
CEN402 - Graduation Project II A continuation of CEN401 in which the design is implemented and demonstrated. This
includes testing and demonstrating the performance and evaluation of results. (Prerequisite:CEN401)
158
CEN403 - Software Design Overview of software life cycle processes. Practical and theoretical topic including systems
analysis and requirement specification, software design, implementation testing and maintenance.
CEN407 - Introduction to web Design Web design and programming course is a very comprehensive, detailed course that
teaches how to plan, organize, and create a web site from start to finish in both aspect of web programming and design. The
course places a heavy emphasis on individual page design and layout. Using some very powerful techniques taught in this
course, learners will learn how even the most simplest of pages can be arranged to look more appealing and professional! By
the end of this course, through a formal introduction to both an authoring software application and basic Hypertext Markup
Language (HTML), students will have created a well-designed web site while having fun along the way. Also students will
introduce to PHP and they will develop some PHP applications, especially database connection and modifying data retrieve
from database.
CEN410 - Computer Networks Local Area Network. High-speed and bridged local area networks. Wide area networks.
Internetworking. Open systems.
CEN415 - Data Communication Data communication networks and open system standards. The electrical interface. Data
transmission. Protocol basics. Data link control protocols.
CEN420 - Automata Theory and Formal Languages Classification of automata and formal languages. Finite machines and
regular events, context-free languages and machines with push-down memory, effectiveness, halting problem, insolvability,
undecidability, and Turing machines.
CEN421 - Computer Graphics I An introduction to computer graphics. Graphics hardware overview; Drawing of 2D primitives
(polylines, polygons, ellipses), character generation; Attribute primitives (line styles, colour and intensity, area filling, character
attributes); 2D transformations (general scaling), general rotation, sheer reflection); windowing and clipping; 3D concepts (3D
transformations, viewing, modelling).
CEN428 - Introduction to Neural Networks This course introduces, in qualitative terms, what neural networks are, their
properties and compositions. For the simplest class of neural networks, the least-mean-square algorithm (LMS) and the
perception are examined. The multilayer perceptions trained with the back-propagation algorithm and another class of layered
neural networks, namely radial-basis function networks is introduced. The mathematical modelling of self-organizing maps and
also the recurrent network architecture will be given.
CEN430 - System Analysis & Design Concepts, procedures technique involved in the development of information and
management systems. Emphasis is placed on the system approach to problem solving, user environment, and project control.
Application of the theory and technique is on the analysis and planning phase of system development cycle. Tools, techniques,
and methodologies for structured analysis, design, development, and implementation of information systems.
CEN432 - Data Security and Protection Basics of data security and protection. Intruders and viruses, firewall and trusted
operating systems, protection in operating systems. Methods of applications to prevent or detect intrusions. TCP/IP protocol
and its weakness.
CEN440 - Computer Hardware & Applications An introduction to computer interfaces, including well-known digital and
analogue interfacing, as well as industrial control circuits. Full discuss of the operation and interfacing of A/D and D/A
converters. Sensors and transducers. A microcomputer-based industrial Process-control System. Robotics and Embedded
Control. DSP and digital filters.
CEN446 - Introduction to Information Retrieval Principles of information retrieval and their application to information
systems and services. Boolean and vector space and probabilistic retrieval models; evaluation of methods. classification of
documents
CEN448 - Qt Programming Qt is multiplatform C++ application development framework. This course is designed as
introduction to Qt programming. The course is based on theory, discussion and practical experience. The course will help
student learn the aspects and strategy of Qt programming. The examples and lab-exercises given throughout the course are
designed to underline the theory and to help students get a full understanding of the processes of using Qt. İn this course Qt
Creator will be used for Rapid Development Applications.
CEN450 - Computer Architecture Introduction to the design and evaluation of modern computer architecture. Topics include:
Analytic model for computer; System evaluation; Memory design, including a study of cache memories and support for virtual
memory; Pipelined systems; RISC architecture; Vector computers; Parallel and distributed architectures.
CEN455 - Parallel Computing This course studies the design and evaluation of modern computer architecture. Topics
include: Microprocessors-Characteristics, Interconnection structures; Arbitration, communication and synchronisation; Cache
Coherence; System Performance; The paradigms of Parallel Computing; Some Case Studies.
CEN457 - Analysis of Algorithms This course introduces the students to the design of algorithms. The first part of the course
presents recursion concepts and simple algorithms which rely on the recursion concept. The second part exposes some well
known programming paradigms, such as brute force, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, greedy algorithms and applies
them on several types of problems
CEN465 - Image Processing Overview of the concepts and techniques in image processing. Students get familiarized with
various applications in the area of image processing and computer vision.
CEN468 - Visual Programming Concepts and principles of RAD (Rapid Application Development) tools. Programming with
visual elements and readily available objects. Learning .NET Framework environment and Creating packages with accepted
standards in visual environment. Topics include basic and complex visual form design, usage of properties, methods and
events of basic objects. Creating user defined objects and maintaining database connection to packages.
CEN470 - Artificial Intelligence Consideration of processes by which machines simulate intelligence; heuristic and
algorithmic processes in problem solving, and programming machines for simple operations; models of cognitive processes;
applications and limitations of machine intelligence. Examples of algorithms and their LISP or PROLOG implementations.
159
Historical foundations, The Turing test, Knowledge representation methods, Structure for state space search, Languages and
Programming Techniques for AI, Understanding of Natural Language, First order predicate logic, Reasoning, Inferencing, and
Introduction to the Sub-techniques of AI: Expert systems, Neural Network, Fuzzy set and Systems.
CEN472 - Machine Learning Paradigms of machine learning, inductive deductive abductive forms of learning, cognitive
aspects of learning, connectionless models of learning, programming environments for learning programs.
CEN477 - Java Programming Builds on fundamental concepts of data processing techniques and technical language
concepts developed in earlier programming language courses. Emphasis is on computer programming logic using JAVA. Input/
Output processing, subroutines, function statements are covered. Object oriented programming concepts are also studied.
CEN479 - Introduction to Cryptography Cryptanalysis Methods and Encryption/Decryption Techniques, starting from first
known technique to nowadays will be examined. Course can be separated to three main titles which can also be listed
chronologically as,(i) Classical Techniques(ii) Data Encryption Standards(iii) Advanced Encryption Standards.
CEN480 - Management Information Systems Applications of computer-based information systems to support management
decision making; basic system design, data organisation, and data processing.
CEN490 - Distributed Systems Concept of concurrency is introduced. Layered protocols. Synchronisation in distributed
systems (clock synchronisation, mutual exclusion, election algorithms). The client-server model and implementation. Processor
models.
CEN613 – Speech Processing Man-machine communication. Speech models and representations. Speech synthesis. Speech
coding. Speech Recognition. Dynamic Time Warping and Hidden Markow Models. Neural networks for speech processing.
Speech enhancement.
CEN621 – Advanced Topics in AI (Cross listed as ISMA 601) This course will continue the mathematical development of
algorithms in AI and machine learning from Programming Languages. Prerequisites are multivariable calculus, linear algebra,
probability theory, and programming experience. The lectures will not follow any particular textbook, but there will be many
handouts and suggested readings. Grading will be based on class participation and two substantial course projects
CEN622 – Advanced Topics in Software Systems (Cross listed as ISMA 602) This course is to study research trends in
embedded systems with emphasis on sensor networks. An embedded systems is a system that interacts with its environment
and the correctness is subjected to physical constraints imposed by the environment. Sensor networks are becoming the
essential aspect of embedded system. The course will centre around the following themes: localization and coordination,
modeling and analysis, networking, programming paradigms and supports, resource management, security, validation and
certification. The class will identify a few sensor network applications and then explore design and implementation issues indepth as group projects. The part of class time will be devoted in discussing and exploring the design alternatives and refining
implementation plans of the group projects. Students are expected to participate in the following ways: In-class presentation of
selected papers and/or source code, and doing a group project that involves the detailed design and prototype implementation
of sensor network applications.
CEN623 - Distributed Computing (Cross listed as ISMA 603) In the past few years, peer-to-peer (P2P) computing has not
only dominated the headlines, but it has inspired a new wave of distributed systems research. Pioneering systems such as
Napster, Gnutella, and SETI@home harness the vast storage, network, and computing resources at the edge of the network,
and they provide large-scale, robust, and self-organizing services using unreliable nodes. Peer-to-peer research efforts such as
CAN, Chord, Pastry, and others have taken these basic ideas and addressed some of the challenges in a more principled way.
Many open problems remain in this area of distributed systems research, particularly those that result from extreme scale,
heterogeneity of capabilities and participation, unreliability, and decentralized administrative structure. Key questions include
what applications and services are appropriate for peer-to-peer architectures, as well as how to provide them. Can we top
music swapping and searching for extraterrestrial life?
CEN624 – Advanced Programming (Cross listed as ISMA 604) The goals of this course are to gain a better understanding of
the issues of querying, integrating, and otherwise sharing data across the Internet and the World-Wide Web. Data integration is
perhaps the best-studied instance of this problem, and we focus on it for much of the semester. We begin with a study of
relational query processing as a foundation, and then move on to answering queries using views and adaptive query
processing. We also examine architectures for larger-scale or richer data exchange: wide-area data sharing (as proposed by
projects such as Mariposa in the 1990s and Piazza today) and sharing with very expressive data definition formalisms (the
Semantic Web). Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely querydriven: publish-subscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as Sourceforge.net), and versioning based
systems.
CEN625 – Advanced Topics in IT (Cross listed as ISMA 605) Advanced Topics in IT features the most current research
findings in all aspects of information resources management and technology. From successfully implementing technology
change to understanding the human factors in IT utilization, this important current topics addresses many of the managerial and
organizational applications to and implications of information technology in organizations.
CEN630 – Seminar in Computer Engineering The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student.
CEN650 – Advanced Topics in Database Systems Recent advances in one or two topics in database systems are examined
in detail. These topics include concurrency control, query optimization, recovery access structure optimization and data
modeling languages.
CGMT630- Seminar in Construction Management (non-credit) The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the
student.
CGMT641 – Comp. Applications in Building Project Management Urbanisation, types of urban settlements, urban
economy, urban land, urban morphology. Urbanisation and natural environment; urban land use, infrastructure and
160
transportation. Urban planning, urban design and planning process. Planning problems of Turkey; development plans, renewal
and conservation issues, administrative and legal aspects of city planning.
CGMT642 – Structural, Constructural Technology & Economics The main theme of this course, is to show / express the
lecture.
CGMT643 – Determination of Building Components in Industrialised Building Systems As a consequence of the
population explosion, almost every country of the world has faced faster building problems. In order to bring a solution to this
problem, a number of research studies in each country are made. In this course three methods will be handed. These can be
grouped under three topics: Mathematical Approach, Component Definition, and Component Relation.
CGMT644 – Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Construction Management Introduction to general statistical
principles, descriptive statistics, normal distribution with application, application of statistical estimations.
CGMT646 – Building Science Workshop A workshop designed to initiate the student to independent graduate study.
Consists of (a) weekly reports and assignments on various topics followed by discussion in preceptorial, (b) independent
reading on research design and methods, and (c) preparation of a commentary bibliography as a term exercise.
CGMT648 – Studies in Structures Studies on architectural structures. A survey of structural systems used in architectural
design and implementation in the past and present; review of significant and landmark structural solutions contributing to
architectural achievements. Discussion of the merits and origins of past and present structures from mechanical, aesthetic,
functional constructional and material viewpoints on a case basis. A summary on the aesthetic aspects of structural design and
evaluation of structural solutions for art products; discussion of works of master architects and engineers. The course is
conducted through discussions and active student participation is motivated.
CGMT650 – Building Design: Form and Structure Structural systems; framed, wall, and combined structures, floor slabs
(one and two-way slabs with beams, joist slabs, flat slabs and flat plates, waffle slabs). Earthquake safe architectural design
concept. Building code requirements for reinforced concrete structures. Design example.
CGMT651 – Advanced Professional Practice Seminars, visits to construction sites, buildings and architectural offices.
Analyses of different jobs handled by architects. Research on case studies.
CH101 - General Chemistry Matter and measurements; Atom, molecules and ions. Stochiometry, the mole, mass relations in
chemistry reactions; gases, kinetic theory of gases; electronic structure and the Periodic Table, quantum numbers, energy
levels and orbitals. Covalent bonding, thermo-chemistry, calorimetry, bond energy, firs law of thermodynamics, liquids and
solids, molecular substances, phase diagrams, types of solutions, concentration units, acid-base model, water dissociation
constant, pH and pOH; Alkanes and alkenes, aromatic hydrocarbonates and their derivatives, functional groups, synthetic
organic polymers, nuclear reactions, nuclear stability and radioactivity, nuclear fission, nuclear fusion.
CIS102 - Algorithms and Programming Techniques This course covers the basic problem-solving concepts, flowcharts,
and pseudo codes that students need to know and understand when working in any computer language or application. With the
detailed explanations and numerous illustrations, it compasses all fundamental areas of problem solving from the basics of
mathematical functions and operations to the design and use of codes, indicators and arrays.
CIS204 - System Analysis and Design System Analysis and Design covers the concepts, skills, methodologies, techniques,
tools and perspectives essential for systems analysts to successfully develop information systems. Types of information
systems and system development, developing information systems and the systems development cycles, improving IS
development productivity and managing/analysing the information systems project are covered.
CIS205 - Statistical Data Analysis This course provide students majoring in Management Information Systems with an
introductory survey of the many applications of descriptive and inferential statistics. Emphasis is made on the conceptual nature
of statistical topics to enable students to make effective interpretations, judgment and decisions by using SPSS. (Prerequisite:
MAT102)
CIS206 - Information Systems This course offers students information on Management Information Systems and concepts of
data and communication systems. Structure and elements, organizations, functions of management, leadership, organising and
controlling planning and the decision making process, elements of control in the organisation, information technology and MIS,
and the influence on MIS design are covered. Emphasis is made on different types of information systems.
CIS207 - Fundamentals of Programming Language Builds on fundamental concepts of data processing techniques and
technical language concepts. Emphasis is on computer programming logic, programming problems in JAVA, input/output
processing, subroutines, function statements, flow-charting, and problem definition. Hands-on programming projects utilising
any computer language is covered. (Prerequisite: CIS102)
CIS209 - Database Systems This course introduces the basic concepts and elements of file management techniques and
database management systems. Students are expected to understand the fundamental concepts as well as get practical
hands-on experience with commercial database management systems through programming assignments and projects using
SQL.
CIS212 - Visual Programming This course incorporates the basic concepts of programming, problem solving and
programming languages. Lectures are presented in a sequence that allows students to learn how to deal with visual interface
while acquiring important programming skills such as creating projects with objects, decisions, loops, and data management.
CIS218 – Networking and Telecommunications This course covers the area of computer networks including protocols,
transmission rules, topologies and all related topics to establish and manage all types of networks. An introduction to the
161
fundamental concepts of computer networks will be made and areas including the basic performance and engineering tradeoffs in the design and implementation of computer networks, network hardware/software, OSI and TCP/IP reference models
and the responsibility and design issues of each layer of these models will be covered. Other topics that will be discussed
include the TCP/IP protocol family, multiplexing, switching, routing, LANs, wireless LANs, cellular networks, network
applications as well as the new trends in computer communication networks.
CIS301 – Web Design This course studies the science and engineering of today’s World Wide Web. The languages,
protocols, services and tools that enable the web, in order to understanding of all the pieces of the distributed computing puzzle
will be studied. Emphasis will be placed on new and emerging technologies of the Web.
CIS307 - Object Oriented Programming Building on a prior knowledge of program design and data structures, this course
covers object oriented design including classes, object, inheritance, polymorphism, and information hiding. The student will
apply techniques using a modern object oriented implementation language. (Prerequisite: CIS201)
CIS309 - Structural Programming Languages Structured programming techniques in C. Functions, arrays, sort and search
techniques, characters and strings, file processing.
CIS313 - Information Systems Security The Information Systems Security course enables students to learn security
concepts and understand how IT related risks can be minimized through security and control measures. Students will also
develop an understanding of some important regulatory requirements. The course assumes the students to have a preliminary
knowledge of computers and the internet. The course will enable students and/or professionals, interested in information
security, risk and compliance, develop the knowledge and skills required to pursue careers as internal and external IS auditors,
information security professionals, consultants, among others.
CIS316 - Advanced Database Management Systems This course covers the architecture of a DBMS, responsibilities and
tasks of a DBA, installation, logical DB layout, and physical DB layouts. Query processing, indexing/hashing, transaction
management, backup, recovery, logging, managing the development process, tuning, security/auditing, data replication, and
mirroring are also included. (Prerequisite: CIS203).
CIS318 - Multimedia Development Multimedia Development course emphasises the development and evaluation of
multimedia applications, leading to careers as Multimedia Designer/Programr or Web Developer. Students will learn practical
skills in human computer interaction, databases, image manipulation, Flash programming, and teamworking and project
management. Students will apply these skills in a second year team project and a final year individual project to develop
sophisticated systems. Students will explore the design of effective, interactive multimedia systems, particularly Child-Computer
Interaction and education.
CIS320 - Computer Services Management The aim of this course is to impart the skills and understanding required to
manage complex computer systems as part of the support services of an organisation. This will include selection, installation,
service concept, organisation, business processes, customer liaison, availability management, capacity planning, support
processes, planning, costing and charging, contracting and procurement and legal and professional issues, maintenance and
support of a wide range of computing technologies and an understanding of currently recommended computing technologies.
CIS402 - IT Project Management This course involves an intensive review of literature in the field. Students participate in
projects given to implementing computer techniques and perspectives in private and public sector-problem solving. The
purpose of the project is to develop an understanding of independent research by studying a particular MIS topic. It is an
extended exercise in the professional application of the skills and experience gained in the undergraduate program. The project
must demonstrate the student`s abilities in solving an MIS task related to software and/or hardware design, implementation and
testing. The student may take on an original implementation for their project or rather perform an analysis, simulation or
modification of an existing system.
CIS403 - Operating Systems This course covers the Designs and Implementation of computer operating systems. User
interfaces, management of various system resources, process management, memory management, input/output, file system
facilities, and concurrency are included.
CIS404 - Computer Graphics Creating mouse tools and pop-up windows are covered within this course. Other topics
include Interactive drawing tools, A CAD program, three-dimensional graphics, solid modelling, use of ready graphics tools
animations, and current and future trends in animation.
CIS406 – Professional and Legal issues in Computing To function effectively, professional IT practitioners need not only the
appropriate technical knowledge, skills and experience, but also a broad understanding of the context in which they operate. IT
professionals must understand the relationship between technological change, society and the law, and the powerful role that
computers and computer professionals play in a technological society. This course helps IT professionals to be capable in their
chosen professional areas, operate effectively in work and community situations and to be aware of their environments.
CIS408 - Wireless Networking This course provides a broad survey of wireless communications, including data link and
physical layer protocols, as well as transmission methods for established and emerging standards, including Wireless personal
Area Networks (IrDA, Bluetooth, WiMedia, UWB and Zigbee).
CIS409 - Game Programming The Game Programming course is designed to prepare students for entry into the world of
graphics programming. Graphics and simulation is used in several segments of Information Technology, including Education
and Training, Aerospace and Defense, and Gaming.
CIS410 - Artificial Intelligence To introduce the concepts which underpin the field of Artificial Intelligence and provide
practical experience in the design of small intelligent systems;
CIS412 - Internet Programming This course covers mark-up languages and advanced technologies, including HTML,
JavaScript, DHTML, CSS, XML and CGI. On completion, you will be able to design and create an advanced website and will be
equipped to undertake complex internet projects.
CIS414 - Modern Programming Platforms This course is an introduction to the design and implementation of applications in
the modern programming platform. NET. The course will focus mainly on software development in the .Net framework and the
162
C# programming language. C# is an object oriented language that makes full use of this framework and has all the important
features that a modern language should have. The topics include the philosophy of the .Net framework and .Net class library,
object-oriented programming, event handling, graphical user interfaces, graphics and media, exception handling, and strings
and characters. Both windows and console applications will be studied.
CIS415 - Software Engineering Principles This course covers the scope of software engineering, software process methods,
software metrics, project management concepts, software project planning, project scheduling, risk analysis and management,
software quality assurance, software configuration management, version control testing, software maintenance, reengineering,
and reverse engineering.
CIS416 - Professional and Legal issues in Computing To function effectively, professional IT practitioners need not only the
appropriate technical knowledge, skills and experience, but also a broad understanding of the context in which they operate. IT
professionals must understand the relationship between technological change, society and the law, and the powerful role that
computers and computer professionals play in a technological society. This course helps IT professionals to be capable in their
chosen professional areas, operate effectively in work and community situations and to be aware of their environments.
CIS417 - Graduation Project This capstone course uses individual research, or any approach that tends toward a synthesis
of all aspects of computer systems applications. Students are responsible for developing a project from inception to completion
in conjunction with the assigned instructor. The graduation project provides final year students with the opportunity to use,
prove and strengthen the knowledge acquired throughout their undergraduate studies in an interdisciplinary project. The aim of
the project is to give a high-level standard of design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course
work and incorporating a business and information technology standard with realistic constraints including considerations of
economic, environmental, sustainability, manufacturability, and ethics.
CIS419 - Research Methods The aim of this course is to prepare students for their individual research project or dissertation
giving them the necessary tools and skills needed for the scientific, academic and methodological development of projects.
CIS420 – Emerging Technologies This course is structured to help students identify and behave involved in the emerging
technologies. It includes the identification of this technologies in relations to information technology. Courses include past
technology forecasts, how to improve them, international perspective on emerging technologies, future customer trends, and
forecasting methodologies such as monitoring, expert opinion, trend analysis and scenario construction.
CIS421 – 2C, 3D Digital Applications This course introduces students with an intensive knowledge of number systems and
codes, fundamentals of logic, and basics of data communication, IT Systems Analysis, Multimedia & the Web, Software Design
and Production including Games Programming and Animation, courses include ICT aspects like print and digital publishing,
web authoring and creating electronic portfolios multimedia aspects like-video, sound and authoring software, as well as digital
video equipment. You will also learn to design and develop a range of multimedia products, including websites, animations, TV
and radio broadcasts, creation of interactive 3D games.
CIS422 – Human Computer Interaction The Human Computer Interaction specialization prepares students to address human
needs with technology by determining useful system functionality and by designing usable interfaces, considering the context of
the individual and/or organization. Courses include interface and interaction design, fundamentals of human behavior, userexperience researcher, information architect, web and application development.
CIS423 – Mobile Device Programming This course includes a comprehensive introduction to building applications for mobile
devices with the use of the three key operating systems this includes Apple’s OS, Android Mobile and windows mobile. The
course includes Model-view-controller design architecture, standard integrated development environment, extensive
programming in C#, user interface design, navigation, debugging, hardware sensors, web services.. etc.
CIS424 – Computer Forensics This course covers topics including digital evidence and computer crime; technology and law;
the investigative process; investigative reconstruction; and techniques for discovering digital evidence.
CIS620 - Advanced Topics in AI This course will continue the mathematical development of algorithms in AI and machine
learning from Programming Languages. Prerequisites are multivariable calculus, linear algebra, probability theory, and
programming experience. The lectures will not follow any particular textbook, but there will be many handouts and suggested
readings. Grading will be based on class participation and two substantial course projects
CIS640 - Advanced Topics in Software Systems This course is to study research trends in embedded systems with
emphasis on sensor networks. An embedded systems is a system that interacts with its environment and the correctness is
subjected to physical constraints imposed by the environment. Sensor networks are becoming the essential aspect of
embedded systems. The main goals of the course are to (1) study leading edge topics in sensor networks, (2) learn principles
and concepts underlying sensor networks, (3) learn theory and methods for real-time systems that can be applied to sensor
networks, and (4) identify open research problems. The course will centre around the following themes: localisation and
coordination, modelling and analysis, networking, programming paradigms and supports, resource management, security,
validation and certification. The class will identify a few sensor network applications and then explore design and
implementation issues in-depth as group projects. The part of class time will be devoted in discussing and exploring the design
alternatives and refining implementation plans of the group projects. Students are expected to participate in the following ways:
in-class presentation of selected papers and/or source code, and doing a group project that involves the detailed design and
prototype implementation of sensor network applications.
CIS650 - Data Sharing and the Web The goals of this course are to gain a better understanding of the issues of querying,
integrating, and otherwise sharing data across the Internet and the World-Wide Web. Data integration is perhaps the beststudied instance of this problem, and we focus on it for much of the semester. We begin with a study of relational query
processing as a foundation, and then move on to answering queries using views and adaptive query processing. We also
examine architectures for larger-scale or richer data exchange: wide-area data sharing (as proposed by projects such as
Mariposa in the 1990s and Piazza today) and sharing with very expressive data definition formalisms (the Semantic Web).
Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query-driven: publishsubscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as Sourceforge.net), and versioning-based systems.
163
CIS660 - Internet-Scale, Self-Organising Distributed Computing In the past few years, peer-to-peer (P2P) computing has not
only dominated the headlines, but it has inspired a new wave of distributed systems research. Pioneering systems such as
Napster, Gnutella, and SETI@home harness the vast storage, network, and computing resources at the edge of the network,
and they provide large-scale, robust, and self-organising services using unreliable nodes. Peer-to-peer research efforts such as
CAN, Chord, Pastry, and others have taken these basic ideas and addressed some of the challenges in a more principled way.
Many open problems remain in this area of distributed systems research, particularly those that result from extreme scale,
heterogeneity of capabilities and participation, unreliability, and decentralised administrative structure. Key questions include
what applications and services are appropriate for peer-to-peer architectures, as well as how to provide them. Can we top
music swapping and searching for extraterrestrial life?
CIT101 - Information Technology in Education I The course introduces the primary functions of microcomputers and their
usage as an instructional tool in education. Basic components of computer systems: CPU, input – output components, and
auxiliary storage devices, history of computers, type of computers, computer networks and communication and finally internet
history and growth. The course content will also cover operating systems, their usage area and working effective on windows
environment, system customization and management and word – processing programs. Text and page editing, spreadsheets,
creating tables, working with pictures and graphics, forms, menus and toolbars. Adding objects, videos on word documents,
drawing charts, printing writing templates, memos and newsletters and technical text templates are all in the course content of
this lecture
CIT102 - Information Technology in Education II Creation of a database, tables, queries, forms, reports, spreadsheets,
Macros and spreadsheets. Web design and management software: File operations, menus, menu options, features and
usages, ready to use templates, custom styles. Script languages and JavaScript features. Video, presentation and slide show
programs. Different operating systems and their usage areas. Different programming techniques, different programming
languages (Pascal, C, C++, C#, Java), script languages (JavaScript, VBScript), server-side script languages (ASP, PHP, JSP)
and their usage areas. Flowcharts, basic algorithms and data structures. Recent Technological developments and their
contribution to education such as course management systems. (Prerequisite: CIT 101)
CIT203 - Programming Languages I Introduction to Algorithms, flow charts and problem solving, sorting algorithms. Basic
concepts in programming languages: object, phrase, phrase, statement, description, fixed concepts and applications. Number
systems, functions, use of header files. Global and local (local) variables. Operators: Arithmetic, logical, comparison. Control
statements (if, if / else) and nested control statements. Loop statements (while, do / while, for); infinite loop and using areas of
infinitive loops; Nested loops. Efficiency and readability of the programming language. General and library functions of
programming languages Random number generation and its usage. Arrays and File operations. (Prerequisite: CIT 102,
Substitute ENG 102)
CIT204 - Programming Languages II This course introduces the underlying concepts and principles of programming in visual
platforms. The course emphasis the design and implementation of a visual development environment: such as Visual Basic or
C#. General structure of a Visual development environment, data types, variables, standard functions, conditional statements,
event driven properties, selection statements, user defined data types and functions, loops, nested loops, files and db
connections through a visual environment in order to select, insert, update or delete different data records to/from a database.
(Prerequisite: CIT 203, Substitute ENG 203)
CIT205 - Computer Hardware PC; historical development and rationale; motherboard input; CPU input; CPU and
motherboard. Bridges; CPU details; Moores law, Cache, data and instructions; CPU samples; RAM; RAM technology; details,
chipset, Input / Output (I/O) system; ISA, PCI slot, such as; buses, adapters, Hard disks; floppy, CDROM, etc., ATA, SATA, a
computer hardware problem solving strategies and safe way of collecting. Overclocking and benchmark concepts, Multimedia
systems, system software and terminology, the new technologies in computer world.
CIT206 - Graphics and Animation in Education What is graphic communication? What is graphic design? Design process
and principles; Graphic design history; Graphic design creativity; basic design elements; graphic design and application areas
(Typography Communications, Graphic Symbols-Emblem, Symbolic sign, Logo and Trademarks, Visual Identity Design, Poster
Design); Basic Graphics Information (Pixel Depth, Compression, Image Format Choice, Resolution); graphic drawing program
(Photoshop, Fireworks, etc.) (Tool Box; Layers, Filters, Effects), visualization, animation in the script language used in the
basic-level program development, training in the use of animation principles; developing training programs by using animation
software.
CIT303 - Operating Systems and Application Operating system and the basic concepts and history, operating system and
basic tasks of classification, Von Neumann architecture and the operating system’s structure, core principles and works, virtual
memory management techniques, system errors, lock reasons and solutions. Operating system differences (Windows, Linux,
Unix, MAC OS), Disk management and fault tolerance systems, operating systems and the establishment of administrative
commands, the operating system’s overall functioning and the concept of desktop, control menus and programs, file and folder
operations, user and group operations and management, sharing files and printers, system performance, monitoring and
supervision of an operating system (security, virus, malicious code, etc. Prevention and backup operations). Windows and
Linux operating systems, their installation, use and management. (Substitutes CEN 307, CIS 403)
CIT306 - Computer Networks and Communication Fundamentals of computer networks and architecture, computer
networks and the types of topologies, OSI model and network protocols, network connectivity devices, active and passive
devices, LAN communication technologies (802.X family, token ring, FDDI), WAN communication technologies (x25, DSL
ISDN, FR, etc), network operating systems, network communication, network setup and management, data network services
and services, TCP/IP and Internet architecture subneting, IP routing, via internet communication: e-mail, instant messaging
programs, via internet files to retrieve and send the FTP program to use the network on the system remotely to access and use,
network security, attack detection and protection methods, DHCP, DNS, Web server, remote access server, the database
server, network service providers and operations.
CIT307 - Web based design and programming Web publishing and site design process, introduction to HTML, Links, and the
use of Internet addresses, Web editor’s use of the HTML and images, HTML and page design, backgrounds, colours and text
with HTML tables and lists, HTML with frames and layer usage, HTML forms and form elements, the use of HTML templates,
HTML and other media types, inserting objects into HTML pages (pdf files, office documents, videos, sounds, animations),
164
internet programming concepts, the formatting of the style sheets, CSS usage in advanced web design, Dynamic HTML and its
usage, Web Design innovations such as XML, RSS, Blog, Web site project and applications. (Prerequisite: CIT 102, Substitutes
CEN 407, CIS 301).
CIT312 - Database Management Systems Basic database concepts, data and data models, relational database design, E/R
diagrams and normalization, SQL (structured query language), SQL operations and commands, SQL functions, SQL
administrative functions, multiple tables in SQL, SQL programming and functions, error status transaction in SQL programming,
setup and administrative processes in DBMS, DBMS operations and SQL queries.
CIT314 - Multimedia Production & Design Authoring system used in the introduction of the PC environment, the course
software and software developed by the planning stage, screen design principles, use of pictures, sounds, movies, etc.
Materials used for editing software, use of animation and movement, image software, movies, animation, etc. The addition of
components, audio and real-time inclusion of films, user interaction, feedback techniques, multi-media software, user
movement systems (navigation), screen design and editing, multi-platform software packaging, publishing, multi-media
applications, preparation, evaluation of multi-media applications.
CIT403 - Project Development & Management I Program project relationships, needs of project specifications, project
management, project management features and benefits, project management process, project planning and planning stages
(Startup, Planning, Implementation, Monitoring and Closing), the importance of planning, scope, budget and time planning and
balance, a different approach to planning, cost estimation methods, different planning tools, project process for the preparation
of the team. Project planning and execution of the planning in MS-Project, sample projects, project planning approach in MSProject.
CIT404 - Project Development & Management II Research proposal review; issues related to systematic scanning; study
sample of selected data collection tools, developing necessary permissions and support for data collection tools; apply the
terms of editing, comprehensive action plan preparation, data collection, appropriate statistical techniques by using the
analysis; obtained findings submission / comment on the results of the summary; discussions in the context of the new
proposals for research and application development. (Prerequisite: CIT 403)
CIT407 - Web Design Internet programming languages, Internet programming client-server architecture, Web server setup,
programming language (asp, php, Net, jsp, etc.) Program development environments, programming input, variables, constants,
arrays, functions, (character, numeric, logical, date, etc.), the program flow control statements (if, switch, case, etc.) and the
use of expressions (do-while, for, loop, etc.), server and environment variables. Internet via HTTP requests and responses sent
to the database over the Internet to connect and perform transactions in the data base in the list of information, sort, changing,
dynamic education, an internet application development. Internet / web-aided / based learning basic concepts, Internet / websupported / learning-based theoretical basis, advantages and disadvantages; internet / web-aided / based on a lesson in
learning to create skeleton; internet / web-aided / based design principles to learn how to use; Internet / web-supported /
learning interaction based on the appropriate format to use, Web-based / supported learning environments for the basic
technical problems and solutions.
CLL101-102 - Basic Chinese I-II Teaching the basic structure of Chinese Language. Teaching phonetics and four voice tones
of the Chinese Language. Also, teaching typological characteristics of the phonetic system. Improving students’ accent in
accordance to the Chinese phonetics. Teaching the Chinese alphabet.
CLL103-104 - Speaking I-II Studying dialogues in Chinese and rendering the students capable of their thoughts and emotions.
Teaching the pronunciation of stressed, unstressed, long and short syllabes. Teaching techniques and methods of forming
accurate sentence. Listening records of TV programs and develop the students’ skills of listening and understanding
simultaneously.
CLL105-106 - Listening I-II Listening to the tapes at the level of basic Chinese and doing. Analysis of sentence structures, and
improving the students’ ability of listening and understanding.
CLL107-108 - Basic writing I-II Writing compositions at the level of basic chinese, rendering the students capabilities of
articulating their thoughts and feelings in and through writing. Teaching the techniques and methods of writing Chinese
characters, forming accurate sentence and writing composition.
CLL201-202 - Intermediate Chinese I-II Teaching of more complicated sentences and their meanings. Teaching of Chinese
language’s more complicated grammar and spelling qualities. Basic knowledge about the grammar of Modern Chinese will be
learned systematically. Basic terminology and their usage such as noun, verb, adverb, subject etc will also be learnt. Also
students writing and speaking skills will become to intermediate level as well as ability to analyze the grammatical mistakes by
the end of the course.
CLL203-204 - Speaking III-IV The purpose of the course is to study of dialogues and rendering the students capable of
articulating their thoughts and feelings at an advanced level. Specific subjects will be given to the students and will be expected
to express themselves in advanced level of Chinese. Speaking and expressing themselves fluently is expected by the end of
the course.
CLL205-206 - Reading and Comprehension I-II Reading Chinese texts at an Intermediate level, analyzing the grammar of the
written materials will be learnt, as well as usage of words and content of these texts. Stories, myths, love stories and narratives
will be read and analyzed.
CLL207-208 - Writing I-II Teaching Chinese grammar and sentence structure at an intermediate level is the purpose of the
course. Writing compositions and increasing the ability of students in articulating their thoughts and feelings will be learnt.
CLL213-214 - Chinese Society and Culture I-II Knowledge about the Chinese culture, philosophy, education, politics, arts and
history will be given to the students. Comparison between Chinese culture and Asian, Anatolian and West will be done during
the course.
CLL215 - Chinese History Teaching the development of Chinese History from antiquity to the present day with specific
attention on important events and individuals. Comparison of social, economical and intellectual developments in different ages
of Chinese history. Interpreting important events that have occurred throughout the history of China and pointing out the
165
influences of these on the countries around China. The analysis of the history of a rapidly developing China from the
perspective of today.
CLL216 - Newspaper and Magazine Reading Accurate and in depth reading of Chinese texts chosen from newspapers and
magazines. Analysis of sentence structures. Revealing the difference between newspaper and magazine languages in and
through a comparative study of chosen texts.
CLL301-302 - Advanced Chinese Reading I-II Teaching of more complicated signs, their meanings and their explanations in
the way of advancing the students’ ability to comprehend sophisticated texts is the main purpose of the course.
CLL303-304 - Advanced Chinese Speaking I-II Using various forms of dialogue in the way of increasing the students’s ability
to articulate more complicated thoughts and feelings. Audio recordings, short stories and dialogues will be analysed in the way
of improving the students’ listening, comprehnsion and speaking skills.
CLL305-306-407-408 Chinese Literature I-II-III-IV Involves general information about the Chinese Literature and analysis of
various exemplary texts from Chinese Literature. Provers, sayings, epics, stories will be analysed in a comparative way.
Selected stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated.
CLL307 - Translation of Culture and Thought Texts Involves translation of texts from Chinese cultural and social sciences.
Selected philosophical, scientific and literary texts will be interpreted and translated. Stories from ancient Chinese literature will
be analysed and translated in the way of introducing the Chinese culture to students.
CLL308 - Special Field Translations Translation of texts from the fields of tourism, economy, international relations, law,
education and politics. The grammar and sentence structure of the students will be developed by a comparative study of texts
from the above mentioned fields.
CLL309 - Chinese Philosophy and Art Involves studying the place and importance of Chinese philosophy in the history of
philosophy. Teaching the philosophies of Tao and Confucius as well as a study of Chinese art with specific examples. Analysis
of the development of artworks and philosophical thoughts throughout historical process, as well as a comparative study of
these with the artistic and philosophical traditions of various other civilizations.
CLL401-402 - Modern Chinese I-II Teaching of the sentence structures of chinese grammar and sentence structures. Writing
compositions in the different subjects, rendering the students capable of articulating their thoughts and feelings.
CLL403-404 - Dissertation I-II Involves teaching of research techniques as well as the techniques of writing a thesis. During
this period a thesis title will be determined and a graduation thesis will written. thesis.
CLL405-406 - Translation I-II Involves translation of texts selected from newspapers, magazines and journals from Chinese
into English and from English into Chinese, as well as translation of texts from Chinese cultural and social sciences. Literary
texts will also be interpreted and translated. Stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated in the way of
introducing the Chinese culture to students.
CLL409 - Special Field Translation Translation of various Chinese texts from different fields like international relations, law,
education and politics. A comparative study of Chinese culture and with other cultures by interpreting particular texts such as
those mentioned above.
CMN504 - Media and Language Language is the most important factor during the socialisation process. Nowadays, language
enabled any print and press opportunities, idea and information exchange. Mistakes because of using language during the
media production in wrong way, expression disorders, making observation, thinking, planning the subject and style will be
explored.
CMN528 - Effective Communication The basic aim and contents of the course are designed as: To transmit the pre- identified
message to the target audience in the manner desired, to arise the expected reaction in the target audience by means of a
consciously planned activity. The subjects to be taught incorporate the following: variants that affect communication skills
directly, basic knowledge that is instrumental in the success of the communicative endeavour, failures in communication, verbal
/ non- verbal communication, the place and importance of body language in effective communication.
CMN531 - Media and Public Opinion Interrelation between media and society will be taken for granted during the course.
Public opinion concept will be explained; its importance for the political regimes and mass media’s role at the formation of
public opinion will be explored by giving sample events.
CMN605 – Media Analysis Problems of Media Management; Media investigations and examination of media as a part of
cultural, political and educational systems; a relationship between cultural environment and media; and autocritic of media
management.
CMN606 - International Communication International transformation and globalization process; a relations between
modernity and international communication; a conflicts of different paradigsm; development of information; a foundamental
dynamics of communication industry; discussion of national politics; especially UNESCO and non-govermental organization
activities;the role of Turkey as a member of international communication; forecasting, foresighting for future; solution of sociotechnological problems.
CMN607 - Media Policies Global economics-politics re-constructions; transformation capitalism and communications politics;
classical media; modern and postmodern media politics.
COM103 – Introduction to Computers An understanding of the need for the management of data as an organizational
resource. Introduction to the fundamental concepts of data processing. Students’ skills in the application of computers and their
knowledge of hardware and software are enhanced.
COM161 - Interactive Multimedia Development The course introduces the student to the basic concepts of interactive
multimedia development. It consists of lectures, software demonstrations, CD-ROM exploration of relevant material and
practical exercises. It concentrates on the use of multimedia software such as Macromedia Director available for interactive
multimedia and Adobe Photoshop for image creation and manipulation. This course is purely practical with supervised
166
structured laboratory exercises. The theoretical knowledge gain in the prerequisite course and the software packages
introduced are put in this course into practice. The student will be required to create and present a CD-ROM multimedia project
by the end of the course.
COMP103 - Introduction to Computers & Information Systems I This Course introduces the fundamental concepts of
Information Technology (IT) and the necessary knowledge to use computers. The course will present the basic description on
the parts of the computer systems namely hardware, software, data, procedures, and information technology standard devices
used to store, input and output data and information. Students will also acquire a multitude of skills to use word processing
software and World Wide Web professionally.
COMP104 – Introduction to Computers & Information Systems II Basic keyboard skills, word processing (word processing),
graphics, spreadsheets, (Spreadsheeds), a data base (data base), is working with programs, primary education, basic
programming applications in education, educational software (Software) review, working with computers in the classroom .
COSC504 – Computer Concepts & Systems Software This course will introduce the student to the architecture of the
computer hardware. The major concepts of operating systems are also studied and the interrelationship between operating
systems and architecture is analysed. Students will be introduced to machine and assembly language.
COSC511 – Advanced Programming Languages Properties of algorithmic languages, scope of variables, binding time
subroutines and co-routines. Data abstraction, exception handling and concurrent processing. Programming and scripting
languages will be discussed and examples will be drawn from the pool of languages available in today’s computer software
industry.
COSC541 – Data Communication Systems & Networks This course will introduce the student to the concepts and
terminology of data communications, network design, and distributed information systems. Equipment, protocols and
transmission alternatives will be discussed. The communications environment and regulatory issues are also introduced.
CP150 – Visual Programming Techniques Provides experience with one of the ‘in demand’ visual programming languages,
such as Visual Basic and Visual Foxpro, used for developing Windows applications.
CP201 – MicroprocessorsBasic computer organisation and design. Instruction and their use. Instruction formats. Addressing
techniques. Assembler language with examples from microprocessors. Detailed examination of addressing, instruction
execution, data representation and program coding and debugging. Interrupt concept and usage.
CP204 - Introduction to Web Design This course will attempt to provide a comprehensive understanding of the evolution, the
technologies, and the tools of the internet. In particular, issues pertaining to the World Wide Web and Multimedia (HTML, Web
based applications) will be discussed.
CP205 - Data Structures and Algorithms The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to data structures and
algorithms. Topics include: control flow, loops, recursion; elementary data structures(lists, stacks, queues) and their
implementation via array and pointers; advanced sorting algorithms, linear sorting algorithms, binary trees , general trees and
heaps. Elementary graph algorithms.
CP206 - Database Management Systems This course will develop the student’s ability to determine needs in planning and
organising a database. The selecting and structuring of data field will be studied and applied to small problems that the student
will design, develop and test. Manipulating, sorting, and indexing of data within the DBMS will be studied at the completion of
the course, students skills will include creating, updating, retrieving, and reporting of data within the DBMS (Prerequisite:
BUS104)
CPSY530 - Legal/Ethical Issues Overview of ethical issues in clinical practice, as well as in research including designing,
conducting, and presenting scientific research, covering such issues as treatment of subjects, informed consent, confidentiality,
and scope of practice. Examination of ethics in professional work, including analysis of case studies, and discussion of ethical
issues on the forefront of applied science.
CPSY551 - Psychopathology/Differential Diagnosis Review of DSM-IV-TR criteria of major psychiatric disorders, special
challenges in differential diagnoses, ethical issues in use of diagnostic information, and recommended therapeutic approaches.
CPSY552 - Overview of Psychotherapeutic Approaches Examination of the major approaches to psychotherapy practice,
covering theory, techniques, and empirical support, including new developments in the field.
CPSY553 - Clinical Interviewing, Assessment, and Treatment Planning Practical training in different approaches to
conducting clinical interviews, diagnostic issues, and planning treatment with clients including issues such as extent of
treatment and evaluation of results.
CPSY554 - Humanistic Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural training in humanistic approaches
to psychotherapy practice, including diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology variables.
CPSY555 - Family/Group Therapy/ Organizational Dynamics In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural
training in major approaches ot family therapy, including diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology variables. Practical
training in managing various types of therapy groups, and major issues in organizational dynamics.
CPSY556 - Solution-Oriented Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural training in solution-oriented
therapy, including diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology variables.
CPSY557 - Cognitive Behavioral Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural training in cognitive
therapy, behavior therapy, and cognitive-behavior therapy, including diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology variables.
CPSY562 - Practice Management Practical training in how to manage a clinical practice, in a private setting or in a clinic,
including such skills as managing client load, consultations with other practitioners, administrative office and financial
procedures, media issues, as well as self-management and personal lifestyle issues.
CPSY582 - Supervised Psychotherapy Training
167
CPSY588 - One-Year Full-Time Internship with Formal Supervision
CS201 - Communication Skills I Advanced writing skills with special attention to those most commonly used in private
(business) and government. The aim of the course is to provide information on the standards and formats of managerial
correspondence; techniques for preparing informational & analytical reports.
CS202 - Communication Skills II Introduction to principles of empirical research; problem identification, hypothesis
generation, research design data collection & analysis. Application of research methods knowledge to managerial, economic,
social & political issues.
CV305 - Transportation Engineering Detailed study of transportation planning process. Inventory of existing travel demand.
Trip generation, trip distribution model split and trip assignment techniques, forecasting and plan evaluation. Vehicle, highway
and travel facts. Vehicle operation characteristics. Stopping and passing sight distance. Zero line application, simple horizontal
curve, compound and reverse curves, transition length and super elevation. Basic definitions and computations of level of
service. Setting out circular and transition curves. Earthwork volumes.
CVEN102 - Technical Drawing Introduction to technical drawing. Drawing instruments and their use, lettering, lines, geometry
of straight lines, scale drawing. Dimensions. Development of surfaces, shape description, selection of views, projecting the
views. Pictorial drawing, diametric trimetric projection.
CVEN201 - Statics Introduction to rigid body mechanics, equivalent force systems. Concepts of moment, couple, resultant.
Equilibrium; Free body diagram; equations of equilibrium. Structural analysis; trusses; beams. Properties of surfaces. Area
moment and cancroids; moment and product of inertia; principal directions.
CVEN202 - Strength of Materials Simple stress and strain. Equilibrium, compatibility and constitutive relations, state of stress
and state of strain with emphasis on two dimensional problems. Bending and shear stresses. Shear and bending moment
diagrams by integrating and section method. Deflection of beams. Torsion of circular shafts. Combined stresses. Buckling of
columns.
CVEN204 - Surveying Introduction. Distance measurement. Taping. Angle measurement. Errors. Direct, indirect and
conditional adjustment of observations. Differential levelling. Rise and fall. Height of collimation method. Traverse surveys.
Azimuth and coordinate computations. Area computations. Stadia survey. Trigonometric levelling. Contour lines. Curve layout.
Remote sensing and photogrammetry.
CVEN301 - Dynamics Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies: absolute motion, relative motion. Kinetics of particles: equation
of motion, work-energy and impulse-momentum. Systems of particles. Kinetics of rigid bodies: Euler's equation, plane motion of
rigid bodies, kinetic energy of rigid bodies. Introduction to the dynamics of vibrating systems.
CVEN303 - Structural Analysis I Unsymmetrical bending, shear centre. Definition, classification, idealisation and modelling of
structure. Analysis of statically determinate structures, including beams, frames and arches. Analysis of cables. Work and
energy principles and their application in deformation analysis of structures. Force method of structural analysis.
CVEN304 - Structural Analysis II Introduction to structural analysis. Displacement methods: slope deflection, moment
distribution, special topics. Stiffness method, derivation of element stiffness matrices, assembly procedures. Computerised
implementation of the stiffness method and use of instructional programs. Large scale structural analysis. Influence lines and
moving loads.
CVEN305 - Transportation Engineering Detailed study of transportation planning process. Inventory of existing travel
demand. Trip generation, trip distribution model split and trip assignment techniques, forecasting and plan evaluation. Vehicle,
highway and travel facts. Vehicle operation characteristics. Stopping and passing sight distance. Zero line application, simple
horizontal curve, compound and reverse curves, transition length and super elevation. Basic definitions and computations of
level of service. Setting out circular and transition curves. Earthwork volumes.
CVEN307 - Reinforced Concrete Structures I Concept of design Structures. Limit state theory, concept of safety, definition of
reinforced concrete element. Criterion of failure of axial loading. Section under binding and axial load, cracking and limit states.
Stress distribution of compression zone of concrete. Bending combined with axial loading. Internal forces. Equilibrium
equations. Design tables and curves for rectangular section. Providing safety for shear in columns and beams. Providing safety
for shear in columns and beams. Design of Beams and Frames. Torsion. Bond, anchorage, splices of reinforcement. Ductility.
Beam-column joints. Design specifications. Slabs with beams. One way slabs. Two way slabs. Design specifications.
CVEN307 - Soil Mechanics Introduction: Engineering problems involving soils. Basic characteristics of soils, classification
and compaction of soils. Principle of effective stress. Permeability and flow of water (seepage) in soils. Shear strength of soils.
Slope stability. Lateral earth pressure theories. Consolidation theory.
CVEN309 - Fluid Mechanics Definitions, physical properties. Hydrostatics, forces on plane and curved surfaces, buoyancy,
hydrostatics in moving and rotating containers. Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions, derivatives, rate of deformation, flow
lines. System and control volume approach, Reynolds transport theorem, principles of conservation of mass, momentum and
energy, Bernoulli equation. Dimensional analysis.
CVEN310 - Hydrology Hydrologic analysis in water resources: Precipitation, stream flow and hydrograph analysis. Hydrologic
flood routing. Statistical analysis in water resources. Ground water hydrology. Engineering applications.
CVEN350 - Summer Practice I Preparing of standard engineering drawings. Surveying. Construction materials. Quantity
estimates.
CVEN401 - Earthquake Engineering Nature of earthquake ground motion and response spectra. Dynamic response of
buildings. Static lateral force procedures and provisions of acting Codes. Principles of design for drift and lateral stability.
Seismic design of floor diaphragms, steel and reinforced concrete structures. Geotechnical and foundation design
considerations. Design of structures with seismic isolation. Utilization of software packages SAP2000-Educational for seismic
design of structures.
168
CVEN403 - Computer Applications in Civil Engineering Application of finite element method and computer programs for
problems of structural mechanics and design of structures. Utilization of new and updated package programs in modelling of
structures. Two and three dimensional complete analysis and design of buildings. Utilization of software packages SAP2000Educational, Ide-Static, Probina.
CVEN405 - Design of Steel Structures I General concepts in design. Design methods, loads (dead, live, wind, snow and
earthquake), codes, safety, serviceability. Behavior of steel structures. Tension members, compression members, beams,
beam-columns, types and behavior of connections in steel structures, bolted and welded connections. Introduction to computer
aided design using SAP 2000-Educational.
CVEN406 - Design of Steel Structures II Elementary Plastic Analysis and Design (Introduction, scope of plastic analysis,
ultimate load carrying capacity of tension members and compression members, flexural members, shape factor, mechanisms,
plastic collapse, analysis, plastic analysis applied to steel beams and simple portal frames and design). Design of Water Tanks
(Introduction, permissible stresses, design of circular and rectangular steel tanks). Towers (Transmission line towers,
microwave towers, design loads, classification, design procedure and specification). Industrial Buildings (Loads, general
arrangement and stability, design considerations, design of purlins, design of roof trusses, industrial building frames, bracings
and stepped columns).
CVEN407 - Reinforced Concrete Design II Behavior and strength of members under combined shear and torsion: design
reinforced concrete beam for shear, torsion and bending. Serviceability of beams, one- way and two-way slabs: deflection
behavior and control. Structural systems: framed, wall and combined structures, flat slabs and plates. Seismic design
principles. Modeling and design with SAP 2000 Educational. Advanced methods of construction: prefabricated and prestressed
concrete, composite structures. Repair and strengthening of structures.
CVEN409 - Construction Engineering and Management Profile of construction sector; company and site organization.
Documents in a contract file, types of contracts. General specifications for public works. Technical specifications. Working
schedules; manpower and equipment requirements on the job. Quantity measurement monthly payments. Final account and
payment. Safety in construction. Economical and juridical basis of construction planning. Methods of planning. Gnat charts,
networks. CPM and PERT Arrow and present system. Rock drilling and blasting operations.
CVEN410 - Construction Contracting Construction industry, principles of construction contracting, construction organization,
contracts and tendering, different types of contracts, construction laws and regulations, contract documents, bonds and
liabilities, joint-venture and consortium contracting, value engineering, construction finance and accounting, construction claims,
disputes and arbitration.
CVEN420 - Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Design Discussion of water quality constituents and introduction to the
design and operation of water and wastewater treatment facilities.
This course familiarizes students with appropriate design criteria and the design process for water and wastewater treatment
plants including unit operations in wastewater treatment, physical, chemical, and biological
processes for treatment of
wastewater, sludge treatment and disposal, design of a wastewater treatment plant and cost estimates.
CVEN425 - Mechanics of Sea Waves Wave theory and applications to engineering problems; basic wave theory (wave
generation, refraction, diffraction and shoaling), wave prediction techniques; wave properties and transformation in shoaling
water; wave spectra. Various techniques to compute wave loads on marine and offshore structures.
CVEN430 - Coastal and Port EngineeringBasic coastal and port planning including site selection, environmental factors, and
technical considerations; Planning and design of seawalls, groins, jetties, wharves, quays, breakwaters, revetments, harbors,
bulkheads, piers and fendersand layout of ports.
CVEN435 - Introduction to Design and Construction of Offshore Structures Review of concepts of analysis for functional
design of offshore platforms, Technical review of different types of offshore structures, principles of structural analysis and
design of offshore structures to withstand hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loading of the sea. Hydrodynamic phenomena
including wind and current interaction, vortex shedding and wave forces; Considerations include planning, design, construction,
transportation and installation of offshore structures, material types and safety factors.
CVEN440 - Foundation Engineering Site investigations, retaining structures, excavations, shallow foundation design, bearing
capacity, settlement, stress distribution in soils, initial settlement, consolidation settlement, permissible settlement, deep
foundation design, bearing capacity, types of piles, ground improvement.
CVEN445 - Bridge Design Review of Highway Bridge Analysis and Design Fundamentals. Study of Influence Line Diagrams
and Shear and Moment Envelopes. Design of Medium- and Short-Span Girder Bridges. Highway loading; load distribution;
moving loads; deck girder bridges; design of bridge elements; piers, abutments; specifications and codes; bridge construction.
CVEN450 - Summer Practice II Subjects available: Surveying, quantity and cost estimates. Construction materials. Site
applications. Reinforced concrete, structural, hydraulic and highway design. Preparing standard engineering drawings.
CVEN460 - Airport Design Planning and design of general aviation and air carrier airports. Landside components including
vehicle ground-access systems, vehicle circulation parking, and terminal buildings. Airside components include aircraft aprongate area, taxiway system, runway system, air traffic control facilities and airspace. Selection of site, soil investigation, layout,
design of surface drainage, grading plans and earthwork estimates, airport pavement design; markings, lighting, pavement
design of apron sand taxiways.
CVEN470 - Pre-stressed Concrete Nature of prestressing and properties of prestressed concrete. Prestressing techniques.
Analysis of stresses in statically determinate and statically indeterminate prestressed concrete beams. Behaviour of
prestressed concrete elements under axial loading, flexural loading, shear, torsion and combined loading.
CVEN480 - Project Planning and SchedulingFundamentals of planning, scheduling and management of different projects.
Review of Gantt chart, PERT, CPM and generally the network planning systems., Construction contracts and delivery methods,
Estimating fundamentals and concepts, Activity duration and network calculation, Fundamentals of project controls, costs,
169
schedule and resource control, Applying the real projects related to civil engineering fields by using the M.S. Project and P3
(Primavera Project Planner) software.
CVEN490 - Special Project This is the capstone course for students in civil engineering. It is designed to bring together the
knowledge and skills learnt in the major engineering courses and the minor or further specialization option. The student has the
option of one of the following main branches of specialization: - Structural Mechanics Division; - Transportation Division; Construction Division;- Hydraulics Division
DANS121 - Contemporary Dance I This course introduces the basics of modern dance technique and aesthetics. Dance
styles taught will be derivations of major twentieth century modern dance techniques.
DANS122 - Contemporary Dance II This course builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through higherlevel technique, creative studies and more complicated movement phrases.
DANS131 - Ballet I An introduction to the technique and terminology of classical ballet, focusing on placement, alignment and
simple phrasing, and providing a solid foundation for future study of ballet.
DANS132 - Ballet II A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet I. Particular focus will be given to
strength, balance, clarity of shapes and faster movement phrases.
DANS141 - Improvisation I This course explores the fundamental concepts and tools of movement improvisation as well as
some applications of improvisation in performance, dance therapy and choreography. Readings and field trips are a
requirement for this course.
DANS149 - Latin Dance Introducing types of Latin Dance. Basic principles of timing, basic foot work and variations of simple
turn patterns.
DANS151 - History of Dance I This course will look at performance genres from the early 1900’s with the origin of modern
dance to the present, including contemporary dance theatre, performance art, multi-media performance and street dancing.
DANS152 - History of Dance II This course is the following course of DANS151, as it will look at performance genres from the
early 1900’s with the origin of modern dance to the present, including contemporary dance theatre, performance art, multimedia performance and street dancing.
DANS159 - Turkish Folk Dance I Introducing folk cultures, traditional costumes, history and music.
DANS175 - Anatomy and Kinesiology for Dance This course will cover basic anatomy, the cooperation between the systems
of the body, correct and incorrect skeletal alignment, injury prevention and care, and exercises for re-patterning inefficient and
damaging movement habits.
DANS179 - HathaYoga Yoga, in Sanskrit, means union. Hatha Yoga is the ancient Indian practice of unifying body, mind and
spirit through the physical practice of the yoga asanas (poses). This course is an introduction to the basic yoga asanas,
traditional vinyasas (sequences of poses) such as the sun salutations, and their strengthening, balancing and healing effects in
the body.
DANS219 - Turkish Cypriot Folk Dance I Introducing Cypriot folk cultures, traditional costumes, history and music.
DANS223 - Contemporary Dance III This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
higher-level technique, more advanced repertory and the implementation of emotional content and dramatic style to movement.
Specific focus will be given to partnering and group performance dynamics.
DANS224 - Contemporary Dance IV This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
DANS229 - Tap Dance / Folk Dance Tap Dance: Simple key techniques, basic exercises, and movements. Variety of rhythmic
patterns, fundamental steps, and graded routines. Brief history, choreographic principles, and improvisation. Shuffles, ball
changes, heel drops, time steps, flaps, and beginning turns are introduced. Folk Dance: Introduces the basic step patterns,
rhythmic patterns, position, and formations of traditional and ethnic group dances.
DANS233 - Ballet III A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet II. Particular focus will be given to
contemporary ballet styles as well as and the narrative ballet, including the dancing of specific characters.
DANS234 - Ballet IV A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet III. Particular focus will be given to
DANS235 - Theories in Dance Education The history of educational approaches in dance and the arts will be studied as well
as the theories and practices of current art educators and influential education theorists such as John Dewey, Jacqueline
Smith-Artuad and Howard Gardner. The application of theories to the teaching of modern dance, ballet, creative movement and
traditional dance forms will be discussed.
DANS242 - Improvision II This course builds upon the improvisation techniques learned in Improvisation I, focusing more on
group and partner work, longer solo improvisations, and the inclusion of text and other media in the dancers’ work.
DANS251 - Choreography Studies geared to develop an understanding of the principles of choreographic invention for a
single person, small groups and large ensembles.
DANS255 - Music for Dance Introduction to meter, rhythm and music notation. Rhythmic analysis of scores and movement
sequences as well as finding common ground between music and dance through notation will be the main focus.
Experimentation with music and movement collaborations will be encouraged.
170
DANS260 - Dance in Cultural Contexts A cultural and anthropological study of dance throughout the world. The overall
function of dance will be explored through the history and evolution of specific dance forms and their roles as cultural and social
practice.
DANS271 - Laban Movement Analysis I Introduction to Rudolf Laban’s system of movement analysis and notation and its
applications to dance research, choreography, and dance education. Focus will be given to the basic body, space and dynamic
elements.
DANS311 - Dance Company I Dance Majors will participate in the dance productions choreographed by faculty members and
guest artists.
DANS312 - Dance Company II Dance Majors will participate in the dance productions choreographed by faculty members and
guest artists.
DANS315 - Teaching Dance: Children This course is an exploration of dance education methods and tools for children from
the pre-elementary level through the sixth grade. Concepts such as integration, experiential learning, class management
techniques and current dance education theories will be examined and practically applied to dance lessons and teaching
methodology.
DANS316 - Teaching Dance: adolecsents to Adults How can we teach dance effectively and safely to senior adults? How
can we maintain the interest of the introverted, angry or distracted adolescent student? How does the dance educator create
the appropriate challenge without causing fear and intimidation in the sensitive learner? Students will explore these and other
crucial questions through discussion, research and practice, and in turn acquire the educational tools, knowledge and skills
appropriate for each age group.
DANS319 - Introduction to Dance Therapy This course is an introduction to the fundamental principles, schools and
applications of dance therapy. Focus will be given to body awareness, human development, ideokinesis and nonverbal
communication.
DANS325 - Contemporary Dance V This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
DANS326 - Contemporary Dance VI This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
DANS335 - Ballet V A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet IV. Particular focus will be given to
DANS336 - Ballet VI A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet V. Particular focus will be given to
DANS339 - Dance Administration This course is an overview of the controlling elements affecting performing arts
organizations. We will examine the position of the artist in society and in the labor market, how to raise and manage funds, and
different marketing strategies specifically for dance. Some focus will be given to the arts funding and the European Union.
DANS340 - International Dance Forms Various ethnic dance styles such as Latin American Dance, Popular Dance/Hip Hop,
Flamenco, Balkan Folk Dance, and classical Indian dance will be offered alternately by semester.
DANS342 - Choreography II In this course further studies geared to develop an understanding of the principles of
choreographic invention for a single person, small groups and large ensembles.
DANS345 - Dance for the Special Child This course will deeply explore the possibilities, therapeutic used and techniques in
teaching dance to children with mild to severe mental disabilities. Techniques for teaching the gifted child will also be
addressed.
DANS349 – Stage and Costume Design This course aims to guide the students as dancers and choreographers to benefit
from stage lighting at most by providing them with broad knowledge on lighting/set design using recorded examples of various
stage productions and stage lighting books and giving them a chance to put theory into practice with active duties on various
school productions.
DANS350 - Dance Production The rigorous study of the visual elements of dance design through aesthetic and critical
evaluation of lighting, costume, and scenographic techniques as they relate to specific dance repertory works.
DANS355 - Movement Vocabulary and Analysis This course explores expansion of movement vocabulary through
improvisation and compositional techniques. Students will create and perform group and solo movement studies.
DANS360 - Aesthetics in Dance This course will address the formal and philosophical issues surrounding dance,
performance art and the creative process. Concepts such as beauty, harmony, balance and contemporary aesthetic theory will
be explored, as well as the application of aesthetic theory to dance criticism.
DANS361 - Jazz Dance I Introduction to fundamental jazz techniques, exercises, walks, and movement phrases of the jazz
style. Basic knowledge of changing jazz styles through the years.
DANS362 - Jazz Dance II Emphasis on perfecting techniques, creating basic jazz compositions, and developing a
DANS372 - Laban Movement Analysis II Introduction to Rudolf Laban’s system of movement analysis and notation and its
applications to dance research, choreography, and dance education. Focus will be given to the basic body, space and dynamic
elements.
DANS411 - Ballet Repertory I Corps de ballet from classical ballet repertoire.
171
DANS412 - Ballet Repertory II Duets, Pas de Quatre, Pas de Trois from classical repertoire.
DANS415 - Teaching Methodology Ballet Introduction to dance pedagogy, including educational theory, motor learning and
biomechanical principles and music as it relates to the teaching of ballet.
DANS421 - Contemporary Dance Repertory I Repertory classes include faculty and guest faculty choreography produced
previously or created for the school. The aim is to teach students how to work with different choreographers, group process and
to develop their stage experience.
DANS422 - Contemporary Dance Repertory II Repertory classes include faculty and guest faculty choreography produced
previously or created for the school. The aim is to teach students how to work with different choreographers, group process and
to develop their stage experience.
DANS427 - Contemporary Dance VII This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
DANS428 - Contemporary Dance VIII This course further builds upon the basic skills and aesthetic of modern dance through
DANS429 - Writing Dance Criticism This course explores the evolution of the field of dance criticism from its early traditions
to contemporary practice. It focuses on the variety of approaches as well as the unique challenges in writing about dance.
DANS437 - Ballet VII A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet VI. Particular focus will be given to
DANS438 - Ballet VIII A continuation of the technique, positions, and style learned in Ballet VII. Particular focus will be given to
DANS440 - Guest Artist Workshop The dancers work with the artistic director and guest choreographers as part of a dance
company, learning, interpreting, rehearsing, and performing dances created for the company repertory.
DANS443 - Advanced Dance Composition During this course students are introduced to the elements of composition and
basic concepts such as space, time, rhythm, texture, dynamics, form and with weekly home works their understanding and
application of the concepts are discussed. Fourth year composition class involves graduation project. Time, space, energy,
Laban's movement qualities, movement dynamics are explored. We explore further form, structure, choreographic devices, use
of props, themes and variations, motif and development for solo and group projects.
DANS449 - Culture Gender & Politics of the Body Throughout the ages, dance has been the non-verbal-voice of ethics,
norms, conflicts, desires, identity, and deviation from tradition. This course examines historical and current instances of the
body as both a vulnerable and powerful vessel of culture, identity and social change and the socio-political consequences of the
body as such.
DANS455 - Practium In Teaching I This course is designed for the intermediate to advanced dancer who wishes to develop
an awareness of proper teaching techniques. The student, under guidance of a department dance instructor, will analyze the
instructor's lesson plans as well as develop their own series of warm up exercises to be discussed for purpose and efficiency.
DANS456 - Practium In Teaching II Directed observation and teaching of dance classes preschool through college. This
course is intended as a practicum experience outside the department of dance. Its purpose is to introduce the student to the
basic structure and content of a K12 dance instruction or community dance/arts setting. The student will keep a journal log and
could teach one lesson, if allowed by teacher/school system.
DANS480 - Introduction to Dance Research Independent study for research and writing.
DANS493 - Senior Year Seminar/ Project Research and scholarly writing in chosen topics relating to dance. Methods of
investigation will be drawn from prominent archival collections and personal interviews, as well as other resources. Papers will
be formally presented to the Dance Department upon completion.
EBE101 – Introduction to Midwifery This course aims to facilitate student understanding of the philosophy of midwifery,
midwifery related concepts, basic philosophy of the profession as well as learning of the duties, jurisdictions and responsibilities
of midwives.
EBE102 - Basic Applications in Midwifery In this course, the students will understand the basic concepts and theories
related to midwifery; will identify patient’s and patient relatives’ needs within a biopsychosocial approach and will gain the skills
related to planning, application and evaluation of their duties as well as skills for effective communication with other healthcare
personnel.
EBE201 - Knowledge of Birth I In this course, the students will understand the importance of mother’s health, normal
pregnancy and psychosocial and physiological changes during pregnancy, specifications of pregnancy follow-up and will gain
the skills related to pregnancy check-up procedures.
EBE202 - Knowledge of Birth II This course will stress the importance of foetal health and health of the pregnant woman;
identify the risky situations related to pregnancy and will facilitate gaining of knowledge and skills required for application and
care required in such situations.
EBE203 - Embryology This course is aimed at informing the students about embryological development and the factors
affecting this process.
172
EBE204 - Reproductive Health The students will gain an understanding of the concept of reproductive health and its place
within basic health services through this course. In addition, the students will gain knowledge and skills necessary for primary
reproductive health services.
EBE205 - Care in Internal Medicine and Surgery In this course, the students will gain theoretical knowledge and practical
skills related to care in internal medicine and surgery. The students will be able to synthesize the information previously gained
from other courses with the information gained from this course and will have knowledge of concepts and principles related to
internal medicine and surgery; will be able to effectively apply their problem solving skills where care is required; and acquire
the skills of regarding the patient in unity physically, psychologically and socially.
EBE206 - Summer Internship The students will reinforce the basic theories, concepts and skills they learn by practical
application in different areas for a duration of 4 weeks.
EBE301 - Knowledge of Birth III In this course, the following topics will be covered: Normal birth physiology; stages of birth;
specifications of birth pain; preparation and informing of the mother for birth; follow-up during the first, second and third stages
of birth; assessment and observation of mother and the newborn; skills for defining healthy and risky newborn; skills for the
care of the newborn and the family during and after birth; initiation of breastfeeding at early postpartum stages; application of
episiotomy; acquisition of knowledge and skills for the mother’s care post-partum.
EBE302 - Knowledge of Birth IV In this course, the students will gain the skills to recognise the risky situations during birth;
will know the potential dangers for mother and baby; the postnatal risks based on preterm and postterm periods; and will gain
knowledge and skills required for appropriately handling the risky situations.
EBE303 - Care in Women’s Health and Disease In this course the students will gain competence in the following areas:
Conservation of health in women; follow-up of health; identification of risky situations endangering women’s health; ability for
early diagnosis and implementation of care in situations of ill health; facilitation of responsibility for self-care; identifying the
needs for the patient and their family with a unified biopsychosocial approach; gaining skills for planning, application and
evaluation of actions; gaining skills for effective interpersonal communication with patients, patient families and other health
professionals.
EBE304 - Care in Child Health and Disease Through this course, the students will be expected to gain knowledge and skills
in the following areas: Characteristics of normal growth and development of 0-18 years age group; ability to improve on the
ways of sustaining health; ability to assess ill-health situations through practical applications in the relevant field; skills for
necessary care during childhood diseases; behaving within the framework of ethical values; ability to effectively communicate
with the patients and their families for appropriate guidance.
EBE305 and 306 - Professional Foreign Language I and II The main aim of this course is to introduce the terminology with
the relevant text types and dialogues between nurses and patients. Exercises and presentations in class as well as written
assignments which require critical analysis of texts in different contexts will be given to the students.
EBE307 - Pregnancy and Trauma In his course, the students will understand the specific points of attention and follow-up
specifications for cases of pregnancy with trauma dimension from medical and legal standpoint.
EBE308 - Summer Internship The students reinforce their academic gains through improving their practical skills on care and
treatment by carrying out field studies in the format of an internship.
EBE401 – Mother and Child Health and Family Planning This course will entail gaining knowledge on Mother-Child Health
theories; indications; importance of facilitating productivity; evaluating productivity; carrying out follow-up; methods of family
planning and application of counseling principles in this respect.
EBE402 - Application of Birth This course is designed to enhance the students’ knowledge and skills relating to practical
applications in the delivery room and support the development of their problem solving skills through small group based case
discussions.
EBE407 and 406 Translation I and II The aim of this course is to introduce the students to written material related to
ergotherapy and teach them the techniques for translation of such material. The course includes critical analysis of reading
material selected from different content as well as written home assignments and in-class presentations.
ECON101 - Introduction to Economics I This course introduces the scope, nature and methods of economics; the economic
problem, a general view of the price system consumer behaviour; theory of the firm; various market structures.
ECON102 - Introduction to Economics II This course introduces the interdependence of the economy; national income and
its determination; elements of public finance; money and banking, monetary policy; international trade; economic growth and
development.
ECON203 - Intermediate Microeconomics This course is intended to introduce and ground students in the intermediate
principles of microeconomics. It develops on the knowledge from introductory microeconomics and prepares students for
advanced topics in microeconomics and any other courses that require an adequate knowledge of microeconomics. The topics
include demand, supply and market prices; theory of consumer equilibrium; demand and supply elastic ties; theory of
production and cost; pricing and equilibrium conditions in different market structures, short and long-run; general equilibrium
and welfare economics.
ECON204 - Intermediate Macroeconomics This class attempts to impart the theoretical background for understanding
macroeconomic problems and policy options. Topics include the analysis of the economic activity, national income accounting;
classical, Keynesian and modern theories of income and employment; general equilibrium of product and money markets;
aggregate demand and supply; stabilization policies; impact of international trade, IS-LM and AS-AD general equilibrium
173
systems, money, unemployment, inflation, and interest rates. We will be emphasizing the historical context of our tools as well
as highlighting real world applications of them.
ECON301 - International Economics I This course includes the analysis of the bases for trade and patterns of specialization
and exchange in the classical, neoclassical and Thecksher-Ohlin-Samuelson models of trade; the effect of trade on relative and
absolute factor prices; the effect of growth on trade.
ECON302 - International Economics II This course includes the analysis of tariffs, subsidies and other restrictions on trade;
the foreign exchange market; balance of payments equilibrium and disequilibrium; methods of adjustment to balance of
payments disequilibria under the major exchange rate systems.
ECON304 - Mathematical Economics This course focuses on the development of the basic mathematical tools required by
the modern economist; multivariate differential and integral calculus, vector and matrix analysis; problems relating to
maximization programs and stability analysis.
ECON305 - Money & Banking This course analysis the definition of money; determinants of the supply of and demand for
money; theories explaining the changes in the general price level; central banking, commercial banking and other financial
intermediaries; monetary policy.
ECON306 - Business Cycles & Forecasting This course analysis of the factors in economic fluctuations, the forecasting of
future economic activities and policies designed to mitigate the more severe and costly sorts of fluctuations. The study of
various aspects of business cycle theory, introduction of the main aggregate economic concepts, important
ECON307 - Financial Economics A set of underlying economic principles is applied to the determination of the value of basic
financial instruments such as stocks and bonds, as well as derivative securities, such as futures and options. Valuation
concepts, in turn, allow for the analysis of various issues of interest to policy makers as well as portfolio managers and
investors, such as the term structure of interest rates, portfolio theory, the capital structure of the firm, capital budgeting and risk
management.
ECON317- Political Economy This course is analyzing relations among state, economy, and society. Discussion of liberalism
and individualism, neo-classical economics, Marxism, sociological and cultural theories, and neo-institutionalism.
ECON318 - Labor Economics This course includes the analysis of the market for labor, determinants of labor supply and
demand; labor market equilibrium, wage structure, human capital, labor mobility, labor unions, industrial relations, conflict and
cooperation, employment and unemployment.
ECON401 - Economic Thought The course emphasizes processing of the evolution and improvement of the tools of analysis
of economic phenomena up to the present day; contribution of ancient and medieval economic thought. Mercantilism as
doctrine and as economic process; contribution of Physiocracy to systematic economic thought; Classical economic analysis;
socialist and historicist economic thought; Neo-classical school, marginalism, partial and general equilibrium analysis; American
Institutionalism; Keynesian economics; Austrian School; Modern Monetarism; Rational Expectations; Public Choice and
Capture Theories.
ECON402 - Global Economics This course aims to understand globalisation and basic economic model it relies on;
The concept and stages of economic blocks. Basic reasons of creating economic blocks and consequences of this
development
ECON403 - Managerial Economics The course deals with the application of economic theory and quantitative methods to
managerial decision-making problems. Topics include demand and supply analysis, production, cost analysis, forecasting,
pricing, market structures, break-even analysis and capital budgeting.
ECON404 – Public Finance The course emphasizes processing of the causes of market failure and the need for government
intervention in the economy analysis of public goods, externalities, decreasing cost conditions; the problem of income
distribution; budget systems and cost-benefit analysis; government expenditure patterns and tax structures; unemployment
problems; economic stabilization and the impact of government expenditures and taxes on the level of economic activity and
income.
ECON405 - Research Methods This course is an introductory course in the theory and practice of economic research. The
course focuses on the design, development, and implementation of research projects. The course is centered on tools and
techniques of research and their application to the development of a formal research design. The course introduces the student
to some of the uses of computer resources in research methods in economics. The topics includes research process and
techniques; data collection, processing and evaluation of the findings.
ECON406 – Economic Development This course includes the survey of classical and contemporary theories of development;
analysis of major issues and problems of economic development and structural change; analysis of development policy
process; evaluation of alternative strategies of industrialization.
ECON408 - Turkish Economy This course focuses on the overall structure of the economy; sources and use of income;
public sector; main sectors; agriculture, industry, services; income distribution; trends in production, employment, inflation,
finance and trade; Turkish economy and EU; analysis of the dynamics of change of the Turkish economy and evolution of
economic policies within the context of the world economy and globalization.
ECON410 - Econometrics The course will introduce the basis of the classical linear regression model; assumptions, the
problems of estimation and inference, violation of the assumptions of the model. The basic statistical concepts are also
reviewed.
ECON415 - Environmental Economics This course introduces ecological limits on economy and natural resources;
environment and ethics; economic growth, population growth and environment; theories of environmental policy instruments,
valuation of environmental goods, dynamic aspects of local and international aspects of environmental issues.
174
ECON417 - Comparative Economic Systems This course deals with different economic systems and political structures of
various countries. Students will be able to compare and contrast different economic systems
ECON420 - Contemporary Issues in Economics Research, presentation and debates about the new issues in economics.
Case studies.
ECON500 – Economics for Business Management Microeconomic environment of business: The working of competitive
markets. Demand and supply. Products, markets cost and revenue. Profit maximization under perfect and imperfect
competition. The firm in the factor market. Government, firm and market. Macroeconomic environment of business: National
income, employment and inflation, International trade, the balance of payments, exchange rates, money and interest, economic
ideas, Keynesian and Monetarist expiations of business activity.
ECON501 – Microeconomic Analysis Evaluation of tools of micro analysis; theories of the consumer and firm; determination
of relative prices under different market types; stability issue of comparative market equilibrium; topics in economics of
information.
ECON502 – Macroeconomic Analysis Analysis of the Classical, Keynesian and Tobin’s dynamic aggregative models; impact
multipliers and stability analysis; Walrasian and Keynesian adjustment mechanisms; implications of different money regimes;
various issues of open macro models.
ECON503 – Economic Thought Critical analysis of contemporary economic thought with reference to its evolution;
comparative evaluation of schools of economic thought; mainstream and non-mainstream economic thought; Nobel-Prize
winner economic theories; puzzles and paradoxes in economic thought.
ECON504 – International Economics Comparative analysis of international trade theories and policies; balance of payments;
international factor movements; the results of the GATT/WTO agreements; the international monetary system and its evolution;
capital movements; foreign direct investment; portfolio investment; exchange rate determination; stabilization policies in open
economies.
ECON505 – Econometrics The linear regression model; data problems; specification problems; maximum likelihood; nonlinear regression; Probability Distribution Theory and statistical inference; non-spherical disturbances; heteroscedasticity and
autocorrelation; co-integration and error correction discrete dependent variables; Granger’s Causality analysis.
ECON511 – Economic Development Major theories of development, neoclassical and structuralist approaches, dependence
theories; historical aspects of development; measurement of development; gap between ‘North’ and ‘South’; income
distribution, population growth and employment; agriculture, trade and industrialization; external debt; main policy issues.
ECON512 – Turkish Economy Comparative micro and macro analysis of Turkish economy vis-a-vis globalisation and
regionalization; brief retrospective evaluation of economic developments since the proclamation of the Republic; analysis of
economic crises, inflation and unemployment; inter-sectoral analyses; budget and PSBR; foreign economic relations, FTB,
CAB, foreign portfolio and direct investments; relations with IMF, stabilization measures; Twin-Deficit Analysis; relations with
EU, structural measures.
ECON513 – International Political Economy The political dynamics involved in the formulation and evolution of economic
theories and institutions; wealth and power: mercantilism; the liberal IPE perspective; the structuralist perspective; critical
perspectives on IPE; IPE structures: production, finance, security, knowledge and technology; IMF, WB, OECD, WTO and the
IPE of international finance and trade; the economics and politics of integration; the IPE of North and South; the IPE of
transnational corporations; the new political economy: ‘Public Choice’ and ‘Regulation’; the future of IPE.
ECON514 – Economic Policies of EU The dynamics of integration in Europe, focusing on economic aspects; brief historical
background; theoretical rationale of economic integration, ‘trade-creation’ and ‘trade-diversion’ effects; customs union in EEC;
Maastricht Treaty and its contents; monetary union in EU; harmonization of economic and social policies of EU; economic
relations of EU with other countries.
ECON515 – Globalisation & Economic Issues Analysis of the concept of globalisation; historical evolution of globalisation;
different aspects of globalisation; evaluation of economic globalisation; perfect mobility of capital; North-South divergence in
various economic indicators and development criteria; external-debt spiral of the South
ECON516 – Public Finance Fiscal theory and policy; nature, scope and role of the public sector in open economies; public
goods, externalities, public revenue system, monopolies; budgeting and government expenditures; taxation and subsidies;
effects of alternative tax systems on resource allocation, capital formation, income distribution and inflation; intergovernmental
financial relations.
ECON517 – Welfare Economics Pareto-optimal allocation of resources; tax, subsidy and compensation criteria; social welfare
function; efficiency and equity effects of taxes; macroeconomic theories of income distribution; measurement techniques of
inequality; income redistribution policies; theory of ‘Public Choice’ ‘the Median-Voter Model’, Lindahl’s equilibrium; Wicksellian
extensions, ‘the Calculus of Consent’; Theory of Regulation and the Capture Theory.
EDU102 – Educational Psychology The relation between education and psychology, definitions and functions of educational
psychology, human development (physical, cognitive, emotional, social and moral), learning theories and their reflection on
teaching process, effective learning and its factors (motivation, individual factors, group dynamics and their effects on
classroom teaching).
EDU102 – Development and Learning In this course, the students are informed about the stages of individual development
and their relationship with learning processes. James P. Byrnes. Cognitive development and learning in instructional contexts.
(2008) Pearson/Allyn and Bacon
EDU103 – Introduction to Educational Sciences Basic educational concepts, functions of education (philosophical, social,
legal, psychological, economic and political), the relation between education and other fields, historical development of
education, directions in education in the new millennium, the Turkish education system and its characteristics, the role of
teachers in education, characteristics of teachers, new practices and perspectives in teacher training
175
EDU203 – Material Design in Education Teaching analysis, classification of purpose, goals analysis, learner analysis,
content, planning, exercises and feedback in planning, assessment planning, two-dimensional visual learning-teaching tools,
the classical education technology, modern educational technology, teaching materials selection procedures, materials design
and development principles, design elements, development of course materials management, domain-related development
materials, visual, audio and audio-visual materials development, teaching courses in the use of material samples.
EDU204 – Subject Specific Teaching Methods I Skills and knowledge in the following areas: Needs analysis, formulation of
objectives, syllabus design, lesson planning. Different stages of a lesson, lesson planning and reflection. Criteria for the design
of an appropriate syllabus considering students’ proficiency and age levels, and course objectives. Criterion-based teaching,
proficiency (level) descriptions, proficiency ratings, Common European Framework of Reference, European Language Portfolio,
The Europass Language Passport.
EDU206 – Education Technology and Materials Design Issues in instructional technology, types of instructional
technologies, the role and use of instructional technology in the teaching process, specifying school and classroom-based
technological needs, planning appropriate technologies, producing 2 and 3 dimensional materials through technology,
developing teaching materials (worksheets, overhead transparencies, slides, visual media (VCD, DVD), computer-based tools),
evaluation of instructional software, Internet and distance education, visual-design principles.
EDU208 - Measurement & Assessment Measurement in education, assessment location and its importance, basic concepts
of measurement and evaluation, using measuring tools to find desired properties (reliability, validity, usefulness), measuring
tools used in education and its features, the traditional approach based on tools (written exams, short response examinations,
the correct –wrong-type tests, multiple-choice tests, should match the tests, oral poll and homework), multi-dimensional face
recognition tools (observation, interview, performance evaluation, student product files, research papers, research projects,
peer evaluation, self-assessment, attitudes scales) , measuring results based on statistical processes, assessment of learning
outcomes, measuring tool development.
EDU209 - Teaching Principles and Methods Basic issues in teaching, learning and teaching principles, the importance of
planning in teaching, planning teaching, examples of (unit-based) syllabuses and daily lesson plans, learning and teaching
strategies, instructional methods and techniques and their applications, instructional tools, tasks and responsibilities of teachers
in improving quality of teaching, teacher efficacy.
EDU210 - Instructional Design Instructional design, meaning and importance of general understanding and modelling,
training design models, needs and problem analysis, teaching environment (students, content and organization) analysis,
subject-content and task analysis, priorities and conditions to determine training objectives, measurement and evaluation
criteria’s for determination, teaching theories and strategies, goal-content and media for teaching material section and
development, education of system design, education design theories and models, development, implementation and evaluation
of teaching design, project management, the investigation and the distribution of information.
EDU303 - Distance Education Remote access to education, the use of distance education and the teaching environment,
technologies used in distance education: TV, Video, radio and written materials. Technologies in planning, preparation and
application techniques and methods used. Basic concepts in distance education, radio and education structure and functioning,
Video, and film catalogs, educational television, and historical development of research, children’s TV programs and
importance, adult TV programs and the importance, analysis of high school programs, open university program analysis,
internet schools and virtual classrooms, communications and information technology point of view of the interpretation process
of distance education, recent distance education technologies. (Prerequisite: EDU 203)
EDU306 - Measurement and Assessment The scope and significance of measurement and assessment in education, basic
issues in measurement and assessment, qualities of measurement tools (reliability, validity, practicality), measurement tools in
education, conventional tools (essay exams, short answer tests, true-false tests, multiple choice tests, matching items, oral
tests, homework), alternative assessment tools (observation, interviews, performance assessment, portfolios, research papers,
research projects, peer assessment, self-assessment, attitude scales), basic statistical procedures on test results, assessment
of learning outcomes, grading, developing measurement tools in the field of study.
EDU309 - Classroom Management Basic issues in classroom management, distinctions between discipline maintenance and
classroom management, communication and interaction in the classroom, inside and outside factors affecting classroom
environment, classroom management models, establishing and observing classroom rules, effective classroom arrangements,
handling misbehaviour, time management, and classroom organization, establishing an effective classroom environment for
learning, case studies and suggestions.
EDU311 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods I Area-specific basic concepts and the concepts associated with the fields of
education, the Constitution and the Basic Law on National Education, the general purpose of teaching space, the method,
techniques, equipment and materials that are used. Review of the related education program (objective, achievements, theme,
unit, activity, etc.). Review and evaluation of sample workbooks for teachers, lectures and students.
EDU312 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods II Micro teaching applications (computer courses will be selected from the
education program for students, whether in the classroom plan, environment, equipment and materials presented by organizing
courses and presentations on teaching knowledge and skills in evaluation). Field-specific applications (remote control systems,
laboratory studies, etc.). Laboratory examination and evaluation of computer media, teaching qualifications, computer
measurement and evaluation in education: application portfolio, performance tests, observation forms, etc. (Prerequisite: EDU
311)
EDU313 - Special Education The definition of special education, special education related to basic principles, establishing
disability reasons, importance of early diagnosis and treatment, in view of disability related historical approach, mentally
handicapped, hearing impaired, visually impaired, physical disabilities, language and communication disorders people and
special learning difficulties, attention deficit and hyperactivity disordered people, over autistic and gifted children and
educational characteristics of the different development. Special education of the children through play, training. Reactions of
families observed in our country’s special education status, purpose of institutions and organizations in special education.
176
EDU314 - Turkish Ed. System & School Management The aim of the Turkish education system and fundamental principles,
legal regulations related to education, Turkish education system’s structure, management theories and processes, school
organization and management, school management staff, students, faculty and business-related work, school social inclusion.
EDU404 - Practice Teaching Designing and implementing a daily lesson plan each week, evaluation of the teaching sessions
by the mentor teacher, supervisor, and the student teacher, improving teaching as a result of evaluation and reflection, portfolio
submission.
EDU406 - Guidance Basic concepts of guidance, student personality services, psychological counselling and guidance for
these services, principles of guidance, development, psychological counselling and guidance types, services, service
techniques, organization and personnel approach, new development areas, student recognition techniques, book-teacher
cooperation teacher guidance to do tasks.
EDU410 - Comparative Education Examining the education systems in different countries, analyzing and comparing fieldspecific implementations in the world, comparing the Turkish education system with others.
EDU412 - Turkish Education System and School Administration Aims, functions and basic principles of the Turkish
education system, legal issues in education, the structure of the Turkish education system, administrative theories and
processes, school organization and administration, personnel in school administration, society and its contributions to school
organization.
EDU413 - School Experience Observing and recording daily routine at school, classroom observation, observation of
classroom teaching with particular attention to the steps, procedures, techniques, classroom management, and assessment,
organizational structure of the school, the principal and his/her conduct of duties, communication with the society, designing a
portfolio for recording school experience outcomes.
EDU415 - Guidance Basic issues, counseling and guidance and their scope, principles of guidance, types of counseling and
guidance, counseling services, counseling techniques, recent developments in the field, teacher-counselor cooperation,
guidance tasks for teachers
EDU417 - Special Education Nature and scope of special education, basic issues in special education, causes of impairment,
diagnostics measures and treatment, children suffering from cognitive, hearing, mental, and visual impairment, ADD,
hyperactivity, and autism; gifted children, the state of special education, associations and institutes for this purpose
EDU423 - Research Methods in Education Science and basic concepts (phenomenon, knowledge, absolute, true, false,
global information, etc.), the history of science based knowledge, scientific investigation of the structure, scientific methods and
different opinions about the problems. Research models, the universe and sample, data collection and data collection methods
(quantitative and qualitative data collection techniques). Recording data, analysis, and interpretation and reporting activities.
EDU601 - Advanced Research Techniques This courses introduces students to a range of research methodologies and
especially to the skills required for implementation of there doctoral project research. This will enable the student to interpret the
results of social science research meaningfully and to design sound research projects. A research proposal will be formulated
in this course.
EDU603 – Advanced Statistics This is a course in which the PhD students fully grasp the advanced multivariate analysis
techniques (such as: Factorial Analysis, Discriminate Analysis, Canonical Analysis, MANOVA etc.) and their uses in research.
EDU611 - Human Resources Management in Education The courses examines how to design, administer and evaluate
employee staffing, selection training, and development activities that support organisation strategies. Topics covered include:
an orientation to work and related training and employment options, and the opportunity to identify and enhance personals skills
and apply them to a training and/or work context.
EDU621 - Educational Policies and Planning Turkey A critical examination of the Turkish educational system. The socioeconomic conditions and needs which affect the practices related to school and adult education. Trends and issues in school
organisation, administration, instructional programs and student services.
EDU632 – Computers and Education The use of computer technology in education. Study of new educational tools and their
effects. Studying e-learning concepts and analysing their effects in education.
EDU633 - Media-Base Curriculum The role of various communication channels in behavioural change. Implementation for
education regarding social needs. Application of communication theory, educational and social psychology to the design,
EDU641 - Supervision in Education A course on the advanced theory and practice of supervision in schools and education.
EDU653 - Seminars in Educational Sciences A Seminar intended for students to be enrolled in thesis projects. Research
ideas will be discussed in the group. The students will be helped to develop their individual research proposals.
EDU700 - Doctoral Projects The doctorate project is an original research project to be completed by the student. The study
must ask an important and interesting research question relevant to current concerns in the scholarly literature. It should use
sound and appropriate research methods and analytical tools and advance our understanding. Results of the study should be
of sufficient merit to deserve publication either in an academic journal or as a book or monograph.
EE400 - Summer Practice Course is required to be completed in order to help students observe the application of their
theoretical knowledge, enhance their occupational experience, do engineering practice, get familiar with the industry and work
conditions, and do a conscious career decision after graduation. The goals, regulations, and guidelines are provided by the
department for the summer practice courses. It is important to follow these in ompany selection, and during the internship.
EE531 - Probability Theory & Stochastic Processes Probability theory and random variables: Sequences of variables, limit
theorems. Stochastic processes: Definitions, stationary processes, correlation and power spectrum of stationary processes,
linear systems, stochastic continuity, least mean-square estimation, stationary and non-stationary normal processes, Markoff
processes, Poisson processes.
177
EE532 - Information Theory Measuring information, Entropy, Joint and conditional entropies, Noiseless coding theorem,
Construction of optimal codes, Models for communication channels, Channel capacity, Noisy coding theorem, Error correction
codes.
EE533 - Network Analysis & Synthesis Introduction: Filters, voltage transfer function, gain and phase function. Loss function,
resonant frequency and quality factor, Gain and phase distortions, group delay function, ideal and approximate filter
characteristic, ideal and non-ideal operational amplifiers, Finite gain amplifiers and applications.
EE534 - Digital Control Linear discrete dynamic systems and Z-transform theory. Design of digital filters. Numerical methods.
Design of digital control systems using transform techniques and state-space methods. Microprocessor implementation of
controllers. Sample-data systems. Quantization effects. Multivariable and optimal control. System identification algorithms.
EE535 - Microwave Communication Systems Terrestrial and satellite systems, Passive and active Microwave components:
Waveguides, T-junctions, Amplifiers and mixers. Introduction to Microwave Circuit Theory: S-parameters and applications,
Noise analysis of communication systems, general principles of microwave system design.
EE536- Radar Systems Doppler Effect, Measurement of range and velocity, Radar Cross sections (RCS) of targets. Design
principles of pulsed and CW (Doppler) Radar’s. Statistical Detection Theory. FM-CW radars, MTI radars, Radar Transmitters
and Receivers, Radar antennas, Synthetic Aperture Radars (SAR) and microwave imaging.
EE537 - Electromagnetic Wave Propagation Fundamentals of wave propagation, plane and spherical waves, ground wave
propagation, tropospheric propagation, propagation in particulate media, ion propagation, noise and noise temperature.
Practical propagation problems related with communications and Radar systems.
EE538 - Electromagnetic Radiation and Scattering Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic potentials, integral representations
of the electromagnetic field, Green’s functions. Huygens ’ Principle, Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction, random media, effective
permitivities, dyadic Green’s functions. Radiation and scattering by complex bodies. Plane, cylindrical and spherical waves and
boundary value problems.
EEN301 - Electronic Circuits I MOS and bipolar small-signal amplifiers are discussed in depth, including differential currentsource biasing. Single and multiple stage transistor amplifiers. Operational amplifiers. Feedback amplifiers, 2-port formulation,
source, load, and feedback network loading. Frequency response of cascaded amplifiers, gain-bandwidth exchange,
compensation, dominant pole techniques, root locus. Supply and temperature independent biasing and references. Selected
applications of analogue circuits such as analogue-to-digital converters, switched capacitor filters, and comparators. The
laboratory builds on the concepts presented in the lectures and provides hands-on design experience and help with the use of
computer aided design tools. (Prerequisite: ENG202)
EEN302 - Electronic Circuits II Introduction to digital integrated circuits. Large signal models for bipolar and MOS transistors.
MOS inverters and gates. Bipolar transistor inverters and gates. Regenerative logic circuits. Comparators and Schmidt triggers.
Op-amp active filters. Non-linear applications: precision rectifier, peak detector, wave-shaping and log-converter circuits. Openloop transfer function, bandwidth, gain-bandwidth product, slew rate, rise time, offset voltages and currents, stability, frequency
compensation, noise. Op-amp signal generator circuits: sin-wave oscillators, sweep generators, pulse generators. Sample-andhold circuits. Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters, voltage-to-current converters, voltage-to-frequency
converters and frequency-to-voltage converters. (Prerequisite: EEN301)
EEN303 - Circuit Theory State variables Laplace transform analysis of circuits. Transfer functions, poles and zeros. Bode
plots. Two-port circuits and state variable analysis. Advanced techniques and advanced circuits such as impedance function,
filter circuit types, phase and amplitude filters. Frequency selective circuits. Fourier series. The Fourier transform.
(Prerequisite: ENG201)
EEN304 - Feedback Control Systems Introduction to design of feedback systems. Properties and advantages of feedback
systems. Time-domain and frequency-domain performance measures. Stability and degree of stability. Nyquist criterion.
Frequency-domain design. Root locus method. Compensation techniques. Application to a wide variety of physical systems.
EEN305 - Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation Errors theory, accuracy analysis and evaluation. System of units.
Standards. Measuring methods and procedures. Electromechanical instruments. Instrument transformers. Potentiometers DC
and AC bridges. Oscilloscopes. Electronic and Digital instruments. Transducers and sensors.
EEN307 - Signals and Systems Discrete-time and continuous-time signals, convolution. Fourier and Laplace transform.
Discrete Fourier and Z-transforms. Linear, time-invariant systems: impulse response, system function. Frequency response of
linear time-invariant systems. Bode plots. Application to filter analysis and design. ( Prerequisite: MT112)
EEN347 - Electromagnetic Theory I Maxwell’s equations and the Lorentz force law. Quasistatic forms of Maxwell’s
equations. Studies of electro-quasistatic fields and their sources through solutions of Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations.
Steady conduction and polarisation. Charge relaxation. Magneto-quasistatic approximation; magnetic boundary value
problems, magnetisation, induction, current induced in stationary and moving conductors. Electric and magnetic forces derived
from energy. Extensive use of engineering examples. (Prerequisite: PS112)
EEN348 - Electromagnetic Theory II Review of Maxwell’s equations, boundary conditions, vector and scalar potentials,
electromagnetic waves, and the wave equation. Plane waves in three dimensions; radiation from elementary electric dipoles,
current distributions, and arrays; diffraction and interference. Waves on continuous transmission lines, periodic structures, and
dielectric and metallic waveguides; propagation and evanescence. Phase and group velocity. Cylindrical and spherical waves
and boundary value problems. Examples taken from the fields of quasistatics, acoustics, fibre-optics, and cavity resonators.
(Prerequisite: EEN347)
EEN400 – Engineering Summer Practice Engineering summer training is the 30 working days long internship period in which
the engineering students are expected to apply their theoretical knowledge, which they acquired during their Bachelor level
studies, in a real life professional environment. Summer training can be performed at any private or governmental institution
which is involved in any of the following areas: manufacturing, assembly, measurement, control, research and development,
software development, technical support, plant management. During the training, the engineering students encounter with the
professionals and the real life tasks, so that they have a better chance to prepare themselves for the industries’ needs and
178
decide on their exact field of professional interests. At the end of the 30 days of training, which is performed after the third year
of the bachelor studies, the students write their summer training reports which summarize their internship experience. The
internship period of a student is then judged by the committee evaluation of his/her summer training report.
EEN401 - Graduation Project I Encouraging the student to do research on a subject and developing the independent study
and/or practical abilities of the student.
EEN402 - Graduation Project II A continuation of EEN401. Student may continue on a project title in EEN401 or a new
project may be assigned, depending on the nature of the projects available. Students are required to prepare a report on the
study carried out and an oral presentation session should successfully be accomplished. (Prerequisite: EEN401)
EEN403 - Communication Systems Fourier series. Fourier transforms and continuous spectra. Time and frequency relations.
Transmission of signals through linear system. Continuous wave modulation. Amplitude, phase and frequency modulations.
Generation and detection of AM, DSB-SC, SSSB, VSB, PM and FM signals. CW modulation systems. Super-heterodyne
receivers. Frequency division multiplexing systems. Sampling theory. Pulse modulation. Time-division multiplexing. Pulse-code
modulation. (Prerequisite: EEN307)
EEN419 - Speech Processing The course emphasizes processing of the human speech waveform, primarily using digital
techniques. Theory of speech production as related to signal models in time and frequency domains is covered. The
measurement of model parameters, short-time Fourier spectrum, and linear predictor coefficients are subjects of study. Speech
coding, recognition and synthesis, and speaker recognition are also included. Some consideration is given to speech
processing hardware.
EEN420 - PLC’s and Automation Introduction to automation and PLC concepts. Course is aimed towards basic PLC concepts
and learning how to apply and use sensors and motors in automation. Programming of PLC’s is studied as well as
communications over a network.
EEN425 - Transform Theory for Engineers Complex variables, Cauchy Riemann conditions, contour integration and residue
theory; Fourier transform; Laplace transform; sampling theory. Discrete time filters, discrete and fast Fourier transform.
EEN432 - Semiconductor Electronics Physics of solid-state electronics. Review of quantum-mechanical principles, crystal
structure, lattice vibrations, band theory, electrons and holes, diffusion and drift, recombination, high-field phenomena, optical
effects, device applications, (Prerequisite: EEN301)
EEN434 - Introduction to Optical Engineering Fundamental principles of optical systems. Geometrical optics and aberration
theory. Stops and apertures, prisms, and mirrors. Diffraction and interference. Optical materials and coatings. Radiometry and
photometry. Basic optical devices and the human eye. The design of optical systems. Lasers, fibre optics, and holography.
EEN440 - Computer Hardware & Applications An introduction to computer interfaces, including well-known digital and
analogue interfacing, as well as industrial control circuits. Full discuss of the operation and interfacing of A/D and D/A
converters. Sensors and transducers. A microcomputer-based industrial Process-control System. Robotics and Embedded
Control. DSP and digital filters
EEN441 - Digital Signal Processing Overview of digital signals and systems. Frequency and time representation of sampling,
decimation, interpolation. Z-transform: Evaluation, region of convergence (ROC) and properties. Discrete time system
structures: tapped delay line and lattice structures. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). Digital filter design: Finite impulse response
(FIR), infinite impulse response (IIR), windowing, Hilbert transform.
EEN445 - Digital Communication Block diagram description of cellular communication; digital communication; data
compression; Huffman coding; source coding theorem; universal source coding; scalar and vector quantisation; digital
modulation and demodulation; detection of digital data from vectors and waveforms; the Hilbert space of signals; the Chernoff
and Bhattacharyya bounds; error correction coding; the Viterbi algorithm; multi-access schemes such as Time Division Multiple
Accessing, Code Division Multiple Accessing, and frequency hopping. (Prerequisite: EEN441)
EEN446 - Satellite Communications Introduction to satellite communication systems, transponder characteristics, modulation
for non-linear satellite channels, filtering, satellite link design, link budget calculations, mobilesat - mobile terminal
characteristics. Propagation characteristics of fixed and mobile satellite links, channel modelling. Digital modem design, speech
codec design. Antennas, Satellite-based cellular systems. Error control codec design, multiple-access techniques.
EEN456 - Wireless Communication & Networks General information about wireless communication and networks
telecommunication industry. Wireless communication and networks with a focus on telecommunications engineering, issues
faced in industrial applications and responses to the needs of providers of wireless communications and network industry. The
course includes study of path loss, fading models, digital modulation, adaptive modulation, multi-user communications.
EEN474 - Power Electronics Power Switching Theory, Devices and Applications; switching aids, stability, isolation
techniques, adjustable D.C. motor speed control PWM principles and applications.
EEN475 - Electrical Machinery Electromagnetic Circuits. Properties of ferromagnetic materials. Single-phase and threephase transformers. Principles of electromechanical energy conversion. Linear and non-linear systems. Singly and multiply
excited electrical machines. Electromagnetic fields created by AC electric machine windings: pulsating and rotating machines,
equivalent circuit, and steady-state analysis. Synchronous machines: equivalent circuit, steady-state analysis. DC machines.
EEN478 - Antennas and Propagation Antenna and propagation fundamentals, Friis transmission formula, radar equation,
Maxwell's equations for radiation problems, antenna parameters, simple radiators, array theory, mutual coupling, wire and
broadband antennas, aperture radiators, scattering and diffraction, multipath propagation and fading, antenna measurement
techniques, surface-wave and ionospheric propagation, microwave and millimeter-wave propagation. Prerequisite: EEN348
Electromagnetic Theory II
179
EEN481 - Microwave Circuits Transmission line equations, Smith chart, impedance matching techniques, scattering
parameters, transfer parameters, directional couplers, and cavity resonators. Wave propagation in metal waveguides and
dielectric wave-guides; optical fibres, optical integrated circuits, and applications to optoelectronic systems. Selections from
periodic propagating structures, coupled mode devices, and high-speed circuits for wireless communications. (Prerequisite:
EEN348)
EEN484 - Power Supply & Energy Transmission Power and energy in alternating-current circuits. The balanced polyphase
circuits. Sinusoidal steady-state analysis. Sinusoidal steady-state power calculation. Balanced three-phase circuit. The single
and three phase power transformers. The RMS values, active, reactive, and distortion power in polyharmonic conditions. The.
Power cables and their applications. Fuses, switches and relays. (Prerequisite: EEN 303: Circuit Theory )
EEN486 - Power System Analysis & Protection Basic structure of electrical power systems. Electrical characteristics of
transmission lines, transformers and generators. Representation of power systems. Per Unit System. Symmetrical three-phase
faults. Symmetrical components. Unsymmetrical faults. Balanced Polyphase Circuits. Matrix analysis of power systems
networks and methods of solution. Load flow and short circuit analysis. Economic operation of power systems. Transient
stability analysis. Current and voltage transformers. Overcurrent protection. Comparators and static relay circuits. Differential
protection and its application to generators, transformers and bus bars. Motor protection. Pilot wire protection of feeders.
Introduction to distance and other protection systems.
EEN614 – Information Theory Measuring information, entropy, joint and conditional entropies, noiseless coding theorem,
construction of optimal codes, models of communication channels, channel capacity, noisy coding theorem, error correction
codes.
EEN624 – Mobile Communications Introduction, mobile radio propagation aspects, concepts of cellular design, radio
resource management, trunking theory and system design fundamentals, mobility management including handoff issues,
multiple access techniques, wireless networking, evolution of mobile communication systems: 2G/3G/4G, wireless local area
networks, personal area networks.
EEN638 – Project Evaluation and Management Fundamentals of planning, scheduling, and management of different
projects. Review of Gantt chart, PERT, CPM and generally the network planning systems, construction contracts and delivery
methods, estimating fundamentals and concepts, activity duration and network calculation, fundamentals of project controls,
costs, schedule and resource control, applying the real projects related to power and electrical fields such as power plants and
transmission lines by using the M.S. Project and P3 (Primavera Project Planner).
EFL101 - English I This supportive course includes the reinforcement of reading through reading selections with review of
structural patterns and paragraph.
EFL102 - English II This supportive course includes the reinforcement of writing skills with review of structural patterns and
paragraph and summary writing.
EGL101 – Development of Reading Skills The main aim of this course is to prepare students for the academic reading and
writing tasks they will do within their Faculties. To this end, Students will study the techniques that will enable them to produce
academic essays in a range of specific styles. They will learn how to write about graphical information and how to incorporate
supporting examples into their essays. They will also develop reading speed and proficiency, increase vocabulary and improve
comprehension skills.
EGL102 – Development of Writing Skills The main aim of this course is to provide effective development of the skills
acquired in
EGT103 – Introduction to Educational Sciences Basic principles of education, relationship and function with other science
fields, historical development of education, approaches in 21.century, research methods in education, general administrative
and schooling structure and principles of Turkish National Education ,basic roles and responsibilities in education, develop
understanding and interest in teaching as a profession.
EGT104 – Child Psychology Fundamental theories and principles related to development, developmental theories,
developmental stages, physical cognitive, personality and moral development in childhood, parent-child interaction, behavioural
and adjustment problems in children.
EGT105 – Introduction to Sociology An introduction to basic principles, definition of sociology, concepts and theories of
sociology, logic and methods of sociological inquiry, analysis of social structure, the relationship of individual to society,
importance and development of sociology in Europe and Turkey, main contemporary societies.
EGT106 – Literature Review and Reporting Recognition of library systems, carrying out searches on the internet and the
electronic databases for the collection of resources, rules of assignment and report writing.
EGT107 – Introduction to Philosophy Although there are many, even conflicting definitions given for philosophy, it may also
be most general terms defined as an inquiry into ultimate reality, causes, and principles underlying being and thinking. In this
course will be dealt with Theories of Being, Knowledge, and Values; and especially (Personal attitude toward life; Method of
reflecting thinking; View of the whole; Logical analysis of language; A group of problems as well as the answers to them).
EGT108 - Educational Philosophy Major educational philosophies including Idealism, Essentialism, Progressivism and their
influence on school purposes, curricula and methods.
EGT110 - History of Turkish Education Analysis of the historical forces which have influenced the development of Turkish
Educational System with an emphasis on the relationship between the school and other social institutions.
EGT112 - Different Approaches in Early Childhood Education Approaches and basic principles in early childhood education
( Reggio Emilio, Montessori, High Scope, Waldorf Schools, Steiner, Bank-Street Approach, Home Based Approach etc.),
arrangement of surroundings, materials used in education, parent involvement, approaches used for children with special
needs, curriculum, approaches in our country .
180
EGT114 - Educational Psychology Relation between education and psychology , definition of educational psychology, basic
terms of learning and development(physical, psychosocial, cognitive, social , emotional and moral development) factors
effecting learning (motivation, individual factors, group dynamic), different approaches of learning and their implementations in
education, effective learning .
EGT115 - Introduction to Education Basic principles of education, relationship and function with other science fields,
historical development of education, approaches in 21.century, research methods in education, general administrative and
schooling structure and principles of Turkish National Education ,basic roles and responsibilities in education, develop
understanding and interest in teaching as a profession
EGT203 - Special Education Definition of special education, basic principles of special education , factors affecting
development, importance of early diagnosis and treatment, historical development of special education , the general
characteristic of children with mental retardation, hearing loss blindness and low vision, physical disabilities, communication
disorders, chronicle disease, learning disabilities, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder , autism and giftedness, play ’ as a
teaching method ,parent’s attitudes, emotions and beliefs, Special education in Turkey and TRNC.
EGT205 - Measurement And Assessment Theory of measurement, evaluation and assessment. Concepts related to
different types of tests. Statistical analyses of test scores and the interpretation of test results.
EGT206 - Teaching Technologies and Material Design Concepts related to teaching technology, the features of varied
teaching technologies, the place and usage of teaching technologies in teaching process, determination of technologic needs of
school and classroom, appropriate technology planning and performing, two and three dimensional material development by
means of teaching technologies, developing teaching tools (work sheets, activity planning, papers for overhead, slides, visual
media (VCD, DVD) materials, computer supported tools), examination of educational software, evaluation of teaching tools in
varied quality, internet and distant education, visual design principles, investigation on teaching materials regarding activities,
the use of teaching technologies in Turkey and in the world
EGT207 - Psychology of Adolescence Main characteristics of the life-stage of adolescence and physical, cognitive,
personality, moral development during this stage as well as problems of adolescence and related coping mechanisms are
studied in this course.
EGT208 - Teaching Principles and Method Definition of special education, basic principles of special education , factors
affecting development, importance of early diagnosis and treatment, historical development of special education , the general
teaching method ,parent’s attitudes, emotions and beliefs, Special education in Turkey and TRNC.
EGT209 - Educational Sociology Definition of sociology and educational sociology, the process of socialisation, The social
functions of education, relation between culture, economy and education, Social change, social movement and education,
immigration, media, globalization and their effects on education, schools as a social system, relations between school and
environment , school and violence
EGT209 - Principles and Methods of Teaching The major concepts related to teaching, learning and teaching principles, the
importance and benefits of planned study, teaching planning.
EGT210 - Classroom Management Development of effective classroom management skills for prospective teachers.
Understanding and handling factors influencing student behaviour, student motivation and communication, group interaction,
establishing and maintaining discipline, planning and modification of classroom tasks, materials, time and environment to
facilitate learning.
EGT211 - Instructional Principles and Methods Basic concepts about instruction, principles of learning and teaching,
importance and advantages of planning the learning process, instructional planning on a daily and a course basis, types of
programs, learning and teaching strategies, teaching methods and techniques; and the role and use of technology and
materials in teaching, planning instructional activities, role and responsibilities of teachers, teacher competencies
EGT212 - Turkish Educational History Importance of Turkish educational history in respect to education phenomena,
education and teacher training institutions in pre republic era, Turkish educational revolution, 1. Historical background of
revolution, its philosophical, cognitive and political fundamentals. 2. Tevhidi Tedrisat law, its historical origins, applications and
importance, secularization in Turkish education system, 3. Joining education and education of girls, writing revolution, nation
schools, and public houses. Fundamental principles on which Turkish republic educational system is based, village institutes,
education institutes, and higher teacher schools, universities and teacher training, recent changes in Turkish education system
EGT214 - Instructional Technology and Material Designing Concepts related to instructional technologies, characteristics
of various instructional technologies, the place and use of technologies in instructional process, determination of needs of class
or school, designing of teaching materials through instructional technologies (worksheets, design of instructional activity,
transparencies, slides, visual tools (VCD, DVD) , computer-based course materials) , examining of courseware, assessment of
the qualities of various teaching materials, distance learning and internet, principles of visual design, researches about
instructional material development, using of instructional technology in Turkey and the world.
EGT219 - Observation at Schools Observations and supportive involvement in planning, organisation and implementation of
school guidance and counseling activities under the supervision of a school counselor.
EGT303 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods I Basic concepts specific to the domain and the relations of these concepts
with the domain teaching, legal basis of the domain initially on the constitution and organic law of national education, general
purposes of teaching a domain the method used in it, technical tool-equipments and materials. Examination of related
instructional programs (aim, acquirement, theme, unit, activity) examination and assessment of book samples of the lesson and
teacher-students’.
EGT308 - Measurement and Assessment The importance and role of assessment and evaluation in education, major
concepts in assessment and evaluation, qualifications required for assessment tools (reliability, validity, usability), assessment
181
tools used in education and their features, traditional assessment and evaluation tools (written exams, short answer exams,
true
EGT309 - Classroom Management Basic effective classroom management skills and knowledge, communication and
interaction in class, the definition of classroom management, differentiation of the concept of classroom management from
providing discipline in classroom, interior and exterior factors affecting classroom environment, classroom management
models, developing rules and applications in classroom, arranging physical environment of the classroom management,
management of time in class, group interactions in classroom, setting up appropriate classroom environment for learning
EGT311 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods I Aims and goals in early childhood educational curriculum, planning activities,
preparing annual, daily and activity plans, evaluating ECE programs, educational environments in ECE classrooms, materials
and methods in ECE, parent involvement
EGT313 - School Experience I Observation of a teacher’s and child’s daily life in school environment, observation of a
teacher’s daily plan in implementation to make careful observation of the center (general characteristics, indoor and outdoor
areas, library area, materials); make careful observation of the teacher and activities that take place in the classroom to make
observations of the child’s daily life in school environment and be able to design and apply activities with children (literature,
play, drama, math, science etc.) and to design a portfolio
EGT314 - Special Education Definition of special education, basic principles of special education , factors affecting
development, importance of early diagnosis and treatment, historical development of special education , the general
teaching method ,parent’s attitudes, emotions and beliefs, Special education in Turkey and TRNC
EGT316 - Measurement and Assessment Importance of assessment and evaluation in education, concepts of measurement
and evaluation, qualification of measurement tools, educational tools, conventional tests( written tests, short answered tests,
true-false tests etc.),tests used for identifying the student (observation, performance evaluation, research papers etc), results of
statistics according to the results of evaluation, evaluation of the student’s outputs.
EGT402 - Introduction to Teaching Profession The course aims to introduce the features and principles of the teaching
profession, classroom and school climate, alternative perspectives in education, social, psychological, philosophical and
historical background of the Turkish education system.
EGT405 - Counseling Purposes of student personality services and their place in education, introduction to guidance services
in schools, principles of guidance, diagnosing and guiding students, collection and use of data on student counselling,
placement, follow-up advising, research and evaluation, relations with parents and beyond the school community, vocational
guidance, identifying students in early childhood education.
EGT406 - Human Development & Learning Various aspects of human development (cognitive, social, psychological, ethical,
physical, etc.) learning approaches, processes and forms, and individual differences in learning.
EGT407 - Teaching PracticeI To define the daily tasks which has to be done in the school, prepare a daily plan, implement
the plan , control the undesired behaviours of student, fill the self-evaluation form, prepare a portfolio .
EGT408 - Planning & Evaluation in Education The basic concepts and processes of syllabus design, development of
timetables and daily lesson plans; selecting and organizing teaching contents, teaching methods and strategies, measurement
and evaluation, evaluation approaches, measurement devices, constructing various measurement devices, techniques used in
preparing questions for tests and marking.
EGT410 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods I The field specific teaching methods, applying the general teaching methods
to field-specific teaching, analyzing course books and relating them to the field specific teaching methods and strategies, microteaching applications and evaluation of teaching.
EGT412 - School ExperienceI The course aims to introduce teacher trainees to schools, students, and to the various
perspectives of the teaching profession as early as possible with the assistance of practicing teachers in actual schools. The
principle activities proposed for this course include: school organization and administration, daily routine at school, branch
activities, daily routine of a student, daily routine of a teacher, Cupertino between school administration and families,
observation of classes, observation of classes related to main and sub-branches, problems at school, written resources and
equipment and various aspects of the teaching profession.
EGT413 - School Experience II Observing a day of the teacher and a student at school; observing how a teacher arranges
the lesson which stages he/she divides the lesson into, how she/he uses the teaching methods and techniques, what kind of
activities she/he makes use of in the lesson, what he does for the lesson management and class control. How he finishes the
lesson and how he evaluates the students’ studies, observing the organizational structure of the school, how the school
manager does his/her duty and the relationships of the school with the society in which it exists, preparing a portfolio reflecting
school experience studies.
EGT414 - Turkish Education System and School Management The purpose and fundamental concepts of Turkish
education system, legal arrangements about education, the structure of Turkish education system, management theories and
their spans, organization and management of school, affairs at school management about staff, student, instruction and
administration, social participation at school. Basic principles and purposes of Turkish education system, legal regulations
related to education, structure of Turkish education system, management theories and processes, school organization and
management.
EGT416 - Teaching Practice II Preparing a daily schedule every week, application of the prepared schedule, the assessment
of the practice by the teacher, lecturer and student at school, corrections through assessments and reapplication, preparing
portfolio. To prepare a daily plan for each week , implement the plan, evaluate the implementation (both the teacher from the
school and the student), do proofreading of the plan and implement the plan according to the proofreading results and prepare
a portfolio.
182
EGT418 - Educational Administration Theory and research in educational administration. Administrative tasks related to the
administrative processes. Leadership behaviour in school administration. The organisational analysis of a particular educational
setting.
EGT423 - Special Education Defining special education, basic principles about special education, the reasons for difficulties,
the importance of early diagnosis, historical approach regarding obstacle, characteristics and education of autistic and highly
gifted children who are mentally retarded, hearing-impaired, visually-impaired, physically handicapped and children who have
language and communication failure, long-lasting illness, indicating special learning problems. Lack of aide, hyperactive
decidedness. Education of children who are developing differently through games, reaction observed in the families of children
who are needy for private education, the situation of special education in our country, the institutions and organizations
founded for this purpose.
EGT427 – Educational Administration Basic concepts of subjects, the concept of educational management, the model of
educational management, organizational efficiency, efficient school, organizational form of school, strength of the form,
management process, sub-processes of management, the management of curriculum, the management of student sources, the
management of employee sources, the management of common services and process of leadership in management.
EGT501 - Teaching Technology & Materials Development The characteristics of various types of educational technologies,
the use and importance of these in the teaching process, development of materials (worksheets, slide pictures, video/computer
based materials, etc.) using educational technology. (Prerequisite: EGT408)
EGT502 – Practice Teaching For a minimum of 12 weeks, the teacher candidate will be observing and teaching in a
classroom environment. He/she is expected to prepare and teach a number of lessons at the end of which a 2 hour seminar is
held to assess and share the experience. (Prerequisite: EGT412)
EGT503 - Classroom Management Involves the study of factors affecting student behaviour, classroom management,
development and implementation of disciplinary code, management of class-time, class organization, motivation,
communication, starting a new semester, creating a positive environment conducive to learning, behaviour problems in the
classroom and the measures to be taken in response.
EGT505 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods II The field specific teaching methods, applying the general teaching methods
to field-specific teaching, analysis of the course books and relating them to the field specific teaching methods and strategies,
micro-teaching applications and evaluation of teaching. (Prerequisite: EGT410)
EGT506 - Evaluation & Studies on Textbooks Critical evaluation of books and study programrs already approved by the
Ministry of National Education; analysis of materials from the following standpoints: contents, language, appropriateness of
level, format, attractiveness, contribution to meaningful learning, ease of learning, etc.
EGT507 - School Experience II Observations and implementations made to constitute basis of “Teacher Course
Implementation” carried out under the auspices of an implementation teacher. Some observation and implementation issues.
Asking questions, giving instructions and explanations, lesson management and control of class; student evaluation from
various angles. Evaluation of student work. Lesson planning; benefiting from textbooks; group work, class organization;
preparation and use of scheme of work. Micro-teaching.
EGT508 - Guidance The aims and objectives of personal student counselling and its role in education. The promotion of
counseling areas, general principles of counselling, getting to know the student, guiding the student, data collection and
dissemination, psychological counselling, placement, monitoring of students, counselling, research and evaluation, relations
with the environment, vocational guidance, the objectives of special education and the identification and education of students
in need of special education. (Prerequisite: EGT406)
EGT509 - Research Methodologies in Education The course engages students in applying principles of research
methodology and assists them in developing an effective and successful research proposal. The topics to be covered are:
Science and scientific concepts, basic issues in the history of science, format of scientific research, scientific method, the
problem, research design, sampling method, data gathering tools (qualitative and quantitative data gathering), and recording,
analyzing, interpreting and reporting data.
EGT526 - Measurement and Assessment The scope and significance of measurement and assessment in education, basic
issues in measurement and assessment, qualities of measurement tools (reliability, validity, practicality), measurement tools in
education, conventional tools, alternative assessment tools, basic statistical procedures on test results, assessment of learning
outcomes, grading, developing measurement tools in the field of study.
EGT530 - Term Project In order to complete the requirements for the MA non-thesis option, students are required to produce a
term project, the topic of which has to be approved by the Department and the standard of which must be appropriate for a
Master’s degree.
ELIT101 - Speaking Skills I The aim is to improve the students’ listening and speaking skills through different activities; such
as, exposure to authentic texts, reading comprehension, speaking; listening to poetry; speaking tasks through active student
participation.
ELIT102 - Speaking Skills II The course aims to introduce activities to improve the students’ listening and speaking skills;
Students will be expected to produce speaking activities and oral presentations.
ELIT103 - Reading Skills I The aim is to improve the students’ reading comprehension skills through exposure to authentic
texts and help them establish the link between vocabulary, language structure and meaning.
ELIT104 - Reading Skills II The course aims to improve the students’ skills in understanding and solving authentic English
texts which are structurally and semantically more complex.
ELIT105 - Grammar I The aim is to improve the student’s ability to use the language; teach the language structure, show the
relation between the structure and vocabulary and raise student awareness to get the meaning through the structure.
183
ELIT106 - Grammar II The course aims to improve the student’s language skills at the text and context level; It also aims to
assist students in making a connection between context and text style, establishing language structures and to use them in
context to produce a text.
ELIT107 - Writing Skills I Types of writing paragraphs and structure of paragraphs, writing techniques, analysing, making the
plan of a paragraph, summarising comment and answering the exam questions as paragraphs.
ELIT108 - Writing Skills II The course aims to improve the students’ skills in various types of paragraph and composition
writing that include explanation, comparison and contrast and cause and effect relationships.
ELIT110 - British History A study of the cultural history of England, in the context of Western civilization. In keeping with this,
the development of the British society and literature from the early ages until the 19th century is covered through the study of
major social, political and historical developments and their reflections in the literature of the relevant periods.
ELIT201 - Critical Reading Gaining a deeper understanding of the reading texts, backing statements and ideas with credible
evidence, finding logical reasoning and arguments in a text, justifying the thesis statement and evaluating texts critically .
ELIT202 - American Culture and History American history and culture from colonial to contemporary period with reference to
social, political, philosophical and scientific developments are given by means of a thorough study of the several issues for
demonstration.
ELIT203 - Literary Theory and Criticism I A historical survey of literary theory and criticism: the classical tradition with
emphasis on Aristotle, Renaissance and neoclassical criticism, humanism and classical realism, the development of modern
criticism.
ELIT204 - Literary Theory and Criticism II An overview of twentieth century literary and criticism starting off with Russian
formalism, Marxism, reader responses to criticism, structuralism, post-structuralism, modernism and postmodernism.
ELIT205 - Introduction to Literature Understanding the basic concepts in literature; analysis and criticism; introducing
different ages and schools in literature, analysis of some samples of representative master pieces.
ELIT206 - Mythology Readings in the major mythologies of the world. Examination of the nature of myth with emphasis on
relevant anthropological considerations and on the use creative writers, past and present, have made of mythological themes
ELIT207 – Life and Society in Britain The social structure (class, nationalities and ethnic groups, identities), family structures,
town and country cultures, customs and traditions, education system, National Health Service, working Britain (employment,
unemployment, unions), and the forces of law and order (the police, the army, paramilitary organisations, the traffic
administration) in contemporary Britain are explored.
ELIT208 - The Short Story In this course, first, the origins of the short story from the Middle Ages to the beginning of the
twentieth century is dealt with. Then, the characteristics of the short story as a modern genre is established through the works
of Poe, Chekhov and Maupassant, the forerunners of this genre. Finally, along with representative texts by major twentieth
century British writers, short stories by outstanding American, European writers are studied.
ELIT209 - Literary Research Techniques Research techniques, its general terminology, the ways of using the library and
electronic sources, as well as how to choose a topic (how to focus), conduct source research (bibliography technique), prepare
a working bibliography (on bibliography cards), note cards, and an outline; and write a rough draft in the proper essay format
(footnote, quotation, etc) by using the MLA style sheet constitute the main work in this course.
ELIT301 - British Poetry and Prose I The brief survey of the historical, social, cultural and literary developments from the
Anglo-Saxon period to the end or the Renaissance covering the exemplary poetry
ELIT302 - British Poetry and Prose II The course aims at a detailed study of British poetry and prose writings within the
literary and social contexts of the 17th and 18th centuries with reference to major literary figures and their works,. The course
also aims at enabling the students to develop a critical approach to the texts studied.
ELIT303 - British Novel I Students will read and discuss works by canonical and sub-canonical authors and innovators of the
novel during the semester. Through so doing we will study not only the important figures in the novel's development but also
the main novel genres produced as the novel developed. This course aims at developing the students' interpretive strategies of
early English novel.
ELIT304 - British Novel II The development of the British novel from the early 20th century to the 1900s is studied through the
appreciation of novels by major British novelists ranging from Virginia Woolf to George Orwell and William Golding in the light of
the social, political, scientific and philosophical developments of the period.
ELIT305 - British Drama I After providing an introduction to the rise of theatre in England, the characteristic dramatic seen in
the Middle Ages, that is mystery, miracle and morality plays, are handled with reference to representative works. Next, the
Elizabethan period, and the developments in drama and theatre are dealt with. The examination of the Jacobean period and
finally, the Restoration period and developments in drama and theatre are explored.
ELIT306 - British Drama II British plays written between the 19th century and the 1960s and their critical awareness of drama.
ELIT307 & 308 -Translation I & II The aim of the course is to introduce the students to preliminary principles of translation and
to develop their translation skills through the translation of various texts with the help of different sorts of dictionaries. In
addition, the course also aims at improving the students’ command of English and Turkish.
ELIT309 - American Drama An intensive thematic and technical study of representative texts from the 1920s to the present by
writers like E. O’Neill (Desire Under the Elms), T. Williams (The Glass Menagerie), T. Wilder (The Skin of Our Teeth), A. Miller
(All My Sons), L. Hellman (The Children’s Hour), L. Hansberry (A Raisin in the Sun), E. Albee (The Zoo Story) and S. Shepard
(The Curse of the Starving Class) will be carried out within the framework of relevant literary theories.
ELIT401 - British Poetry and Prose III This course studies major samples of poetry and prose from Romantic and Victorian
periods within the context of the historical, cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds of both periods.
184
ELIT402 - British Poetry and Prose IV The course aims to offer a comprehensive knowledge of 20th Century British poetry
and prose through the study of works representative of the literary achievements of the time, and also to enable the students to
develop a critical approach to the texts studied.
ELIT403 - British Novel III The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the philosophical, cultural, and social
developments of the first half of the 20th century as well as the aesthetic and literary movements that influenced the emergence
of the Modern novel in Britain.
ELIT404 - British Novel IV This course aims to teach English novel from the 1950s to the present with an analytical approach
for understanding the contemporary British novel. Major technical innovations, writing modes and themes that have emerged in
the novel, especially after the 1960s, will be introduced within the context of post modern social formations, fictional and
theoretical developments and cultural debates in England. The course aims to develop the students' analytical ability to
interpret the texts of contemporary novels.
ELIT405 - English Drama III British plays written between 1960 -1980 and their critical awareness of drama.
ELIT406 - English Drama IV The course is concerned with the study of major developments in British drama from the 1980s to
the present times with reference to specific dramatists and their works.
ELIT407 - American Poetry This course studies the poetry of major American poets who have influenced the development of
American poetry to teach the students important characteristics of American poetry and its development from the beginnings to
the present.
ELIT408 - American Novel The aim of the course is to introduce the changing attitudes in American novel by explaining the
changes in the American cultural background and the changes in the novel techniques.
ELT101 - Contextual Grammar I This course aims to promote understanding the relation between language structures and
lexical items as well as raising awareness about the attribution of meaning by means of these structures. Within the framework
of a context, advanced language structures are analyzed so as to establish relations between form and text type. Synthesizing
these structures, students produce advanced level texts employing these structures. The course also emphasizes interactive
activities such as group and pair work.
ELT102 - Contextual Grammar II This course is a continuation of Contextual Grammar I. It leads students to have a critical
perspective into the advanced level structures (such as word classes, elements of the sentence, types of sentence, sentence
fragments) of different types of texts on a contextual level. Building upon analysis and synthesis, students evaluate the most
problematic forms of English grammar with guidance in their function and usage using methods such as error analysis or
discourse analysis. Besides presenting a descriptive review of the forms and function of advanced English grammar structure,
this course encourages students to develop a critical stance toward the use of these structures in various contexts. The course
also emphasizes interactive activities such as group and pair work.
ELT103 - Advanced Reading and Writing I This course presents a wide range of authentic reading materials including
newspapers, journals, reviews, academic texts in order to comprehend contrasting viewpoints, predict and identify main ideas
and to decode intersentential clues. It also aims to equip students with intensive and extensive reading habits. Critical thinking
skills such as synthesizing information or analyzing a problem as well as reacting on the basis of evaluation are fostered. Such
sub-skills of reading are employed by the students’ in their writings. Students also analyze and produce different types of
writings (such as expository paragraph, descriptive paragraph, narrative paragraph), build up writing skills emphasizing the
organization, coherence, and cohesion and such sub-skills as summarizing, outlining, and paraphrasing at paragraph level. The
use of spelling and punctuation conventions as well as non-alphabetic symbol use are also be practiced.
ELT104 - Advanced Reading and Writing II This course is a continuation of Advanced Reading and Writing I. It promotes
higher level thinking skills. By processing a variety of different authentic reading texts, students develop superior-level sub-skills
of reading namely, making inferences and deductions, and reading between the lines. This course intents to help students to
relate inferences from the text to real life, and gain insights into the cultural similarities and differences. By means of the
awareness gained from the texts, students analyze, synthesize and evaluate information and therefore, in their compositions,
react to readings. Students also analyze and produce different types of essays (e.g. comparison and contrast, classification,
process analysis, cause-and-effect analysis, and argumentative) that are unified, coherent and organized. In addition to the
integration of reading with writing, research-based instruction adopted, to get students develop basic research skills including
library/internet search, and basic research report writing skills such as citing, paraphrasing and referencing.
ELT105 - Listening and Pronunciation I This course aims to develop students’ listening and pronunciation skills while
gaining confidence in communicating in English. It employs authentic listening materials and speech samples used in different
discourses in order to be analyzed as communication-oriented classroom activities. Starting from basic listening and phonetic
skills such as discriminating minimal pairs and formulating phonetic transcriptions of problematic sounds focused in class, the
course focuses on higher level listening skills and strategies by integration of reading and writing to the course curriculum
through content-based activities. Students are provided with the fundamentals of listening and phonetics namely vowels,
consonants, stress in words, rhythm and intonation as well as the usage of phonetic alphabet for learning and production
purposes. Collaborative learning through group and pair work are encouraged.
ELT106 - Listening and Pronunciation II This course is a continuation of Listening and Pronunciation I, which focuses on
basic skills and principles of listening and phonetics. A variety of different authentic listening texts and academic presentations
are utilized to develop students’ receptive listening skills. This course includes such sub-skills of listening as note-taking,
predicting, extracting specific and detailed information, guessing meaning from context, and getting the gist. Throughout the
course, students are exposed to aural authentic listening materials such as interviews, movies, songs, lectures, TV shows and
news broadcasts. This course also aims to equip student teachers with a strong sensitivity towards different accents of English
language being spoken around the world. Collaborative learning through group and pair work are be encouraged.
ELT107 - Oral Communication Skills I This course offers a variety of different communication-oriented speaking activities
such as discussions, individual presentations and other interactive tasks providing opportunity for students to improve their oral
competence by developing effective language use both in formal and informal contexts. By exploring components of
communicative competence, this course aims to equip students with the necessary skills to become successful communicators
185
as well as language teachers. In this course students utilize the theoretical and practical knowledge acquired in listening and
pronunciation courses in delivering brief informative, persuasive presentations. This course aims to help students in developing
a good command in supra-segmental features.
ELT108 - Oral Communication Skills II This course is a continuation of Oral Communication Skills I. It offers extended
communicative tasks such as debates, role-plays, individual and group presentations, impromptu speeches and other
interactive tasks providing opportunity for students to improve their oral competence by developing effective language use both
in formal and informal contexts. Integrating different reading and listening texts into communication-oriented tasks, this course
aims to develop students’ productive skills beyond their receptive skills. The course includes discussion topics, interesting facts,
stimulating quotes as well as literary texts which are structurally and intellectually complex and thought-provoking thus
promoting interest and motivation in communication. Common pronunciation mistakes are listed and discussed so as to raise
the awareness of students as future language teachers. It also aims to develop students’ strategic competence to be utilized in
repairing communication breakdowns as communication.
ELT110 - Lexical Competence This course aims to raise students’ understanding of the relation between lexical items and
structural forms as well as expanding their vocabulary knowledge by focusing on the components of word formation including
prefixes and suffixes. Students also learn idioms, collocations, slang, euphemisms, neologisms, proverbs and phrasal verbs to
help them to better explore, review, play with and enhance their spoken and written expression. Throughout the course,
students engage in interactive content-based tasks such as problem-solving activities, error analysis, and journals writing are
encouraged to get to increase their vocabulary span.
ELT201 - English Literature I This introductory course includes brief cultural history of British and American literature and
literary works written in English, fundamental terms and techniques used while studying a literary text, introduction to the major
genres and styles in literature, and introduction to the movements and periods in literature in English. Students analyze the
content and style of various literary texts such as short story, poem, drama and novel representing different periods and genres
of English literature. This course also focuses on developing an appreciation for literature’s contribution to our understanding of
life. Students use literary tools to analyze and critically evaluate the works they have read. This course, through classroom
discussions, aims to help students gain a critical perspective towards the texts. Students also analyze literary arts used in these
texts, and interpret them so as to make deductions, inferences and evaluations.
ELT202 - English Literature II This course is a continuation of English Literature I. It explores a variety of literary texts from a
range of eras and writers of British and American literature and literary works written in English, accordingly. Students to get a
chance to practice their knowledge about key terms and concepts by analyzing literary texts in order to identify these concepts
and their use in a text. The course also provides a solid foundation about the fundamental movements and periods in literature
written in English. Through the use of selected literary texts from various periods, fundamental concepts, terms, techniques and
literary, philosophical and scientific approaches in these literatures are examined. Student teachers are expected to prepare
focused writing assignments for designated topics.
ELT203 - Linguistics I This course gives an introduction to the basic concepts in linguistic analysis; understanding the nature,
structure, and use of language by way of awareness raising activities, error analysis of language learners’ production, case
studies, and comparative analysis of native and target languages. The topics under investigation are the components of
language as a system: linguistic competence and performance, branches of linguistics, types of grammar, language universals,
creativity of linguistic knowledge, arbitrariness of language, sign languages, artificial languages and animal communication;
brain and language:, lateralization and handedness, evolution of language, human language processing models, research on
language and disorders (e.g., dichotic listening, split brain, WADA); phonetics: acoustic, auditory and articulatory phonetics,
speech organs, phoneme, vowels and consonants, IPA, diphthongs, tripthongs, manner and place of articulation; phonology:
sound patterns, assimilation, dissimilation, linking, consonant clusters, silent letters, suprasegmentals, stress and intonation;
semantics: componential analysis, entailment, semantic relations, sense and reference, collocational meaning.
ELT204 - Linguistics II This course is a continuation of Linguistics I. An elaboration on further topics in linguistics is presented
by way of awareness raising activities, error analysis of language learners’ production data, case studies, and comparative
analysis of native and target languages. The topics under investigation are: morphology; free and bound morphemes,
compounds, inflectional morphology, derivational morphology, morphemic analysis, morphological typology of languages,
analysis of the internal hierarchical structure of words, morphophonological variation; syntax: word categories, phrase and
clause structure, transformational-generative grammar, government and binding, minimalist program, argument structure, thetaroles; pragmatics: deixis, implicature, conversational maxims, speech acts and politeness. Sociolinguistics; dialects, register,
style; discourse: criteria for textuality, types of cohesive devices, discourse connections, functions, the discourse situation,
institutional discourse, and similar topics.
ELT205 - Approaches to ELT I This course presents basic issues and processes in ELT course design. It focuses on
identifying the difference among approach, method and technique and the significance of these concepts in course design. A
critical overview of methods and approaches taking a historical perspective is presented: Grammar Translation Method, Direct
Method, Audio-lingual Method, Silent Way, Community Language Learning, Suggestopedia, Communicative Approach, the
Natural Approach. Student teachers discover and synthesize classroom application possibilities of such methods through
designing micro-teaching of activities associated with them.
ELT206 - Approaches to ELT II As a continuation of Approaches to ELT I, this course focuses on current issues and practices
in ELT course design, selecting the appropriate approach suitable to learner needs based on current distinctions such as ESL,
EFL, EIL, ESP, EAP. It outlines current foreign language teaching trends such as constructivist approach, content-based
instruction, task-based instruction, problem-based teaching, multiple intelligences, whole language approach and corpus-based
applications of language teaching and designing micro-teaching of activities associated with them. This course aims to raise
awareness of issues of culture and classroom second/foreign language learning, of technology use in language classrooms,
and of the need for developing communicative and intercultural competencies for the language learner and teacher of the
globalized world and designing micro-teaching of activities associated with them.
ELT207 – English / Turkish Translation This course includes the fundamental theories and approaches in the science of
translation. Students translate a variety of different authentic English texts into Turkish. Besides translation activities from
diverse areas, students also engage in error analysis tasks in which they critically evaluate the appropriateness of the various
186
translations of the same text and its comparison to their own translation by employing different translation skills. Various
aspects of translation will be evaluated including style, word selection, the role and importance of translation in language
learning and teaching and cultural aspects of translation. The practical aspect of the course will go hand in hand with readings
covering theoretical grounds pertinent to current issues in the field of translation. Exposure to and translation of ELT-related
materials will also be encouraged.
ELT208 - Language Acquisition This course presents an overview of the theories of first and second language acquisition
(e.g.: innatism, information processing, connectionism, the interactionist position) and focuses on the developmental stages and
sequences of first and target language acquisition. Case studies, comparative analysis of the use of native and target
languages in corpus data (e.g.: CHILDES database), recordings and/or transcriptions of real second language classroom
interaction will be employed for the analysis of first and second language acquisition; comparison of second language
acquisition in children and in adults; identifying developmental sequences in first language acquisition; stages in second
language morpho-syntactic development; processes in second language acquisition; learner characteristics and individual
variation in ultimate attainment in second language acquisition (e.g.: role of personality, language aptitude, intelligence, age of
acquisition, motivation and attitudes, learner preferences and beliefs); differences between second language acquisition and
foreign language learning contexts (e.g.: natural vs. Instructional settings).
ELT209 - Oral Expression and Public Speaking This course is an introduction to public speaking and focuses on
development of practical skills for effective communication. It emphasizes fundamental stages of speech preparation and
delivery including adopting and developing audio and visual aids. Throughout the course, students deliver extended
presentations as an outcome of extensive reading and research. Samples of successful presentations are analyzed in terms of
the appropriateness of content, form, and audiovisual aids. The course also aims to foster students’ oral and written language
skills in job-related situations such as interviewing, socializing, telephoning, presenting information, holding meetings as well as
CV and application writing.
ELT301 - Teaching English to Young Learners I This course gives an overview of the difference between young learners (K6) and learners at other ages (in terms of learning of language structures, skills and sub-skills) and misconceptions about young
learners. The aim of the course is to help student teachers identify learner styles (e.g.: visual, auditory) and strategies (e.g.:
meta cognitive, cognitive, socio affective) of young learners and developing activities (e.g.: puzzles, stories and games,
simulations) and audio visual aids (e.g.: pictures, realia, cartoons, puppets, songs) for the teaching of vocabulary, language
skills and structures; select and sequence teaching points and adapt and evaluate materials according to the cognitive and
affective development and language level of the learners; to outline classroom management techniques necessary for teachers
of young learner classrooms; to emphasize the importance of collaborative learning and interaction through group and pair
work, and of ways to encouraging young learners to respect each other’s learning styles and strategies, and sharing
responsibility for self and others learning.
ELT302 - Teaching English to Young Learners II This course is a continuation of Teaching English to Young Learners I.
The intent of the course is analyzing how to design young learner course syllabuses focusing on the applicability of different
syllabus types (e.g.: story-based, content-based, theme-based, task-based) and the effective ways to make use of child
literature within a chosen syllabus. Analysis and discussions of video recordings of young learner classrooms with reference to
classroom management, presentation of language and practice in class are utilized. Student teachers design a course and/or
materials for a chosen syllabus type teaching activities and assessment practices for a diverse range of young learners (K-6).
ELT303 - Subject Specific Teaching Methods II This course, which is a continuation of STM I, aims to equip students with
tools to be able to diagnose language teaching problems and find remedies through classroom-based, teacher-centered and
action research. Students design lesson plans and conduct micro-teaching sessions. Students will also be introduced to
professional organizations such as TESOL, INGED, as well as to ELT journals to discuss relevant selected articles.
ELT304 - Turkish / English Translation Being the counterpart of English-Turkish Translation, this course will rely on both
theoretical as well as practical grounds. Adopting a contrastive analysis method, students evaluate the effectiveness of a
translation paying attention to the idiosyncrasies regarding the unique nature of Turkish and English. Various aspects of
translation are evaluated including style, word selection, the role and importance of translation in language learning and
teaching and cultural aspects of translation. The practical aspect of the course goes hand in hand with readings covering
theoretical grounds pertinent to current issues in the field of translation. Exposure to and translation of ELT-related materials
are also encouraged.
ELT305 - Teaching Four Skills I This course concentrates on building language awareness and teaching skills through a
detailed study of techniques and stages of teaching listening, speaking, pronunciation and vocabulary to language learners at
various ages and language proficiency levels. Student teachers design individual and/or group micro-teaching activities
focusing on the language skills above with adherence to principles of lesson planning and techniques of the specific skills for a
variety proficiency levels.
ELT306 - Teaching Four Skills II This course is a continuation of Teaching Language Skills I. This course concentrates on
building language awareness and teaching skills through a detailed study of techniques used in and stages of teaching reading,
writing, and grammar to language learners at various ages and language proficiency levels. Student teachers design individual
and/or group micro teaching activities focusing on the integration of the language skills above with adherence to principles of
lesson planning and techniques of the specific skills for a variety proficiency levels.
ELT307 - Literature and Language Teaching I This course concentrates on the analysis of examples from British and
American short stories and novels and those which are originally produced in English; and identification of the distinctive
features of short stories and novels. Student teachers explore different approaches to using literature with teenage and adult
learners at all levels; examining ways in which the teaching of literature and language can be integrated in these two genres
(short story and novel) and exploring theoretical and practical dimensions of this integration. This course provides linguistic and
artistic enrichment by teaching the analysis of literary texts as content and as context. Through this course, student teachers
investigate how culture teaching is possible through short stories and drama in the following domains: comparison and contrast
between objects or products that exist in the target and native culture; proverbs, idioms, formulaic expressions which embody
cultural values; social structures, roles and relationships; customs/rituals/traditions; beliefs, values, taboos and superstitions;
political, historic and economic background; cultural institutions; metaphorical/connotative meanings, use of humour. Moreover,
187
the course sensitizes the students towards social issues by presenting techniques on how to enrich the literary text through
prose, underlining the importance of using activities based on literary texts to create an awareness of one’s contribution to
society. This course also touches upon the examination and evaluation of literary texts as motivating language material.
ELT308 - Literature and Language Teaching II This course is a continuation of Literature and Language Teaching I. It
concentrates on the characteristics of poetry and drama as a literary genre; approaches to analyzing ways to use contemporary
poetry and drama from British, American literature and those which are originally produced in English, employing activities that
help students analyze literature as context and as content. The course elaborates on ways in which the teaching of literature
and language can be integrated in these two genres (poetry and drama) and explores theoretical and practical dimensions of
this integration. Through this course, student teachers investigate how teaching cultural and social issues is possible through
poetry and drama in the following domains: comparison and contrast between objects or products that exist in the target and
native culture; proverbs, idioms, formulaic expressions which embody cultural values; social structures, roles and relationships;
customs/rituals/traditions; beliefs, values, taboos and superstitions; political, historic and economic background; cultural
institutions; metaphorical/connotative meanings, use of humour. This course also touches upon the examination and evaluation
of literary texts as motivating language material. Application of various language based activities to literary texts through peer
teaching will be utilized.
ELT309 - Second Foreign Language I Depending on the facilities of the department, the student teachers may have the
option of learning one of the following languages as a second foreign language requirement: German, French, Spanish, Italian,
Arabic, Japanese, Chinese, Russian or Greek. This course is an introduction to the basics of a second foreign language. It
aims at providing student teachers with the skills required for basic communication. The aim for student teachers is to
understand simple every day dialogues and basic reading texts, express themselves and ask questions in the basic spoken
language. To fulfill these aims, dialogues and reading texts are utilized. Student teachers are exposed to the basic structures
and vocabulary items of the target language in communicative contexts, but grammar is not the primary focus. Listening is an
important component of the course and is integrated especially with speaking. Besides, some insights into the target culture
and life style will be given. This course is prerequisite for Second Foreign Language II and III.
ELT310 - Second Foreign Language II This course is a continuation of beginning level of second foreign language. It aims at
providing communicative tasks for student teachers to actually communicate in the target language. Student teachers are
exposed to commonly occurring grammatical patterns and vocabulary items in written texts such as newspapers, magazines
and short stories. Simple writing tasks are also integrated into the course. Both listening and speaking are important
components of this course and more vocabulary items are presented through longer dialogues and reading texts. More insights
into the target culture and life style will be given through the use of authentic materials. This course is prerequisite for second
foreign language III
ELT401 - Materials Adaptation and Development This course focuses on acquainting student teachers with the theory and
principles of ELT materials design (e.g.: selecting, adapting, developing and evaluating materials) and equipping student
teachers with the basic arguments for and against the use of course books in the classroom. Student teachers are sensitized to
the relation between methodology, ideology and the course book writer. This course emphasizes issues related to selection of
language materials: suitability regarding the format, the students’ proficiency level, learnability, ease of use, cultural content,
availability of communicative interaction and language use, and the use of corpus-based authentic materials set in a real-world
context which allows learners to interact with each other or the teacher in meaningful ways. The following issues related to
adapting or developing materials for language teaching are also taken up: adapting course book materials to particular learning
needs and teaching contexts, and designing their own teaching materials and supplementing materials parallel to the
methodology, to the level and needs of the students and to present school environment. Student teachers engage in the
discussion of issues related to evaluation of materials and text books used in EFL classroom settings, are familiarized with
language material and textbook evaluation criteria and ways to relate materials design to current ELT methodology
ELT402 - English Language Testing and Assessment This course presents an overview of basic concepts, principles and
constructs of classroom-based assessment. It focuses on the identification of different types of tests and testing (e.g.:
proficiency, achievement, diagnostic, and placement tests, direct vs. Indirect testing, discrete point vs. Integrative testing, norm
referenced vs. Criterion referenced testing, objective testing vs. Subjective testing, communicative language testing) and
various types of questions for a wide range of language assessment purposes, development and evaluation of such language
tests and of other available types (e.g.: portfolio, self-assessment, learner diaries). Student teachers are expected to prepare
language tests for different age groups, different proficiency levels and various learner styles. Student teachers are familiarized
with test preparation techniques for testing reading, writing, listening, speaking, vocabulary and grammar individually and
testing language skills in an integrated manner. The course also promotes the understanding and application of basic
descriptive and inferential statistical calculations and the principles underlying test design (e.g.: content, criterion related,
construct, face validity; reliability, standard error of measurement and the true score; practicality). The course also covers
stages of test construction, carrying out item analysis and interpretation of test scores, assessing standardized tests (e.g.:
TOEFL, IELTS and exams accredited by the Council of Europe for the European Language Portfolio), teacher-prepared
language tests and achieving beneficial backwash.
ELT403 - Second Foreign Language III This course is a continuation of Second Foreign Language II. It aims at further
developing student teachers’ reading and oral skills. Authentic texts of different genres are studied in order to focus on more
complex grammatical structures and advanced level vocabulary items. Student teachers are expected to make short oral
presentations, produce role-plays, watch short extracts of movies in the target language and participate in simple discussions
on a related topic in class and write letters and e-mails of greeting, complaint, response etc., diary entries and short paragraphs
and essays. Further insights into the target culture and life style will be given through authentic classroom materials and
research tasks.
ELT404 - Elective II Applied Linguistics This course aims to raise and update several issues in applied linguistics in
accordance with the changing needs, conditions and circumstances of teacher trainees.
ELT405 - Elective I Novel Characteristics of a novel as a genre in literature; study and criticism of novels; study of
representative British and American novels as literary genres.
188
ELT406 - Elective III Computer- Assisted Language Learning (CALL) This online course presents an overview of CALL and
its potential for second language classrooms. It provides a practical introduction to the use of computers in the teaching of
foreign languages. It explores different ways in which computer work can be integrated into the language curriculum.
Participants are provided with opportunities to use and evaluate CALL materials and applications and integrate them into
language teaching and learning. Basic computer literacy such as mouse and keyboard skills are required.
ELTM501 - Methodology & Practicum Overview of the range of methodological approaches to language teaching. Practical
training in current approaches (particularly the communicative approach and task-based learning). Teaching the four macro
skills and integrated skills at various levels. Designing and implementing classroom tasks and interactive language teaching.
Materials development and language teaching technology. Classroom observation and classroom-based teacher training.
Observation and evaluation of students’ teaching skills, both in simulated and classroom environments.
ELTM501 - Methodology & Practicum Overview of the range of methodological approaches to language teaching. Practical
training in current approaches (particularly the communicative approach and task-based learning). Teaching the four macro
skills and integrated skills at various levels. Designing and implementing classroom tasks and interactive language teaching.
Materials development and language teaching technology. Classroom observation and classroom-based teacher training.
Observation and evaluation of students’ teaching skills, both in simulated and classroom environments.
ELTM502 - Language Testing The course presents a practical approach to language testing. Although the theoretical
background will be discussed, the focus will be on what useful and reliable instruments are available for classroom language
teachers. There will therefore be considerable practical work on constructing tests and analysing test results. The course will
also involve some basic statistics using SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences) computer program.
ELTM503 - Materials Development & Evaluation Reviewing methods of evaluating language teaching materials and
adaptation techniques and applying evaluation and adaptation criteria to materials currently employed; determining appropriate
discovery procedures for developing effective language teaching materials through applied research.
ELTM504 - Syllabus Design The course provides teachers with tools and techniques for analysing and improving the
syllabuses with which they work. It also provides concepts and procedures for teachers to develop their own syllabuses,
outlining theoretical issues and practical considerations. It includes analysis of the following areas: socio-political and
institutional aspects of course design; learner profiles and needs analysis; goals, aims and objectives; content selection,
grading and sequencing; choice of tasks and activities; assessment and evaluation procedures.
ELTM505 - Second Language Acquisition The course presents theories of how learners learn languages. It involves a critical
evaluation of research and its theoretical basis in second language acquisition and learning, together with its implications for
classroom practice. The aim of this course is to extend the participants’ knowledge of research into the theories of SLA and to
explore the various pedagogical implications. Topics will include the nature and scope of SLA research and theoretical models,
error analysis, contrastive analysis, universal grammar, inter-language, automaticity, discourse analysis, affective factors,
individual differences, and the role of formal instruction.
ELTM507 - Computer-Assisted Language Learning (CALL) The course presents an overview of CALL and its potential for
second language classrooms. It aims to provide a practical introduction to the use of computers in the teaching of foreign
languages. It will explore ways in which computer work can be integrated into the language curriculum. Participants will be
introduced to a variety of CALL programs, and will be expected to design a software evaluation framework and present a
teaching session in which computer technology is integrated.
ELTM508 - Discourse Analysis Discourse Analysis is concerned with the description of written and spoken language in use. It
aims to identify systems and patterns within discourse and to relate these features to the context in which language is
produced. This module will focus on English language data and will introduce some principal issues in the description of
discourse, such as conversation structure, exchange structure, coherence and cohesion in text, and the organisation of
information. The module comprises two complementary components: i) an outline of the main approaches to the description of
discourse, and ii) workshop sessions applying these approaches to naturally occurring samples of language, including political
interview, classroom and clinical interaction, personal anecdote, scientific and academic text.
ELTM509 - Linguistics for English Language Teaching Contributions of linguistics to the field of foreign language teaching
and current approaches to the linguistic analysis of English. The course looks at how the insights gained from descriptive
linguistics can help the language teacher better support his/her students learning
ELTM510 - Literature in the Teaching of English Significant contributions of literature to the process and purpose of learning
English as a foreign language; poetry, prose and drama in the EFL classroom; approaches to selecting texts for different levels
of learners.
ELTM512 - Curriculum Evaluation The course offers teachers the means to evaluate classroom practices, materials, course
books, language programs and teachers . The following dimensions of evaluation will be examined in depth using the
framework “ what, who, when and how of the evaluation process.” These topics are covered in detail: types of evaluation, key
concepts in evaluation, information gathering techniques, measurement and assessment, ethical issues in evaluation, hidden
curriculum, curriculum decision-making, curriculum management, curriculum implementation and change.
ELTM515 - English for Specific Purposes This course traces the origins and development of ESP and its relationship to ELT
in general. It examines the various defining characteristics of ESP that have been suggested in the literature and explores a
variety of approaches to ESP Course Design and implementation. Consideration is given to the role of the ESP teacher and to
methodology in ESP. An important contemporary concern is with the management of ESP programs. The module will cover the
following topics: Introduction to ESP, the origins and development of ESP, ESP course design and the ESP syllabus.
ELTM521 - Reflective Teaching Classroom-based evaluation and its implications and reflections for second language
learning; raising awareness for reflective practice to improve classroom teaching; raising awareness for professional coaching
and mentoring.
189
ELTM530 - MA ELT Term-Project In order to complete the requirements for the MA/ELT non-thesis option, students are
required to produce a term project, the topic of which has to be approved by the Department and the standard of which must be
appropriate for a Master's degree.
ENE101 - Introduction to the Energy Systems Engineering This course studies energy systems which utilize various energy
sources including both renewable and non-renewable fuel. System components and operationsn of thermal, hydropower and
nuclear generating stations, as well as biofuel reactor, fuel cell, wind turbine, solar electric and solar thermal power.
Sustainability of energy sources, cost-benefits and their social acceptability.
ENE201 - Introduction to Fluid Mechanics Definitions, physical properties. Hydrostatics, forces on plane and curved
surfaces, buoyancy, hydrostatics in moving and rotating containers. Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions, derivatives, rate of
deformation, flow lines. System and control volume approach, Reynolds transport theorem, principles of conservation of mass,
momentum and energy, Bernoulli equation. Dimensional analysis.
ENE202 - Alternative Energy Technologies Develop an understanding of the alternative energy sources and their uses. Now
more relevant than ever, Alternative Energy covers the basics of electricity, how to generate electricity from renewable
resouces, how to store energy, non electrical systems, energy consumption and conservation. Learn to understand why
alternative and renewable energy is so important and how to go about it.
ENE301 - Electromechanical Energy Conversion Electromagnetic circuits; properties of ferromagnetic materials. Singlephase and three-phase transformers. Per Unit System. Principles of electromechanical energy conversion: Linear and nonlinear
systems; singly and multiply excited, translational and rotational systems. DC machines: Theory, generators, motors, speed
control.Electromagnetic fields created by AC electric machine windings: pulsating and rotating magnetic fields, emf induced in a
winding. Induction machines: equivalent circuit, steady-state analysis, speed control. Synchronous machines: equivalent circuit,
steady-state analysis, stability. Single-phase induction machines. Special electrical machines.
ENE302 - Renewable Energy Technology The course content includes: energy technology, renewable energy in a
sustainable future, the physics and science behind climate change, and why renewable energy is necessary for the future.
Students will understand different types of renewable energy technology, how they work, their advantages, disadvantages, and
limitations. The types of renewable energy and technology studied include: wind energy, solar (thermal and photovoltaic),
hydro-electric, bio-energy, tidal power, wave energy, geothermal energy, ocean thermal, fuel cells, heat pump systems, and
high voltage DC energy transport. The availability and integration of these energy types and technologies are also studied to
understand how renewables can work as a compliment to and replacement for conventional technologies.
ENE303 - Measurements & Instrumentations Measurement error and sensitivity. Sources of errors in measurements, and
uncertainty analysis. Probability of Errors. Electromechanical Indicating Instruments. Alternating Current Indicating
Instruments. Watt-hour Meter. Power Factor Meters. Bridge Measurements. Electronic Multimeter. Transducers. Analog and
Digital Data Acquisition Systems. Instrumentation Systems. Methodologies for measurement and data analysis of thermal and
fluid processes. Measurement/Instrumentation techniques for measurement of basic quantities such as pressure, temperature,
flow rate, heat flux, etc.
ENE304 - Energy Economics Introduction to Energy Economics and the interrelationship between energy, the economy,
society, and the environment . Natural resource economics: static criteria and dynamic criteria for efficient allocation.
Techniques for overall cost determination, marginal cost determination, life cycle cost, economic comparison of energy
technologies, financial analysis of renewable energy projects, financial vs. economic analysis. Consumer behavior and demand
elasticity. Procedure to determine the best economic choice of energy technology for specific applications. Environmental
impacts of conventional and renewable technologies.
ENE305 - Petroleum & Natural Gas Technologies The course provides a comprehensive grounding in all aspects of the oil
and gas industry. After a broad overview of the distribution of petroleum resources and the organisations that constitute the
industry, it introduces the techniques used to detect and assess the commercial viability of deposits. Next, it looks at the
extraction process and the technologies used to process, store, transport and refine oil and gas. Finally, it explores the
processes of selling, trading and marketing gas and petroleum products, before finishing with a survey of environmental and
geopolitical risks and opportunities, and an assessment of the industry’s future.
ENE306 - Electrical Energy Transmission and Distribution Overhead lines and underground cables; transformers;
generators and excitation systems; transmission system steady-state operation; control of power and frequency; control of
voltage and reactive power; power system faults analysis; fundamentals of power system stability; substations and protection;
power system economics and management.
ENE401 - Graduation Project I Students prepare projects for graduation in the final semester in the most important fields such
as alternative energy sources, solar energy, power generation and control in the different fields of energy engineering.
ENE402 - Graduation Project II Students prepare projects for graduation in the final semester in the most important fields
such as alternative energy sources, solar energy, power generation and control in the different fields of energy engineering.
ENE403 - Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems This corse examines the application of electronics to energy
conversion and control. Topics covered include: modeling, analysis, and control techniques; design of power circuits including
inverters, rectifiers, and DC-DC converters; analysis and design of magnetic components and filters; and characteristics of
power semiconductor devices. Numerous application examples will be presented such as motion control systems, power
supplies.
ENE404 - Energy Saving Types, combustion in boilers, performances evaluation, analysis of losses, energy conservation
opportunities. Boiler efficiency calculation, evaporation ratio and efficiency for coal, oil and gas. Steam System : Properties of
steam, steam leakages, steam trapping, condensate and flash steam recovery system, identifying opportunities for energy
savings. General fuel economy measures in furnaces. Induction furnace, performance evaluation of a furnace. Cogeneration :
190
Definition, need, application. Waste Heat Recovery : Classification, advantages and applications, commercially viable waste
heat recovery devices, saving potential. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities : Electric motors, Aircompressors, reciprocating
vs screw, compressor efficiency, efficient compressor operation, leakage test, factors affecting the performance and savings
opportunities. Lighting System : Choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy conservation avenues. Energy
conservation in Buildings:building envelope, insulation, lighting.
ENE405 - Energy and the Environment This course explores the connections between energy and environment policy. The
role that energy plays in our modern world. The basic grounding in the physical, environmental, technological, economic and
political aspects of energy systems. Calculation the energy content of a wide variety of systems such as speeding cars, toasty
houses and hot tubs, wind, solar illumination, gasoline, and hot dogs. We will apply these concepts to the various energy
production schemes and usages found in our lives. Today’s dominant energy sources, supply lifetimes, alternative energy
sources, environmental impacts, and the future of energy in our world. This semi-quantitative course is meant to provide a
scientific foundation for understanding the energy issues so that the student will be able to make informed decisions
regarding—or even participate in—the ongoing debate surrounding this important societal issue.
ENE411 - Energy from Waste Benefits of converting waste to energy, Thermodynamics & steam Generation. Combustion &
boiler firing theory, Boiler design & heat transfer. Boiler water chemistry, Steam turbine plant & steam system. Characteristics
of MSW (Municipal Waste Combustion) Fuel, MSW compared to fossil fuels. Mass-burn designs: Rotary combustors,
combustion process, Air pollution control equipment, Ash treatment and testing; Transport and loading systems, Material
recovery. Principles of plant operation; Operator training; Upset conditions; Operating procedures; Troubleshooting; Basic plant
economics
ENE412 - Modeling and Simulation This courses introduces the students to modelling and simulation concepts. Topics
discussed in the course includes, system analysis and classification., abstract and simulation models, continuous, discrete, and
combined models, heterogeneous models. It also covers pseudorandom number generation and testing, queuing systems,
Monte Carlo method, and continuous simulation. Simulation experiment control.
ENE415 - Automatic Control in Energy Systems Pole-zero analysis, stability of feedback systems by root locus and realfrequency response methods. Design methods of Bode and Nichols. Introduction to advanced topics in automatic control
theory, state variable methods. Linear Servomechanism theory and design principles. Study of control systems components
and mathematical models. Amplifiers, DC servomotors, reaction mass actuators. Accelerometers, potentiometers, shaft
encoders and resolvers, proximity sensors, force transducers, piezoceramic materials, gyroscopes. Experimental determination
of component models and model parameters. Design problems for power systems. Advanced computer modeling and analysis
of power systems. Application of modern systems and control theories.
ENE416 - Modern Thermodynamics for Energy Systems This course will focus on developing physical and mathematical
insight into the properties of matter and the interactions between molecules, which govern macro-scale processes relevant to
energy engineering. Thermodynamics at the smallest scales to derive models for larger scale processes ranging from phase
changes, surface wetting, combustion, adsorption, and electrochemistry. The link between classical thermodynamics and
statistical analysis for calculating properties and process behavior. Combined statistical approaches with molecular level
simulations. Investigation processes relevant to engineering design using fundamental computational approaches.
ENE417 - Illumination Engineering Radiation; spectra, wave, and particle nature of light; physics of light production, light
sources and circuits, luminaires; science of seeing, color theory, control of light, measurements, light and health, lighting
calculations.
ENE418 - Engineering Calculations(Matlab) Basic concepts of computer programming and numerical analysis methods.
pplication MatLab effectively to solution a wide variety of mathematical and physical problems. Programs that solve
mathematical and engineering problems, statistical analysis and rror propagation. Data import and export, and curve fitting.
Numerical differentiation, round-off errors and numerical precision Numerical integration. Numerical solution of differential
equations. Numerical Fourier transform.
ENE420 - Nuclear Energy Technology Introduction to nuclear energy. Atomic and nuclear physics; the interaction of radiation
and matter. Nuclear reactor operation; reactor components, nuclear cycles, neutron diffusion and moderation. Reactor
shielding. Fuel reprocessing and waste disposal. Reactor licensing and safety. Economics and environmental concerns.
ENE421 - Electromagnetic Theory Introductory electromagnetic field theory and Maxwell' s equations in integral and
differential forms; uniform plane waves in linear media; boundary conditions and reflection and transmission of waves; guided
waves; transmission lines and Smith chart; electrostatics.
ENE423 - Environmental Impact of Energy Systems Environmental issues that are caused through energy conversion:
Ozone depletion, global warming and air quality issues., infrastructure and cost impacts. Products of Combustion. Heath and
Environmental Effects of the Primary Pollutants. Secondary Pollutants. Global and Regional Effects of Secondary pollutants.
Global Warming. Impacts of Global Warming. Solution for Potential Global Warming. “Power” in the Environmental Protection.
Acid Rain. Ozone and Environment. Evaluation the potential environmental
ENE424 - Offshore Energy Wind energy, wave energy, thermal energy, tide and ocean current energy and also sun energy;
trajectories of oceanic technologies; economics of oceanic energy; sustainability attributes.
ENE432 - Programmable Logic Controllers Fundamental principles of Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs). PLC
hardware, number systems and codes, fundamentals of logic, PLC programming, wiring and ladder diagrams, programming
timers, and programming counters. Program control instructions, data manipulation instructions, math instructions, sequencer
and shift registers, PLC installation and troubleshooting, process control and data acquisition, computer-controlled machines
and processes.
191
ENE435 - Energy Policy Public policies related to energy, and how the energy industry responds. Topics covered will include
theories of the state, monopoly and regulation, public choice, organizational behavior, international agreements, and innovation.
Application these theories to major current and historical issues in energy policy, such as ethanol, climate change, energy
security, the role of oil companies in the world oil market.
ENE438 - Project Planning and Scheduling Study of the concepts used in planning and scheduling of projects in both
industrial and construction applications. Sizing the project to get initial figures for development cost, required resourses,
completion time, and production costs. Scenarios for project execution. Refining the initial estimates, determining the detailed
requirements for project completion, getting buy-in from the team, establishing individual commitments, and documenting the
detailed plan. Documenting the project tasks and milestones in a time-line format, tracking planned vs. actual results, and
communicating plans and results throughout the project lifecycle.
ENE440 - Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Systems This course teaches how photovoltaic (PV) systems operate, how to
determine the size of a PV system needed for a certain application, how to install and connect the PV system to the electrical
grid. This is an intensely hands on course and prepares the student to take the electrical portion of the Florida Solar Contractor
License exam. Prerequisite to this course is the understanding of DC and AC electrical theory.
ENE441 - Energy Efficient Building Design Fundamental concepts of green building design and delivery. Various systems
used in green buildings. Testing any of the decisions that have to be made in designing and constructing a green building, from
materials selection to considering the use of natural systems for wastewater processing. The course addresses both
institutional and residential structures and emphasis is placed on understanding practical working systems used in the
structures. Cost/benefit analyses so the student will be able to write justification proposals for green building projects. Basic
foundation to make decisions regarding the design, construction and maintenance of a green building. Selection of sustainable
building materials and products to considering the use of natural systems for wastewater processing.
ENE444 - Systems and Control Introduction: what is a control system. State equations and examples. Nonlinear systems and
linearization. Laplace transform review. Transfer functions, Block diagrams and interconnections. Time response: derivation in
state. Second-order systems. Stability of LTI systems: asymptotic. Open-loop v.s. closed. Routh criterion. Nyquist stability
criterion. Frequency response and Bode Design Examples. Pole placement. Exact tracking problem. Asymptotic tracking
problem. Robust tracking problem.
ENE445 - Optimization of Energy systems Linear and nonlinear program based optimization algorithms that are specially
suited for the design, analysis and operation of electric power systems, power processing devices, machines and transformers.
Geometric programming. New generation optimization techniques. Simulated annealing, Genetic Algorithms, Bayesian
statistics. Examples applied to heat transfer problems and energy systems such as gas and steam power plants, refrigeration
systems, heat pumps and so on. Generation expansion planning, bulk power supply systems, hydro-thermal scheduling, power
converter design optimization.
ENE452 - Fuels and Combustion Liquid fuels. Gaseous fuels. Combustion. Solid fuels. Study of the principles of combustion
including stoichiometry and energy calculations of the principal fuels used in ceramic engineering such as coke,coal, oil and
LPG.
ENE455 - Feedback Control Systems Linear feedback control systems, their physical behavior, dynamical analysis, and
stability. Laplace transform, frequency spectrum, and root locus methods. System design and compensation using PID and
lead-lag controllers. Digital implementations of analog controllers.
ENE460 - Semiconductor Physics Wave and quantum mechanics, the Schrodinger equation, quantum wells and density of
states. Quantum statistics, solid-state bonding and crystal structure. Electron waves, dispersion relation inside periodic media,
Fermi level and energy bands. Physical understanding of semiconductors at equilibrium, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors
and excess carriers.
ENE461 - Hydrogen Energy Systems History, background of hydrogen, its uses. Methods of hydrogen production.
Acceptance of hydrogen as fuel. Modes of storage and transportation. Pipeline transportation of Hydrogen. Cost reviews
(hydrogen versus hydrocarbon transportation). Safety considerations. Pipeline system design features. Pipeline conversion.
Hydrogen pipeline construction considerations
ENE464 - High Voltage Techniques Electrical Field Analysis: experimental and computational methods, electrical breakdown
in gasses, Townsend’s breakdown criterion, Paschen’s law, Streamer or “Kanal” mechanisms, breakdown in non-uniform field
and corona, electrical break down of dielectric liquids and solids, insulating materials, dielectric measurements, generation and
measurement of high AC, DC and impulse voltages and currents, electrostatic generators, testing transformers and series
resonant circuits, impulse voltage and current generator circuits, sphere and uniform field gaps, electrostatic generating and
peak voltage measuring voltmeters.
ENE470 - Fluels Chemistry Energy, Solid Fuels- Structure and Petrography of Coal, Sampling and Analysis, Classification
and Storage of Coal, Liquid Fuels- Origin, Composition and Physical Processing of Crude Petroleum, Tests on Liquid Fuels,
Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gases, Flue and Fuel Gas Analysis, Secondary Fuels, Energy Conversion with
Combustion, Atmospheric Pollution, Mass and En. Balances.
ENE471 - Introduction to Mechatronics and Robotics Introduction to Mechatronics, Microcontrollers and Event Driven
Programming, Introduction to Sensors and GPS, OpAmps (non-ideal), Comparators and Statics, DC Motors, Stepper Motors
and Gears, Timers, Modular Software in C, Noise Isolation, A brief history of Robotics, Effectors and Actuators, Role of
Sensors, Control Architectures and Feedback Control, Subsumption Architecture, Reactive, Deliberative and Hybrid Control,
Behavior based control and Emergent behavior, Adaptive Behavior and Robot learning.
192
ENE475 - Mass Energy Balance Equations General property balance. Differential heat, mass and momentum balance.
Molecular transport mechanisms (Newton's law of viscosity, Fourier's law of heat conduction, and Fick's law of diffusion).
Steady transport in one dimension. Transport with convective flux. Integral heat, mass, and momentum balances.
ENG101 - Introduction to Computers An introduction to basic aspects of computing, operating systems, computing
environments, networks and tools. This course provides a background of tools using DOS and Windows environments for word
processing, spreadsheets and databases.
ENG102 / IEA202 - Computer Programming I First course in problem solving using computers. The concept and notation of
algorithms. Problem analysis, development of algorithms and their implementation in a procedure-oriented language. Topics
include the integrated programming environment (editing, computing, debugging), data types, operators, input/output structured
programming, program control, passing parameters and arrays.
ENG103 - Computer Aided Design Understanding the purposes and commands of AutoCAD, creating new shapes altering
them and adding new entities to them. Modifying objects placing notes and specifications on objects, drawing solid objects,
Isometrics, The user co-ordinate system, 3D commands, solid bock building, plotting AutoCAD drawings.
ENG106 - Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering Introduction to Industrial Engineering (IE), brief history of IE, related
disciplines, production systems design, production systems design, production systems control, quality control, total
management, operations research, decision sciences and systems.
ENG201 - Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering The Physical foundation of electric circuits. Electric current, electromotive
force (voltage), resistance, DC and AC, Ohms law. Power and energy. Real and ideal sources. Circuit analysis of resistive
networks: Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws, voltage-divider rule, the current-divider rule ,wye-delta transformations, voltage
and current source conversions, mesh-current analysis, nodal analysis. Network theorems: superposition theorem, The Venin
theorem, Norton theorem, maximum power transfer theorem. Transients in RC, RL and RLC circuits. AC waveform, period and
frequency. AC values. AC voltage and current in capacitors and inductors. Sinusoidal steady-state analysis and power
calculations. Mutual inductance and transformers.
ENG202 - Physical Electronics The physical basis of electronic and optoelectronic devices and their application in analog and
digital systems. Diodes, transistors, LEDs, photodetectors, and lasers are described, and their properties are explored.
ENG203 - Computer Programming II A continuation of the development of discipline in program design, implementation and
in programming style. Topics include algorithms, recursion, and classical data structures. An additional language will be
introduced. (Prerequisite: ENG102)
ENG204 - Introduction to Modelling & Optimisation A general overview of operations research, with selected applications
from engineering and management systems and interdisciplinary areas. The methodology of mathematical modelling and its
relation to problems in Civil, commercial and public systems. Introduction to linear programming: the simplex method, duality,
sensitivity analysis and related topics. Network models and project scheduling.
ENG205 - Logic Circuit Design Number systems and codes. Binary, hexadecimal and octal systems. Boolean algebra and
logic gates. Basic theorems, truth table, canonical and standard forms. Simplification of Boolean functions. Application of
Boolean algebra to switching circuits. Minimisation of Boolean functions using algebraic: Karnaugh map, and tabular methods.
Design of combinatorial circuits with MSI and LSI; decoders, encoders, multiplexers, and demultiplexers, programmable logic
devices, flip-flops.
ENG206 - Digital Systems Sequential logic circuits, state diagrams, applications of flip-flops, synchronous and asynchronous
counters, shift registers, memories, interfacing, introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers, integrated circuit
technologies. (Prerequisite: ENG205)
ENG304 - Engineering Economy Importance of engineering economy in industrial practice. Engineering economy related
concepts, Present value of money, compound interest formulas, present worth methods, payback period, internal rate of return,
capital cost, Benefit/cost rate, evaluation of alternative investment projects, mathematics of inflation, risk analysis.
ENG411 - Science-Technology-Society Scientific knowledge is acquired and technology is applied by humans to extend their
individual and collective capacities. These human attributes have now reached the extent that humankind can essentially
design and create (or destroy) the physical environment and significantly impact the social reality. As this area of human
capacity evolves, the resulting changes are not only social and cultural but personal; humans cause the evolution of
technology, technology affects the evolution of humans.
ENG452 - Fundamentals of Medical Engineering and Diagnostics Introduction to Medical Sciences and Medical
Engineering, The Importance of Diagnostic Tests in Medicine and Medical Engineering, Laboratory Procedures, Laboratory
Tests, Drug Monitoring, Microbiology, Diagnostic Imaging, Electrocardiography and Differential Diagnosis.
ENG503 - Programming Languages Syntax and semantics of a language, variables and data types, block structures, formal
languages, functional programming, logic programming and object oriented programming.
ENG504 - Modeling and Optimisation of Systems Methods for mathematical modelling of the systems, optimality conditions;
linear programming (model formulation, simplex method, duality, dual simplex method, sensitivity analysis); transportation
problems; computer applications, quadratic programming; dynamic programming; methods for unconstrained and constrained
non-linear optimization.
EXMA501 - Financial Management Basic principles and analytical techniques relating to corporate financial management.
Topics include overall financial analysis, planning, and control; sources and uses of funds; capital; operational and financial
leverages; working capital management; inventory and portfolio management; long-term investment decisions; timing of
financial policy. This course is part of the graduate core.
EXMA502 - Seminar in Managerial Accounting The objective is to enable students to understand performance evaluation
managerial decision-making. Topics covered: Relevant costs and revenue in short-term decision making, break-even and cost-
193
volume-profit analysis; master budget, standard cost-variance, capital budgeting; quantitative techniques for long term and
short-term decision making, cost center and profit center operations; responsibility accounting; performance measurement,
responsibility center performance, gross profit analysis and transfer pricing.
EXMA503 - Business Economics Microeconomic environment of business: The working of competitive markets. Demand and
supply. Products, markets cost and revenue. Profit maximization under perfect and imperfect competition. The firm in the factor
market. Government, firm and market. Macroeconomic environment of business: National income, employment and inflation,
International trade, the balance of payments, exchange rates, money and interest, economic ideas, Keynesian and Monetarist
expiations of business activity.
EXMA504 Seminar in Human Resource Management Analysis and evaluation of major personnel management problems in
the United States including human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building the personnel
function to meet needs of developing organisations, developing career paths and training programs and policies. Evaluation of
the personnel functions and of personnel performance and development of systems for this purpose.
EXMA505 - Operations Management This courses introduces students to advanced techniques in the design of the product.
Production systems and production control systems. The machine assignment problem, scheduling and sequencing, line
balancing, location-allocation of new facilities, JIT management, logistics, purchasing, total quality management, services and
manufacturing operations management.
EXMA506 - Seminar in MIS This course will establish the role of information systems in organisations and how they relate to
organisational objectives and organisational structure. Basic concepts, covered in depth in subsequent courses, are introduced:
the systems point of view and organisation, information flows, and the nature of information systems. Students will gain a
knowledge of the basic techniques and skills in representing system structure.
EXMA507 - Marketing Management The scope of marketing management. Organizing the marketing function. Establishing
marketing objectives. Buyer behaviour and market segmentation. Environmental analysis and marketing strategies. Marketing
research and marketing information systems. Advertising and sales promotion.
EXMA508 - Cases in Leadership and Organizational Behaviour Theoretical statements of individual and group behaviour
and types of leadership in organizations will be examined in this course. Student presentations and discussions will include
detailed treatments of organization design, change, and reorganization, as well as inter-organizational relationships.
EXMA509 - Strategic Management This course enables students to understand the issues and challenges faced by managers
responsible for strategic management. It introduces students to concepts and methodological approaches and tools relevant to
the analysis of the strategic position of the organization. The course teaches students how to develop and implement strategies
and policies, and their major operational implications.
EXMA510 - Cases in Advertising and Promotion Management Advertising and promotion techniques used by advertisers,
investigations of media and their importance in development of advertising and promotion campaigns.
EXMA511 - Cases in Global Business Enterprises To understand globalisation and basic economic model that relies on;
Basic reasons of creating economic blocks and consequences of this development. To understand why nations trade;
characteristics of foreign markets and their impact on business decisions, including role of government, cross boarder
transactions, cultural and regional influences.
EXMA512 - Term Project The term porject must be original and revel the student’s ability in investigation and analysis and
have a practical application in the world of their profession. The project should be on a subject decided upon both by advisor
and student
EYL513 - Contemporary Approaches in Education The course provides teachers with teaching strategies and techniques for
evaluating and improving courses in which they are involved. Principles of instructional design, individual and collaborative
teaching strategies. Other considerations are: Instructional treatments, matching strategies and conditions of instructional
events, selection of appropriate instructional strategies.
EYL514 - Instructional Design The course provides teachers with tools, techniques for designing and improving courses in
which they are involved. Principles of instructional design, needs analysis. analysis of content, instructional objectives and
sequencing of instruction, identifying learning outcomes, and evaluating the learning environment.
EYL515 - Designing Computer-aided Learning Environments Computer programs, multimedia and Internet applications for
effective learning environments, evaluating technological resources. Designing computer based materials and learning
environments.
EYL516 - Educational Technology Issues in instructional technology, types of instructional technologies, the role and use of
instructional technology in the teaching process, specifying school and classroom-based technological needs, planning
appropriate technologies, producing 2 and 3 dimensional materials through technology, developing teaching materials
(worksheets, overhead transparencies, slides, visual media (VCD, DVD), computer-based tools), evaluation of instructional
software.
FIBA500 – Financial Management Basic principles and analytical techniques relating to corporate financial management.
Topics include overall financial analysis, planning, and control; sources and uses of funds; capital; operational and financial
leverages; working capital management; inventory and portfolio management; long-term investment decisions; timing of
financial policy. This course is part of the graduate core.
FIBA502 – Corporate International Finance From the perspective of corporate financial management, exchange rate and
balance of payments theory; the international financial system; international capital markets and institutions; role of international
capital flow in economic development; international cash flow management.
194
FIBA503 – Financial Statement Analysis Evaluation techniques of financial statements. Application of analytical methods to
serve financial management needs such as ratio analysis, percentage analysis and preparing common size statements, cash
flow analysis, fund flow analysis and new techniques and interpretations of results.
FIBA504 – Commercial Bank Management Overview of the U.S. commercial banking industry and financial institutions; role
of Federal Reserve; monetary policies and their effect on money supply and interest rates; policies pertaining to capital
resources, profitability of functions and relations to other banks; effect of government regulations and economics conditions.
FIBA505 – Working Capital Management The financial manager’s viewpoint and knowledge of the money market to meet
short-term requirements and to invest temporarily-excess funds. Short-term investing commensurate with risk and return.
Techniques used to manage corporate, short-term investment portfolio.
FIBA581 – Investments Security markets; various types of investment securities; recognised accepted tests of safety, income,
and marketability; management of portfolios; techniques for analysis and interpretation of corporate reports.
FIBA601 – Theories of Financial Decision Making This course is intended to introduce new doctoral students to the
foundations of financial decision making, including some mathematical foundations. In addition, students will be introduced to
basic empirical research skills and resources in Finance.
FIBA602 – Financial Markets and Instruments This course covers the basics of financial instruments and the markets in
which these instruments trade. The course consists of two sections with similar structures: fixed income securities and
derivative securities. Each section begins with a set of concepts, introduced through a reading notes with a problem set at the
end. Then, each section moves to applications. In the applications, case studies are used to introduce advanced securities and
institutional features of the markets in which these securities trade. The common theme among these cases is how these
securities accomplish risk transfer. The cases all require the student to analyze a new security. The students therefore develop
a general framework for analyzing new financial instruments.
FIBA603 – Monetary Theory and Policies The course is concerned with the effects of monetary institutions such as Central
Bank and policy actions on economic variables (such as inflation and interest rates) that are of importance to individuals and
firms. Monetary Policy is considered by many to be of critical importance to the economy. The class will consist of three parts.
In the first part, we will study money and related variables such as inflation and interest rates. The second part of the course
examines monetary policy. Once we understand the relationships between money, interest rates, and inflation, we can ask
what the optimal interest rate policy is, and how to implement it. The third part of the course examines interesting monetary
episodes in the US and across the world.
FIBA604 – Global Financial Management The objective of this course is to provide the principles of asset valuation and
financing in competitive global financial markets. The course is organized around the three main ideas in Finance: The time
value of money, Diversification and risk, Arbitrage and hedging. The time value of money is a basic determinant in the valuation
of assets such as bonds, stocks, futures, and options. The classes on diversification and risk provide a thorough grounding in
the trade off between risk and return given by modern portfolio theory. In discussing arbitrage and hedging, we demonstrate
how to hedge market risk, interest rate risk, and foreign exchange risk. This involves using futures and options.
FIBA630 – Seminar in Finance The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student.
GAS101 – Tourism and Hospitality Math Linear, inequalities, functions and graphics, logarithm, Limits and continuity;
derivatives, utilization of derivatives; food and beverage applications
GAS102 – Principles of Marketing This course serves as an introduction to the basic concepts and practices of modern
GAS103 – Principles of Nutrition Principles of personal health, energy requirements and calculations, carbonates, oils,
protein, vitamins and minerals; nutrition among the lifecycle and exercise, nutrition and health, nutritious element loss reduction,
healthy Diet Schedule, Dietary Menu Engineering.
GAS104 – Food & Beverage Management Introduction to the food and beverage industry and management. The food and
beverage department and organisation structure. Hygiene, sanitation and security. Nutrition, menu, service, kitchen production,
bar knowledge and service, food and beverage marketing, host relationship and dealing with complaints.
GAS105 – Sanitation and Personal Hygiene Nutritious micros, chemical and biochemical factors. Nutrition determinations
control techniques. Notorious changes and micros, organic changes. Health and Hygiene important factors for staff, kitchen and
transport sanitation. HACCP concept.
GAS106 – Consumer Behaviour The course provides a scope of behavioural concepts, and ways to determine the strategic
implications of customer behaviour for marketers in tourism and hospitality industry. The course engages students to get
familiarized with the realities and associations of buyer behaviour in hospitality marketing. This course provides understanding
of buyer behaviour that can alleviate strategic decision making in hospitality operations.
GAS107 – English in Hospitality I This course will introduce English Tourism terminology where students will be able to
understand and develop their reading and speaking skills
GAS108 – English for Hospitality II This course will introduce English Tourism terminology where students will be able to
understand and develop their reading and speaking skills
GAS109 – History of Food & Beverage Investigation of the development of food production and consumption with effect of
historical economical, social, political and control factors. Outline the Ancient era until Rannasience changing cultures and
eating habits, food conversion, food presentation and consumption styles.
195
GAS110 – Kitchen Management Kitchen and organisation, management and leadership, kitchen management and
productivity, other departments and relationship, organisation and responsibility, kitchen planning. Kitchen ingredients planning,
Inventory. Kitchen health and hygiene, food transport and hygiene, sanitation, food poisoning and health. Standard receipies,
cooking management, food consumption elements, hunger, appetite and attractiveness
GAS201 – Food & Beverage Cost Control Food and Beverage classifications and functions, organization structures, service
planning and marketing, food and beverage cost control, the benefits of control for business’s. Food and beverage cost control
and stages. Developing costing for food and beverage standard receipies, cost calculation. Statistical calculation and reflection
in report writing of food and beverage events.
GAS202 – Menu Planning & Design Definition of food and beverage menu engineering. Menu types, age groups and industry
related menue planning. Health related menu planning. Special features of Menu planning, menu contents, menus and selling,
menu design and pricing.
GAS203 – Restaurant Management Principles of the restaurant business. Restaurant development and cost control analysis.
Restaurant management planning, organisations management and control process’s. Restaurant business marketing, selling,
finance and human resource application.
GAS204 – Modern Cuisine Theoretical presentation of North, Central and South America, Australia and New Zealand
cuisine’s materials and food processing. Description on the effect of the present century, and access to world markets from
communicating with the global processes of development, change in dietary patterns of people and focuses on food options.
GAS205 & GAS206 – Culinary Pratice I/II The course introduces students to practical application of culinary arts to include all
salads, salad sauces, meze, canapi and cold appertisors. Preparations and presentation techniques. General food preparation
and cooking principles. Soup, vegetable, a variety of pastry ingredients, meat and poultry preparation and production. Garnish,
presentation and preparation. This course builds on Part I and extends kitchen practice to provide a broader understanding
and experience in the preparation of starters – and the main courses and deserts for a variety of international menus
GAS207 – Traditional European Cuisine The general framework of European Cuisine (Italian, French, Mid Europe). The main
ingredients used in European cuisine and the development of skills in the preparation of these ingredients through application,
the main history of this cuisine and cultural elements and the marriage of these foods in presentation and organisation.
GAS208 – Beverage Industry and Production Introduction to history, traditions and preparation of alcoholic and non-alcoholic
drinks. Meals and snacks that are compatible with drinks. Beverages used in the kitchen to prepare meals. Bar management &
General information about drinks. General information about soft drinks. Information about the alcohol and beverage industry
and the management of manufacturing
GAS301 – Marketing in Food & Beverage Management Food and beverage sectorial marketing functions and management.
Marketing definitions and management of food and beverage. Incident and subject analysis management.
GAS302 – Anatolian Cuisine Applications of examples of the rich Anatolian cuisine from different areas and its traditional
kitchen and how it is applied to date.
GAS303 – Restaurant Structure and Design Restaurant interior and design. Kitchen design principles. Production and
service area design and structure. Electric and other energy resources management. An outline of requirements depending on
Menu, selection and purchasing. Importance of ambiance and suitability. Tableware requirements.
GAS304 – Food Styling and Photography The course will focus on Food decoration, the world is changing and has the
influence of being decorative the meal, now it’s not enough to make delicious meals, it’s also important to present in a best
possible way, the course will show and give opportunity to be like a painter or a sculptor, in the kitchens to decorate the food art
on the plate not just only good cooking.
GAS305 – Introduction to Pastry The main rules of pastry production. Introduction to the main varieties of pastris, preparation
and presentation
GAS306 – Cake Decorating Introduction and Description on decorating cake and presentation of desserts and pastries.
GAS307 – Food, Culture & Society Introduction to the education of food in society and the complex relationships between
cultures. Food consumption, and religious identities and also the interaction between cultures. Food selection and food
production cultures, the effects of technological developments in their relations with social developments.
GAS308 – HRM in Hospitality Introduction to Human Resource Management & its Policies and Planning’s. Introduction to Job
Analysis, Job Descriptions, Job Requirements. Description on Labor Market and Employment. Description about the procedure
of Selection, Recruitment, Training, Team Building and Development, Employee Evaluation, Discipline, Pricing, Hospitality
Industry and Industrial Relations.
GAS309 – Wine Production & Tasting The foundation requirements of understanding types of Grapes, Vine and wine
making. World map of winemaking and traditional wine information. Introduction to different types of wines, quality and tasting
skills. Food and Wine combining, usage of spice and wine in food production and aroma.
GAS310 – Fast Food Management The main framework of the fast food industry is outlined. An identification to Cafes, bars,
takeaways, and franchise business’s are analysed on the main restaurant set up and costing. Marketing, selling, finance and
human resource management are generally applied.
196
GAS401 – Events Management Definition of Events, purpose of the sector and the factors that must be considered in events
planning. Time planning and management, calendar planning and coordinating, target audience, venue inspection, marketing
material, events itinerary program development, media relations, monitoring and evaluation.
GAS402 – Serving Techniques Description of goods and services, special features about restaurant and service department,
service personnel, properties of professional stages and their features, description of materials used in the service department,
dining tables, chairs, plates, cups, table linen, napkins and preparation in restaurants service, procedures & description how to
attend customers, types of breakfast , room service, banquets and protocol service, the definition of the bar, bar service,
general information about the bar and drinks.
GAS403 – Catering Service An explanation of Banquet food production, table d’hote food production, pre=prepared food
production and industrial food preparation and production.
GAS404 – Fusion Cuisine The definition & Description of fusion cuisine in the world through the examples and applications,
and experimental production techniques.
GAS405 – Traditional Turkish Cuisine Modern Turkish cuisine and the influence of kitchens in the 19th and 20t century. The
Ottoman kitchen culture. Techniques utilized in the kitchen, food ingredients, Food customs and traditions. The modernisation
of the Ottoman Kitichen.
GAS406 – Food in Literature and Films The aim of the course is to describe the food connection to the film and literature.
Study about the books and films which has been written and filmed on food.
GAS407 – International Rules and Regulation in food Production Rules and regulations of the international nutrician
legislation and systems. Also introduction of ethics of genetically modified foods, food import components, micro security and
regulation responsibilities are included.
GAS408 – Graduation Project The graduation project will be based on what they have learned in their educational period and
what they implement in their education. Students can choose a topic either single or in group according to their field using
appropriate methods and techniques. The graduation projects will be evaluate by the project committee consisting of a faculty
member of the program.
GAS420 – Purchase & Selection of Food Products The Course will focus on Food & beverages equipment and the
processes related to the purchase of raw materials and services. Description about the Product identification, supplier selection,
ordering, delivering, storage and handling processes.
GAS421 – Sanitation Technology The course will give a introduction to ready combinations of raw materials and food
technology, food spoilage factors and control, physical methods of food preservation (chilling, freezing, sterilization,
pasteurization, radiation, gas pressure, vacuum, additional filtration), chemical and biological methods of food preservation,
techniques of food preservation, industrial food processing technologies, the principles of quality control of processed foods.
GAS422 – Entrepreneurship Introduction to entrepreneurship & entrepreneur. Description on the differences between the role
of the entrepreneur and the importance of business success. Description on Entrepreneurship and small-medium sized
operators (SMEs), and the new trends. Creating new Innovation & ideas and inventions, initiatives and risks through examples
of successful venture.
GAS423 – History of Civilization Ancient era until Rannasience era is discussed under four main headings (Europe, Far East
Near East and America) for the development of civilisations. The development of historical factors of important political, social,
economic and intellectual. Projections of Europe, Far East and Near East cultures and the evaluation of culinary arts and food
culture.
GC202 – Research Method Science and scientific concepts, basic issues in the history of science, format of scientific
research, scientific method, the problem, research design, sampling method, data gathering tools (qualitative and quantative
data gathering), recording, analyzing, interpreting and reporting data.
GC211 – History of Science In this course, the students gain knowledge on the topics: Evolution of science from old neareastern civilizations to-date; Science in Ionian-Hellenic, Islamic-Turkic (Arab, Horasan, Seljuk, Andalucían, Ottoman) era;
development of astronomy, mathematics, physics, medicine, biology etc. in the ‘east’ between this era and Renaissance;
Revolutions in science and technology in the 20th Century.
GCC101 – Turkish I Writing Basic characteristics of writing, differences between written and spoken language, narrative skills,
elements of paragraph writing, paragraph development, text types (letters, formal application letters, reports, academic texts,
formal texts), text features, maintaining unity and coherence, planning writing, writing essays.
GCC102 - Turkish II Oral skills Basic characteristics of oral language, oral expressions, basic features of oral skills (using
natural and correct body language), principles of effective speeches and qualities of effective speech makers (stress,
intonation, pause, diction), rehearsed and unrehearsed speech, steps of making public speeches (audience, topic selection,
purpose, structure, timing, planning and presentation), speech kinds (conversations, debates, speeches, interviews, radio and
TV speeches, speeches on different occasions, etc), practicing oral communication, correcting communication errors)
GCC103 - Computer I Information technologies, basic issues in software and hardware, word processors, Excel, Power Point,
use of the Internet in education, the effects of information technologies on social structure and their place in education, security
and information technologies, ethical issues.
GCC104 - Computer II Basic issues in computer-aided instruction, its elements, theoretical background, benefits and
limitations, application models, common formats used in computer-aided instruction, selection and evaluation of course
197
software, applications of distance learning, database applications, negative effects of computers and the Internet on young
learners and some protection methods from them.
GCC105 - Effective Communication Interpersonal communication, communication models, elements of communication,
effective and reflective listening, barriers to interpersonal communication, elements of effective communication, the role of
emotions in communication, conflict resolutions, effective communication between teachers, students and parents, practical
applications of communicative events.
GCC201 - History of Turkish Education The history of Turkish education from an educational perspective; education and
educational institutions; educational improvements from the pre-republican period to the present.
GCC301 - Drama Nature, purpose and function of educational drama, its distinction from similar concepts such as
psychodrama, creative drama. Exploring the early development of the subject, educational drama and its practical application,
classification of educational drama according to age groups and fields of study, special techniques in educational drama,
evaluation of educational drama, examples of educational drama, developing drama activities for your classroom.
GCC302 - Community Service Significance of community service and its conduct in schools, identifying problems in society
and designing projects towards their solution, participation in conferences, congresses, and seminars as audience, speaker, or
organizer, volunteering to take part in certain projects.
GCC302 - Community Service Applications Current problems of society and determine the solution to produce the project
preparation, panel discussions, conferences, congresses, symposia, scientific activities, such as monitors, speakers, or as the
participation, social responsibility within the framework of various projects as a volunteer to take part, the community service
work in schools implement basic knowledge and skills to win.
GCC303 - History of Science Evolution of science since the ancient Near East civilizations. Ionic-Helene, Islam-Turk (Arabic,
Khorasan, Selçuk, Endulus, Ottoman) period science. Development periods since the Renaissance “in the West” Astronomy,
Mathematics, Physics, Medicine, Biology, etc. Development of sciences. 20. Century revolution in science and technology.
GCC401 - National History I The Industry Reform, the French Revolution, the collapse of the Ottoman Empire and the reform
movements, the battles leading to the Independence War, foundation of the Grand National Assembly, abolishing the
Sultanate.
GCC402 - National History II Reforms made after the foundation of Turkish Republic of Turkey, Turkish foreign policy during
and after Ataturk’s period.
GK211 - History of Science In this course, the students gain knowledge on the topics: Evolution of science from old neareastern civilizations to-date; Science in Ionian-Hellenic, Islamic-Turkic (Arab, Horasan, Seljuk, Andalucían, Ottoman) era;
development of astronomy, mathematics, physics, medicine, biology etc. in the ‘east’ between this era and Renaissance;
Revolutions in science and technology in the 20th Century.
GK405 - Research Methods An introduction to research methods in social sciences; consisting of basic concepts such as
theories, hypothesis, variables, sampling, data collection procedures, data analysis, interpretation and generalization of results.
In addition this course will deal with the qualitative techniques of data collection, such as observation, unstructured interviews
and in-depth interviewing. The aim is to teach the students the specialized skills necessary in application of these techniques.
GK407 - Community Service The importance of community service applications, identifying the community’s current problems
and preparing projects to produce solutions, panel, conference, congress, attending the activities such as symposium as an
audience, speaker or organizer, being volunteer at various projects in terms of social responsibility, gaining knowledge and
capabilities for applying community service studies to schools
GKD107 - Ataturk Principles and Revolution HistoryI Concepts, definitions, definitions of class methods and resources,
Industrial Revolution and French Revolution, Collapse of Ottoman Empire (XIX. Century), Reorganization Order, I. And II.
Constitutional Monarchy, Tripoli and the Balkan Wars, World War I, Montrose Armistice Treaty, Wilson Principles, Paris
conference, M. Kendal’s Arrival to Samson and Condition of Anatolia, Anaya Circular, National Conferences, Opening of the
Ottoman Parliament, Foundation of the Turkish National Assembly TBMM and Civil Rebellions, The law of Teskilat-i Essay, The
Foundation of Regular Army, I. And II. Innu, Kutahya-Eskisehir, Samaria War and Great Attack, Treaties during Independence
War, Lozano Treaty, Abolish of Sultanate.
GKD108 - Ataturk Principles and Revolution History II The revolutions in political area, political parties and attempts to
transition for multi-parties political life, the revolution in legal area, regulation of social life, reforms in economy, Turkish foreign
policy between 1923-1938, Turkish foreign policy after Attar, The Principles of Turkish Revolution: (Republicanism, Populism,
Secularism, Reformism, Nationalism, States). Integral principles.
GKD109 - Foreign Language I This course is designed for undergraduates to learn a foreign language in order to make use
of the skills of reading, listening and writing in their own academic Studies. The objective of the course is to improve students’
foreign language skills and competences by creating interesting and communication and learning contexts.
GKD110 - Foreign Language II This course is planned to have college students use their abilities on speaking, listening, and
writing within the activities that require for the academic work in their fields. In this course, it is aimed to move the students’
knowledge and skills acquired form “Foreign Language 1” course to a next level. Students’ linguistic and communicative skills
and their foreign proficiencies will be developed by interesting contexts, giving exercises that promote the functionality of the
language, demonstrating the use of language in real communication skills.
GKD201 - Research Methods Science and fundamental concepts (fact, knowledge, absolute, right, wrong, universal
knowledge etc...), fundamental knowledge in relation to history of science, scientific methods and different ideas for these
methods, problem, research model, population and sampling, data collection and data collection methods (quantitative and
qualitative data collection techniques), data recording, analysis, interpretation and report.
GKD202 - ICT II Basic concepts of CAL (Computer assisted learning), its components and theoretical foundations, its
advantages and limitations, methods of practicing CAL, main ways of using CAL in schools, selection and assessment of
198
educational software, database applications, distance learning activities, negative affects of computer and the internet on
children and adolescents and ways of preventing these affects.
GKD203 - ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) I Information Technologies, basic concepts of software and
hardware, operating systems in general, word-processing programs, worksheet programs, data presentation, the use of the
Internet in education, the influences of It on social structure and their place in education, ethical concepts and issues in IT
safety.
GKD204 - Effective communication The definition of communication between people, communication model, the elements
and features of communication, effective listening and feedback, factors preventing communication between people (source,
canal, receiver…), factors facilitating communication, the role and usage of feelings I communication, dispute in communication
and prevention of it, significant factors to be considered in student, teacher, protector communication, communication
applications.
GKD303 - Applied Social Work The importance of Applied Social Work, identification of actual problems of society and
preparing project to solve those problems, attending some scientific activities like panels, conferences, and symposiums as
audience, speaker or organizer, voluntarily taking parts in various social projects, acquiring fundamental knowledge and skills to
practice social work applications in schools.
GKD304 - History of Education in Turkey The importance of history of Turkish education from an educational perspective,
the state of education and teacher training institutions before the republican period. Turkish Educational Revolution 1: its
historical background, philosophical, intellectual, and political foundations of the Revolution. 2: The Act of Integration and
Unification of Educational Institutions: its historical background, scope, application and importance; Secularism in Turkish
Educational System. 3: Co-education and education of girls, Writing Revaluation, public schools, public houses, fundamental
principles of Turkish Republic’s educational system. Village Institutions, Institutes of Education and Teacher High Schools.
Universities and teacher training. Recent improvements in Turkish education.
GKD306 - History of Civilisation Entry, Mesopotamia civilizations, Egyptian civilization, Chinese and Indian civilizations,
Anatolia civilizations, Central Asian plain civilizations, Greek and Helena civilization, Roman and Byzantine civilization, Central
American civilizations, Islamic civilizations, Western civilizations, explorations and scientific findings.
GKD401 - Counseling Basic concepts, student personality services, the place of Psychological Counselling and Guidance
among these services, principles and the development of the guidance, kinds of physiological counselling and guidance,
services, techniques, organization and personnel, new improvements in the field, techniques of learning about the student,
guide-teacher cooperation, guidance duties that the teacher will do.
GRAD142 – History of Art I The historical development of Visual Arts ( painting, drawing, printmaking, sculpture and
architecture) focusing on major artistic styles and movements. Examines works of art as expressions of the ideas and beliefs of
artists within their cultural and social contexts.
GRAD143 – History of Art & Culture A historical study of human’s artistic achievements from the prehistoric times to the end
of 20th Century.
GRAD150 – Basic Photography In this class the students explore black and white photography. Emphasis is on manipulation
of film and paper in the darkroom as well as outside photographic assignments.
GRAD154 – Colour Photography This class explains the elements of successful photography: how to position the horizon,
haw to handle background and foreground, where to position the subject in the frame, and haw to deal with colour, lighting and
movement. Each component of the photograph - viewpoint, perspective, contrast, texture and pattern - will be individually
explained and demonstrated. (Prerequisite: GRAD150)
GRAD155 – Graphic Communication Introduction to the elements of Graphic Design in Graphic Communications. Values and
use of lines, textures, balances, grids in Graphic Design. Effects Of Graphic Design elements in Graphic Communications and
their use in projects.
GRAD164 – Intermediate Drawing & Painting Continues the study begun in Freehand Drawing with emphasis on further
development of drawing skills and awareness. Initial emphasis on the development of perceptual, analytical, and structural
drawing skills with increasing attention to idea development Exposure to methods of creating pictorial and illusionist space,
recording the external world of light and form; and making visible the internal world of the heart, the mind, the soul.
(Prerequisite: IDES101)
GRAD181 – Basic Design I To introduce the students to basic elements such as form, colour and texture, that is applicable
across all design disciplines with emphasis on graphic design. Projects and studio activities are implemented to encourage
students in their exploration of 2 and 3 dimensional aspects of design. A set of rule governed methods of generating design
ideas are also introduced to sensitise students to their environment, as well as the area of art and culture.
GRAD182 – Basic Design II Through creative assignments, lectures and demonstration, the students consider the structural
ordering and arrangement of design elements together with related visual association and meaning. Basic studio methods and
the role of the designer within production processes are examined. (Prerequisite: GRAD 101)
GRAD201 – Lettering & Typography I Developing sensitivity towards the use of varied lettering and typographic forms is an
essential foundation for all graphic designers. This class encourages a broad, creative approach to the subject, as well as
explaining the history of typography.
GRAD206 – Principles of Graphics This course deals with the fundamentals of communicating ideas through the designed
integration of concepts, type and image.
199
GRAD221 – Computer Graphic Design I Computer graphic design is the generation and manipulation of digital images with
the aid of computer. It is the most significant advance in image making since the invention of photography in the 19th century.
Computer graphic designs are used in a variety of areas: television commercials, astronomy, medicine, architecture, and
others. This class will include the various facilities available for the graphic designer utilising microprocessor for creative
applications. (Prerequisite: BUS103)
GRAD222 – Computer Graphic Design II This class is an in depth study of computer graphic building on the fundamentals
established in GRAD 321. This fast developing field of computer-generated imagery is becoming a popular art form for the
commercial artist. As technology progresses, the computer is becoming more valuable to the commercial artist for creating fast,
clean art work for brochures, posters catalogues, advertisements, logos, special effects and other applications. (Prerequisite:
GRAD221)
GRAD241 – History of Art II This is a continuation of History of Art I. Examines works of art as expressions of the idea and
beliefs of artists within their cultural and social contexts.
GRAD261 – Graphic Designs I This class takes a broader approach to creative design thinking, and encourages exploration
of wider visual sources and methods of expression. Skills of visual judgement are developed through projects and critiques,
which set out more complex and expansive frames of reference, both in terms of research and visual vocabulary. Emphasis is
placed upon developing more expressive images and format. (Prerequisite: GRAD102)
GRAD262 – Graphic Designs II This class continues the approach to creative development established in GRAD 261. Within
closely supervised and defined project criteria, the students are encouraged to handle more diverse and ambitious areas of
visual communication and design. Reference to themes and issues from a wide range of design help establish a more personal
direction. The importance of developing critical judgement criteria and analytical skills is emphasised. (Prerequisite: GRAD261)
GRAD263 – Advanced Drawing & Painting This class is a continuation of GRAD 164. Perspective and measured drawing
techniques are emphasised. The sketchbook is an invaluable aid and tool for designers as a device for formulating and
recording ideas. Students will also explore drawing within the environment as well as experiment with figure drawing and
different media. (Prerequisite: GRAD164)
GRAD264 – Lettering & Typography II This course is a continuation of GRAD 201. Projects are more complicated and
creative. Emphasis on association between the word (text) and the image. (Prerequisite: GRAD201)
GRAD267 – Basic Illustrations This class examines various mediums used by the illustrator including watercolour, pastels,
markers, coloured pencils and ink. Emphasis is placed on expressing and creating a style or technique suitable for interior and
graphic designers. (Prerequisite: IDES101)
GRAD268 – Intermediate Illustrations Students explore the techniques of black and white, two-colour and full-colour
illustration using various materials of the illustrator. Special emphasis is placed on perfecting the skills of effective storyboard
presentation. Students are encouraged to concentrate their efforts on developing a personal style. (Prerequisite: GRAD267)
GRAD300 – Summer Internship A field based learning opportunity for professional work experience outside the classroom.
Students choose full time work in an area of specific interest as a link to the professional world of Graphic Design.
GRAD324 – Principles of Printing The aim of this course is to provide students with first hand printmaking and airbrush
painting. The course introduces the technical and aesthetic issues relevant to the topics.
GRAD340 – Semiotics This course studies the theory of signs, words, images and objects as a semiotic system. Emphasis will
be placed on individual research study especially in the field of advertising. Students also will produce a series of assignments,
where they will design symbols and signs.
GRAD342 – Analysis of Art Work I This course examines the visual and cultural factors which make up a work of art. The
course concentrates on ways of relating to art as visual language.
GRAD351 – Layout & Publications To introduce the students to basic strategies in layout design and its effect in graphic
communication. The course explains the purpose of effective layout and its publishing process. Basic techniques in
proportioning such as sizing and cropping, and publishing processes such as planning, printing and binding are also introduced.
GRAD353 – Principles of Advertising Survey of the entire field of advertising, including media, point of purchase, direct mail,
newspaper, magazine, radio, television; areas of study within the organisation comprising the philosophy of advertising,
principles of copywriting and layout, print and broadcast production and budgeting.
GRAD361 – Graphic Design III With the framework of design thinking already explored, this course examines structure,
formats, sequences and unities within a logo and trade mark design, publications, direct mail, packaging, and other graphic
forms. Emphasis is upon expanding and developing ideas to their full potential, looking at options and rigorously examining
design decisions. (Prerequisite: GRAD262)
GRAD362 – Graphic Designs IV This class prepares students for work as creative professionals in the graphic design
business. The project will cover full promotional packages include print ads, advertising and package design. (Prerequisite:
GRAD361)
GRAD363 – Advanced Illustration Illustration is a means of communication, either to enhance the written word or, in the case
of technical illustration, as language of its own. Technical illustration is an area of illustration associated with various specialised
disciplines. It is necessary now as the written word in communicating the complex subjects, which are the everyday currency of
200
the modern world. In this course students will learn techniques and forms of presentation used by illustrators in their work.
(Prerequisite: GRAD268)
GRAD400 – Summer Internship II Students are required to pursue an internship with a logical Graphic Design firm, whose
work is directly related to that student’s intended area of professional concentration. Interns will observe and participate in all
office procedures permitted by their place internship. Students with prior documented work experience in the field may be
granted an exception from the internship requirement, with the approval of the Graphic Design Program Director.
GRAD453 - Philosophy of Art A survey of the visual arts (painting, drawing, printmaking, sculpture and architecture) as they
transmit cultural traditions and humanistic and aesthetic values. Examines historical, social and technological factors that
contribute to understanding the function and meaning of works of art.
GRAD459 – Marketing This course will help students identify how organization can enhance the management of its product
development process to build innovation and to gain a competitive advantage in the marketplace. The main focus of this is to
provide a framework for linking strategy to new design and development. Approaches are presented for target markets and for
developing effective marketing plans for new products. Emphasis will be placed on the ability of an organization to integrate
different aspects of the development process, from the voice of the customer to product design, development and launch..
GRAD461 – Graphic Designs V Students undertake one assigned and one self-originated project in this class, in order to
concentrate within personally focused areas of design interest. Operating under close tutorial guidance, students learn to adjust
to the demands of senior level design thinking in preparation for finalised portfolio planning and presentation. (Prerequisite:
GRAD362)
GRAD462 – Graphic Design VI The senior design project is the opportunity for final year students to devote an entire
academic term to a single, extended design project, which demonstrates their individual direction and specialist area of interest
and activity. It is a visually presented form of thesis in that it summarises a coherent, personal approach towards design. It
should also form a substantial element of the final portfolio and, thus, be capable of demonstrating developed skills and their
application. (Prerequisite: GRAD461)
GRAD464 – Portfolio & Presentation Taken by commercial art students during their last term of study, this class includes
instructions on job interviewing, on the preparation of a resume and on the portfolio. Students may rework projects that have
been completed during earlier terms and/or complete new project work in specific areas of concentration.
GRP001 – Graduation Project The graduation project must be original and revel the student’s ability in investigation and
analysis and have a practical application in the world of their profession. The project should be on a subject decided upon both
by advisor and student. It should be defended by the candidate in front of jury. It is graded on success or fail basis.
HCA101 – General Accounting I Through this course, the students recognize the qualities of accounting systems and its
functions; can analyze the financial tables and gain information on the financial status of businesses; can arrange general
financial tables, gain application skills relevant to the content and functioning of asset accounts controlled by profit and loss
accounts.
HCA102 – General Accounting II This course covers the following topics: General purpose financial statements
communicating information about the business corporation’s performance and position for users external to management. The
course partially emphasizes how the accountant processes and presents the information and includes exposure to recording
transactions, adjusting balances and preparing financial statements for service and merchandise firms according to established
rules and procedures. In addition, the course examines major elements of the statements such as cash, receivables, inventory,
long–lived assets, depreciation, payroll, bonds, and other liabilities and stocks.
HCA103 – Introduction to Economics I The students are expected to gain knowledge and skills on theories of microeconomics and be able to do analyses in micro-economics.
HCA104 – Business Mathematics This course provides information on the basic concepts in mathematics and how these
concepts are applied to business sciences. The students also gain skills on logic, judgment and application.
HCA105 – General Business Studies This course covers the following topics: Basic concepts in business management;
stages of business establishment; classification of businesses according to their legal structure; explanation of management
theories and functions; marketing; production; human resources; basic concepts in accounting and finance; assessment of a
business from these perspectives.
HCA106 – Introduction to Economics II The students are expected to gain knowledge and skills on theories of macroeconomics and be able to do analyses in macro-economics.
HCA107 – General Principles of Law Through this course, the students are able to define law; are knowledgeable about
enforcement and its varieties, sources of positive law, specialties of law, and the concepts of rights and debts.
HCA108 – General Principles of Management This course provides the students with knowledge and skills related to the
following topics: basic concepts, themes and approaches in management; planning, organizing, direction and inspection in
organizations.
HCA201 – Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations Concepts, functions, techniques, methods and
approaches in human resource management; analysis of human resource functions within health organizations; inquisition of
applications within health organizations are the topics covered in the course.
201
HCA202 – Administration Law The students are informed on the legal structure of public administration and its functions as
well as the characteristics of administration law.
HCA203 – Management of Healthcare Organizations I The students gain knowledge and understanding of health services;
types of health organizations; factors affecting health status; aims and functions of health organizations; differences between
health organizations and others; management characteristics of health organizations; internal and external duties of health
organisation managers, in this course.
HCA204 – Business Law Through this course, the students gain knowledge and skills on: definition of business and
commercial business, their legal structures and functions; concept of valuable documents, legal specifications of contracts and
their types; limits of contract rights; consumer rights and their protection; revenue law in business.
HCA205 and HCA 212 – Professional Foreign Language I and II This course provides information related to professional
terminology of healthcare management. In-class study and presentations facilitate better understanding of different uses of
such terminology. Selected handout for healthcare management issues. Selected English sentences in isolation and an
assortment of appropriate English texts given out to students as handouts.
HCA206 – Management of Healthcare Organizations II Organisation of health systems; organisation of hospital
management; hospital personnel, their duties, work principles; basic principles, concepts and techniques most frequently used
in hospital management; types of services in clinics and polyclinics and their working styles and organisation, are among the
topics covered in this course.
HCA207 – Social Politics The students are provided with an understanding of social politics and social political science for the
purposes of understanding the importance of areas of duty for healthcare managers. In addition, the topics of primary
application themes of social politics; social security and social healthcare services are studied.
HCA208 – Public Finance The economic properties of the activities undertaken by public sector; public revenue and
expenditure and its types, effects and distribution; basic specifications of budgeting by the public sector, constitute the contents
of this course.
HCA210 – Summer Internship The internship programme is designed to help students reinforce the basic theories, concepts
and skills they have learned from their lectures through practical applications at various arenas. The programme has duration of
2 weeks.
HCA301 – Production and Process Management in Healthcare Organizations The students are competent in following
areas at the end of this course: Production management; production functions and duties of production managers; importance
of product and service design; production area design; office and work system design; importance of capacity planning;
planning of material requirements; management of stock control; recognition of the importance of performance and productivity
in health organizations.
HCA302 – Marketing in Healthcare Organizations Through this course, the students learn how marketing is applied in health
organizations, and its benefits to the organisation. They also gain knowledge on marketing strategies and how to generate
solutions to problems encountered while marketing is carried out. In addition, the students learn how to use public relations and
marketing activities with the aim of organizing the relationship between health organizations and their environment. Montague
Brown. Healthcare Marketing Management, Health Care Management Review.
HCA303 – Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations I This course covers the following topics: Financial aims in
health organizations; financial organisation and its functionality specific to health organizations; management of business
capital; capital budgeting; methods of financing through external and internal resources and their applicability to health
organizations.
HCA304 – Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations II This course spans the topics: management of budgeting
types encountered in health organizations; comparisons with business budgets; basic techniques of analysis of financial tables;
applications on health organisation data; cost analysis; balance analysis and advanced techniques in profit planning and their
application in health organizations.
HCA305 – Quantitative techniques in Healthcare Management I In this course, the students learn the techniques used in
decision making, problem modelling and solving; they can model duality problems as linear programming models; they learn
the techniques for decision making, resource planning and control; they gain the knowledge and skills for using computer
supported model solutions and analyzing the results, generating suggestions for solutions of decision problems, and for
explaining application and developments and making interpretations.
HCA306 – Quantitative techniques in Healthcare Management II This course is an in-depth continuation of HCA305 and the
topics covered therein.
HCA307 – Financial Accounting in Healthcare Organizations The students gain knowledge regarding the aims and stages
of establishing financial accounting systems in health organizations; financial specifications; financial accounting; methods of
financial accounting and financial accounting systems, as well as understanding the use of these techniques in hospitals.
HCA308 – Statistics in Healthcare Management II The students learn the use of SPSS for data analysis; and gain knowledge
and skills for the statistical techniques such as correlation and regression, logistic regression, variance analysis, factor and
cluster analysis, discriminate analysis, time-series analysis and gain n understanding of the method of modeling structural
equality; and apply these techniques in their professional life.
202
HCA309 – Statistics in Healthcare Management I This course covers the topics of: Areas of use of statistics in health
services; central tendency measures; measures of distribution spread; calculation of global mean safety margins; generation of
tables and graphs; types of distribution; parametric and non-parametric tests and how and when they are applied.
HCA310 – Summer Internship The students reinforce their academic gains through improving their practical skills on
management in healthcare organizations by carrying out field studies in the format of an internship.
HCA311 – Organizational Behaviour in Healthcare Organizations The students gain knowledge on : Concepts, theories and
approaches in organizational behaviour; factors identifying individual behaviour; dynamics of group behaviour; variables of
organizational systems; environmental factors affecting organizational status in organizational behaviour; analysis of variables
in organizational behaviour and evaluation of its application in health organizations.
HCA312 – Turkish Healthcare System This course is designed to inform the students about the demographic structure and
the health status of Turkey; accessibility and use of healthcare services in Turkey; and the organization and managerial
functions of the Turkish healthcare system. The Ministry of Health of Turkey, Turkey Health Reports
HCA314 – Healthcare Insurance and Refund Systems The scope of this course includes: Financing systems of healthcare
services; health insurance and refund systems; historical development of insurance; scope of insurance; voluntary insurance
selection; healthcare services for the insured and its effects on health; structures of health insurance; private and social
insurance; service use of health insurance systems and its effects on health; effects of compulsory and private health insurance
and cost-share on the use of health services (hospital, doctor, dentistry and psychiatry) and on health.
HCA316 – Entrepreneurship in Healthcare Sector Basic concepts in entrepreneurship, the role of entrepreneurs in economic
life and in the development of a business opportunity; analysis of necessary work and decision processes involved in
converting a successful business plan into a successful business opportunity; and preparation of business plans, are the topics
within the scope of this course.
HCA318 – Information Systems in Healthcare Organizations This course aims to inform the student on information systems,
management information systems, hospital information systems and the logic of their operation.
HCA320 – Comparative Healthcare Systems The students learn the comparative concepts, methods and applications within
healthcare systems.
HCA401 – Economy for Healthcare In this course, the students learn the general concepts and principles of economy and
how these concepts and principles are applied to the health sector. In this context, the role of health economy within the health
system and its importance with respect to other organisation is also studied. Other topics covered throughout this course
include finance systems for health services; supply and demand in health services and factors that influence it; analysis of the
relationship between health services and economic development.
HCA402 – Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations This course is designed to facilitate learning about basic
concepts in strategic management; situational analysis and interpretation of results; development and evaluation of alternative
strategies; selection of strategies and its implementation.
HCA403 – Management of Technology in Healthcare Organizations Grouping of the products of health technology and their
descriptions; stages of management; management of technological needs in health organizations and determination and
direction of needs; internal or external supply of needs; demand evaluation; feasibility and benefit analysis; technical services
within the organisation and functioning of service units; maintenance, repair, calibration and technological risk management,
are the topics forming the contents of this course.
HCA404 – Communication Skills in Healthcare Management This course provides an understanding of the communication
process and its basic elements; communication theories; factors affecting interpersonal communication and the skills required
for the application of these concepts to healthcare management.
HCA405 – Healthcare Policies and Planning This course includes: comparative analysis of health policies in different countries;
factors that shape and influence health policies; the stages of research, planning, application and evaluation for healthcare
management.
HCA406 – Case Discussions in Healthcare Management This course provides the students with the opportunity to identify
the problem through systematic use of problem solving and analytic skills; and to choose the appropriate methods for
generating solutions in large group discussions, relevant to the issues or scenarios they would potentially face at workplace.
HCA407 – Quality Management in Healthcare Organizations In this course, the students gain an understanding of quality in
health services; the importance of continuously improving quality; how and why customer/patient perception should be
measured; the distinction of structure, process and outcome measures; models of basic quality improvement methods; and the
importance of strategic quality management.
HCA408 – Field Practice The students combine and develop their theoretical gains with practical skills through this application.
HCA409 – Law for Healthcare The students are expected to gain knowledge on the following topics for this course: themes of
law for health; relevant parties; resources; international documentation; public and private restructuring in health and related
duties, authorities and responsibilities; law related to health matters; status of health rights from the perspective of sectors of
society; legal specifications, structure, parties, and inadequacies of health contracts; duties and responsibilities of doctors and
other healthcare personnel; organisation of patient rights.
203
HCA411 – Program Planning and Evaluation in Healthcare Organisations This course includes the topics of: planning and
planning approaches and stages of healthcare programme and services; evaluation of public health status for programme
planning; programme development approaches; formulation of the aims and targets of programmes; methods of assessing
healthcare programmes and measurement of their outcomes and effects; sensitivity analysis; analysis and interpretation of data
in healthcare programme assessment.
HCA413 – Long-term Healthcare Services Management In this course, the students learn the scope of long-term healthcare
services, understand its significance and the problems encountered within this service. The students are also expected to have
the skills to generate solutions for these problems as well as the skills and requirements essential for organizing and managing
long-term healthcare services.
HCA500 – Health Care System This course is designed as an understanding of the forces shaping the present and future
health care delivery system. Students will examine the major institutions, professions, and political forces that influence the
provision of health care services in US,
HCA510 – Management Communication This course prepares students to meet the demands of their professions: by
preparing samples of business and technical writing, by sharpening their revision skills, and by improving their oral
communication skills. Students will develop professional presentational skills: content, organization, and effective delivery
through two oral presentations. They will also write a proposal or feasibility report, compose a memorandum and letter,
describe a process, and develop a survey or choice board.
HCA511 – Managing Health Care Organization The course is designed to provide students with an in-depth overview of
techniques and practices applied to the management of health care provider organizations at various levels. It presents to
students a brad picture of the complexities in managing today’s health care organization. The aim: to allow a more critical
thinking process relative to health care. (Prerequisite: HCA500)
HCA514 – Marketing & Comparative Strategy in Health Care This course explores the application of marketing theories to
health care industry. Concepts of marketing and competitive strategies applied to health care settings will also be introduced.
Emphasis is placed on methodologies for developing organizational strategic plans using the marketing approach.
(Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA520 – Human Resources Management in Health Care This course provides students with the basic skills and
application of human resource management in the health care delivery field. It discuss the current issues in human resource
management in healthcare, such as employee turnover, training quality employees, achieving higher quality with greater
efficiency delivering health care services, recruiting and managing a diverse workforce. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA522 – Quality Improvement in Health Care Management An introduction to the process of quality improvement in health
care organizations. The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with the principles of quality assessment, quality
assurance, continuous quality improvement, and the measurement of health status and patient satisfaction. It is anticipated that
students will complete the course with knowledge of how to measure and improve quality in health care organizations.
HCA523 – Long Term Care Administration A survey of the managerial, financial, political, legal, and ethical issues involved in
the provision of long-term care through institutional and non institutional settings. This course focuses on the ul1derstanding of
the public policy issues which influence the organization and delivery of long term care services. Key strategies associated with
the design and maintenance of a system of long term care services will also be examined. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA527 – Health Insurance & Risk Management This course focuses on existing and emerging insurance products in the
health care system and the impact of these products upon provider managements. It also covers the risk management
concepts and their application to health policy & health service. Topics include: Individual financial management of economic
losses caused by premature death, disability, and old age; functional aspects of life¬ health insurer management.
HCA535 – Health Care Law & Ethics This course provides an understanding of ethical and legal issues inherent in the
provision of health services. Legal issues related to the organization and delivery of health care will be examined, along with the
ethical and moral considerations associated with the management of health care facilities and the provision of health services.
Topics include federal public health activity, state public health powers, patients’ rights, and other topics relevant to delivering
health care to large populations. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA537 – Health Policy & Politics This course explores how health policy in the U.S. is initiated, formulated and
implemented. A comparative, cross-national and crass-state perspective is employed to analyze political culture, interest group
and party behaviour, the legislative and executive processes, and the dynamics of federalism. This course wi1l: (1) introduce
students to the U.S. health care system; (2) cover political, economic, and insurance concepts central to health policy debates;
(3) compare the U.S. system to those of other developed nations; and (4) provide students with practice in critically evaluating
policy problems. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA539 – Approaches in Wellness/Health Promotion The purpose of this course is to heir prepare health professionals as
leaders in the field of disease prevention and health promotion. This course provides students with an overview of the field of
health education/health promotion and an opportunity to develop skills in needs assessment and program planning. &ills and
principles of developing, implementing, evaluating, and managing health promotion programs in a variety of settings including
community, business, and corporate sectors will also be introduced. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
HCA547 – Global Health Systems This course is designed as a survey course for all students interested in the intersection of
International Affairs and Global Hea1th. Pressing global health issues are analyzed as they interested with security,
international development, global economy, human rights, and conflict management. It also provides a systematic comparative
analysis of the evolution, administrative structure, finance, and provision of medical care in selected countries throughout the
world. (Prerequisite:HCA500)
204
HCA553 – Special Topics in Health Care Administration This course addresses different topics of interest in Health Care
Administration. It is conducted in a seminar or symposium format where each student is an active and involved participant in
the selection of topic questions and material to be covered. (Prerequisite: HCA500)
HCM522 – Strategic Management It includes a study and discussion of actual cases relating to policy formulation at the top
management level. Basic economy, industrial, and competitive considerations affecting policy implementation strategy in
corporate long-range development. Practice in analyzing companies, evaluating problems, and making decisions. The course
must be taken during the student’s final term.
HEM101 - Anatomy The aim of this course is to familiarize the students with the structural systems of the human body, the
inter-relationship of the structures within these systems and the related terminology.
HEM102 - Principles of Nursing The goal of this course is to introduce the fundamental concepts and theories about nursing
to the students, to define needs of nursing in approaching to the patients and their relatives in a bio-psychological-social
integrity, develop the skills for planning, applying and evaluating and develop effective communication skills between nurses
and other health staff.
HEM103 - Physiology The aim of this course is to provide the students with a sound understanding of the functional
characteristics of the human body, the functional principles of the systems comprising the human body and the principles of the
unified functioning of these systems for homeostasis.
HEM104 - Self Knowledge and Communication Skills The goal of this course is to help students understand human
behavior, develop the insight for self-evaluation, understand the basic concepts and principles in communication, and to use
this knowledge in the professional and social life.
HEM105 - Biochemistry Through this course, the students will understand the basic mechanisms of chemical processes
taking place in the body; understand how essential metabolic functions occur for sustainable life; and learn sample acquision
and transport specifications for biochemical analysis.
HEM107 - Microbiology-Parasitology The students will gain knowledge on the factors causing disease, their properties, and
the mechanisms of their functions; the immune system; characteristics of immunisation and treatment.
HEM109 - General Histology The students will understand the organism’s cellular, tissue and system organisation with their
microscopic properties; cellular organelles; organelle function; intercellular communication and signal transduction
mechanisms.
HEM111 - Introduction to Nursing This course aims to help students understand the environment where they will be trained,
the development and status of nursing in our country and in the world, duties and responsibilities of nurses, concepts regarding
nursing (human beings, health, environment, diseases).
HEM113 - Psychology The aim of this course is to introduce the fundamental topic, theories and branches of psychology to
the students; provide the skills for an objective and scientific approach to human behaviour. In addition, basic and historical
approaches in psychology, the fundamental topics of learning, motivation, social cognition, personality, sensation and
perception, attention will be studied during this course.
HEM115 - Microbiology-Parasitology This course aims to help students understand the factors and features of illnesses,
mechanisms that cause illness, immune system, inoculation, characteristics of treatment.
HEM201 - Internal Diseases Nursing This course aims to help students gain theoretical knowledge and skills about nursing
and internal diseases, synthesize their previous knowledge with what they have learned in this course, know relevant concepts
and principles about internal diseases, use problem-solving skills effectively, see the patients as a physical, psychological and
social entity.
HEM202 - Surgical Diseases Nursing This course aims to help students understand basic concepts and theories about
surgical diseases nursing, to define needs of nursing in approaching to the patients and their relatives in a bio-psychologicalsocial integrity during pre, intra and post surgical operation, develop the skills for planning, applying and evaluating and develop
effective communication skills between nurses and other health staff.
HEM203 - Pharmacology Peculiar to Nursing The goal of this course is to help students understand medication,
pharmaceutical ways, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic features (such as absorbtion of medicine, distribution,
metabolism, effects), effective medication for systems, features of medication groups which are often used in the profession.
HEM204 - Infectious Diseases Nursing This course aims to help students understand mechanisms for infectional diseases,
know clinical features of frequently seen infectional diseases give justification for nursing approaches.
HEM205 - General Pathology This course aims to help students understand epidemiology mechanisms in an organism and
pathological processes.
HEM206 - Nutrition Principles and Diet The goal of this course is to help students understand the basic principles of nutrition,
know the features of food stuffs, nutrition for different life periods, and the principles and practice of diets for different diseases.
HEM208 - Sociology and Health This course aims to give information about social theories, urbanization, social development,
sociological disciplines, and social problems.
HEM301 - Women’s Health and Diseases Nursing The goal of this course is to help students understand the basic concepts
and theories about nursing for gynaecological diseases, to define needs of nursing in approaching to the patients and their
relatives in a bio-psychological-social integrity, develop the skills for planning, applying and evaluating and develop effective
communication skills between nurses and other health staff.
205
HEM302 - Child Health and Diseases Nursing The goal of this course is to help students understand growth and
developmental stages between the ages 0-18, develop health protection methods, evaluate the situations that affect health
negatively, to gain this knowledge through related disciplines, to develop an awareness about the practices in nursing for child
diseases, to gain skills to apply them, act in accordance with code of ethics, and to have effective communication with the
patients and their relatives.
HEM303 - History of Nursing/Deontology and Code of Ethics The goal of the course of History of Nursing/Deontology and
Code of Ethics is to help students understand the historical development of nursing as a profession, related laws and
regulations about nursing, ethical concepts and gain ethical decision-making skills.
HEM304 - First Aid and Emergency Through this course, the students will gain knowledge and skills necessary for the
application of life-saving procedures in cases of emergency.
HEM305 - Biostatistics The goal of this course is to help students understand the basic concepts about statistics, how
statistics is used in the field of medicine, how it is evaluated in literature review.
HEM306 - Promoting Health and Health Policies The aim of this course is to help students create an awareness on the
relationship between health and environment, understand the relationship between current health problems and health policies
in effect, and to explain the health problems in Turkey and in the world.
HEM306 - Health Improvement and Politics of Health Through this course, the students will become aware of the close
relationship between health and the environment; will understand the relationship between the existing health related issues
and current health policies; will be able to offer an explanation to health issues in Turkey and partially in the World.
HEM307 - Epidemiology Through this course, the student is provided with the opportunity to understand epidemiological
methods, general characteristics of epidemiological research and to scientifically evaluate previous research.
HEM308 - Development and Learning The aim of this course is to help students understand the stages of development of a
person and the relationship between them and learning process.
HEM309 - Vocational English The main aim of this course is to adapt the students to the terminology in the field of medicine.
Students practice patient-nurse conversation, read nursing literature.
HEM310 - Vocational English II The main aim of this course is to adapt the students to the terminology in the field of
medicine. Students practice patient-nurse conversation and read nursing literature.
HEM312 - First Aid and Emergency Care The goal of this course is to help students gain knowledge and skills in life rescuing
in emergent cases.
HEM401 - Mental Health and Diseases Nursing This course aims to help students understand the human behaviour and
characteristics of behavioral disorders, grasp the basic principles of mental health nursing, develop skills to plan the treatment,
and learn the importance of protection of mental health, its treatment and rehabilitation.
HEM402 - Public Health Nursing The goal of this course is to help students identify the individual, family and society, know
the basic concepts regarding public health nursing, recognize the relevant methodology and their jobs and responsibilities, and
gain skills to serve all age groups in the society.
HEM403 - Education in Nursing With this course, it is aimed to help students understand learning and educational concepts,
know educational methods, to know technics and means required for the evaluation of learning needs and outcomes, and use
them in the training of patients and in their life.
HEM404 - Management in Nursing This course aims to inform the students about the development and main principles of
management, relevant legislation, management processes and adapt them to the management in nursing.
HEM405 - Research in Nursing With this course, it is aimed to help students learn the concepts and methods about research
process, know the basic stages to follow in a research study, and gain skills to read and understand literature review in nursing.
HEM406 - Nursing and Leadership This course aims to help students understand the importance of leadership in nursing
practices, learn the leadership process and principles, identify the individual leadership style, develop new strategies, identify
leadership areas in nursing, and define the leadership fields.
HEM407 – Translation I The main aim of this course is to introduce the text types and relevant techniques of translation in the
field of medicine. Exercises and presentations in class as well as written assignments which require critical analysis of texts in
different contexts will be given to the students.
HEM408 – Translation II The main aim of this course is to introduce the text types and relevant techniques of translation in the
field of medicine. Exercises and presentations in class as well as written assignments which require critical analysis of texts in
different contexts will be given to the students.
HIS102 - History of Civilisation The course analyses the term “civilization” and deals with the basic questions of definitions
and of the civilizing process. Students are introduced to the history of civilizations through a comparative perspective and the
points of a common human civilising process. Plurality within human civilizations is emphasized.
HIS104 - World History & Civilization This course introduces the historical development of civilisations around the world, in
terms of culture, economy, religion and politics. The course also focus on the rise and fall of the first civilisations such as
Mesopotamia, Ancient Greece and Macedonia, Egypt, China, Roman Empire, early mediavel states of the Western Europe,
Byzantium, The Crusaders and Islam, Renaissance and Reformation periods, the Ottoman Empire, geographical and scientific
discoveries, transformation of Europe and the relations between the rise of the Nation State and the development of culture.
HIS202 - World History Since 1500 This course provides the student with a survey of the major themes of world history after
1500AD. Attention is paid to developing the students understanding of the historical roots of contemporary global realities.
206
HIS203 - Modern Europe This course examines the political, social, cultural, and economic factors that have shaped and are
shaping modern Europe. The historical development of movements towards economic and political integration will be examined
with specific reference to what is now called the European Union. Post World War II progress towards regional integration in
Europe will provide a central focus, after a brief examination of the historical trends that led to integration, along with the
inherent problems that have arisen. The evolving role of the European Union on the world stage will be assessed as well as its
future prospects. The course will also examine the "East-West" and "North-South" relations in Europe, before turning to an
analysis of the relationship between Europe and the rest of the world.
HIST001 - National History I The struggle waged by the Turkish people to re-establish a State and, the history of the
establishment of the Republic of Turkey after the defeat and collapse of the Ottoman Empire at the end of the 1914 – 1918
World War I.
HIST002 - National History II Teaching of the Principles of Ataturk; the chronological account of the Republican Revolution in
the light of these principles. Democratic developments and re-structuring during and after World War II. (Prerequisite: HIST
001)
HMGM500 – Principles of Hospital Management The objective of this course is to include models and concepts that provide
insights on a wide range of managerial problems. Qualitative and quantitative methods will be used to address various aspects
of managing a business concern. Major topics include ethics and corporate social responsibility, organizational design, planning
and strategy formulation, motivation, reward and discipline.
HPSY510 - Research Design and Analysis Reviews the philosophy of science, the logic of scientific research reports and
types of validity; examines experimental, quasi-experimental, and correlational designs, critical thinking in reviewing research
findings, formulating researchable questions, literature reviews, sampling methods, and integrated research strategies; and
overviews univariate and multivariate statistics, time series, and research integration tools such as meta-analysis, as well as
how to use major statistical software packages, especially SPSS, including formatting and input of data, variables identification,
analysis and interpretation of results, and graphical presentations.
HPSY530 - Legal/Ethical Issues Overviews ethical issues in scientific research, including such issues as treatment of
subjects, informed consent, and confidentiality; and examines legal and ethical issues in professional work through analysis of
case studies.
HPSY550 - Psychophysiology Examines the basic anatomy of the nervous system, normal and dirordered physiological
functions, neurobiological bases of behavior, and introduces contemporary brain scanning methodologies.
HPSY551 - Behavioral Neuroscience Examines approaches and methods of the study of brain mechanisms underlying
behavior, including such topics as behavior in invertebrate and vertebrate systems, biological clocks, brain mechanisms of fear
and anxiety, physiological adaptations to stress, sexual differentiation of brain and behavior, and regulation of food intake and
body weight.
HPSY552 - Neuropsychology In-depth review of theories of adult brain function and neurodevelopment, effects of traumatic
brain injury, vascular disorders and dementia, and basic principles and methods of neuropsychological assessment.
HPSY553 - Psychosomatic Medicine Examines psychological factors in physical disorders and medical complaints, including
consideration of such topics as lifespan development and geriatric changes, personality factors, issues of lifestyle, stress and
coping mechanisms, as well as psychosocial and socioenvironmental factors.
HPSY554 - Organizational Dynamics and Group Training Practical training in managing various types of groups including
families, and major issues in organizational dynamics involved in organizing and managing groups, as well as working in group
and corporate settings.
HPSY555 - The Future of Health Psychology Overview of special topics and trends in health psychology, and discussion of
ethical and other issues on the forefront of science, and evolving unification of science and spirituality in higher individual and
societal development.
HPSY556 - Epidemiology Overview of epidemiologic concepts and methods, including definitions, measures of disease
frequency, designs (cohort, case-control, cross-sectional and experimental studies), biases and confounding; and brief
introduction to clinical applications.
HPSY557 - Psychopharmacology examines the relationship between drug-induced changes in behavior and brain chemistry,
basic neuropharmacology and determinants of drug action, and pharmacologic treatment.
HPSY558 - Advanced Training in Health Psy Practice I Intensive practical training in best practicies in the provision of direct
services in wellness, psychoeducation, medical treatment adherence, stress management, assertiveness training, anger
management, sleep hygiene, pain management, diet and nutrition, and planning and referrals to professional human services
adjunct to medical treatment.
HPSY559 - Advanced Training in Health Psy Practice II Intensive practical training in best practices in the provision of direct
services, updating skills from the first level course, and incorporting body work, rehabilitation and geriatric services, addictions
treatment, pregnancy issues and parenting training, and planning and referrals to professional human services adjunct to
medical treatment.
HPSY560 - Interpersonal Communication, Consulting, and Teaching Skills Emphasizes practical training in interpersonal
communication and conflict management, professional consulting and team building, and basic skills in teaching including
building respect and receptivity, and effective performance evaluation and feedback; training; includes training in preparation of
research reports, formats and presentation styles, Powerpoint, sensitivity in responding to questions and working with the
media.
HPSY562 - Services Planning, Reporting, and Evaluation Practical training in management of the provision of direct
services in a health promotion setting, including treatment planning and evaluation, clinical record-keeping and issues of
207
confidentiality, reporting to clients and to administration, processes of effective evaluation and feedback, as well as financial
considerations such as efficiency and budget maintenance.
HPSY563 - Community Ecology Examines health issues related to community social patterns, and the effects of
environmental factors in health promotion and disease, including such areas as extended family dynamics, community culture
and cultural diversity, design of living and work facilities, neighborhood recreational services, suburban sprawl, and ecological
factors of healthy, sustainable living practices.
HS101 – Anatomy The aim of this course is to familiarize the students with the structural systems of the human body, the interrelationship of the structures within these systems and the related terminology. Richard Drake, A. Wayne Vogl and Adam W.
M. Mitchell. Gray's Anatomy for Students (2009) Elsevier Publications.
HS102 – Growth and Development In this course the students will understand the normal sensory, motor, cognitive and
psychosocial processes of human development and the factors which affect them. Chris Beckett and Hilary Taylor. Human
Growth and Development (2010) Sage Publications
HS103 – Physiology The aim of this course is to provide the students with a sound understanding of the functional
characteristics of the human body, the functional principles of the systems comprising the human body and the principles of the
unified functioning of these systems for homeostasis. Stuart Ira Fox. Human Physiology (2010). McGraw Hill Publications
HS104 – Self-knowledge and Communication Methods This course relates to the understanding of characteristics of human
behaviour, development of self- assessment instinct, basic theories and principles of communication and providing the students
with the ability to implement this knowledge in their professional and social lives.
HS105 – Psychology The aim of this course is to introduce the fundamental topic, theories and branches of psychology to the
students; provide the skills for an objective and scientific approach to human behaviour. In addition, basic and historical
approaches in psychology, the fundamental topics of learning, motivation, social cognition, personality, sensation and
perception, attention will be studied during this course. Nicky Hayes.
HS106 – Sociology and Health This course will provide knowledge for the students on topics such as social theories,
urbanization, community development, sociological disciplines and general community issues.
HS107 – Microbiology-Parasitology The students will gain knowledge on the factors causing disease, their properties, and
the mechanisms of their functions; the immune system; characteristics of immunisation and treatment.
HS115 – Basic Mathematics This course will include topics such as: real numbers, definitive values, number scales, integers,
coordinates, functions, limits: change ratio, tangents, differentials and differentiation, graphical presentations; maxima-minima
problems, quadratic equations, matrices, double variable quadratic inequalities: two-dimensional quadratic programming,
geometry.
HS203 – Medical Biology Genetics The aim of this course is to inform the students on Mendel’s Genetics, chromosomes and
genetic inheritance, population genetics and congenital diseases.
HS204 – Principles of Nutrition and Diet Through this course, the student understands the basic principles of nutrition, knows
the properties of nutrients, understands the nutritional requirements of individuals at different life-stages, understands and
applies the essentials of the diets appropriate for different diseases.
HS205 – Medical Terminology In this course, the students gain knowledge on : properties of medical terms in formation; roots,
prefixes and suffixes; analysis of the terms with these properties; most frequently used anatomic, diagnostic, operative and
symptomatic terms; international classification of diseases.
HS208 – Medical Documentation Through this course, the students gain knowledge on concepts related to medical
documentation; main properties of medical documents; importance, contents, usage, methods of arrangement and the areas of
use of medical records; contents and archiving of patient files and the required properties of archives; responsibility of medical
records and their legal status with respect to confidentiality, safety and secrecy.
HS301 – Professional Ethics In this course the students will gain knowledge on the fundamental ethical concepts and be able
to evaluate the situations they encounter from an ethical perspective.
HS302 – First-Aid and Emergency Through this course, the students will gain knowledge and skills necessary for the
application of life-saving procedures in cases of emergency.
HS303 – Biostatistics Through this course, the students are expected to understand the fundamental concepts in statistics
and the use of statistics in health science, and be able to evaluate statistics in the literature and research.
HS305 – Epidemiology Through this course, the student is provided with the opportunity to understand epidemiological
methods, general characteristics of epidemiological research and to scientifically evaluate previous research.
HS306 – Improvement of Health and Health Policies Through this course, the students become aware of the close
relationship between the environment and health; understand relationship between the existing health issues and currently
implemented health policies; and provide an explanation for health issues in Turkey generally and partially in the world.
HS402 – Health Management This course provides an understanding of the development of management, its basic principles,
relevant legislation and management processes so that the students are able to adapt these concepts to health management.
208
HS403 – Education This course is designed to facilitate students’: Understanding of the concepts of learning and education;
learning of educational methods; ability to recognize the techniques and equipment necessary for the evaluation of learning
needs and outcomes; ability to use this knowledge in their own life and in patient education.
HS404 – Leadership Through this course, the students learn and apply the leadership role to their professional conduct. They
also learn leadership processes and principles define their own leadership style, generate new approaches and implementation
strategies necessary for the development of their profession by identifying the necessary leadership areas.
HS405 – Research Methods The aim of this course is to ensure that students understand the basic concepts, principles and
methods involved in the research process; formulate the basic steps involved in a planned research; and gain the ability to read
and understand related literature.
HS406 – Preventative Medicine and Early Diagnosis in Disease The students familiarize themselves with preventative
medicine services and learn the methods of early diagnosis and examination and recognize its importance through this course.
HS408 – Human Rights The students understand the basic concepts related to human rights, learn the relevant international
documentation and relate these to patient rights through their gains from this course.
HYO201 - Pharmacology With this course, the students will be informed about the routes of administration of medicines, their
pharmaceutic forms, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties (absorption, distribution, metabolism, mode of action,
factors affecting their actions), mechanisms of drug interaction, areas requiring attention when administering medicines and
understand the properties of frequently used medicine groups when administering drugs effective for specific systems.
HYO202 - Care in Infectious Diseases Through this course, the students will understand the mechanisms of development of
infectious diseases; will learn the clinical specifications of the frequently observed infectious diseases; will be able to justifiably
formulate patient care.
HYO203 - Medical Biology - Genetics In this course, the students will be informed about Mendelian genetics, chromosomes
and heredity, population genetics, and genetic diseases relevant to their field of study.
HYO204 - Principles of Nutrition and Diet The students will understand the basic princples of nutrition; will learn about the
properties of nutrients; will understand what style of nutrition should be followed at different life stages; and learn the
fundamentals of and apply the diets which should be followed in different diseases states.
HYO206 - Sociology and Health Social Theories; urbanisation; community development; sociological disciplines and
community problems are the general topics that will be covered in this course.
HYO301 - Professional Ethics In this course the students will gain knowledge on the fundamental ethical concepts and be
able to evaluate the situations they encounter from an ethical perspective.
HYO308 - Growth and Development In this course the students will understand the normal sensory, motor, cognitive and
psychosocial processes of human development and the factors which affect them.
HYO401 - Mental Health This course entails understanding the importance of: The characteristics of human behaviour and
behavioural problems; maintenance of mental health; treatment and rehabilitation.
HYO402 - Health Management In this course, the students will gain knowledge about the development of managment and its
basic principles; relevant legislation; management processes and the application of these specifications to health.
HYO403 - Education This course is designed to facilitate students’: Understanding of the concepts of learning and education;
learning of educational methods; ability to recognize the techniques and equipment necessary for the evaluation of learning
needs and outcomes; ability to use this knowledge in their own life and in patient education.
HYO405 - Mother and Child Nutrition and Dietetics In this course the students will be informed about the basic concepts
relating to mother and child nutrition and learn the relevant diet specifications.
HYO406 - Preventative Medicine and Early Diagnosis in Diseases Through this course, the students will identify with
preventative medical services; will learn about early diagnosis and screening methods and will understand their importance.
HYO407 - Research Methods The aim of this course is to ensure that students understand the basic concepts, principles and
methods involved in the research process; formulate the basic steps involved in a planned research; and gain the ability to read
and understand related literature.
HYO408 - Human Rights The students understand the basic concepts related to human rights, learn the relevant international
documentation and relate these to patient rights through their gains from this course.
HYO409 - Approach to Domestic Violence Awareness of processes related to domestic violence; discussion of domestic
violence with respect to its medicosocial dimensions; actions that should be taken under such circumstances will form the
concents of this course within a framework of medical and legal responsibilities.
IDES111 – Freehand Drawing Freehand drawing is an important tool for designers. This course develops perceptual skills and
introduces the basic principles of composition, form, line, perspective, and volume.
IDES160 – Colour Theories The visual and psychological effects of colour are an important tool used by commercial artists,
fashion and interior designers. Through knowledge of colour combinations, of characteristics of colour in design, and of the
209
effects of colour on our lives are explored. This class is devoted to the study of colour principles, allowing students to
investigate and apply these principles through individual class projects.
IDES203 – Principles of Interior Design The vocabulary gleaned from basic principles of design; Scale, mass, texture,
balance, rhythm, unity etc. are applied to the design of interior spaces and given a built in significance. This is explored through
model making, sketching, collage and colour and drafting exercises. (Prerequisite: ARCH162)
IDES238 - Interiors, Furnishings & Fittings A specialised class in which the design of a restaurant and retail store will be
achieved through the space planning, lighting and the selection of furnishings, finishes and colours.
IDES261 – Interior Design Studio I Through a series of short-term projects the students attention will be focused on the micro
scale of interior design elements as opposed to the macro scale of manipulating spatial volumes.( Prerequisite: ARCH142)
IDES262 – Interior Design Studio II Through a series of small scale residential and commercial projects the students attention
will be focused on the manipulation and design of interior spaces. Emphasis will be placed on the communication and true
representation of an overall scheme. (Prerequisite: IDES261)
IDES272 – Construction & Materials I
IDES300 Summer Internship A field based learning opportunity for professional work experience outside the classroom.
Students choose full time work in an area of specific interest as a link to the professional world of Architectural Design.
IDES321 - Project Analyses This course reviews the total process in establishing a building environment. All the stages in
project development are examined. Feasibility, project management, site and construction organisation procedure are the main
topics of this course. Time, cost and quality are the main qualifications in the project analyses. The final project, the tendering
process and lists of conditions are prepared for the final submission.
IDES322 – History of Furniture An in-depth study of the significant and influential developments in the history of furniture and
design of interior spaces till the star of the 21st Century
IDES331 – People & Environment The interior spaces of buildings are designed as places for human movement, activity and
repose. The course deals with the synthesis of form, the dimension of an interior space and the human body dimensions.
IDES334 – Interior Detailing Through a study of working drawings the student will become familiar with the construction
terminology associated with interior elements such as tables, chairs, cabinets. Emphasis will be placed on accurate
representation of materials and fixings.
IDES361 – Interior Design Studio III A continuation of IDES262 with an increased emphasis on the problems and models
associated with detailed development and implementation. (Prerequisite: IDES262)
IDES362 – Interior Studio IV A continuation of ides 361 with an emphasis upon building construction, specification of materials
and interior detailing. (Prerequisite: IDES361)
IDES373 – Construction & Materials II
IDES400 – Summer Internship II Students are required to pursue an internship with a logical Design or Architectural firm,
whose work is directly related to that students intended area of professional concentration. Interns will observe and participate
in all construction procedures permitted by their place internship. Students with prior documented work experience in the field
may be granted an exception from the internship requirement, with the approval of the Interior Design Program Director.
IDES401 – Problem Design In this class, students use their knowledge of design concepts and apply them to the limitations of
specific groups. The design problem varies by term and includes such elements as designing for the handicapped and the
elderly.
IDES421 – Restoration The goal of the course is to give the student the understanding of the importance of conservation and
restoration of historic monuments and sites. A general but scientific and updated approach to the restoration theory, restoration
activities in the 20th century, and the restoration methodology.
IDES461 – Interior Design Studio VI A continuation of previous design studio with the emphasis given to specific student and
faculty interest and to design development. (Prerequisite: IDES362)
IDES462 – Interior Design Studio VI The aim of this course is to understand the renewing and re-functioning of a place or
space. The student w increase their knowledge of space planning, ergonomics, solving problems about renewing and refunctioning and also create suitable place and design furniture in the direction of the needs. (Prerequisite: IDES 461)
IDES464 – Portfolio & Presentation This class includes information on job interviewing and the proper presentation of a
portfolio. Old projects are reworked and new projects are selected on an individual basis to strengthen areas of weakness and
broaden the student’s background.
IDES525 - Analysis of the Problems in Interior Design & Information Students use their knowledge of design concepts and
construction and apply them to the limitations of specific groups. The design problem varies by term and includes such
elements as designing for handicapped and the elderly. This course will also deal with legal aspects of the facilities to be
prepared for these specific groups.
IE303 - Fundamentals of Work Study Designing workstations and plants by using methods study charting techniques such
as operation process chart, flow diagram, flow process chart etc. Measurement of standard times for each operation by
210
applying work measurement techniques such as stopwatch time-study, predetermined times systems, work sampling, standard
data.
IE307 - Operations Research I Optimisation techniques for modeling and solving real-world problems. Definition of different
kind of models, the methodology used to develop a model. Linear programming, duality, transportation techniques, assignment
methods, sensitivity analysis, 0-1 integer programming, game theory.
IE308 - Operations Research II Queuing theory which is used to determine the optimum number of service stations, dynamic
programming, project planning methods such as CPM, PERT, introduction to simulation, non-linear programming, computer
applications of operations research techniques. (Prerequisite: IE307)
IE311 - Engineering Statistics Descriptive and inferential statistics, organising data, calculating mean, standard deviation,
mode, median and range. The normal distribution, the standard normal distributions, central limit theorem, the normal
approximation to binomial distribution hypothesis test, t-test, goodness of fit, regression and correlation. (Prerequisite:MT207)
IE312 - Production Systems Introduction to Integrated Manufacturing Production System (IMPS), The ten steps to IMPS.
Manufacturing Systems, New and Old. The Design of Manned Manufacturing and Assembly Cells. The Rapid Exchange of
Tooling and Dies. Integrated Quality Control. Integrated Production and Inventory Control.
IE314 - Manufacturing Technology Introduction to mfg. attributes of mfg. products; metal casting; bulk deformation and sheet
metal working processes; Machining and Joining processes; mfg. of semiconductor devices; mfg. systems; competitive aspects
of mfg. processes; Computer Integrated mfg.; Numerical Control and Robotics; Reliability and Quality Control; Flexible mfg.
Systems.
IE401 - Industrial Engineering Project Each student will select a project about one specific subject of industrial engineering
and prepare a scientific project. Subjects will be chosen by consulting with an advisor. If it is possible students may be required
to write a program for their project and apply it to a real system chosen from either service or manufacturing sector.
IE402 - Graduation Project Each student will study for a specific area of industrial engineering and prepare a report. The
student will analyse the results and make deductions and offer solutions for implementation of industrial engineering techniques
in companies.
IE405 - Production Planning &Control Inventory models, material requirements planning, master production plans, bills of
materials, assembly line balancing, sales forecasting techniques, economic production quantity, just-in-time production
systems, job loading and scheduling.
IE407 - Quality Planning and Control Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean
and R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality control circles, total quality
management. (Prerequisite: IE311 )
IE410 - System Simulation Definition of simulation, difference between simulation and other optimisation techniques,
parameters and constants used in simulation, simulation methodology, simulation techniques, probability distributions
commonly used in simulation and some applications by using computerised simulation packages.
IE412 - Production Information Systems Management The role of knowledge based technologies and computer systems in
production. Strategic role of information systems in management of organisations, Major types of information systems,
Automation of Manufacturing cells, Computerisation of integrated manufacturing production systems, Shop floor control and
group technology, MRP and MRP II systems.
IE413 - Facilities Design and Planning Nature and classification of production systems; product design, capacity
requirements planning; facility location: discrete and continuous space location models; plant layout and design of work
stations; material handling and storage systems, equipment calculations. Activity relationship chart, computerised plant design,
computer simulation for plant layout, selection of plant site.
IE415 - Productivity Management General concept and importance of productivity for any systems. Developing a productivity
management system, measuring productivity. Labour productivity, energy productivity, material productivity, total productivity,
and productivity improvement projects.
IE416 - Investment Analysis Introduction to investment analysis, items that must be included and analysed while preparing
feasibility reports by using engineering economy principles, analysing product life-cycle and finding break-even point for a
specific investment project and applying for incentive certificate.
IE417 - Ergonomics Definition of ergonomics and its importance in human-machine systems, designing the best combination
of human-machine systems, human antropometry, learning curve, environmental conditions in a plant, calculation of rest times.
IE418 - Project Management Definition of project, project management basics, management process, phases of a project,
procurement, project planning and scheduling, critical path and critical activities, project control, PERT approach, time/cost
trade-off, project organisation, controlling, risk management, examining the project.
IE420 - System Analysis & Design This is an introductory course to the concepts and techniques of system analysis and
design. It covers the development process of information systems, the role of analysis and design in the process, structured
design and analysis techniques. The goal of this course is to get a general understanding of system analysis
IE421 - Industrial Applications of Processing and Engineering of Materials Review of processing, structures and
mechanics of Metals, Alloys, Ceramics, Glasses, Polymers, Composites and Biologics, case studies in materials selection for
engineering products, electrical, magnetic and optical properties of materials.
IE430 - Management Information Systems Why information systems, Contemporary approaches to information systems,
Major types of information systems, Information systems organisations and business processes, Information management and
decision making, Ethics in an information society, Computers and information processing, Popular programming languages.
Telecommunication systems.
211
IE440 - Human Resource Management Human capital concept; people, productivity and the quality of working life; evaluation
of human resource management; analysing and designing jobs; determining human resource requirement; recruiting; screening
and selecting employees; staffing; orienting and training employees; identifying and developing management talent; appraising
employee performance; managing careers; compensation management; assessing the costs and benefits of personnel
activities; international dimensions of human resource management. human resource information system
IE445 - Supply Chain Management Fundamentals of supply chain management and enterprise resources planning (ERP);
aggregate production planning: static, dynamic, non-linear and lot-sizing models; operations scheduling: flow-shops and jobshops; materials management and materials requirement planning (MRP); capacity resources planning (CRP); distribution
system management; implementation of manufacturing management strategies.
IE447 - An Industrial Approach to Alternative Energy Sources An industrial survey of renewable energy sources. The
urgent need of substituting conventional energy resources with renewable energy sources and systems. Recent developments
and current global situation both industrially and technologically. Looking to the future in a changing world. Physical and
mathematical approaches. Economical and environmental aspects.
IE450 - Engineering Investment Decisions Description of the organisation and management, market study, choice of
production capacity, project engineering, cost and revenue estimation, financing and preparation of financial tableaux,
economic analysis, case studies.
IE456 - Industrial Safety and Technological Applications Industrial safety in technological applications. An industrial survey
of renewable energy sources. The urgent need of substituting conventional energy resources with renewable energy sources
and systems. Recent developments and current global situation both industrially and technologically. Looking to the future in a
changing world. Physical and mathematical approaches. Economical and environmental aspects.
IE460 - Quality Control Systems Basic definition of quality assurance. The role of the Quality Assurance Manager and the
relationship between ISO 9000 and Total Quality Management. Planning and performing audits on activities, Human relations in
auditing, Principles of auditing, audit management, Conducting audits, Reporting audits, Quality system surveillance, A draft
model and workbook to prepare your quality policy manual, A draft model and workbook to prepare your required operating
procedures.
IE470 - Management for Engineers The course is designed to introduce the managerial functions related to planning,
organising, staffing, leading and controlling engineering organizations. The topics to be covered include techniques of
management, the matrix system of management, motivation, appraisal systems and participative management.
IE488 - Nanotechnology Introduction to the underlying principles and applications of the emerging field of nanotechnology
and nanoscience. Intended for a multidisciplinary audience with a variety of backgrounds. Introduces tools and principles
relevant at the nanoscale dimension. Discusses current and future nanotechnology applications in engineering, materials,
physics, chemistry, biology, electronics and energy.
IE513 - Project Planning & Management Projects, types of project, project management cycle, modern approaches to project
management, feasibility studies and inception phases, project implementation and monitoring, project evaluation, software
tools.
IE514 - Material Science This course introduces students to the properties of materials important to modern electronic and
information technology, and demonstrates how these properties can be understood from a microscopic point of view by the use
of chemical and physical principles. “What are differences between metals and semiconductors ?”, “How do semiconductor
devices work?” and “What memories are made up of ?” are type of questions that we try to answer. Electronic band structure,
Conduction mechanism, Atomic bonding and electronic structure of semiconductors, Covalent, ionic and metallic bonding, sp3
dehybridisation, Magnetism and data storage disks, Conducting polymers, Dielectric loss, Properties of d-electron magnet,
Power transformers, Dielectricity and Ferroelectricty.
IE515 - Multiple Criteria Decision Making Decision making, multiple objectives of optimisation models, goal programming,
and techniques used to solve multiple objective problems, efficient point and the efficient frontier, pre-emptive optimisation and
weighted sums of objectives
IE516 - Management Information Systems MIS is a new approach to manage modern organisations with some knowledge of
information systems and technologies. MIS serves to understand how these systems affect the organisations, and its
employees and how they can make business more competitive and efficient. Information systems have become essential for
creating competitive firms, managing global corporations, and providing useful products and services to customers. The aim is
deep understanding of MIS and related technologies, and also, teaching practical experience designing and building real world
systems.
IE517 - Strategic Management Concepts, features of strategic decision, developing a strategic vision and business mission,
five tasks of strategic management, mission and objectives, strategy and competitive advantages, implementing strategy.
IE518 - Systems Analysis and Design Considers the design and specifications of computer-based information systems.
Topics include: introduction to systems analysis and design, entity-relationship diagrams, organisational influence on computer
use, systems and management concepts, the firm as a system, the environmental system, computer-based information
systems, data flow diagrams, the systems approach to problem solving, systems life cycle methodologies, the data dictionary,
project planning and control, network diagrams, systems analysis, economic justification, systems design, flowcharts, systems
security and systems implementation.
IE519 - Advanced Statistics Correlation and Regression – Chi-Square and other Tests – Nonparametric Statistics – Quality
Control – Project.
IE520 - Total Quality Management Basic Quality Concepts, Company-wide Assessment of Quality, Strategic Quality
Management, Developing a Quality Culture in Organisations, Statistical Process Control, Quality and Customers needs,
Inspect, Test and Measurement, Quality Information Systems, Quality assurance.
212
IE522 - Human Resource Management Focuses on the changing workforce and the changing workplace, human resource
planning, recruiting, selection, staffing, compensation, development, career management, labour-management relations,
employee motivation, reward systems, performance management, and the human relations side of management, strategic
human resource management, link between firm performance and human resource function.
IEA104 - Physical Electronics Overview of basic semiconductor mechanisms. The electronics of metal-semiconductor
contacts, pn junctions, bipolar transistors, and MOS field-effect transistors. Properties that are significant to device operation for
integrated circuits.
IEA203 - Electronic Circuits I Small signals of BJTs and FETs are discussed in depth. Single and multiple stage transistor
amplifiers. Selected applications of analogue circuits such as analogue-to-digital converters, switched capacitor filters, and
comparators. The laboratory builds on the concepts presented in the lectures and provides hands-on design experience and
help with the use of computer aided design tools.
IEA204 - Feedback Control Systems Introduction to design of feedback systems. Properties and advantages of feedback
systems. Time-domain and frequency-domain performance measures. Stability and degree of stability. Nyquist criterion.
Frequency-domain design. Root locus method. Compensation techniques. Application to a wide variety of physical systems.
IEA205 - Quality Planning and Control Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean
and R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality control circles, total quality
management.
IEA207 - Circuit Theory State variables. Laplace transform analysis of circuits. Transfer functions, poles and zeros. Bode
plots. Two-port circuits and state variable analysis. Advanced techniques and advanced circuits such as impedance function,
filter circuit types, phase and amplitude filters. Frequency selective circuits. Fourier series. The Fourier transform.
IEA209 - Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation Errors theory, accuracy analysis and evaluation. System of units.
Standards. Measuring methods and procedures. Electromechanical instruments. Instrument transformers. Potentiometers DC
and AC bridges. Oscilloscopes. Electronic and Digital instruments. Transducers and sensors.
ILT308 - Advanced Communication Skills Definition of interpersonal communication, communication model, fundamental
concepts related to communication, effective listening and feedback , communication barriers, conflicts and managing conflicts,
roles of emotions in communication, student-teacher and parent communication
ING113 - Foreign Language I Daily, academic, and professional communication skills; such as discussions, debates, and
presentations that are required in their daily, academic and professional lives.
ING114 - Foreign Language II Basic grammar rules needed for basic skills in foreign language, basic competencies in
reading, speaking, writing and listening.
INS101 - Fundamentals of Insurance The objective of this course should be to introduce students to the principles and
practice of the insurance industry, dealing with risk and how insurance responds to it, introducing many of the terms and
practices in the industry, and describing basic policy coverage.
INS102 - Accounting of Insurance This course should describe the accounting policies within insurance companies.
Specifically, the course will give an introduction in automobile, property and liability claims and how to account on the financial
statements.
INS201 - Insurance Broker and Agent Skills Similar to the new Customer Service course, this course should give students
an overview of insurance business practices from the broker’s perspective. It is a skill-based course concentrating on the needs
of personal lines clients. The course should outline major product lines and common policy transactions handled by broker.
INS202 - European Banking Framework This course will be designed to introduce students to the language of banking in
European Union countries. The course should cover EU Banking Law, EU Monetary Law, European System of Central
Banks/European Central Bank and National Central Banks. The course will describe the legal governing bodies, monetary
policy and payment systems, and investments services and securities markets in the European Union.
INS301 - Risk Management This course explores the principles of risk management. The course provides an understanding
of the foundations, applications and selection of insurance. Fundamentals of life and health insurance as well as property and
liability insurance will be included. Enterprise risk management for corporations, financial risk management, overview of
employee benefits, and strategic policies to mitigate risk will also be covered.
IRE102 - Introduction to International Relations This course introduces students to the structures and processes of
international politics and surveys the major global issues of our time - nations, categories, and principles of international
relations. The course focuses on the functions of the modern nation-state system and the patterns of conflict and co-operation
in contemporary international relations. The purpose of the course is to provide students with a basic understanding of how the
international political system works and help them develop their own perspective on global issues.
IRE201 - Comparative Politics I Issues and concepts in comparative politics, political socialisation and culture; political
recruitment and structure are reviewed. Interest groups and interest articulation as well as political parties, government and
policy making are considered. The course also focuses on the politics, cultures, and political systems of the major European
countries.
IRE204 - Comparative Politics II This course deals with the history, culture administrative and political structure of various
countries. The aim of this program is to enable the students to use the concepts of comparative politics in order to analyse the
concrete political backgrounds of countries of different economic and political settings. Case studies such as England, France,
Germany, Japan, Russia, China and America
IRE206 - Third World Politics This course examines important features of politics; economics, society and culture in
developing nations and focuses on common problems associated with political modernisation, economic development and
social change in Asia, Africa and Latin America. Through comparative analysis, the course also attempts to develop
generalisations about key problems and prospects in various regions of the developing world.
213
IRE208 - International Relations Theory This course provides an analysis of the three important theoretical debates of
international relations: Idealism / Realism, Traditionalism / Behaviourism and Realism/Neo-realism. The course also addresses
the central assumptions and key concepts of various theories in international relations, with emphasis on concepts propositions
and, the current critique.
IRE301 - International Organisations This course focuses on the role played by international organisations in world politics.
Most attention is given to international governmental organisations, such as the United Nations, the European Community, and
other regional organisations. Non-governmental organisations from multinational corporations to the International Red Cross
are discussed as well. The course investigates the extent to which all these organisations contribute to the development of a
peaceful and just community of nations.
IRE302 - History & Politics of the Balkans The course mainly concentrates on the effects of World War II on the politics and
economics of the Balkans. The course also focuses on recent conflicts and developments in former Yugoslavia such as wars in
Bosnia and Kosovo as well as the future EU prospects of the Western Balkan states.
IRE304 - The Caucasus & Central Asia This course will cover the modern history of the countries in the Caucasus and
Central Asia which obtained independence following the breakdown of the Soviet Union in 1991. These include the present
states of Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Georgia in the Caucasus, and Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and
Uzbekistan in Central Asia. The first part of the course will provide a historical background necessary to understand the
problems of the post-Soviet period. The second part will analyze the radical transformations in the region following the collapse
of the Soviet Union and subsequently will focus on major regional conflicts such as the Karabagh issue between Azerbaijan and
Armenia and the 2008 War between Georgia and Russia.
IRE305 - History & Politics of the Middle East The course will focus on the formation of the modern Middle East, the legacy
of the Ottoman Empire and the impact of colonialism, Arab nationalism, the ideological struggles, the oil politics, the power of
stereotypes, tradition and modernization. The objectives of the course are to provide a deeper understanding of Middle Eastern
politics with specific references to the region's economy, culture and society. Considering recent developments in the region,
the course aims to study Middle Eastern politics within a broader context of international system, regional economic
developments and bilateral relations among the regional countries, the Middle East and World Politics after 11 September and
future prospects in the Palestinian-Israeli problem.
IRE308 - Global Peace & Security In-depth study of issues related to global security of the XX-XXI century: proliferation of
weapons of mass destruction, arms control and disarmament, international terrorism, regional conflicts, oil and energy
problems in Politics, etc. The course will examine major trends, challenges and future prospects in the mentioned areas.
IRE309 – International Law The nature and role of international law in the interaction of states. The basic terminology of
international law. Problems of interpretation and enforcement. The relation between law and power; treaties and the legal basis
of diplomacy, international organisations, international law and war, human rights under international law.
IRE312 - Foreign Policy Analysis This course is an introduction to ways of thinking critically about foreign policy analysis. It
will examine some historical as well as current cases to question the statist approaches to foreign policy. The course aims to
provide a comprehensive understanding of foreign policy formulation by evaluating the role of different actors and organizations
in the definition of national interests.
IRE403 - Turkish Diplomatic History & Foreign Politics Ottoman Empire and Europe from the French Revolution until the
end of World War II. Diplomacy and the Ottoman Empire. Tanzimat and the Young Turks. (Turkish students in Europe).
Modernisation and Europeanisation. Pan-Islamism and nationalism. Ottoman Empire and Germany: World War I. The transition
from a multi-national to a national state. Reform and revolution. Turkey during World War II. The one-party-state and Turkish
foreign policy. The transition from one-party-state to a multi-party-system. Ismet Inönü and Turkish foreign policy. Right and left
clashes and their effect on Turkish foreign policy. Turkey’s relationship with USA, Europe and the Middle East. Turkey and the
European Union.
IRE404 - European Union Studies Background of the European Union: Europe before and after World War II. The political
framework of the European Union. Economic integration of the European Union, the social framework of the European Union,
the external relationship of the European Union. The Single European Act. European Union beyond Maastricht.
IRE405 - International Politics of Cyprus This course studies the Cyprus problem, initiating from discussions regarding to
history of Cyprus, the Ottoman Rule, the British Rule, Republic of Cyprus to analysis regarding to 1974 Turkish Peace
Operation and afterwards. The course also focuses on relatively contemporary issues including the establishment of the TRNC,
the Annan Plan and the future while examining possible solutions to it and looks at the role of the international powers in finding
a solution.
IRE408 - Conflict Studies & Dispute Settlement This course looks at the economic/cultural/political and religious aspects of
conflict and examines some theories, which prescribe solutions to these problems. The purpose of the course is to assist
students in clarifying their own substantive views on conflict studies and dispute settlement. Specifically, the students will have
broader and detailed knowledge about Palestinian-Israeli conflict, Cyprus problem, Human Rights issues and Kurdish Problem.
The students are advised to take this course in their graduating year.
IRE411 - Post Cold War International Relations This course is a survey of current developments, issues, and problem areas
of international relations in the post-Cold War era. The specific attention is given to the changing concept of security, new
security agenda, and the emergence of complex issues, rise of ethnic conflicts, and the post 9/11.
IRE412 - US Foreign Policy This course is a good application of international relations theories into real life. Students will be
able to see how theory is and has been applied to real life by the only super-power of our time. How has the international
system changed, and what are the effects of this on states today? What role did the US play on this change? These questions
will be answered.
IRE415 – Turkey-EU Relations This course aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of political, economic and
security issues that influence relations between Turkey and the EU. The course will analyse major breakthoughs in Turkey-EU
214
relations with a particular emphasis on the role of European institutions, notably the European Commission and the Council, on
Turkey’s relations with the EU. Major issues regarding Turkey’s EU candidacy and future membership will also be examined.
IRE419 – Research Methods Introduction to research methodology; research process and techniques; data collection,
processing and analysis; findings and interpretation.
IRE420 - Graduation Project This project aims to give the students an opportunity to conduct a small scale research on the
study of International Relations. This will involve critically analyzing a particular case and using a theoretical framework to
investigate an aspect of the case more fully.
ISMA500 - MIS and Related Package Programs This course will establish the role of information systems in organisations
and how they relate to organisational objectives and organisational structure. Basic concepts, covered in depth in subsequent
courses, are introduced: the systems point of view and organisation, information flows, and the nature of information systems.
Students will gain a knowledge of the basic techniques and skills in representing system structure. Case study applications of
information systems are introduced. The course is an introduction to the curriculum.
ISMA500 – Management Information Systems This course will establish the role of information systems in organisations and
how they relate to organisational objectives and organisational structure. Basic concepts, covered in depth in subsequent
courses, are introduced: the systems point of view and organisation, information flows, and the nature of information systems.
Students will gain a knowledge of the basic techniques and skills in representing system structure.
ISMA503 – Data Communication Systems and Networking This course will introduce the student to the concepts and
terminology of data communications, network design, and distributed information systems. Equipment, protocols and
transmission alternatives will be discussed. The communications environment and regulatory issues are also introduced.
ISMA504 – Advanced Programming Properties of algorithmic languages, scope of variables, binding time subroutines and coroutines. Data abstraction, exception handling and concurrent processing. Programming and scripting languages will be
discussed and examples will be drawn from the pool of languages available in today’s computer software industry.
ISMA508 – Fundamentals of Database Management Systems This course examines database management systems and
design concepts. There will be a discussion on the advantages of using different database management systems. Some of the
technical details involved in properly designing and implementing database systems will be presented. Among the topics to be
covered are; the relational database models, database design and normalisation of database tables, an introduction to
Structured Query Language (SQL), and database administration within the organisations. Upon completing this course,
students will have developed a fundamental understanding of the design, implementation, and management of database
systems.
ISMA521 – Information Analysis and Systems Design This course introduces strategies for developing information system
applications and presents the development life cycle as a basic concept in managing applications. The life cycle phases leading
to the determination of requirements and the development of a general logical design are studied. Theoretical concepts are
applied in the development and implementation of an operational system from its logical design. The process of planning for
change is described and the post-implementation or feedback phase of the life cycle of systems development is reviewed.
ISMA573 – Advanced Database Management Systems This course introduces students to the powerful features of Oracle
database management systems. Students learn how to create and manipulate objects and store, retrieve, and manipulate data.
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: retrieve, insert, update and delete records; control data and user
access; use SQL and PL/SQL; and handle blocks, cursors and runtime errors.
ISMA601- Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence This course will continue the mathematical development of algorithms in
AI and machine learning from Programming Languages. Prerequisites are multivariable calculus, linear algebra, probability
theory, and programming experience. The lectures will not follow any particular textbook, but there will be many handouts and
suggested readings. Grading will be based on class participation and two substantial course projects
ISMA602 - Advanced Topics in Software Systems This course is to study research trends in embedded systems with
emphasis on sensor networks. An embedded systems is a system that interacts with its environment and the correctness is
subjected to physical constraints imposed by the environment. Sensor networks are becoming the essential aspect of
embedded system. The course will centre around the following themes: localization and coordination, modeling and analysis,
networking, programming paradigms and supports, resource management, security, validation and certification. The class will
identify a few sensor network applications and then explore design and implementation issues in-depth as group projects. The
part of class time will be devoted in discussing and exploring the design alternatives and refining implementation plans of the
group projects. Students are expected to participate in the following ways: In-class presentation of selected papers and/or
source code, and doing a group project that involves the detailed design and prototype implementation of sensor network
applications.
ISMA603 - Distributed Computing In the past few years, peer-to-peer (P2P) computing has not only dominated the headlines,
but it has inspired a new wave of distributed systems research. Pioneering systems such as Napster, Gnutella, and
SETI@home harness the vast storage, network, and computing resources at the edge of the network, and they provide largescale, robust, and self-organizing services using unreliable nodes. Peer-to-peer research efforts such as CAN, Chord, Pastry,
and others have taken these basic ideas and addressed some of the challenges in a more principled way. Many open problems
remain in this area of distributed systems research, particularly those that result from extreme scale, heterogeneity of
capabilities and participation, unreliability, and decentralized administrative structure. Key questions include what applications
and services are appropriate for peer-to-peer architectures, as well as how to provide them. Can we top music swapping and
searching for extraterrestrial life?
ISMA604 – Advanced Programming The goals of this course are to gain a better understanding of the issues of querying,
integrating, and otherwise sharing data across the Internet and the World-Wide Web. Data integration is perhaps the beststudied instance of this problem, and we focus on it for much of the semester. We begin with a study of relational query
215
processing as a foundation, and then move on to answering queries using views and adaptive query processing. We also
examine architectures for larger-scale or richer data exchange: wide-area data sharing (as proposed by projects such as
Mariposa in the 1990s and Piazza today) and sharing with very expressive data definition formalisms (the Semantic Web).
Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query-driven: publishsubscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as sourceforge.net), and versioning based systems. Finally,
we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query-driven: publish-subscribe,
groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as Sourceforge.net), and versioning based systems.
ISMA605 – Advanced Topics in IT Advanced Topics in IT features the most current research findings in all aspects of
information resources management and technology. From successfully implementing technology change to understanding the
human factors in IT utilization, this important current topics addresses many of the managerial and organizational applications
to and implications of information technology in organizations.
ISMA607 – Advanced Topics in Database Systems Recent advances in one or two topics in database systems are
examined in detail. These topics include concurrency control, query optimization, recovery access structure optimization and
data modeling languages.
ISMA 630 – Seminar in MIS (non-credit) The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student.
IST307 - Statistics Fundamental concepts in statistic, levels of measurement, frequency distributions, graphical
representations, measures of central tendency, measures of variability, normal distribution, probability and standard scores,
correlation, linear regression, statistical inference and hypothesis testing, scale development process, validity and reliability,
data analysis with software.
JRB101 - Basic Concepts of Journalism I Introduction to the basic concepts and skills of journalism. This course will provide
students basic journalism skills and principles and to encourage students to practice writing skills. Students will write clearly,
concisely, correctly, and in an appropriate style for print, broadcast, or Internet media and will be able to demonstrate an
understanding of basic journalism theory.
JRB102 - Basic Concept of Journalism II This course follows JRB 101. Broadcast students get practical experience through
in-class exercises and field assignments using technology integral to broadcast news. Strong reporting, storytelling, and
production values are emphasized. Each student will produce spot, feature, and enterprise stories.
JRB103 - Introduction to Communications The aim of the course is to achieve analysis of topical events through a
communication view-point and promote basic concepts of communication science. The course is designed to provide students
with a broad overview of the functions of communication. It will explore communication between individual people, in groups
and in organizations. The purposes of mass communication will also be explored.
JRB104 - Media Ethics This course will combine practical and theoretical aspects of ethics, in the context of advertising,
public relations, journalism and mass media entertainment. The objective of this course is to discuss successes and failures of
a wide variety of ethical dilemmas and their implications to the media and society.
JRB105 - Introduction to Social Sciences The course comprises the promotion of the basic concepts; the inculcation of the
importance of sociological thinking; and the study of current and historical approaches and issues. Definition of sociology, its
subject matter, area and importance, history, the dynamics of modern society and its characteristics; new approaches and
arguments in sociology; techniques and methods in sociological research; the process of becoming a society and related setups; culture and society are all topics to be studied.
JRB106 - History of Communication History of communications will be studied vis-à-vis culture and communications
relations. Within a study of the characteristics of mass communications, issues like institutionalization – in a historical
perspective -, alienation, monopolization, globalization and identity will be studied.
JRB201 - News Report Writing Introductory instruction and experience writing news stories for radio and TV. Students will
learn the foundations of journalism and the craft's two main components – reporting and writing the news.
JRB202 - Writing & Debate for Journalism The content of this course is based on the importance of writing and debate for
journalism. Accordingly the following subjects will be included: punctuation, writing skills and rules, types of expression and
their importance in our lives, development of expression, subject selection and planning.
JRB203 - Economics of Journalism The course investigates the profit/loss states of newspapers and broadcasting
institutions; their management systems; specific administrative structure of media organizations: news, economics, personnel
and marketing sections are studied. In addition, the effects of the economics (dominance) of the U.S.A. and Europe on the
Turkish media are investigated and (any) related problems and solution proposals are brought to the notice of the students.
JRB204 - Media Law This course compares the laws of communication applied in the TRNC, Turkey and in the world. Focus
is also given to issues such as violation of personal rights, the right to answer (modification), European Cross Border
Publication Agreement, as well as other issues such as the Article coded 3984.
JRB205 - Creative Writing The course equips students with a basic understanding of the skills and techniques required in
creative writing. The course will also help to identify categories and genres of creative writing. The unit introduces students with
relevant skills required in the implementation of techniques of creative writing and the students are coached and encouraged to
apply their creativity in writing.
JRB206 - Sociology of Communication This course aims at achieving a sound understanding of mass communication and
considers the reaction it can provoke. In this context, the term of mass communication and its origins, the historical
development of communication, liberal and critical approaches to mass communication, the ideological purposes and the duties
of media, sociology of media, news and reality, identity and representation in the media, globalization and consumer societies,
internet and its uses, media and democracy, role of women in the media are all part of this course.
216
JRB207 - Basic Photography The course explains the historical development of photography in the world and in Turkey by
focusing on famous photographers and their work. The course will also cover the development of press photography, its types
and importance.
JRB208 - Practice of Basic Photography The course provides information on photography and its equipment including:
cameras; introduction to medium-size and longer format cameras; study of lenses, standards; wide-angle lenses, tele-lenses;
zoom and macro-lenses; posing control mechanisms; diaphragm, cover; stopping of movement, depth of area, film; types of
film as to their formats, film types as to their light force; film types as to their colour sensitivity; contrast, selectivity and grin
structure; light; measurement of light and types, posing modes, filters and auxiliary accessories, view-setting, black and white
film processing, prints on cards and use of digital cameras. The course will also cover ideas and critiques on photographs and
will help students to produce photography projects.
JRB209 - International Communication This course intends to give students knowledge about the main concepts, theories,
practice and controversies of the international communication through analyses of international news and information flows,
media imports/exports, privatization and globalization within communications industries and the various models of global media
systems and also aims to encourage students to evaluate the social and economic impacts of ICTs. The overall objective of this
course is to develop the knowledge for understanding and critically assessing the role of global communication, especially in
the international relations, diplomacy and international business.
JRB210 - Practice of Journalism In this course the rules of news making, news production, news fields, sources, how to
approach first and second hand resources, material collection and its transformation into news, ways of broadcasting will be
both studied and applied. Basic photography, news report writing creative writing, are the core courses the students will be able
to select elective courses from the other departments to improve their communication skills,
JRB301 - Human Rights & Journalism This course aims to introduce the theories and practices of human rights. The
emergence of human rights, more its relationship with the media in the global sense than its national and international
connections. Human rights and journalism is discussed in the classroom in an interdisciplinary way, taking into consideration
the relation of journalism to other media means.
JRB302 - Theories of Mass Communication In this course the effects of mass communication on society, politics and
cultural structure are all discussed. In addition, the political restructuring of mass communication, and the social effects of TV
will be analyzed. This course equally studies how a good communicator is required to use news, journals, TV, radio, or internet
as various, sources in creating communicative messages.
JRB303 - Research Methods for Social Sciences The general objective of this course is to introduce students to methods of
research. The specific objectives are: (i) to ensure that students acquire some practical research skills; (ii) to understand what
research is all about and what it is dependent upon; and (iii) to enable students to link the research process with theories of
their specialist areas. By becoming familiar with the research process in practice, students should be more confident and
competent in evaluating and using research results in their specialist areas.
JRB304 - Interactive Communication & Education In the framework of effective communication techniques and
communication skills, the development of language and its influence on education, its social dimensions, its relation to
communication, communication and social culture, communication and civilization, the effects of media and constructive
approaches, communicative and technological developments, communication in education are the main subjects of this course.
JRB305 - Philosophy of Communication The students will be introduced to philosophy and its relation to human
communication and mass media. Basic philosophical terms and fields, its connection to other sciences, philosophic movements
and periods, also widening philosophical perspectives within the context of communication will be analysed.
JRB306 - Media Planning This course provides an introduction to media planning, the process used to place messages in
media in order to reach particular audiences. It provides an understanding of the core elements of media strategy and the
interdependence that characterises these elements within industry practice.
JRB307 - Radio and TV Broadcasting I The history of TV and Radio will be analysed and studied chronologically, combined
with other media influences from the past till today. The students will study broadcasting as well as differences between TV and
Radio in terms of efficiency, focusing on each medium of communication. These issues will be discussed within programming
and broadcasting formats.
JRB308 - Radio and TV Broadcasting II The course will introduce and teach students the technical components of television
and radio broadcasting. Students will be encouraged to create programs where they can apply basic and theoretical knowledge
already obtained in the this course.
JRB309 -New Communications Paradigms This course introduces students to the main communication theories and models
and the key paradigmatic approaches and conceptions about new media and also aims to give students the knowledge for
understanding and assessing critically computer-mediated communication and their effects in a global context and intends to
encourage students to utulize various forms of new media in different contexts and to reflect on the subjects of media
organization and production, relation between technology/media and society/culture, international flow of communication and
new media developments.
JRB310 - Media & Culture This course aims to introduce and teach students popular culture beyond its classical definitions.
Students will study basic subjects such as: popular culture, the differences between popular culture and mass culture, culture
industries. They will be encouraged not only to understand and appreciate popular culture but to criticise it as well.
JRB401 - Journalism & Manipulation In this course, the effects of media on communal thinking process and the ways, styles
and types of behaviour with which these effects can be achieved are analyzed. Theoretical and practical reviews of media, its
relationship with culture, ideology and identities within this framework will also be included.
JRB402 - Graduation Project Students prepare a project with previously acquired knowledge on a topic of their choice.
JRB403 - Political Communication This course aims to provide a thorough understanding of the similarities and differences
between propaganda and political publicity and campaign, the influence of media on the voting patterns, the use of the political
217
media as well as the effects of media on politics will be studied in this course. It combines theoretical insights from political
science, communications studies, psychology and political economy with applied knowledge from political journalism and public
relations.
JRB404 - Ethics & Research in Journalism This course will emphasise on the importance of research techniques and their
appropriate use in coherence with the importance of news search. Ethical rules in the process will be explained. Besides the
ethics of press, the relaionship between the law and ethics with reference to administration will be covered in this course.
JRB405 - Desktop Publishing I In this course, students will be taught more about basic products of media publication
packets, new equipment and their characteristics, software and other materials used for design and publication. The students
will be introduced to the process and stages of printing.
JRB406 - Desktop Publishing II
The theoretical knowledge received prior to this course will be analysed, and applied in
practical terms in the appropriate fields.
JRB501 - Mass Communication Systems During this course birth of mass communication systems, how they reformed by
political cultural legal and economical factors within a specific period, liberal and critical within the historical period, negativepositive approaches at mass communication will be explored. Moreover, relationship between communication world and its
practices within different historical process and social changes, media-ideology, media-culture, media-democracy relationship
will be examined, mass communication systems of countries like France, England, Germany and USA will be explored.
JRB502 - Communication and Law Communication, freedom, media law and freedom of information at political regimes, lagal
regulations both before and after 1982 Constitution at Turkey mass media, practices of media law in TRNC, rights of ideas,
copyright and likes will be hendled during this course.
JRB532 - Current Problems of Press and Manipulation The advancement of the Turkish Press in the TRNC and Turkey, the
situation of the press regarding technological developments, responsibility of the press in socio-economic development,
relationship between state and media, problems of finance, personnel, management, market and distribution, Basin Ilan
Kurumu and its responsibilities, legislations, monopolisation and censorship will be investigated during the course.
JRB533 - News Analysis Reasons of differences at the presentation of news that occur according to the politics of broadcast
of TV institutions, radio, and newspaper-journal will be examined. By using Frequency, categorical, evaluator and any other
analysis techniques; certainty, solving suspicion and to enrich the reading is forming the main purpose of the course. In addition
to this various news even its topics will be analysed, number of news, column regulation, picturing and typographic peculiarities
will be investigated.
JRB601 - New Communication Systems This course will look existing local visual and sound communication systems and
analyse how approaches and procedures can be adapted to existing ones.
JRB602 - Effective Communication This course aims at teaching students communication skills play an important role in
understanding one another, influencing others via the use of effective language in the span of communication.
JRB603 - Philosophy Of Communication In every aspect of communication and in any communication application there are a
number of disciplinary philosophical approaches that need to be adhered to. These will be looked at and developed to a point
where they run parallel to each other.
JRB604 - Media & Ethics This course will look at the role that ethics plays in informing people, changing their thoughts and
effecting public opinion. This will be further emphasised by seminars on the role of ethics in communication.
LAW101 - English Legal System and Method I The concept of law; classification of the law; sources of law, including
Parliament, the courts and the European Community; the structure of the court system; jurisdiction of the courts both civil and
criminal; Appeals in civil and criminal cases; statutory interpretation:-canons of construction and aids to interpretation; the
operation of the doctrine of precedent:- theoretical foundations, and the doctrine as applied in individual courts; civil procedure.
LAW102 - English Legal System and Method II Prerequisites: LAW101; LAW103; LAW105; LAW107; LAW109. Introduction
to the jury system; Legal personnel ; The Judiciary; Appeals; Unmet legal need and funding legal advice and assistance;
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR).
LAW103 - Constitutional Law & Administrative Law I The nature of constitutions; the nature and sources of British
Constitutional law; conventions; the sovereignty of Parliament; European Community law and domestic law. The House of
Commons; the House of Lords; Parliamentary privilege; the Royal Prerogative; The Executive; Delegated legislation; local
government; the protection of fundamental human rights; civil rights and freedoms- freedom of the person; freedom of
expression; freedom of assembly and association.
LAW104 - Constitutional & Administrative Law II Nature, scope and sources of administrative agencies and procedure,
relationship between administrative law, the rule of law, separation of powers and delegation of powers; Delegated legislation:
its nature, forms, making and control thereof Judicial review of administrative action - principles; remedies; tribunals and
inquiries; parliamentary commissioner for administration and others; the legal liability of the Crown and local authorities.
LAW105 - Legal Philosophy I Morality and the law; theories of punishment-discuss the advantages of each of the following
theories (a) deterrence (b) incapacitation (c)rehabilitation (d)just dessert; war crimes; types of punishment; (1 )community
service orders (2) probation.
LAW106 - Legal Philosophy II Prerequisites: LAW105. Introduction to legal theory; jurisprudence; what constitutes a valid
legal system; legal positivism- is there a moral justification for law; legal principles; natural law.
LAW107 - Legal Research and Writing I Provides students with knowledge and skills in researching legal materials and
undertaking legal writing on the basis of such materials. In particular, students will undertake practical exercises, be shown
methods of manual search and electronic retrieval methods for collections of written laws and law reports, and law textbooks,
journals and encyclopaedias.
218
LAW108 / LAW107 - Legal Research and Writing II Prerequisites Students will receive instruction and practical experience in
reading judicial decisions; both reported and unreported, on written constitutions, legislation and subsidiary legislation.
LAW109 - Communication & Study Skills I Learning
Presentations, Debates and Interviews.
effective
study skills, time management. Constructing Letters,
LAW110 – Communication & Study Skills II Prerequisites: LAW109. The students will learn the factors that work towards
effective Communication with others. Much of this course focuses on the application of this knowledge to lawyer-client
relationships.
LAW201 - Criminal Law & Procedure I Prerequisites: LAW101 ; LAW102;LAW103 ;LAW106;LAW107. Crime and the criminal
law; fundamental principles of criminal liability; general defences; participation in a crime; Inchoate(incomplete) offences;
Offences against the person: unlawful homicide; non-fatal offences against the person, including sexual offences; property
offences; offences against public order.
LAW201 / LAW202 / LAW307 - Law of Evidence and Civil Procedure I Prerequisites General principles; pre-action conduct
of litigation; debt recovery actions; limitation; issue and service proceedings; defendant's response; default ,and summary
judgments; statements of case; parties; interim applications; case management.
LAW201 / LAW202 / LAW307 / LAW308 - Law of Evidence and Civil Procedure II Prerequisites Small claims track; fast
track; multi -track; disclosure; witness and expert evidence; offers and payments; trail and appeal; costs; matters arising after
judgment.
LAW202 - Criminal Law & Procedure II Prerequisites: LAW101;LAW102 ; LAW103;LAW106;LAW107;LAW201. Objects of
procedure; detection of crime and arrest; the criminal courts; a prosecution; summary trial; cases proceeding to the crown court
for trial; adjournments; bail and sentencing; the crown court; the youth court; appeal procedure.
LAW203 - Land Law I Prerequisites: LAW101; LAW102; LAW10 ; LAW108. Introduction to the types of property rights in land;
proving title and tenures and estates; legal and equitable rights in land and the 1925 legislation; the creation of equitable
interests; the equitable doctrine of notice; registration of land charges (unregistered land); registration of title (registered land);
requirements for a lease; obligation in leases; overview / revision.
LAW203 - Law of Contract I Prerequisite: LAW101; LAW102;LAW103 ; LAW106;LAW107:LAW201. Introduction; offer and
acceptance; termination of offer; certainty of terms; consideration ¬basic principles; part payment of debts and promissory
estoppel; intention to create legal relations; contractual terms; exclusion and limitation clauses; unfair contract terms act unfair
terms regulations.
LAW204 - Land Law II Prerequisites: LAW10 1; LAWI05 ;LAW106;LAW301. Old -style and new-style trusts of land; the
operation of new- style trusts of land; co-ownership; adverse possession and easements; restrictive covenants; mortgages
LAW204 - Law of Contract II Prerequisites :LAW203. Misrepresentation; misrepresentation Act 1967; Mistake- common
mistake; mutual mistake; unilateral mistake non est factum; duress; undue influence illegality contract in restraint of trade;
discharge by frustration; discharge by agreement; performance; breach; remedies: damages, injunction restitution.
LAW205 - Introduction to European Law I Prerequisites: LAW101; LAW102; LAW107; LAW108. Part 1: Evolution of the
European Union -Historical background; forms of economic integration; the European Community- foundations and principles;
Part 2: Institutional Structure and Law -Making - The institutions of the communities; the law-making process; Part 3: The
Community Legal System -Community legal method; sources of community law; the supremacy of community law; using
community law before national courts; Infringement actions before the European Court of Justice; actions for annulment before
the European Court of Justice; references to the European Court of Justice under Art 234 EC; other proceedings before the
European Court of Justice.
LAW206 - Introduction European Law II Prerequisites: LAW1 01;LAW102;LAW107;LAW108;LAW205. Part 4: The Law of the
Common Market: The Four Freedoms: Common Market; Free Movement of Goods-costumes duties and internal taxation;
quantitative restrictions; Free movement of Persons; freedom of establishment and services; tree movement of capital. Part 5:
the nature of the common policies; social policy; competition policy.Legal Accounting (LAW 207)
LAW208 - Consumer Law Prerequisites: LAW101 :LAW102:LAW107:LAW108:LA W109:LAW110. Case study; sale of Goods
Act 1979 s.13 - correspondence with description; relationship between s.13 and express terms/representation; Sale of Goods
Act s.14(2) as amended by the Sale and Supply of Goods Act 1994; Merchantable/ satisfactory quality Sale of Goods Act
s.14(3) -fitness for purpose; Consumer remedies; acceptance of goods; damages; exclusion clauses; privity; collateral
contracts; manufacturer's guarantees; negligence; consumer protection Act; Consumers, consumerism and consumer law;
evolution and theories of consumer law- modem and post modernism; advertising control- criminal law: trade description; civil
liability; advertising standards authority; nature of advertising -law and discourse.
LAW209 - Family Law I This course will examine marriage, dissolution of marriage, nullity of marriage, separation, legitimacy
and legitimating of children, custody, guardianship, maintenance and adoption of children, as provided under legislation,
common law and equity and custom.
LAW210 - Family Law II Prerequisites: LAW201; LAW209 .The course will consider distribution of income and property
between family members, and the recognition of overseas orders and decrees relating to family.
LAW301 - Law of Torts I Prerequisites: LAW101; LAWI05;LAWI06;LAW201;LAW202. Historical background and general
principles of liability; negligence - duty of care, standard of care; causation and remoteness of damage; nervous shock;
occupiers liability; contributory negligence, damages.
LAW302 - Law of Torts II Prerequisites: LAW101: LAW102:LAW107:LAW108:LAW203: LAW301. Trespass to the person and
Wikinson v Downton; Trespass to land; nuisance; Rylands v Fletcher and fire; Defamation; malicious falsehood.
LAW305 - Equity and Trusts I Prerequisites:LAW101;LAW105;LAWI06;LAW301. Introduction: classification of trusts and the
requirements for validity of an express private trust; Express Private Trusts: the requirement of certainty; the formal
requirements; the requirement for the trust to be validly constituted; the requirement for the trust to take effect within the
219
relevant perpetuity period; the requirement for the trust to satisfy the beneficiary principle; Implied Trusts: resulting trusts;
constructive trusts Express Public Trusts: charitable trusts.
LAW306 - Equity and Trusts II Prerequisites: LAW101; LAW105: LAW106; LAW301; LAW305. Introduction: Duties and
powers of trustees/ rights of beneficiaries; duty of investment and powers to invest; power to maintain and to advance; other
duties and powers. Rights pf Beneficiaries: right to seek variation of the trust; right to sue trustees for breach of trust- the
personal claim; right to sue accessories to breach of trust -the personal claim; right to trace trust property- the propriety claim;
Trust administration: outline of relevant tax law rules.
LAW323 - Maritime LawThis course will be an introduction into trade by sea and the legal rules involved to facilitate this
important means of trade. The main analysis will be of Bills of Lading and the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act and Liabilities.
LAW324 - Cyprus Law Package IV Legal Writing and Drafting Skills
LAW325 - Advanced Legal Research and WritingThis takes the legal writing undergraduate courses further. Writing like a
lawyer and also as an academician is what we will experiment, by using different techniques, concentrating on the best use of
English language in getting our message forward as simply and efficiently as possible. Emphasis will be placed on research
techniques and sources that students will need to rely upon in their practice of law.
LAW326 - Sports Law This course examines those areas of law as applicable to the sporting arena and sports players. The
course shall begin with an examination of the history and cultural importance of sports. It shall go on to debate the extent of the
role of law in sports and whether this is in fact desired. Two opposing arguments shall be displayed. The domestic and
international system of solving sporting disputes shall then be analysed, focus being placed upon CAS, its internal and appeal
system. Elements of employment and contract law in so far as it applies to sports players shall be examined. Analysis of ports
Agents regulations, most notably FIFA agent regulations shall take place; in addition to stadium liability and sports player’s
tortuous and criminal liability rules.
LAW327 - Aviation Law Aviation law is the branch of law that concerns flight, air travel and associated legal and business
concerns. The international nature of air travel cannot be denied and thus an analysis of the international and also European
regulations will take prominence. Students shall examine and seek an understanding of the International Civil Organisation and
its role in this regard.
LAW328 - Hospitality Law Hospitality Law is a study of the law relating to the foodservice, travel, and lodging industries. That
is, it is the body of law governing hotels, bars, restaurants, spas, meeting and convention planners and country clubs.
Hospitality law encompasses a wide variety of legal practice areas. The legal areas of study shall include contracts,
employment law, and tort law with particular attention being paid to the application of the law of negligence in this particular
sphere.
LLM501 - Modern Legal Research Methods We will concentrate on legal research methods, including classic research
through law books, as well as more modern research through the Internet and other research means, including Westlaw,
Lexis/Nexus etc.
LLM502 - Alternative Dispute Resolution This course will deal with the advantages and disadvantages involved in resolving
disputes through other means than litigation. Accordingly, we will analyse arbitration, mediation, negotiation, conciliation, factfinding etc.
LLM503 - Legal Writing Writing like a lawyer and also as an academician is what we will experiment, by using different
techniques, concentrating on the best use of English language in getting our message forward as simply and efficiently as
possible.
LLM504 - Comparative Constitutional Law This course will introduce students to the comparative study of the Constitutions.
The main areas covered are: - the characteristics and sources of the Constitutions; - the Legislature; - the implications of
membership of the European Union; - the Executive and Administration and their controls;
LLM505/6 - European Union Law III & IV These courses will provide an introduction to the law of the European Union (EU).
EU law is a newer legal system with some of the characteristics of international law combined with some features of a national
legal system based on a written Constitution. In addition to studying the areas of social and economic life in which the EU has
exclusive or shared power to act, a large part of the course will deal with the relations between EU law and national law. The
social, political and economic context of the EU and the legal rules and judicial decisions will be analysed.
LLM506 - Public International Law III This course concerns legal relations between states, as well as the role of The United
Nations and other international organisations and, in the fields of human rights and international criminal law, the rights and
duties of individuals. Students will be expected to have a grasp of basic principles of international law, including its sources,
jurisdictional immunities, treaties and state responsibility, and of the application of those principles in such fields as international
environmental law and the law of the sea. Public international law is important not only to provide an informed understanding of
international affairs but also to increase the working understanding of the practitioner in a modern legal environment in which
rules made at the international level have a growing impact domestically.
LLM507 - Private International Law III The private international law, also known as the conflict of laws, is the body of rules
applied by the Courts to cases with a foreign element. It may be used to answer three questions: whether the Court should hear
the case at all (jurisdiction) where it does hear the case, what law should apply to determine the substantive issue (choice of
law) whether a judgement, decree or award of a foreign Court or tribunal should be recognised and enforced in England and
Wales. Despite statutory implementation of a number of International Conventions and Law Commission reports, many issues
on private international law are answered by reference to case law.
220
LLM508 - Company Law III This course deals with the way in which the law regulates companies and the facilities that the law
offers to those in business such as limited liability and transferability of shares. It is also concerned with the corresponding
burdens that they shoulder, such as duties of disclosure, compliance with statutory procedures and common law duties and the
dynamics of the relationship between the shareholders, who own the company and the directors who manage it. The European
Union policy of harmonising the company law of its members and the legislative changes of the United Kingdom will be
analysed. The students will also be exposed to learning the skill of interpreting complex statutes and develop a critical analysis
of the reasons for the change.
LLM509 - International Environmental Law This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the legal and
administrative framework that regulates decision-making concerning the environment. It deals with legislation relating to town
and country planning, certain special controls designed to protect the environment, and the basic statutory regime concerning
the control of pollution. It is intended to give students an understanding of the legal concepts, processes and techniques which
have been developed and the problems involved in defining and enforcing environmental standards, the way of making official
decisions affecting the environment and the methods by which these decisions can be challenged.
LLM510 - Telecommunications Law This area, which is heavily regulated by international law, will be analysed in light of EU
regulations, and other laws in the UK, USA as well as the TRNC.
LLM511 - Cyber Law The regulation of the Internet via international law and the possible legislation to avoid internet-related
“crimes” will be discussed.
LLM512 - Maritime Law This course will be a thorough search into trade by sea and the legal implications involved to facilitate
this important mean of trade.
LLM513 - International Business Transactions We will discuss international trade as regulated by the EU, NAFTA, and other
international organisations/instruments in light of the case law that has accumulated over the years.
LLM514 - Public Policy Development & Legislation This course will be an exercise in drafting of legislation and public policy
in various areas.
LLM520 - Master’s Thesis The student is required to work with an approved advisor to prepare a well-researched and
organised thesis in a topic to be approved by the Faculty.
MAR101 - Seamanship I Custom of Maritime; Ship’s person, job of the officers and crew, sea life rules, Working Rules on
Board; Working times and rules, kind of The Ships; Merchant ships, war ships, special and assistant ships, sail boats, oak
boats and power driven boats, part of the boat, The Ship Section and Particulars; Decks, holds and hatch covers, Engine room,
line and tanks, cofferdams and duct keels, ship stores, bridge, cabins and mesrooms, steering room, derricks, kingposts and
booms, keel, posts, bulkheads, shell plates, accomondation ladder, mushrooms.
MAR102 - Seamanship II Ropes and Handling; Kinds of the ropes, knots and splice. Safety factors; maneouvering lines and
orders Sailing Boats; Kind of the sailing boats, parts of the sail, winches, booms, crane, Maintenance on Board; Planning of
maintenance, Maintenance of daily, per trips and annually, Periodical maintenance, maintenance of during the sailing, during
the anchorage and during the docking i.e. Paints and painting techniques. Maintenance of ropes and lines, safety equipment,
anchor and chain, cargo handling equipment
MAR111 - Introduction to Navigation Space, Solar system, Earth, E. poles, lat, long, d.lat, d.long, chart projections, nautical
instruments and publications, nautical charts, electronic charts, drawing a Mercator chart chart, symbols and abbreviations,
notice to mariners, chart correction, chart catalogues and use, lights and fog signals, buoyage systems, radio beacons chart
and list of radio signals, chart datums, the chart folio, pilot books.
MAR112 - Trestial Navigation Magnetic compass, magnetism of the Earth and the ship’s. Var. and Dev. , magnetic compass
correction and preparing deviation table, gyro compass and gyro compass error, course, bearing (true, magnetic, compass),
type of distance and measures the distance, coastal navigation, type of position and method to plot a position, mathematics
sailing and type of mathematics sailing, keeping a log, voyage planning, passage planning, procedures, in ocean voyage,
restricted visibility, straits, traffic separation zones, polar navigation, ice navigation, navigation in tropic cyclone, current and
type of current, navigation within currents and wind, triangle, for solution of current problems, tides, great circle sailing, planning
of great circle sailing and calculation of sailing, composite sailing.
MAR122 - Watchkeeping I Implementation International Regulations For Preventing Collisions At Sea , 1972 ; Safe
MAR142 - E Maritime English Ship types, Direction in a ship, Ship organization, Ship's particulars, Ship dimensions and
tonnages, Ship constructive elements and components, Deck and engine auxiliary engines.
MAR151 - Marine Safety I Survival techniques, location and usage of personal life saving appliances, survival craft and
rescue boats, equipment in survival craft and rescue boats, personal protective clothing and equipment, actions to be taken
when required to abandon ship, survival at sea, actions to be taken when in water, actions to be taken when survival craft,
helicopter, assisted rescue operations. Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting, Properties, of flammable materials, classification of
fires, portable fire extinguishing equipment, fixed fire extinguishing equipment, firemen’s outfits proper usage of a breathing
apparatus, organization of shipboard fire fighting, procedures for extinguishing fires and procedures for effecting a rescue.Basic
First Aid, Control of Bleeding from an injured person, Techniques for bandaging using typical first aid kit materials, application
of various resuscitation techniques,
MAR181 - Maritime Chemistry Basic knowledge of chemistry. Solutions, solubility and solubility factor. Acids and bases.
Water, testing and treatment. Physical and chemical properties of sea water. Corrosion and corrosion control. Marine paints.
Fuels and lubricants. Parameters used in water pollution.
MAR191 – Statistics Introduction, fundamental elements of statistics. Measures of cental tendency; mean, median, mod.
Measures of dispersion; standard deviation, variance, dispersion range.Curtosis and skewness.
The
concept
of
probability. Some important theorems on probability. Sample space and events. Permutations, combinations, tree diagrams.
Condition probability. Bayes theorem. Independent events.Random variables and probability distribution: Distribution functions
for discrete random variables. Continuous probability distributions, distribution functions for continuous random variables.
221
Independent random variables. Special probability distributions; Bernoulli distribution, the Normal distribution, the Poisson
distribution, the Cauchy distribution, the Gamma distribution, the Beta distribution. Test of hypotheses and sign face.Regression
and correlation Analysis of variance.
MAR191 - Technical Drawing The importance of technical drawing and standard concept with technical drawing tools an d
materials in engineering: Lines and their meanings. Technical writing. Principles of dimensioning and tolerancing. Projection,
views of objects and sectional views. Fundamentals of machine elements drawing and assembly drawing.
MAR192 – Statics Vectoral algebra and systems of vectors, reduction theorems, force systems, center of masses, Guldin’s
theorems, Static’s of a particle, free and constrained particle, equilibrium, influence of friction., static’s of the solid body,
moment, Varignon’s theorem, balance, laws of friction, determination of reaction.
MAR202 - Marine Communication Fundamental Principals of Marine Communication; describe the marine communication,
types of marine communication, SOLAS, ITU Radio Regulation, STCW, Hamburg SAR Convention. Signalling by Morse Code;
Morse symbols for the alphabet and numerals, Procedure signal, Signalling made by flashing, (min.15 characters per minutes),
Sending and receiving Morse by hand-flags or arms, Sound Signals. International Code of Signals; The purpose of the int.
Code of Signals, International Phonetic Alphabet, The international Code flags and pendants, Uses of substitute and numeral
pendants, Uses of identity and answering pendant, Single-letter, two-letter and three letter signals, Demonstration how to
signal bearing, course, date, latitude, longitude, distance, speed, time, Codes and decodes messages, Using the General
Section of Int. Code of Signals, Codes and decodes messages, using the Medical Section of Int. Code of Signals, International
Code Signals of Distress. Introduction of GMDSS; GMDSS sea areas and master plan, Operational specification and sub
system of GMDSS, Brief description of GMDSS shipboard equipment, GMDSS documents must be kept on board, Operators
certificates, Maintenance requirements of system, Radio Regulations, Keeping the radio logbook, Test transmissions and
testing of GMDSS equipment, Selective call numbers in maritime mobile service (MMSI). Terrestrial Sub-Systems of GMDSS;
GMDSS Maritime radio bands and frequencies in short, medium and long range, Radiotelephony, Radio Telex, Digital Selective
Calling Device (DCS), VHF EBIRB. Celestial Sub-Systems of GMDSS; COSPAS-SARSAT, INMARSAT A/B/C/M, NAVTEX,
EGC, GMDSS Distress, Urgency and Safety Communication; Distress Frequencies, Aeronautical Frequencies, GMDSS watch
keeping arrangements, Alerting by DSC, Distress call, acknowledging, distress relay, Procedures of priority messages via DSC,
RT Distress and safety communications, RT Distress Frequencies Distress traffic on RT channels, Urgency and safety
communication in RT, Distress communication via telex, Distress/safety communication and request for medical assistance in
INMARSAT, Calculation of cost of maritime communication.
MAR211 - Celestial Navigation I Sphere and theorems related with plane and sphere. Spherical angle, spherical triangle,
formulas. Related with spherical triangle, Napier formulas. Solution or right angle triangles. Introduction to celestial navigation,
space, solar system, Earth, Moon, planets, stars and motions, result of their motions, celestial sphere, equinoctial and
horizontal, systems of co-ordinates, diagram on the plane, navigational triangle, time, date line, chronometer, time signal,
sextant, sextant errors, corrections of errors, nautical almanac and uses the almanac.
MAR212 - Celestial Navigation II Finding True lat by meridian altitude, finding true lat by altitude of Polaris, finding true lat ex
meridian altitude, finding true lat by long by altitude of body on prime vertical circle, finding the geographical position of c.
body, finding true long by altitude of c. body, finding azimuth of the body, finds the position of the observer c. bodies, finding
stars, finding the sia time and sia bearing, finding true lat by compass error by bearing of the body.
MAR222 - Ship Maneuvering Handling Water and air resistance on ship handling, propulsion steering, turning circles and
stopping distances, effect of wind and current on ship handling, squat, shallow water and similar effects, proper procedures for
anchoring and mooring, approaching a pilot vessel, ship handling in restricted waters, manoeuvring in shallow water,
interaction: bank, canal, ship and tug, berthing and unearthing, dry-docking, ship handling in handling in heavy weather and in
ice.
MAR231 - Ship Construction Ship Classification: According to Propulsions, materials, using aim, working area, principals of
working. Ship Types: Container , Ro-Ro, LASH, SEABEE, OBO, Tanker, General Cargo, bulk Carrier, Passenger. Ship
geometry and form coefficients, lines, tonnages, freeboards. Ship Constructions: Keel, Single and Double Bottom, Floors,
Frames, Hull Shell, Side Stringers, Decks, Transverse, Bulkheads, Pillars, Sea Chest, Engine Room, Holds. Ship Fore and Aft
forms, Propulsion Systems, Propellers, Blades. Draught Marks, Safety Construction Certificate, Classifications Societies.
MAR232 - Electronically Navigation I The Gyro Compass; Fundamental principles of a free gyroscope, The apparent
movement of the free gyroscope, The Ballistic elements, How a free gyroscope can be made a gyro compass, The compass
errors, compass correction, The starting of the gyro compass, The repeater system of master gyro-compass, The use of gyro
input to navigation equipment, The alarms fitted to a gyro-compass, The main types of gyro compass in use at sea, The
maintenance of gyro compass. Echo-Sounders; The physical factors which affect the sound in water, The basic principles of
marine echo-sounders, The block diagram of an echo-sounder, Recorders and echo-meters of an echo sounders, The controls
of an echo sounder, The operation of an echo sounder, False echoes, instrument and scale errors, Draught and trim
corrections, Basic user maintenance and change paper. Speed logs; Types of speed using in navigation, The electromagnetic
speed logs, The propeller type of speed logs, The pressure type of speed log, The basic theory of Doppler event, The
operational principles of the Doppler Speed log, The controls of acoustic logs, Measure speed in deep sea by using an acoustic
log, The main errors on the logs, accuracies, corrections, The types of log Indicators, How log input is supplied to navigation
equipments. Global Positioning System (GPS); The basic principles of GPS, The main parts of the GPS (satellites, LES,
receivers), The frequencies that are use, GPS codes, The principles of obtaining a fix in GPS, The accuracy of a GPS fix, The
types of GPS receiver in use at sea, The principles of operation of DGPS, The principles of operation of SATNAV, The
difference between GPS and SATNAV. Hyperbolic Navigation System; The principles of Hyperbolic Fixing Systems, Hyperbolic
position lines. Electronically Charts; The characteristics of ECDIS, International Standards for ECDIS, The operational
functions of ECDIS and databases, Use of ECDIS with Radar, The planning of navigation using ECDIS. Automatic Identification
System (AIS); The components of AIS, AIS transponders, Dynamic and static data transmission in AIS, Regulations and dates
of implementation. Voyage Data Recorders (VDR); The purpose of using VDRs, The operational principles of VDRs, The
information can be recorded by VDRs The use of information which are recorded by VDR, Regulations and dates of
implementation.
222
MAR241 - Maritime English For.Mar.Trans.Eng.I Mooring lines. Seamanship terms. Wheel and Engine orders. Anchor and
cables. Anchoring. Berthing, unearthing. Knots and splices. Navigation methods. Navigation instrument. Navigational aids. Int.
Light. Characteristic. Chart works. Chart Symbols and abbreviations. Compass.
MAR242 - Maritime English For.Mar.Trans.Eng.II Collutions Regulations, Navigational Lights, Sounds & Light Signals,
Special Signals, Meteorology, Wind and Sea, Atmospheric Pressure, Tides and Currents, Wireless communication, Survey and
maintenance, Standard Marine Communication Phrases life saving appliances on board, Abandoning The Ship ,Life Saving
Signals, Distress Signals, safety At Sea, Personal Precautions. First aid at sea.
MAR252 - Marine Safety II Fire fighting procedures at sea in port with particular emphasis on organization, tactics and
command, use of water for fire-extinguishing, the effect on ship stability, precautions and corrective procedures, communication
and co-ordination fire-fighting operations, ventilation control, including smoke extractor, control of fuel and electrical systems,
fire-fighting involving dangerous goods, fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling of materials,
management and control of injured persons, procedures for cor-ordination with shore-based fire fighters, organize and train fire
prates, inspect and service fire-detection and fire-extinguishing systems and equipment, investigate compile reports on
incidents involving fire. Apply immediate first aid in the event of accident of illness on board, provide medical care to the sick
and injured while they remain on board, diseases, alcohol and drug abuse, dental care, gynaecology pregnancy and childbirth,
medical care of rescued persons, death at sea, assistance, prevention of pollution of the marine environment and anti-pollution
procedures, disease prevention, keeping record and copies of applicable regulations, the ship’s medicine chest, medical
equipment.
MAR291 – Dynamics Particle and rigid body kinematics and dynamics. Translation and rotation. Momentum. Angular
momentum. General motion. Absolute and relative motion. Moments and products of inertia. Work and energy.
MAR301 - Maritime Meteorology I Introduction to maritime meteorology; motions of the Earth, heat, temperature and
meteorological instruments; water vapour, condensation and humidity; visibility, fog and clouds; precipitation and meteors; air
pressure and air density; general circulation of the atmosphere, global wind systems and local winds; air masses, fronts,
cyclones and anticyclones; marine surfaces weather observations, ship synoptic codes, weather symbols and the station
model, decode card, surface analysis
MAR311 - Cargo Handling Stowage and Stability Compartments and cargo space for carrying cargo and cargo handling
gear on merchant vessels. Type of cargo vessels. Cargo handling equipment, booms,.winches, Hatch covers Hols of dry cargo
vessels, inspection and preparing of holds securing cargoes. Preparing and watch keeping for load/unload. Cargoes to effect
sea worthiness and stability. Draft, trim and stability. Securing cargoes. Deck cargo. Container. Bulk cargo.Grain bulk cargoes
MAR321 - Watchkeeping II International Regulations For Preventing Collisions At Sea, 1972; Bridge Team Management,
using Routeing; MARPOL 73/78
MAR331 - Electronically Navigation II The Basic Theory of Marine Radar; Fundamental principles of radar, Block diagram of
the Radar, Radiation and safety precautions, Types of radar, radar bands, The radar beam, Factors affecting the radar display,
Capabilities and limitation of the radar, Performance standards of Radar Resolution A477(XII), Operation of the radar; Types of
radar display, The use of radar controls, Set up and maintain radar display, Measure ranges and bearings, Manual Radar
Plotting, Construct the relative motion triangle, Determine course, speed and aspect of other ships, CPA and TCPA,
Application of plotting in manoeuvres to avoid collision, Report radar plot data. Use Radar to Ensure Safe Navigation; Fix
vessel’s position by radar, Aids to radar navigation and safety Using radar for Manoeuvres to avoid collision without radar
plotting, Use parallel indexing in radar navigation. Automatic Radar Plotting Aids (ARPA); Radars with semi and full automatic
plotting capability, Operation principles of ARPA, IMO performances standards for ARPA, Acquisition of targets, Tracking
capabilities and limitations, Symbols and controls of ARPA, Processing delay. Operate an ARPA System; Set up and maintain
an ARPA display, Types of display of ARPA, Obtain target information, Potential Point of Collision, Predicted Area of Danger,
Errors in ARPA data, System tests to determine data accuracy, Obtain information from ARPA display, The evaluation of ARPA
display, ARPA and Collision Regulation.
MAR341 - Maritime English For.Mar.Trans.Eng.III Life Saving Appliances on board, Personal Life Saving Appliances, Sign
and signals, Personal Precautions, Abandoning The Ship, Living in a Life Boat or Life Raft, Elementary First aid, medical care
onboard, International Code of Signals, Marine pollution, Shipboard oil pollution, Fire fighting at sea, Fire fighting, equipment,
Emergency conditions at sea, Distress communication
MAR351 - Maritime Practical Studies Radar Simulator and Computer Base Training: Setting up and maintaining display,
detection of misrepresentation of information, identification of false echoes, sea return, racons and SARTs. Range and bearing
measurement. Use plotting techniques. Use radar in relative and true motion modes. Use parallel index. Operate ARPA
Systems. Operate and interpret and analyse information obtain information. Application of International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea. Ability to determine the ship’s positions by use of electronic navigational aids. Ability to operate
the Echo Sounders and apply the information correctly. Adjustment of steering control systems for optimum performance. Use
of ECDIS in navigation. Exercises in Navigation Laboratory; Determine and allow for errors of the magnetic compass, practical
application of compass corrections techniques. Application of Great Circle Navigation,. Practical application of position
determination by celestial and terrestrial observations. Chart work exercises. GMDSS Simulator Training; Transmit and receive
information using GMDSS subsystems and equipment. Boat Handling Training (at sea); Preparing the boat, pre-launch checks,
Low speed, steering, pivot point, Effects of wind/tide/current, Manoeuvring astern, High speed handling, Securing to buoy,
Anchoring, weighing anchor, Coming alongside, Beach landing, Steering by compass, Position fixing, Rough water handling,
Moor up/land, Disabled craft, Towing/being towed, Man overboard, Recover boats, wash down, aftercare
MAR361 - Maritime Management I Maritime Operations: Conditions of carriage as per charter parties an voyage instructions,
statement of facts and time sheet. Maritime Technical Management: Monitoring the rules and regulations and maintaining the
ships accordingly, monitoring the ships documents and surveys, maintenance records and correspondence, technical
management of the personnel, training, safety and supply, stock/material control, records, planning of the needs and supply.
MAR371 - Maritime Law I The regulation rules of social life, definition of different braches of the law, function of the courts,
the system of civil code, explanations of the first seven articles, debts, personnel rights, the source of debts, introduction to the
law of commerce, trading, articles, business organization, definition of international law. Introduction to Maritime Public
223
Law/Law of the Sea (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/1), Specifications and Divisions of Maritime Public Law, Maritime International
Law, Sovereignty of States on the Seas, Territorial Waters and Contiguous zone (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/2.2), and Exclusive
Economic Zone and Continental Shelf (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/2.4), High Seas ((IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/25), :Blockade,
Embargo, International Regulations Regardıng Protection and Keeping Makine Environment (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/2.6),
International Regulations Sea Pollution (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/4), International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
Ships MARPOL 73-78 (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/4.1), Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and
other Matters LDC (London) 1972, (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/4.2), International Convention Relating to Intervention on High Seas in
Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties INTERVENTION 1969 (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/4.3) (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/1), International
Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage CLC 1969 (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/4.4), International Regulational
Regulations Regarding Marine Safety (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/3), International Load Line Convention 1966(IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl
B-C/3.1), International Convention for the Safety of life at Sea SOLAS (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/3.2-10) Rules Regarding Wireless
Communication (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/3.12), International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch
keeping for Seafarers STCW 1978-1995 IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/3.11) International Convention on Tonnage Measurement
1969 (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/6) International Regulations Regarding Maritime Public Law (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/3.16), Ship, Ship
Registry Flag, Related Documents to be Carried on Board According to the Internal and International Regulations (IMO,
M.K.7.01 Böl C/15), Class Associations and Functions of Them (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/12), Master and Pilot, Duties and
Responsibilities of Master, Maritime Penal Law, Maritime Administrative law, International Regulations Regarding Social
Security Law, (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/7).
MAR391 - Long Term Sea Training To work in an ocean going ships and fill correctly the given Long Terms Sea Training log
book.
MAR401 - Marine Engines Main engine, diesel engines, auxiliary machineries, boilers, steam turbines, generators, alternators,
pumps, steering gear, oily water separator, refrigerator plant, air conditioning unit, deck machineries, hydraulic systems,
propeller and shaft systems oil, fuel and water, consumption, bridge control and maneuvering systems, remote control and
automation systems, marine engine terminology.
MAR402 - Maritime Meteorology II Tropical cyclones; Ocean and sea; pilot charts; Waves, wind-generated waves, swell and
their effects; Ocean and sea circulations and tides; Sea ice, iceberg, formation, properties, distribution and effects on
navigation.
MAR411 - Cargo Handling Stowage and Stability Planning, safety load, stowage and protection of cargoes watch keeping
on discharging during sailing. Regarding international regulations, codes and standards to apply safe handling of cargoes,
stowage, protection and carrying. Plans and activity in accordace of international regulations. Cargoes and cargo operations to
effect trim and stability. Draught, trim and stability. Stability and trim diagrams and stress callulation equipment. Shearing force,
bending moments. Minimum freeboard requirements harmony with load line regulations. Using vector diagrams for calculation
on cargo gear stress. Using ADB (automatic data-based) equipment. On boars cargoes towage, cargo handling gear and
lashing securing equipment. Timber deck cargoes. Receiving, tallying and deliver procedures of cargo. Cargo watch keeping
during sailing. Applicable requirements to cargo handling gear. Maintenance of cargo gear. Maintenance of hatch covers.
Safety loading/unloading Operations. Definition of loading/unloading operations concerning with carrying cargo, (code of safe
practice for cargo towage and securing) specially. Loading heavy goods, stowage and discharge. Cargo watch keeping during
sailing. Methods of holds fumigating and safety precautions. Tankers and Tanker Operations. Terms and definitions. Content
and practice of ISGOTT. Petroleum tankers operations and concerned with regulations of prevent pollution. Chemical tankers.
Tank cleaning pollution on chemical tankers. Liquid gas tankers. Cargo operations of liquid gas tankers. Carrying and
Dangerous, risk and destructive goods. International maritime dangerous goods, codes standards and suggestion. Packing
dangerous cargoes. IMO regulations of grain bulk cargo.
MAR412 - Ship Management Voyage planning and navigation for conditions of restricted waters, meteorological conditions,
restricted visibility, traffic separation schemes. Co-ordinate search and rescue operations. Manoeuvre and handle a ship in all
conditions. Maintain a safe navigational watch and co-ordinate effective co-operation between bridge team members. Use of
Standard Marine Navigational Vocabulary .
MAR421 - TransportationSystems An overview of various modes of modern transportation, physical distribution patterns.
Economic characteristics of various modes; waterway, highway, railway from the view point of cargo and transport
characteristics. Relationship of maritime transportation with other systems. Domestic transportation services, types of traffic.
Transportation policy and government regulation.
MAR422 - Personnel Management Personnel management, organization of staff, training onboard ships, related international
maritime conventions and national legislation, safety management, quality management, risk management.
MAR431 - Tanker Operations I Characteristics of cargoes, toxicity, hazards explosion and flammability hazards, health
hazards, hazards to the environments, reactivity hazards, corrosion hazards, hazards control, safety equipment and protection
of personnel, pollution prevention.
MAR432 - Tanker Operations II Regulations and codes of practice, design and equipment of oil tankers, chemical tankers and
liquefied gaz tankers, characteristics of cargoes, ships operations, repair and maintenance, emergency operations.
MAR442 - Maritime English For.Mar.Trans.Eng.IV Types of cargo, Cargo handling equipment, Cargo document, Ship's
Documentations, Port Guide , Surveys and inspections, Stowage plan, Mate’s receipts remarks, Cargo manifest, Notice of
readiness, Carter Parties,INCO terms, Shipping Documents, Bill of lading
MAR451 - Marine Safety III Action to be taken if collision is imminent an following a collision or impairment of the watertight
integrity of the hull by any cause, action to be taken if grounding is imminent and after grounding, refloating a grounded ship
with and without assistance, assessment of damage and damage control, precaution when beaching a ship, emergency towing
arrangement and towing procedures, emergency steering, action to be taken following collision, grounding and refloating,
emergency procedures, precautions for the protection and safety of persons in emergency situations, life-saving and fire
fighting appliances, need to be ready for any emergency, procedures of training and drills, knowledge of shipboard contingency
plan for response to emergencies, master list, preparation of contingency plans.Procedures of medical care on board, medical
first aid for use in accident involving dangerous goods, medical guides for ships, International Code of Signal.
224
MAR452 - Marine Insurance Marine Insurance (IMO M.K. 7.01 Böl. C/14.2), Definitions of Insurance, Important Concepts of
Insurance Law, Insurance Policy, Contracts of Insurance, Hull and Machinery Insurance, General Clauses/Conditions of
Turkish Hull Policy, Institute Hull Clauses, P&I (Club) Insurance, Coverage, Functions and Main Systems of P&I, Cargo
Insurance, Functions and Relation Of Different Insurances on Sea Accidents, Collision Salvage, Wreck removal, General
Average, Sea Pollution, Fire, Personal Injury, Death and Injury, and Damage to Cargo and Loss of Cargo.
MAR461 - Maritime Management II Maritime Operations: Management and management economics, maritime companies,
owner, carrier, shipper, consignee, agents and brokers, economics management of a vessel, correspondence between shipowner charterer, commercial content of the charter parties, time counting, cost and expenses, commercial relations and
applications onboard.Maritime Technical Management: Maintaining technical condition of the vessel, classification of the ships,
survey status maintenance plans, monitoring the rules and regulations and maintaining the ships accordingly, monitoring the
ships documents and surveys, management of the ship maintenance, maintenance records correspondence, maintenance
costs, technical management of the personnel, training, safety and supply training plans, safe working practices,
stocks/material control, records, planning of the needs and supply.
MAR462 - Port and Terminal Operations Introduction to the diversified operations within a port. Marine and port traffic. Port
relationship, development, government agencies and law enforcement, port security, traffic control, harbor maintenance,
terminal operations including bulk, container and petroleum terminals and their handling operations. An overview of current
trends in international port industry.
MAR471 - Maritime Law II Introduction to Civil Maritime Law/Shipping Law, Divisions/Branches Sources and historical
Development and Specifications of Civil Maritime Law/Shipping Law, International Regulations Regarding Private
Maritime/Shipping Law, Ship, Seaworthiness, (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/1), Port of Register, Registration, Captain (Master),
Definition, Duties, Authorisations and Liabilities-Responsibilities and Rights of Master, Sihpowner, Despondent Owner, Limited
and Unlimited Liabilities, International Regulations Regarding Limited Liability of Shipowner from Maritime Claims (IMO,
M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/11), Contracts of Shipping Law, Contracts Regarding Carriage of Passengers at Sea, (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl
C/5,5.1-5.2-5.3), Contracts Regarding Carriage of Goods at Sea, Types of the Contracts, Liner/Carriage and Charter Contracts,
Types of Charter Contracts, Charterparty (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/13.2), Specifications and Types of Charterparties, Important
Charterparty Clauses, International Regulations Regarding Carriage of Goods by Sea, The Hague, The Visby anrd The
Hamburg Rules (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/13.1), Carrier, Rights and Liabilities/Responsibilities of Carrier, Exonerations and
Limititations of Carrier’s Liability, Accidents and Sea, Collision (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/9), International Regulations Regarding
Collision (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/9.1-9.2), Salvage (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/10), International Regulations Regarding Salvage (IMO,
M.K.7.01 Böl B-C/10,1-10.2), Forms of LOF (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/10.2), and TOF and the Others, General Average (IMO,
M.K.7.01 Böl C/14), York Antverp Rules (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/14.1), Duties and Transactions to be Done by the Master After
Accidents/Casualties, Sea Protest, Surveys, Notifications/Protests, (IMO, M.K.7.01 Böl C/8.3), Maritime Lien on Ship and
Cargo, Internal and International Regulations Regarding Compensation of Civil Claims, Resulted sea Pollution (IMO, M.K.7.01
Böl B-C/4.4). Insurance and Insurance Law, Hull and Machinery Insurance, P&I (Club Insurance)
MARK500 – Marketing Management The scope of marketing management. Organizing the marketing function. Establishing
marketing objectives. Buyer behaviour and market segmentation. Environmental analysis and marketing strategies. Marketing
research and marketing information systems. Advertising and sales promotion.
MARK601 – Advanced Marketing Theories The course aims at helping Ph.D. candidates develop an appreciation for the
intellectual growth of marketing as a discipline. Students will have an opportunity to view the historical growth of the field from
an economic to a behaviorally based discipline. By studying multiple articles on each topic, students will gain an understanding
of the way academic knowledge is developed as well as being exposed to contemporary social science methods.
MARK602 – Theory of Consumer Behavior This course examines important concepts, principles, and theories from the
various social sciences in order to describe and explain consumer behavior. Students are encouraged to ask questions and to
relate the course material to their own buying experiences and discuss these in class. The purpose of the course is to study the
process of consumer choice, its determinants and its implications for marketing programs and public policy. When the students
complete this course, they should be acquainted with personal, social and situational factors affecting consumer purchase
decisions and understand how these influences can be measured.
MARK603 - Integrated Marketing Communications The purpose of this course is to aid Marketing Ph.D. candidates to study
and understand recent articles published in the area of integrated marketing communications both in regard to their theoretical
background as well as to their research methodology. The topics covered start with a general ethical point of view in all
consumer communications. Then, the measurement of the effectiveness of integrated marketing communication as a broad
topic area is studied. Furthermore sponsorships, use of databases in consumer communications, direct marketing, as well as
the more recent phenomena of opt-in communication(permission marketing communications) and the increasing importance of
word-of-mouth communication with today's consumers will all be studied as part of integrated marketing communication tools.
MARK610 – Current Issues in Marketing This course attempts to provide innovative interpretations of traditional commerce
theory for the field of Marketing. Current research articles and Cases are used to provide a current interpretation of the
traditional marketing concepts.
MARK630 – Seminar in Marketing The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student.
MAT101 - Business Mathematics I Revision of essential algebra for calculus. Polynomials, rational expressions, straight line.
Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities. Functions; limits; continuity; derivatives: techniques of derivatives; applications
of derivatives.
MAT102 - Business Mathematics II Exponential and logarithmic functions. Derivatives of exponential and logarithmic
functions. Applications of exponential functions ant derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite integral, applications of
integration. Functions of several variables, partial derivatives.
225
MAT105 - Intermediate Algebra This course is a basic course in algebra and covers real number properties, polynomials and
factoring, rational expressions, solving equations, graphs of linear equations and inequalities, exponents and radicals, seconddegree equations and inequalities.
MAT150 - Finite Mathematics The material of this course can be grouped into three main themes: Linear Algebra and
Applications, Probability, and Brief Calculus. The course covers methods of solving systems of equations/inequalities with
emphasis on matrix methods and finance, probability, functions, limits, derivatives, optimization and integrals of functions.
MEDU511 – Educational Administration Basic concepts of subject, the concept of educational management, the model of
educational management, organizational efficiency, efficient school, organizational form of school, strength of the form,
management process, sub-processes of management, the management of curriculum, the management of student sources, the
management of employee sources, the management of common services, the management of economic sources.
MEDU550 – Organizational Theories The course focuses on theoretical approaches to organizational management. The
importance of organizational theory, educational leadership, organizational development and leadership as a change in
educational setting with a special reference to reforming Turkish educational system. Definitions of the concept of ‘’quality” and
“total quality management”. Application of total quality management principles and procedures to educational process.
MEDU560 - Administrative and Organizational Behaviours Basic concepts about subject, science of organizational
behaviour, the quality of organizational behaviour, the characteristics of organizational behaviour, the form of organizational
behaviour, management behaviour, the personality of employee, the strength of employee, cognitive and affective strength of
employee, duty and employee, employee at work process, employee at duty.
MEDU562 - Current Approaches to Supervision in Education This course mainly focuses on basic concepts and principles
of educational organization, principles of instructional and clinical supervision with their implementations and current
approaches to reflective supervision and management.
MEDU578 - Curriculum Development in Education This course aims the students to understand the basic curriculum
concepts, conceptual bases of curriculum development, design and model of curriculum, the process of curriculum
development (planning, designing, measuring, evaluating and keeping sustained) and to understand duties and responsibilities
of schools, inspectors, teachers and curriculum experts during curriculum development process.
MEDU588 - Supervision at Preschool and Primary Schools This course focuses on the preschool and primary school
systems, investigating the preschool and primary school supervision system, the role and responsibilities of supervisors,
supervision process in preschool and primary school, problems in supervision system, and preschool and primary school and
primary school supervision systems and their application in various countries.
MGMT500 – Research Methods Introduction to fundamentals of Research Methods and their applications in the management
and economic areas. Special emphasis will be placed of effective report and thesis writing and examples of good practice will
be presented.
MGMT502 – Strategic Management This course enables students to understand the issues and challenges faced by
managers responsible for strategic management. It introduces students to concepts and methodological approaches and tools
relevant to the analysis of the strategic position of the organization. The course teaches students how to develop and
implement strategies and policies, and their major operational implications.
MGMT503 – Organizational Theory Analysis of modern management theories. Development of organisations and problems of
leadership posed by organisational structures. Dynamics of organisational behaviour and relationship to effective
administration. Models of communication, motivation, and leadership.
MGMT505 – Consumer Behaviour This course develops a theoretical understanding of consumer behaviour and consumption
as well as the necessary critical and analytical skills for applying that knowledge to practical marketing situations. Also, the
course reviews the roots of consumer behaviour research, the various schools of thought and examine particular theories,
concepts and research, and assesses the implications of consumer behaviour and consumption for marketing in commercial
and non-commercial contexts, public policy and consumers themselves.
MGMT507 – Marketing Communication This course critically examines key aspects of marketing communications and
associated theory and how diverse elements of the communications mix can be co-ordinated and managed to produce an
integrated marketing communications plan. Students will develop insight and understand the process, theory, and social impact
of an advertising campaign.
MGMT508 – Human Resource Management Analysis and evaluation of major personnel management problems in the United
States including human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building the personnel function to
meet needs of developing organisations, developing career paths and training programs and policies. Evaluation of the
personnel functions and of personnel performance and development of systems for this purpose.
MGMT509 – Operations Management This courses introduces students to advanced techniques in the design of the product.
Production systems and production control systems. The machine assignment problem, scheduling and sequencing, line
balancing, location-allocation of new facilities, JIT management, logistics, purchasing, total quality management, services and
manufacturing operations management.
MGMT512 – Legal Environment of Business The effects of regulation in business decisions. Rule making processes,
administrative actions, antitrust, public policy issues, and ethical issues are examined. Social and political considerations in the
legal system are analysed.
MGMT522 – HRM Management & Labour Relations Analysis and evaluation of major personnel management problems in
the United States including human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building the personnel
226
function to meet needs of developing organisations, developing career paths and training programs and policies. Evaluation of
the personnel functions and of personnel performance and development of systems for this purpose.
MGMT524 – Organisational Development & Communication Theory and practice of organisational development and
interpersonal communication. Relationship of human behaviour to problems of organisational life and development. Cases and
experimental exercises in organisational socialisation, motivation, dynamics of power, and interpersonal perception and
communication.
MGMT542 – International Business Management Multinational enterprises as global organisations with emphasis on their
worldwide impact. Emphasis on providing framework for understanding broad issues rather than on questions of business
management and administration.
MGMT544 – eCommerce Characteristic of internet and its boundaries, its effects in the international environment. Design of
marketing program for internet use. New issues in e-business.
MGMT546 – Production Management Studies the management of systems used for the production of goods and services.
Production economies and design of efficient production systems including purchasing, operating production systems, and
inventory control. (Prerequisite: MGMT503.)
MGMT547 – Advanced Topics in Quantitative Analysis Basics of advanced Inventory analysis (Advanced aspects of Linear
Programming). Simulation, Queuing Theory and use.
MGMT549 – Business Policy This is a capstone course for all graduate management degrees. It includes a study and
discussion of actual cases relating to policy formulation at the top management level. Basic economic, industrial, and
competitive considerations affecting policy implementation strategy in corporate long-range development. Practice in analysing
companies, evaluating problems, and making decisions. The course must be taken during the student’s final term.
MGMT551 – Advanced Marketing Research Underlying scientific principles and processes that make marketing research an
applied science. Information collection, interpretation, and presentation for shaping marketing objectives, policies, and planning.
Application of the concepts, methods, and knowledge of quantitative and behavioural disciplines. Learning objectives are
facilitated through individual or group research projects. (Prerequisite: MGMT550.)
MGMT552 – International Marketing Functional and environmental differences between domestic and International Marketing.
Focus on how multinationals are reorganising their international operations with trans-continental structures, international
management, staffing and globally shared values design to enable their diverse production, and function to work together more
coherently. Market identification, product, price, promotion, and distribution channel decision across the countries. Incorporates
reading lists, research projects, and seminar papers.
MGMT553 – Marketing for Non-profit Organisations Conceptual system of marketing applied to problems of non-profit
organisations. Direct and comprehensive marketing ideas for students interested in public administration and the administration
of museums, educational institutions, foundations, and associations.
MGMT554 – Marketing Policy This is a capstone course in the graduate marketing program. Marketing issues and problems
are studied through an integrated approach. Problems are examined through case studies and a review of current literature.
Viewpoints of the consumer, government, wholesaler, and retailer are examined. Emphasis is placed on individual projects. The
course must be taken during the student’s final term.
MGMT586 – International Banking Comprehensive overview of international banking, the functions and responsibilities of the
international loan officer and the role that commercial and government financial institutions play in facilitating world trade.
Includes balance of payments and country risk analysis; letters of credit; principles of foreign exchange; principles of
international lending; national and international lending agencies; trade and project financing.
MGMT601 - Advanced Management Analysis of modern management theories. Development of organizations. Dynamics of
organizational behaviour and relationship to effective administration. Models of communication, motivation, and leadership.
MGMT603 – Seminar in Organizational Behavior The course presents a critical review and analysis of contemporary theory
and research on organization structure, process, and performance. Theoretical statements of individual and group behavior in
organizations will be examined. Weekly faculty and student presentations and discussions will include detailed treatments of
organization design, change, and reorganization, as well as inter-organizational relationships. Opportunities are provided to
develop diagnostic and research skills in specialized topics the student may select.
MGMT604 - Advanced Research Methods The course presents scientific principles and processes that make the research
an applied science. Information collection, interpretation, and presentation for shaping objectives, policies, and planning.
Application of the concepts, methods, and knowledge of quantitative and behavioural disciplines. Learning objectives are
facilitated through individual or group research projects.
MGMT605 - Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences In this course special emphasis will be placed on effective report
and thesis writing and examples of good practice will be presented.
MGMT606 – Organizational Behaviour Theoretical statements of individual and group behaviour in organizations will be
examined in this course. Student presentations and discussions will include detailed treatments of organization design, change,
and reorganization, as well as inter-organizational relationships.
MGMT607 - Advanced Human Resources Management The management of human beings in a complex organisation;
recruiting, selecting, training, promoting & motivating human beings. Increasing personal loyalties & managing personnel to
elevate individual contribution, increasing quality & lowering operational costs.
227
MGMT608 – Strategic Management and Business Analysis The course presents conceptual frameworks and models which
will assist students to analyze competitive situations and strategic dilemmas and gain insight into strategic management. This
course will provide a synthesis of previous course materials within the business programmes. Class lectures are supplemented
with case studies.
MGMT615 – Special Topics in Global Management Research, presentation and debates about the new issues in global
management. Case studies.
MGMT616 – Reforming Organisational for Senior Business Practitioners The course is designed for present and future
leaders nad managers-those who envision themselves actively engaged in struggles to tame and befriend the too-often unruly
organizational beast. The course primarily proposed is to sort through organization theory and research: to bring learners
understanding that are genuinely important and useful to practitioners, as well as of using this information on a day-to-day
basis. By examining what is known about structure, human resource, politics and symbols, the course offers easy access to
and a quick handle on central organization concerns culled from a hundred years’ worth of theory and research.
MGMT617 - Entrepreneurs and Innovation Management This course is devoted to the conceptual advances regarding to
innovation and entrepreneurship which are not a "flash of genius," but purposive tasks that can be organized as systematic,
rational work fostered by management. Entrepreneurship is treated not as personality or intuition but behavior, concept, and
theory, as well as high-risk; The practice of innovation, the practice of entrepreneurship, and entrepreneurial strategies
compose innovation and entrepreneurship.
MGMT618 - Operations Management Covers the advanced quantitative techniques in major production systems, including
planning & control of projects, statistical quality control, MRP aggregate scheduling & line balancing, queuing theory,
transportation models and simulation techniques. Also, deals with the main and contemporary OR methods and techniques
and computer applications for managers.
MGMT623 – Organizational Behavior The course presents a critical review and analysis of contemporary theory and research
on organization structure, process, and performance. Theoretical statements of individual and group behavior in organizations
will be examined. Weekly faculty and student presentations and discussions will include detailed treatments of organization
design, change, and reorganization, as well as inter-organizational relationships. Opportunities are provided to develop
diagnostic and research skills in specialized topics the student may select.
MGMT630 – Seminar in Business Management (Non-credit) The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the
student.
MGS500 - Introduction to Gender Studies In this course, the topics of: What is Gender Studies? ; How to do Gender Studies,
Debating Gender: Representations; Debating Gender: Social Relations, Gender and the Life Course, Constructing Sexuality,
and The Body in Society will be studied.
MGS501 - Gender Biology Sexual Differences; biological make-up; genetic, structural and hormonal differences; and
neurological differences will be discussed.
MGS502 - Gender and Social Psychology This course examines in detail the male-female distinctions in society. It deals with
theories concerning the origins of sex differentiation and the social subordination of women, nature/culture debates concerning
femininity. It questions taken-for-granted assumptions about gender divisions by examining ideological and cultural factors and
economic and political dimensions. An important feature of the course will be an examination of changing images of masculinity
and femininity, the significance of sexuality, and ways in which power is invested in the body. Selected sociological theories,
including theories of the body and feminist approaches are looked in order to highlight difficulties of analysing gender relations.
Part of this course analyses the relationship between gender and emotions is a hidden or muted legacy of modernity. This part
of the course challenges these silences by investigating dominant understandings of for instance, love, anger, grief and shame
in different modern contexts, connected with the intermediated concepts of power and gender, sexuality and normality, youth
and age, health and disease.
MGS503 - Gender Issues in Education The focus of this course is Social Justice in Gender and Education, with an emphasis
on how globalisation and global markets have destabilized the relationships between education and welfare states. Some
questions are: how do educational processes contribute to constructions of individual gender, body and subjectivity in local
contexts? What are the meanings of “social justice” in different local educational contexts? How to understand that women
achieve better marks at lower levels of education, while men dominate at higher levels at universities? Education will be
discussed as a key to the changing nature of gender relations.
MGS504 - Gender Issues in History This course will explore the range and historical development of different theoretical
perspectives and shifting themes as they bear upon issues of gender and sexuality. The controversies surrounding the nature
of “femininity” and “masculinity”, issues of rape, pornography and violence; and the historical development of issues
surrounding gender equality at workplace will also be covered.
MGS505 - Gender Issues in International Relations This course will be analyzing the explanations for the causes of war. In
this context, approaches to international relations have distinguished among three levels of analysis: the individual, the state,
and the international system. Often, the assumptions used when analyzing states and explaining their behavior in the
international system are heavily dependent on characteristics that are associated with masculinity. The way in which the
individual, the state, and the international system are described are profoundly gendered. In the name of universality, a world
view based on the experiences of certain men has been constructed: it is therefore a world view that offers us only a partial
view of reality. Having examined the connection between realism and masculinity, the course will examine some feminist
perspectives on national security. Using feminist theories, which draw on the experiences of women, an alternative set of
assumptions about the individual, the state, and the international system not based exclusively on the behavior of men will be
228
discussed. If all types of violence are embedded in the gender hierarchies of dominance and subordination, the course will seek
to identify the ways in which a more comprehensive system of security can be devised.
MGS506 - Research Methods in Gender Studies This course will introduce students to the logic and parameters of the
research process, and the relevance of both qualitative and quantitative data and evidence.
It will discuss issues of
practicality, ethics and epistemology in the research process with the aim of achieving the objectives of: Understanding the
debates about research on gender issues and ethics; Appreciating the relevance of both qualitative and quantitative data;
finding appropriate secondary data; Demonstrating familiarity with a raft of participatory research methodologies; Demonstrating
familiarity with the standard techniques of qualitative research methodologies; Understanding how to plan a research project or
dissertation.
MGS507 - Seminars in Gender Studies In this course, a series of seminars will be presented to students on different aspect
of life related to gender issues by academic and non-academic professional in their field. The students will be expected take
part in post-seminar discussions and provide a report in the form of a published paper analysis. In addition to seminar, some
sessions will involve watching, debating and writing an analysis of films related to gender issues.
MGS508 - Statistics for Social Studies After a brief theoretical reminder of the main statistical concepts and procedures, the
student will be fully instructed on the SPSS computer programme (Statistical Package for Social Sciences) and practical
applications will be applied.
MGS509 - Gender Issues in Government and Politics This course interrogates how politics, defined in a broad sense, and
gender intersect and co-construct each other in the globalised societies of today. The first aspect of the course, the content of
politics studies gender issues in historical and contemporary re-formulations of welfare, education and care, and in the face of
current emphasis on growth and entrepreneuship. The second aspect of the course, the place and space of politics,
investigates how public/political spaces are constructed and how these constructions limit politics; with an additional aim to
highlight challenges that occur when new forms of politics appear. The third aspect, the forms of politics, focuses how ‘new’
political dimensions such as gender, ethnicity/race and sexuality may be understood in a period when ‘the political’ is renegotiated.
MGS510 - Gender, society and culture This course will mainly study the topics of Sociology of Gender, East Asian Societies;
European Societies, Competing Equalities. The course contains discussions of how eligibility, access, constructions, and
processes related to social justice have created gendered boundaries for social inclusion. The first focus, The transformative
processes in social citizenship, studies how gender-coded regimes have shaped people’s lives, labour and rights in the past
and form a basis for understanding transformations in social citizenship.
MGS511 - Gender Issues in Science and Technology This course will analyse how women are excluded, and men are
included, in understandings of ”technology”. Key questions are: Women in the world of technology : Why are there so few
women there? Men in the world of technology: Why are there so many men there? Women and technology: women as users
and producers of technology. Men and technology as gender-codification of masculinity. The themes of women as technology
and men as technology evolve from contemporary technological developments such as genetic engineering, different virtual
worlds, and new reproductive technologies within the biomedical industry.
MGS512 - Gender Issues in Management An examination of the psychological aspects of work and work settings; job
analysis, personnel, selection and placement, performance, job satisfaction, supervisor-employee relations and gender issues
related to these topics will be discussed.
MGS513 - Gender issues in Media This course will examine the concept of gender in the mass media from two broad
perspectives: gender portrayals in media content and gender differences and similarities in the media workplace. Media content
includes those messages appearing in newspapers, TV news and entertainment programming, film, magazines, advertising,
and popular music. Gender-related issues in the media industries include workplace composition (numbers of men and women
working in various media) and how men and women perceive their careers. The primary goal of this course is to create
awareness of how media messages perpetuate, influence, or change our views concerning gender role expectations: how men
and women should act, look, and think.
MGS514 - Gender in Health & Medicine Gender studies in medicine and health sciences analyse biomedical discourse by
questioning gender constructions in research, and gendered power relations in health care organization, clinical work and
medical education. The course also questions views of sex as ”biology” and gender as ”social construction”. Participatory action
research as a possible means to improve health, with gender-specific intervention programmes will be discussed. In addition,
constructions and reconstructions of gender in health science, practice and education; in patient-doctor interaction, and in
understandings of gendered patterns in diseases such as depression will be studied.
MGS515 - Gender and Legal Systems In this course, gendering Conflict and Violence will be discussed. Gendered
dimensions of social power within legal structures that regulate the right to receive social welfare will also be studied. Part of
this course harbours analysis of violence against women. This aspect of the course focuses on legal, economic and social
consequences of violence in a number of different settings; from”under-cover” life to interventions to stop violence. The course
will also analyse constructions of male perpetrators, female victims, and violence in legal texts, and health effects of violence.
Some discussions within this context will include: the risks of reproducing notions of traditional gendered power structures;
violence against women in different ethnic communities; violence against non-heterosexual persons, in intimate relations or as
hate crimes.
MHIS101 - Music History I This module focuses on the study of Music History from its beginnings up to the end of the
Classical Period (1810). Listening examples will be provided.
MIL507 – International Law I This course will start with a general discussion on international law. It will then focus on various
issues in international law, including acquisition of territory, and its legal consequences, law of the sea, human rights,
229
international environmental law, and peaceful settlement of disputes between states. In these areas, we will analyze the special
theoretical issues and apply the theories to the current international disputes.
MIRP501 – Advanced International Theory International Relations Theory tries to capture some logic in the seemingly
chaotic world of international affairs. International relations thinking, extending back to Thucydides, has a store of accumulated
wisdom, hard-earned through centuries of strife and tragedy. International Relations, as a discipline, is not only about
understanding the world, but also about acting upon it and having an impact. The course will, therefore, steer a delicate
balance, trying to promote an interactive dialogue advanced theory and the constant turmoil of the global diplomatic scene.
MIRP502 – Advanced Comparative Theory This course revolves around exploration of types of political systems. The
students are expected to be familiar with the disciplines background, methodologies and theories. The institutions, structures,
and processes of different political systems and their historical foundations will be analyzed in a comparative perspective. Both
democratic and authoritarian forms of government shall be examined. Different institutional arrangements, forms of interest
aggregation / articulation and political cultures, as well as the challenges confronting emerging democracies, will be discussed.
Government’s abilities to cope with major contemporary challenges such as economic development, ethn0-nationalist conflicts,
environment and globalisation are other topics involved in this section.
MIRP503 – International Political Economy Capitalism is the dominant social, political and economic system initially emerged
in Western Europe and later spread to the major parts of the world. The most prominent characteristic of today’s global political
economy is that it is capitalist. The development of trans-national corporation at the last stage of capitalism, has reached such a
level that they are more powerful than nation-states. The objective of this course is to discuss the current trends in world
economy and to analyze the effects of globalisation.
MIRP514 – Regional Studies: Middle East The Middle East, extending from Morocco to Afghanistan, is arguably the most
problematic region in the world; a short list of historical instances would attest to that: the Iranian Revolution, Soviet occupation
of Afghanistan, the Iran-Iraq war, the Lebanese Civil War, the Gulf War, Israel/Palestine conflict, and myriad of other crises. It is
sometimes hard to fathom so problematic a region, with all its complexities unless one comes up with an analytic framework
that would take account of the past and present developments with several layers of analysis – local/regional/global. The
Middle East as the focus of global interest as distinct from intra-regional problems will be treated accordingly, within an
interactive framework.
MIRP523 – European Union: Politics & Policies This course will examine in depth some of the major policy concerns facing
the European Union member states arising out of the institution of a single internal market, the creation of an economic and
monetary union, institutional reforms, further enlargements of the European Union and the United States/European Union
relations.
MIRP531 – State and Democracy in the Modern World As a nation, the state has always been problematic, particularly with
regard to the workings of the international system. From Plato to Hobbes, from Hegel to Ernst Cassirer, some of the best minds
of the Western world have tried to capture the essence of the problem. Thus, democracy also had a chequered history so far as
its conceptual/practical development is concerned, from Plato to Locke, Tocqueville and Popper. Now that democracy has
established itself around the world, the tension between the state and democracy is increasingly subjected to imperatives of the
international system.
MIRP533 – Globalization & Modernity The modern western civilization is characterized by capitalism, secular culture, liberal
democracy, individualism, rationalism and humanism. This course is an attempt to explore the economic, social-cultural and
political dimensions of the globalization and its impact on the society. Attention will be paid on the crisis of modernity (crisis of
the nation-state and of the western democracy) with its relation to the globalization movement.
MIRP538 – Contemporary Human Rights Issues This course examines the main debates around human rights and
cultural/historical relativism. It also looks at the crisis of the state apparatus, the role of ethnic violence, colonization and
militarization on everyday life.
MS501/2 - Master Thesis I & II The students are required to agree a Thesis subject early in their period of study with their
advisor. Many will be able to settle the subject areas as they complete their undergraduate studies. Thesis I will be devoted
mainly to research. Thesis II upon the assembly and presentation of results. The work of both Theses will be presented in the
Seminar that will be adjudicated by a jury in the final semester (see below.)
MS590 - Graduate Seminar This seminar is designed to promote research interest based on the studies in Master Theses I
and II, respectively. Master students must register and fulfill departmental requirements of the graduate seminar and complete
their Master thesis after the seminar
MSPSY500 - Current Issues in Social and Applied Psychology This course will deal with the conceptual frameworks offered
by social psychology and the ways in which social psychology can be applied. It will explore important conceptual issues,
including the levels of analysis we adopt, the nature of social knowledge, the self in social psychology, social influence, social
cognition and attitude change, discourse analysis, the social psychology of language, and the theory of applied social
psychology. This module will also deal with implementing social psychological theory and method in applied settings. These
include organisational psychology, dealing with media coverage, equal opportunities issues, ethics, environmental design,
terrorism, and discussing related psychological findings.
MSPSY501 - Applied Social Psychology This module will discuss, at advanced level: The cognitive system, conceptual
systems, expectation, explanation processes, decision making. Motivation, self-regulating systems, goal setting, evaluation,
feelings and emotions; The interpersonal system, interdependence, competence and emotional intelligence, social support,
conflict and negotiation, interpersonal communication; and Groups, and cultural systems, group conflict, social identification
and culture.
MSPSY502 - Advanced Organisational Psychology This module will include the following topics : Theories of organisation
including classical, human relations, structural and systems models; Organisational development and organisational
transformation, organisational change and change management, organisational culture and organisational climate; Diversity in
the workplace, organisational learning, organisations as complex systems; and Organisational consultancy, leadership, and
organisational behaviour.
230
MSPSY503 - Advanced topics in inter-group relations This module will examine advanced theory and research in intergroup
relations. We will consider the nature of social categorisation processes and how stereotypes develop, persist and change. The
module will then examine the relationship between intergroup perceptions and prejudice, and how intergroup relationships
influence both variables. The module will examine how and why stereotypes and prejudice become manifested as
discrimination and intergroup conflict, and then how groups become mobilised to perform collective action. We will study the
motivational and social elements in intergroup relationships, social identity as a group member, and how these issues can be
studied both in the laboratory and in real world settings
MSPSY504 - Advanced Health Psychology: Psychosocial processes in health and illness It is well established that health
outcomes such as morbidity and mortality are strongly influenced by input variables such as age, gender, class and education.
What is less clear is how those inputs and outcomes are linked - that is, the mechanisms and processes that mediate and
moderate the relationships. Evidence has pointed to the importance of psychological processes, and the purpose of the module
will be to explore the evidence in detail in an attempt to determine some of the causal links. The traditional areas of health
psychology will thus be introduced within one explanatory framework which attempts to link the areas together rather than to
treat them separately. The main areas for discussion will be as follows: defining health; social inequalities in health; life events
and social support; knowledge, information, and communication; cognitive dispositions, including personal control and attitudes;
stress and coping; appropriate and inappropriate behaviours. The module will also include a range of psychological and health
principles will be examined within the context of formulating treatment and evaluation proposals or prevention programs
designed to change social behaviours in relation to health issues, such as stress and coping strategies, drug and alcohol
abuse, sexual behaviours, exercise and nutrition, and aged care.
MSPSY505 - Advanced Developmental Social Psychology Advanced Developmental Social Psychology aims to provide
students with a strong understanding of the theoretical accounts of major issues within the field of developmental social
psychology (e.g. prejudice and stereotype development). Students will critically review recent research into the development of
social cognition, with a focus on the theoretical integration of concepts from developmental psychology and social psychology,
and the applied implication of the research under review. These Masters students should gain an in-depth understanding of
children's social development and how this knowledge can inform educational practice.
MSPSY506 - Research Methods for Social Psychology This module will concentrate on the methodological definitions and
related issues in Social Sciences and include validity and reliability in measurement; experimental, quasi experimental, and
correlational research designs in the laboratory and field; observational, archival, and qualitative research methodologies; and
the problem of bias in psychological research.
MSPSY507 - Advanced Statistics for Social Studies The aim of this module is to provide a postgraduate-level orientation to
both basic and advanced contemporary statistical issues in psychology. The statistical techniques taught will include univariate
and bivariate descriptive and inferential statistics; psychometric techniques; exploratory data analysis; basic and advanced
topics in ANOVA and ANCOVA; multiple regression; factor analysis; and structural equation modeling.
MSPSY508 - Advanced topics in group processes and inter-group relations: A bio-social perspective This module will
provide an opportunity to study at an advanced level the literature on group processes and intergroup relations and to
familiarize oneself with the current social and evolutionary perspectives on groups. The module builds upon knowledge of social
psychology and biological psychology gained at undergraduate level. We shall consider, specifically, how social psychological
and evolutionary theories in combination can explain group processes. Topics that will be addressed include group cohesion,
intragroup and intergroup conflict, status and leadership, and group size. The module draws primarily on small group research
in social and evolutionary psychology, but we shall also consider perspectives from other fields, such as economics and
anthropology. This module will involve a great deal of student presentation, participation and discussion.
MSPSY509 - Social Psychology of the Media The course is designed to encourage a critical attitude to the media and will
consider their influence on individuals and society in general. Throughout the course, the following concerns will be addressed:
the nature of communication and problems in defining its effectiveness; the role of the media in providing information to its
audience; the ideological functions of the media; media representations of minority groups or controversial issues and how
these may influence people’s attitudes. The topics which will be discussed include: Conceptualisations of the media in terms of
a system in context, and in terms of communication; interpretation of Contents and effects. The power and social context of the
media. Conflicting views on children in the media; children as an active audience. Drama and story-telling in the media: cultural
products; case studies of television drama production; images of blackness on television, perpetuating stereotypes?
Propaganda through the media: war propaganda, election campaigns, encouragement of stereotypes. Presentation techniques:
diffusion of messages, mediation of myths. Publicity and advertising: contexts, methods and mechanisms. Creating social
reality: the process of news selection and construction. The ideology of impartiality and balance.
MSPSY510 - Psychology of Human Resource Development This module will analyse the HRM context from the perspective
of social psychology. The topics will include: Employee relations, Employment law and the management of human resources;
The Employee voice in union and non-union organisations; Recruitment and selection; Performance management and reward
systems; Work systems and Human resource policy options.
MSPSY511 - Psychology of Criminal Conduct This module will examine the topic of criminality from a broadly social
psychological perspective. The evidence that consistent criminal tendencies can be reliably assessed is considered, and the
extent to which personality factors can explain that consistency is evaluated. The concept of psychopathy will be explored
before examining more generally the relationship between crime, law and moral judgment. Theoretical perspectives on the
origins of the criminal tendency in childhood will be detailed and its abundant expression in adolescence highlighted and
examined. The current emphasis on crime as reasoned action will be evaluated, highlighting the role of rationalisation and
normative beliefs in the justification of both "blue-collar" and "white-collar" crime. The role of opportunism in criminal decisionmaking will be considered in relation to environmental factors and attempts to prevent crime. The role of victims in creating,
defining and reporting crime will be analysed, and the psychological consequences of crime for victims and potential victims are
explored.
MSPSY512 - Cognition and Culture This module analyses how individual minds deploy in richly structured contexts communities, regions, ethnicities, cultures, nation-states, etc. and aims for an improved understanding of thought which
requires description at both the psychological and cultural levels, and of how phenomena at the two levels interact. Major areas
231
of discussion in this module will include: cross-cultural differences in reasoning, perception, and memory; culture and emotion;
evolution and culture; domain-specific/modular approaches to cognitive architecture; culture and development; the
epidemiology of representations.
MSPSY513 - Advanced Topics in Personal Relationships The course will offer the student the opportunity for in depth study
of a major topic area in the field of personal relationships. The list of topics will be revised frequently in order to ensure that it
includes the most currently active and interesting issues within the field. Topics scheduled to discuss at present are: romantic
love, sociobiological approaches to attraction and mate selection, loneliness, adult attachment and social support.
MSPSY514 - The Social Psychology of Economic Life The course will review the contribution of social psychological
theories and perspectives, broadly interpreted to include micro-sociology, to the understanding of people’s representations,
attitudes, choices and behaviours in the economic sphere. Rationality in individual and collective decision taking; The scientific
and lay representations of risk; Trust in contemporary society; Consumer behaviour, fashion and the symbolic aspects of
consumption; and Equity and justice are amongst the topics to be discussed on this course.
MT104 - Linear Algebra This course deals with subjects such as system of linear equations, matrices, determinants,
introduction to eigenvalues and eigenvectors, dot product, cross product, vector spaces and linear transformations.
MT111 - Calculus I Real numbers, functions, and graphs; limits and continuity; the derivative and differentiation; extreme
function values, techniques of graphing, and the exact differential.
MT112 - Calculus II The definite integral and integration; computing areas; application of the definite integral; inverse functions,
and exponential functions; and inverse trigonometric functions, and hyperbolic functions. Computing anti derivative, rational
functions. (Prerequisite: MT111)
MT206 - Differential Equations Study of ordinary differential equations. Standard solution methods for first-order equation.
Higher-order forced linear equations with constant coefficients. Complex numbers; Laplace transform. Matrix methods for firstorder linear systems with constant coefficients. Series solutions to second-order equations. Fourier series solutions.
(Prerequisite: MT112)
MT207 - Probability Theory Theoretical definition of probability, various examples for probability, counting techniques,
conditional probability, Bayes theorem, tree diagrams. Discrete and continuous probability distributions, mathematical
expectation, standard normal distribution. Introduction to inferential statistics. Organising data, calculating mean, standard
deviation, mode, median and range.
MT211 - Calculus III Calculus of several variables, emphasising applications. Vector algebra, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, and vector calculus. Infinite series, and power series. (Prerequisite: MT 112)
MT212 - Engineering Mathematics Vector calculus. Orthogonal co-ordinate systems, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates.
Line, Surface, and Volume Integrals, Divergence and Stokes’ theorems. Complex numbers, and the theory of functions of a
complex variable. Fourier series and boundary value problems. (Prerequisite: MT211)
MT308 - Numerical Analysis Errors and accuracy; polynomial approximation; interpolation; numerical differentiation and
integration; numerical solution of differential equations; least square and minimum - maximum errors approximations; non-linear
equations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. (Prerequisite: MT112)
MT401 - Selected Topics in Mathematics Organised study of selected topics from the departmental consent. The special
topics covered may vary from term to term. This course may be repeated.
MT511 - Advanced Engineering Mathematics I Selected topic in applied mathematics drawn from variety of areas: partial
differential equation, tensor analysis calculus of variations, asymptotic methods, integral equation, advanced theory of
transforms and distributions and numerical analysis. . (Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent)
MT512 - Advanced Engineering Mathematics II Linear topological space, Banach and Hilbert Spaces. Algebraic structure
groups, rings, fields, and extension of fields. Introduction to the theory of complex variable, analytic continuation of Riemann
surfaces. Some special functions.
MTHS101 - Calculus I Sets, numbers, concepts of functions, types of functions and graphs; increasing and decreasing
functions; close defined functions, one-to-one functions and one function of the reverse, trigonometric functions, limit and
continuity; extreme function values, techniques of graphing and curve drawing.
MTHS102 - Calculus II Exponential and logarithmic functions. Limits and derivatives, derivatives of exponential and logarithmic
functions. Applications of exponential functions and anti-derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite integral, functions of
several variables, partial derivates. (Prerequisite: MTHS 101)
MUSC110 - Introduction to Music IV This course attempts an exploration of Music in sounds. Emphasis is given on the
development of music literacy in reading and writing music. It provides an opportunity on listening, understandings, enjoying
and appreciating music.
ND101 – Basic Approaches in Nutrition and Dietetics The students familiarize themselves with the profession of nutrition
and dietetics during his course. They understand the duties, capabilities, responsibilities and the work ethics of the profession.
ND102 – Organic Chemistry In this course, the students will be provided with the knowledge about and the cognitive skills
required for understanding the chemical properties of acids, bases, alcohols, Ethers, Aldehydes, Ketones, Esters, carboxylic
acids and their derivatives, amines, amides, carbohydrates, proteins and lipids.
ND103 – General Chemistry This course will cover the fundamental topics in chemistry including: Structure of atoms,
elements and their properties, molecules, chemical compounds, chemical bonds, chemical equations and reactions, aqueous
solutions, periodic table, gases and the electronic structure of the atom.
232
ND104 – Introduction to Nutrients With this course, it is aimed that the students will gain an understanding of the
fundamental theories related to nutrients, their types and their properties.
ND201 – Principles of Nutrition This course constitutes of the following topics: Carbohydrate, protein, fat, vitamin and mineral
content of nutrients; their chemistry, properties, sources, digestion, absorption and metabolism; requirements; problems of
excessive and imbalanced intake; calorific values; energy expenditure, energy balance and imbalance problems; and
relationship between nutrition and health.
ND202 – Biochemistry of Nutrition II Through this course, the students will gain an understanding of how water and
electrolyte balance is achieved in the body and its importance; hormones; and metabolic changes in starvation and excessive
food intake.
ND203 – Biochemistry of Nutrition I This course is aimed at providing knowledge on the bodily functions of carbohydrates,
proteins, fats, and minerals and vitamins; biochemical and functional changes due to insufficient or excessive intake.
ND204 – Food Microbiology and Food Safety This course aims to provide information about bacteria and other microorganisms, gut flora, disinfection, and sterilisation; diseases developing through nutrient intake; and the importance of microorganisms in the preparation and production of food and beverages.
ND205 – Chemistry of Nutrients This course covers the topics of: Structure, classification, properties, and analyses of
Carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and enzymes, as well as learning the colour and taste elements of nutrients.
ND206 – Introduction to Catering Services This course will cover the topics of: The classification of businesses providing
catering services; organization of the area for food and beverages; purchasing, receipt and storage of foodstuffs; methods in
catering services; new catering systems; and cost-control of food and beverages.
ND208 – Education and Consultancy in Nutrition This course mainly aims to develop student skills on education in nutrition,
and their communication and presentation skills. Within this context, they will learn about individual learning and behaviour
theories; motivational strategies, their analysis; application of the techniques used in behavioural modification; cognitivebehavioural strategies; assessment and discussion of individual learning and behaviour theories; as well as the development
and distribution of brochures related to nutrition.
ND209 – Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology The following topics are covered in this course: The concept of
culture and its development; cultural theory; cultural theories and variables; diffusion; socialization; acculturation process and
examples; examples of settlements and culture.
ND210 – Methods of Food Preparation and Cooking This course covers the following topics: Nutrient groups required for the
sufficient and balanced feeding of individuals or groups; Structural and non-structural elements of the contents of the nutrients
forming the nutrient groups; Changes involved in the stages spanning from the purchase of foodstuffs to the service of the
prepared food.
ND211 – Nutrition and Genetics This course provides an understanding of the field of Nutrigenetics: the study of individual
responses to a specific diet due to the variations and polymorphisms within their genetic structure.
ND212 – Anthropology of Nutrition Information on the following topics is offered through this course: Interaction of
environment and nutrition; historical changes in eating habits; eating habits of different countries; historical developmentchange of nutrition; religions and nutrition; economic, political, social and geographical factors affecting nutrition.
ND213 – Food-Medicine Interactions This course examines the mechanisms of the interaction between some medicines and
foodstuffs; bioactive compounds found in food; and foodstuffs that increase or decrease the activity of medicines and their
contraindications.
ND214 – Menu Planning This course spans the essential topics of food and beverage business and gastronomy; concept of
menu and its definition; menu types; menu planning specific for age-groups and professions; planning of special menus for
illnesses; properties of menu cards, menu contents; the standing of menu cards and their contents in commercial businesses;
and pricing of menus.
ND215 and 216 – Professional Foreign Language I and II This course provides information related to professional
terminology of nutrition and dietetics. In-class study and presentations facilitate better understanding of different uses of such
terminology.
ND217 – Nutritional Support Products and Functional Nutrients This course covers information on the development,
production and marketing of functional nutrients, their safety and their relationship to health.
ND301 – Mother and Child Nutrition This course will cover an extensive knowledge base and will include the following topics:
Nutrition during pregnancy and breastfeeding; importance of nutrition during pregnancy in mother and child health; Energy and
nutrient requirements during pregnancy; nutrition in pregnant women; physiology of lactation and factors affecting it; energy and
nutrient requirements during breastfeeding; nutrition in breastfeeding women; nutrition in breastfeeding baby; sufficiency of
breast milk; factors preventing from breastfeeding; nutritional problems in pre-school children; nutrition of the baby in the first 4
months; baby food and formula food; nutrition of 4-12 month old babies, pre-school period; nutrition of 1-5 year old children;
nutrition of school-age children.
ND302 – Nutrition in Childhood diseases The topics of: nutrition of premature babies, nutrition of undernourished babies,
nutrition in diseases of absorption, nutrition in gastroenteritis and infective diseases, nutrition in Type I Insulin dependent
diabetes, nutrition in congenital metabolic diseases, nutrition for the renal, muscular and nervous diseases, is covered in this
233
course. The students will also gain knowledge on observation and examination in childhood diseases and enteral-parenteral
nutrition in children and premature babies.
ND303 – Society and Health I The relationship between health and social sciences; social, cultural and biological factors
affecting health; population; understanding society structure; and structure of health systems will form the knowledge content of
this course.
ND304 – Society and Health II Main topics covered in this course, which mainly develop epidemiological skills, are:
Prevalence and causes of health issues, methods of protection, risk groups in society, health status of risk groups, and
prevention measures for health improvement, planning, data collection, analysis and report writing.
ND305 – Medico-Nutritional Treatment in Adult Diseases I Through this course, the students will be informed about :
Definitions related to medical nutrition; relationship between nutrition and health; determination of nutritional status; principles of
dietary planning; the role and responsibilities of a dietician in clinical trials; medical nutrition in the treatment of obesity/thinness,
diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, diseases of the digestive system, inflammatory and infective diseases, and
burns.
ND306 – Medico-Nutritional Treatment on Adult Diseases II The topics covered during this course are: Medical nutrition and
trial diet in the treatment of liver, gall bladder, pancreas, kidney, bone and joint, and nervous system diseases as well as
cancer.
ND307 – Management of Catering Services This course covers the following essential topics in catering services
management: Food safety systems; hazard analysis and critical control points (HACCP), kitchen planning; the management
structure of food and beverage in different organizations and their comparisons.
ND308 – Nutritional Support Systems Description and types of malnutrition; Methods used in the depiction of nutritional
status; Main principles of enteral-parenteral feeding and their complications, indications, advantages/disadvantages; enteralparenteral products and their areas of use; calculation of energy and nutritional element requirements in enteral-parenteral
feeding; disease-specific nutritional support treatments; analysis of job implementation of nutrition teams in the hospitals; and
practical applications, are the main topics covered in this course.
ND309 – Legal Arrangements in Nutrition This course covers the topics related to the legal aspects in the field of nutrition
such as: Food quality and properties; legal arrangements and provisions; factors affecting the efficiency of food safety; food
additives; chemical contaminations.
ND309 Toxicology of Nutrients Topics such as: Toxic compounds in nutrients; naturally occurring toxic compounds;
Interaction of toxic compounds with nutrients; Types of toxicity; and the effects of toxic compounds in the body, form the
contents of this course.
ND310 – Community Health Internship The students are provided with the opportunity to carry out a field study.
ND311 – Business Knowledge The students will be informed about the concept of business and environmental factors; social
and ethical responsibilities of businesses; business investments; business management; production management; marketing;
human and financial resources management.
ND314 – Summer Internship The students reinforce their academic gains through improving their practical skills on care and
treatment by carrying out field studies in the format of an internship.
ND401 – Education at Workplace I This course serves the purpose of unifying and reinforcing knowledge and skills by
carrying out applications in professional fields.
ND402 – Education at Workplace II This course serves the purpose of unifying and reinforcing knowledge and skills by
carrying out applications in professional fields.
ND403 – Graduation Project I The requirements for the graduation project ensures the student attains competence in carrying
out a scientific study, writing reports and present findings related to the field of catering services and nutrition and dietetics
under supervision.
ND404 – Graduation Project II The requirements for the graduation project ensures the student attains competence in
carrying out a scientific study, writing reports and present findings related to the field of catering services and nutrition and
dietetics under supervision.
ND405 – Nutrition for Sports The main focus areas of this course are: Food elements and their effects on performance;
energy systems required for exercise; fluid intake; body composition; energy balance and control of body weight; relationship
between exercise and health; problems associated with over nourishment and undernourishment and nutritional support;
analysis of sportsperson’s diet before, during and after competition.
ND406 – Diseases Related to Nutrition This course is aimed at providing knowledge on the characteristics of and protection
specifications for the diseases related to nutrition.
ND407 – World Cuisine In this course the students familiarize themselves with the culinary habits of various countries and
cultures in the world through their food. In addition, the students analyze the impact of international cuisine on health.
234
ND408 – Case Analysis This course provides the students with the opportunity: to identify the problem through systematic use
of problem solving and analytic skills; and to choose the appropriate methods for generating solutions in large group
discussions, relevant to the issues or scenarios they would potentially face at workplace.
ND409 – Nutrition in Old Age This course covers the topics of : The changes within the structure and function of the body
during old age and their relationship with nutrition; Changes in the eating habits in old age and their effects on health;
Formulation of eating plans; principles of nutrition in most prevalent chronic diseases.
ND411 – Eating Disorders Introduction to eating disorders, anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, other unidentified eating
disorders; overeating; obesity; other special requirements in these diseases in children, men and athletes; and their relationship
with culture, are the topics covered in this course.
NH001 - National History I Starting with the second half of the 19th century and coming to date; not a chronological
presentation but rather dwelling into social political and economic reasons of events. To show how history functions as a social
memory. Special emphasis is put upon national histories of both Turkey and T.R.N.C., presenting ideas and principles of
Atatürk, the founder of modern Turkey.
NH002 - National History II A continuation of NH001.
OKO101 - Introduction to Early Childhood Education
Major approaches to and basic principles of early childhood
education, educational environments, early childhood education in Turkey and other countries, historical development of early
childhood education, development of fundamental skills, impact of mass media and early childhood education, teacher
education and school/family collaboration.
OKO102 - Maternal and Child Health and First Aid Defining mother and child health, factors affecting their health in the
community, pregnancy, growth and development, common diseases in pregnancy, common diseases in childhood: diarrhea,
upper respiratory infections, infectious diseases such as hepatitis, meningitis and parasites; immunization; common accidents
in childhood and preventive care; drug usage, emergencies and special applications; health problems of women in different
periods of lifetime, family planning methods.
OKO103 - Human Anatomy and Physiology Basic principles of human anatomy and the fundamental mechanisms of human
physiology. Structure and the functions of human body, its organization, regulation and maintenance systems, support,
movement and integration-control systems, nervous system, hormones.
OKO105 - Psychology Definition of psychology, historical development of psychology, major areas of psychology
(physiological psychology, developmental psychology, learning, memory and perception, personality and social psychology),
psychological theories, the subjects of biological basis of behaviours.
OKO201 - Maternal and Child Nutrition Fundamental concepts and principles of nutrition. Components of nutrients,
enrichment of nutrients with respect to nutrient value, nutrition of pregnant and lactating women, malnutrition, energy balance,
nutrient requirements during pregnancy, malnutrition in children, nutrition of 0-6 year old children and hygienic rules in
preparation of food
OKO202 - Early Childhood Development II Concepts, characteristics and theories about social, emotional , personal, moral
and sexual development of children aged between 0-8.
OKO203 - Early Childhood Development I Cognitive development of children aged between 0-8 , fundamental concepts and
theories of cognitive development (Piaget, Vygotsky), fundamental concepts and theories of language development, systems
forming language, basic neurological and physiological mechanisms of language, early childhood language development,
factors affecting language development, functions of language and relation between thinking and language, bilingualism.
OKO204 - Children’s Literature Development of children’s literature in the world and Turkey , the importance of qualified
books in early childhood, basic characteristic(design, content and educational) of children’s books. Examples of appropriate
and inappropriate books , the effects of book in early childhood.
OKO205 - Creativity and Nurturing Definition of creativity and related theories concept of creativity and characteristics of
creative people; explain the significance of creativity in children; identify ways to foster creativity in the young child; explore the
role of teacher in children’s creative activities; understand how to enhance children’s creativity, through materials, activities,
environments etc; conduct creative ideas, activities and products
OKO205 - Creativity and its Development The students are informed on: the place and importance of creative thinking in
society life; different theories explaining creativity; relationship between intelligence and creativity; characteristics of creative
personality; development of creativity; societal, cultural, developmental and emotional factors affecting creativity; importance of
creative problem solving processes and brainstorming.
OKO206 - Mathematics in Early Childhood Education Concept development in early childhood, mathematical teaching in
early childhood education, teacher mission of teaching math concepts, addition and subtraction activities spatial concept,
geometric shapes, measuring activities.
OKO207 - Play in Early Childhood Historical development and theories of play, basic concepts related to play, play in early
childhood and developmental stages of play , therapeutic ways of play, play in different cultures , play and toys in Turkish
culture
OKO208 - Child Mental Health Definition of mental health, importance, historical development of mental health, theories
related to mental health, characteristics of children with and without mental illness, children with behavioral and adaptive
problems(stuttering, mutism, enuresis, encopresis, finger suck, nail biting, aggression, jealousy, tics, stubbornness, insomnia,
nutritional anomalies, fears, attention deficit and hyperactivity, school phobia, stealing, lying) diagnosis and treatment of
behavioral and adaptive problems, special issues in family and their effects for child’ mental health
235
OKO210 – Drama in Early Childhood Education This course covers history of psychodrama, growth, learning, drama
techniques for facilitating learning and creativity.
OKO300 - Physical Education and Game Movement education in early childhood education classrooms; the characteristics
of gymnasium where the programs will be performed; facilities/equipment and their areas; exercises with equipment, programs,
games. Exercises that are suitable to 0-6 year old children’s movement development; games that are preparatory to sport
games, musical games and practice. The teaching methods and basic principles of movement education in early childhood.
OKO301 - Music Education I Music and education, music in early childhood education, discriminating natural voices,
becoming familiar with instruments, selection of appropriate materials, developing expression through music, developing
desirable Behaviour via music education, getting children to participate in musical activities, construction of a music center in
classroom, repertoire studies
OKO302 - Specific Teaching Methods I Aims and goals in early childhood educational curriculum, planning activities,
preparing annual, daily and activity plans, evaluating ECE programs, educational environments in ECE classrooms, materials
and methods in ECE, parent involvement
OKO303 - Science in Early Childhood Education To conceive the influences of science-nature studies on child’s
developmental zone and to plan activities which are appropriate for children’s levels. To create environments and situations that
will provide students to learn concepts of science and nature by means of excursion-observation, experiment, drama, play. Etc.
OKO304 - Music Education II The importance of music in early childhood education, relationship of music and education,
musical development of child aged between 0-8 years, introduction of early childhood education music program , generating
musical repertoire related to early childhood period, methods of teaching songs ,educational environment and materials used
in music in early childhood education
OKO305 - Visual Arts in Early Childhood Education Definition of art, basic art education , historical development of visual
arts, the importance of arts education in contemporary education, to identify and evaluate work of art, effects of visual arts on
children, techniques and material used in art, education in museums.
OKO306 - Material Design
childhood education.
Design effective educational materials (puppet, puzzle etc) appropriate for children in early
OKO401 - Parent Education Social pattern, culture and social development of human, definition, structure and values of
family, education programs, models and projects for families, program examples, definition and psychology of adults, parent
involvement in early childhood education.
OKO402 - School Readiness and Transition to Elementary School Definition of school readiness, factors affecting school
readiness, dimensions of school readiness and emergent literacy(physical, social, emotional, cognitive, language and self-help
skills), designing school readiness and emergent literacy activities, characteristics of primary education curriculum, comparison
of ECE and primary education curriculum, assessing and evaluating school readiness of preschool children
OKO403 - Research Project I To prepare a scientific research project in various topics related to early childhood education.
OKO404 - Research Project II To implement, evaluate , report and present project which is started in Research Project.
OT103 – Health and Wellness Strategies This course covers the topics of: the role of the occupational therapist in improving
health and wellness; health-related concepts; analysis of health and wellness related improvement strategies and the same in
cases of functional limitations based on performance –centered human activity/ roles.
OT211 – Sociology of Disability This course covers the topics of disability; social status of the disabled, their social roles and
social interactions on the basis of cultural and social differences.
PA179 – Hatha Yoga This course aims to teach the achievement of body and mind balance and includes physical movements,
breathing exercises and maintenance of mental health through meditation.
PA210 – Drama This course covers history of psychodrama, growth, learning, drama techniques for facilitating learning and
creativity.
PE102 – Physical Education Carrying on physical condition programs that will improve physical efficiency. Introduction to
swimming style practices: teaching free, back and frog style swimming. Giving basic swimming education to ones who do not
know swimming. Teaching techniques of jumping, diving and rescuing survivors from the sea. Distant swimming practices.
Personnel Safety and social responsibilities, safe working practices, effective human relationships on board ship, understand
orders and be understood in relation to shipboard duties, emergency procedures, take precautions to prevent pollution of the
marine environment. Proficiency in survival craft, construction and out fit of survival craft and rescue boats and individual items
of their equipment, various types of devices use for launching and recovering survival craft and rescue boats, methods of
launching survival crafts into a rough sea, action to be taken after leaving ship, operate a survival craft engine, manage
survivors and survival craft after abandoning ship.
Persuasion skills also play a predominant part.
PHIL101 - Introduction to Philosophy The course will cover a number of major philosophical problems. Students will study
classical arguments and counter-arguments on these problems and will be encouraged to think critically on the same issues
from a contemporary perspective.
PHMN510 – Regulations of Pharmaceutical Industry This course is designed to provide chemistry skills for those planning to
work in the local pharmaceutical industry. The course describes principles pertinent to working in the pharmaceutical industry.
Topics include but are not limited to good lab practice, good manufacturing practice, hazardous materials management, the
FDA, drug approval and drug design. The course concludes with a survey of the local pharmaceutical industry.
236
PHMN512 – Pharmaceutical Marketing Focuses on the marketing research process and steps involved in a marketing
research study. Topics include secondary and syndicated research studies, qualitative techniques like focus groups, and
quantitative techniques like surveys and experimental design. Data collection and statistical analysis of quantitative data will
also be emphasized. Specific pharmaceutical marketing research issues like pricing, promotional effectiveness, patient and
physician satisfaction, brand loyalty, pharmacoeconomics, and outcomes research will also be covered. This course will use an
industry-specific consulting project model with opportunity to mine industry data.
PHMN514 – Logistics Management in PharmaceuticalIndustries The supply chain and logistics industry broadly covers
freight transportation, warehousing, packaging, customs clearing and forwarding, inventory management. The major industries
contributing to the logistics market include pharmaceuticals and chemicals, automotives, computer peripherals, FMCG,
engineering products, machinery, retail, and healthcare. Managers in this industry would need to have a thorough
understanding of the market in order to compete and sustain high growth. The course will emphasize the logistics management
in Pharmaceutical Industries.
PHMN516 – Quality Regulations of Pharmaceutical Industries This program provides instruction in the concept of quality
assurance in a manufacturing environment that is controlled by good manufacturing practices, quality systems, and regulatory
agencies. The students will be introduced to the following topics and concepts: regulatory agencies, documentation, validation,
deviations, corrective and preventative actions, auditing, inspection. Through practical training, the students will learn analytical
instrumental techniques, calibration of common laboratory equipment, and laboratory testing of raw materials and finished
products as performed by a Quality Control laboratory.
PHMN518 – Management of Research and Technology in Pharmaceutical Industries The course is the foundation of all
innovative pharmaceutical drug development. The current trends in the drug industry are towards re-formulation of existing
drugs to improve their performance as well as designing and developing new drug products. The course is structured to provide
the skills required to undertake formulation and development in the pharmaceutical industries.
PHS202 - Physics II Coulomb’s law and electric field. Gauss’s law and electric potential. Capacitance and electric energy.
Current and resistance, energy in the circuit. Magnetic field. Faraday’s law, inductance. Magnetic fields in matter waves sound.
(Prerequisite: MTHS 102)
POLS101 - Introduction to Political Science This course introduces students to the discipline of political science. Basic
definitions of the political process and the fundamental concepts used in studying politics are discussed. The course acquaints
students with how political scientists think about society and provides a basis for more sophisticated research and
understanding of empirical political theory, as well as skills for analysing political and social issues.
POLS202 - History of Political Thought An analysis of the concepts of politics through the writings of major political thinkers,
especially Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Burke, Marx and Mill is presented. Special focus will centre
on the foundations of modern authoritarian and democratic politics. The course is a preparation to Contemporary Political
Theory.
POLS301 - European Political History Historical analysis of political and diplomatic relations between the great powers of
Europe in the late XIX-XX century is presented and then the introduction of U.S. politics into the world power arena is included
to the analysis. The emphasis is initially placed on the relations between Britain, France, Austria, Russia, Germany and the
Ottoman Empire; the Eastern Question, German and Italian unifications, the Balkan Crisis, World War I and II. In the second
half of the course, the emphasis will shift to the post-World War II diplomatic events: the peace conferences and settlements,
the creation of the European Community, the history and political dynamics of the Cold War, and its European implications.
POLS302 - Political Psychology This course provides a psychological analysis of the political process, with special attention
given to political socialisation and alienation as the two important political stages, which needs the utmost psychological
attention in order to be well understood.
POLS303 - Turkish Politics This course aims to give a detailed knowledge and understanding of the scientific analysis of
major political events in Turkey. Political structure, political culture, political system, election systems, party systems, ideologies
and the basic political tendencies within the Ottoman-Turkish context is also be analysed from a sociological and historical point
of view.
POLS304 – Political Ideologies Concepts and issues such as civil society, citizenship, nationalism, liberalism, conservatism,
feminism, socialism, national-socialism, fascism, racism, sexism and other various new social movements and political
ideologies is discussed both in theory and in actual practice. The course also connects ideologies to a broader social and
economic system.
POLS401 - Political Sociology This course aims to give detailed knowledge and a required formation regarding fundamental
subjects of political sociology to students from various programs of the Faculty. In addition it aims to teach students how to
reach the required knowledge and to equip themselves with the ability of analytical thinking. Another objective of the course is
to re-examine political experience and the socio-political structure of various cases including Turkey. In accordance we will
frequently try to understand the relationships between some sociological-political theories and certain aspects of our own
societies in practice.
POLS407 - Global Political Economy This course discusses key international political economic issues using a case based
approach. Topics: Economic and political challenges of trade liberalization for both industrialized and developing nations, the
role of natural resources and foreign direct investment in economic development, regionalism, global capital flows and financial
crises, strategic trade and competition. The course also deals with political globalization as regards economic globalization and
the dissolution of international system into a global one.
POLS408 - Media Politics The course deals with the production of information, image and news within political and ideological
processes and with the relationship between political system and media. The course also analyse how political system
communicate with the citizens and contribute to the formation of public space and how citizens impact on politicians,
bureaucrats by implementing a public control system.
237
POLS409 - Nation State &Nationalism This course covers nationalism and nation building in historical perspective. Ethnicity,
national consciousness and ethnic nationalism will be analysed in an international comparative framework. The course deals
with nationalism in the context of nation state and its building process and hence offers some aspects of state theories in
general and social-cultural integration of people and citizens into a general social whole.
POLS410 - Gender Politics The course concerns male-female relations and gender identities in political life and puts special
emphasis on the development of feminist theories and shows that gender identities are socially produced and have impacts on
civil society and political power. Gender politics also considers woman question and woman movements in particular.
POLS412 - Theories Of Democracy The course introduces conceptions of democracy from antiquity to modernity and postmodernity and deals with antique, liberal-plural democracy, social-democracy and socialist democracy, radical post-modern
democracy. The course focus on liber theory of democracy and democratic institutions in particular.
POLS413 - Contemporary Human Rights This is an introductory course on the theory and practice of international human
rights. The full range of human rights issues-international, national and non-governmental- will be covered. The course also
analyses Human Rights Law, International Humanitarian Law War of Law in the context of human rights violations of the recent
periods.
POLS414 - International Environmental Politics This course will focus on applying divergent theoretical approaches to
analysis of the causes, consequences for resolvability of international environmental issues, and look at how these issues in
turn affect the future of international relations.
POLS415 - Political Parties & Election Systems This course is designed to introduce the student to some basic aspects of
the Turkish social structure; such as politics, system of norms and economy, population, modes of residence, social classes
and family will be other important issues of concern.
POLS416 - Theories Of State
The course is concerned with the theories of state according to its classical, liberal,
conservative, Weberian, Marxist and Post-modern conceptions and forcuses on the modern state, its functions and politicalbureaucratic organization in particular, and its relation to society, law, economy and international system. Finally, the course
concerns fordist, Keynesian, welfare and nation characterisitics which under change and dissolution.
POLS417 - Contemporary Political Theory This course outlines the history of political thought of more recent thinkers, all of
whom have reformulated classical political theories in the twentieth century, such as V. Lenin, Frederich Hayek, Antonio
Gramsci, Hannah Arendth, Lousi Althusser, Michael Focault, John Rawls, Andre Gorz, Jurgen Habermas, Ralph Miliband, and
Francis Fukuyama, Manuell Castells, and David Harvey.
POLS420 - Graduation Project A research paper in the area of interest should be prepared by the student with a supervisor.
The project should be presented. Topics of study are expected to cover a synthesis of different study areas of political science
and public administration and show the professional formation of student.
PRE101 – Introduction to Communication The aim of the course is to achieve analysis of topical events through a
communication view-point and promote basic concepts of communication science. The course is designed to provide students
with a broad overview of the functions of communication. It will explore communication between individual people, in groups
and in organizations. The purposes of mass communication will also be explored.
PRE102 – History of Communication History of communications will be studied vis-à-vis culture and communications
relations. Within a study of the characteristics of mass communications, issues like institutionalization – in a historical
perspective -, alienation, monopolization, globalization and identity will be studied.
PRE201 – Introduction to Political Sciences The objective of this course is to introduce the student to the issues and
concepts of political science. The aim of the course is to familiarize the students with the realm of politics. Many political
terminologies and ideologies will be defined and analyzed. The ultimate objective of this course is to draw inquisitive
conclusions from each of this issues and concepts under the framework of democracy as well as to prepare the student for
further study in the areas of politics and international relations.
PRE202 – Introduction to Public Relations The course examines what PR is, and how it has evolved. It examines the
contexts in which PR practitioners work, and relates them to the ethical standards of the individual, the PR industry and society.
Students will also gain knowledge of tasks commonly associated with the practice of public relations and its role and purpose in
various organizations.
PRE203 – Communication Sociology This course introduces students with new conceptions and paradigms about mass
communication and intends to give students a comprehensive grasp of the key controversies which characterize media
sociology, to understand culture and society and to involve application of theoretical concerns to actual cultural processes.
PRE205 – Creative Writing The course equips students with a basic understanding of the skills and techniques required in
creative writing. The course will also help to identify categories and genres of creative writing. The unit introduces students with
relevant skills required in the implementation of techniques of creative writing and the students are coached and encouraged to
apply their creativity in writing.
PRE206 – Media Law This course compares the laws of communication applied in the TRNC, Turkey and in the world. Focus
is also given to issues such as violation of personal rights, the right to answer (modification), European Cross Border
Publication Agreement, as well as other issues such as the Article coded 3984.
PRE208 – Diction and Debate Within this course following subjects will be covered: ideas and critique on photographs,
knowledge and materials necessary for press photographers, selection of photographs, framing. The development of press
photography, its types and importance will all be discussed.
PRE210 – Advertising Design This course introduces students to the field of advertising design. Advertising problems are
presented and students are encouraged to develop solutions that are original, unexpected and persuasive. Students are
presented with advertising problems and develop appropriate solutions that are original, unexpected and memorable.
238
PRE212 – News Report Writing Introductory instruction and experience writing news stories for radio and TV. Students will
learn the foundations of journalism and the craft's two main components – reporting and writing the news.
PRE302 – Theories of Mass Communication Theories or models of Mass Communication in this course the effects of mass
communication on society, politics and cultural structure are all discussed. In addition, the political restructuring of mass
communication, and the social effects of TV will be analyzed. This course equally studies how a good communicator is required
to use news, journals, TV, radio, or internet as various, sources in creating communicative messages.
PRE303 – Research Methods for Social Sciences The general objective of this course is to introduce students to methods of
research. The specific objectives are: (i) to ensure that students acquire some practical research skills; (ii) to understand what
research is all about and what it is dependent upon; and (iii) to enable students to link the research process with theories of
their specialist areas. By becoming familiar with the research process in practice, students should be more confident and
competent in evaluating and using research results in their specialist areas.
PRE304 – Communication in Organization This course teaches students the different models of internal communication
models and their relationship with organizational structure, motivation and productivity, and organizational climate as a whole.
The importance of various communication methods and types of information flows are discussed.
PRE305 – Introduction to Journalism for PR This course examines contemporary issues related to the newspaper industry
and to print journalism and relationships between news production, journalism, media and society. The course aim is to show
students interrelation between PR and Media organizations and duties of PR practitioners as media relations practitioners. At
the end of the semester, students will understand the role of public relations in society as well as in various organizations.
PRE306 - Media Planning The changing aspects and approaches in media planning, interactive media, media and its devices,
media classifications, general rules of planning, inter-active strategies, data highway and its problems, inter-active planning,
new media planning concepts, media and consumers, media as a source of knowledge and entertainment, basic media
planning terms, GRP and rating percentages are dealt with within this course.
PRE308 - Consumer Behaviour The course description is as for BUS450.
PRE401 - Promotion Management The course description is as for BUS451.
PRE403 - Public Relations Campaign Students are expected to design a Promotional campaign by using five
communicational tools, integrating them well including media planning, budgeting and timetable.
PRE404 - Publicity To initiate and improve relations with media; to write press releases and to arrange news briefs; to control
publicity. The importance of opinion polls and promotion are also discussed regarding publicity. The students will be able to
acquire expertise and professional skills in classroom interactive discussions. The means of publicity such as campaign,
promotional marketing, media planning will also be discussed.
PRE405 - Advertising Workshop This course provides a comprehensive survey of modern advertising covering the major
media: online, print, radio and television. Principles of good advertising copy and production are emphasized as are advertising
ethics. Also advertising majors are introduced to fundamental techniques of media production including: still visuals, moving
visuals and sound. This is a workshop experience in which students gain basic audio-visual skills. Required of advertising
majors.
PRE406 - Personal Selling Face to face communication with clients; prospecting, preparing a deal; handling objections,
closing a deal, follow-up; also covered are particular issues related to sales force management.
PRE408 - Communication Ethics This course will combine practical and theoretical aspects of ethics, in the context of
advertising, public relations, journalism and mass media entertainment. The objective of this course is to discuss successes
and failures of a wide variety of ethical dilemmas and their implications to the media and society.
PRE412 - Public Relations Administration Importance of administration function in public relation; strategic public relations
administration, areas of public relation expertise, crisis management and public relations, public relations and environmental
administration, financial public relations, public relations with respect to consumer health and sports.
PRE413 - Analysis for Advertising Campaign General framework of advertising campaigns, advertising strategies,
advertising media, creative applications in advertising, analytic elements of advertising campaigns, critical analysis of
advertising with respect to advertising media and applications in advertising campaign analysis.
PRE414 - Media & Politics Topics include media and politics, media and democracy and media and ideology
PRE516 - Adv. and Mark. Management The dimensions of advertisement, social, legal and moral aspects, advertisement
and communication theories, advertisement strategies, targets of communication, peculiarities of message, media of advs,
tones and formats of advs, marketing concept, marketing principles as main trade function and its peculiarities, marketing
systems and marketing research, analysis, strategies and marketing programs will be hendled during the course.
PRE516 - Adv. and Mark. Management The dimensions of advertisement, social, legal and moral aspects, advertisement and
communication theories, advertisement strategies, targets of communication, peculiarities of message, media of advs, tones
and formats of advs, marketing concept, marketing principles as main trade function and its peculiarities, marketing systems
and marketing research, analysis, strategies and marketing programs will be hendled during the course.
PRE525 - Advertising, Criticism and Analysis General framework of advertisement, concept of critics, theory- critics
relationship, critics about advertisement that are shown at mass media, their positions and quality are taught; in addition to this,
scientific critics are explained, and it is aimed to prepare discussion atmosphere about advertisement addressed to writer, text
and visual material.
PS111 - General Physics I Introduces classical mechanics. Space and time: straight-line kinematics; motion in a plane; forces
and equilibrium; experimental basis of Newton’s laws; particle dynamics; universal gravitation; collisions and conservation laws;
work and potential energy; vibrational motion; conservative forces; inertial forces and non-inertial frames; central force motions;
rigid bodies and rotational dynamics.
239
PS112 - General Physics II Introduction to electromagnetism and electrostatics: electric charge, Coulomb’s Law, electric
structure of matter, conductors and dielectrics. Gauss’s Law, Concepts of electrostatic field and potential, electrostatic energy.
Electric currents, magnetic fields and Ampere’s law. Magnetic materials. Time-varying fields and Faraday’s law of
electromagnetic induction; magnetism and matter; basic electric circuits; AC circuits and resonance; Electromagnetic waves
and Maxwell’s equations. (Prerequisite: PS111)
PSY101 – Introduction to Psychology I The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the broad range of topics
that are studied in the field of psychology. This course provides the student with a broad introduction to the field of psychology,
one of the social sciences. Among the topics covered are gathering data on the causes and correlates of behavior, and key
figures in psychology and their theories. This survey of psychology will acquaint the student with the major concepts and
terminology of the discipline and give a better understanding of self and others. In the process students will hopefully gain some
insight into what makes people think, feel, and behave the way that they do.
PSY102 – Introduction to Psychology II This course is a continuation of PSY 101 and will cover the following topics: human
development, health psychology, personality, psychological assessment, psychological disorders and treatments, and social
psychology. The major aim of this course will be to gain the knowledge of interpretation of the topics above in the light of major
theoretical approaches in psychology as cognitive, psychodynamic, behaviourist and socio-cultural.
PSY103 – Elementary Mathematics The main objective of the course is to provide the mathematical background needed for
psychological and psychometrical research and analyses. This course introduces students to technical communication in
Psychology literature search. APA reports and presentations
PSY104 – English for Psychology This course provides English language instruction on basic terminology used in major
disciplines of psychology. It gives students practice in communicating clearly, both orally and in written reports, in APA style.
PSY204 – Biological Basis of Behaviour This is a multifaceted course establishing awareness on the relationship between
psychology and physiology and includes the following topics: Areas of application and research methods of psychological
physiology; physiology and anatomy of organisms; mechanisms of behaviour; sensation and motor functions, instinct and its
physiological basis; causes of functional pathologies.
PSY211 – Research Design in Psychology This course introduces students to research articles/journals, theories and
hypotheses, experimental research, quasi-experimental research, non-experimental research, using design decision trees,
ethics, the research process, literature search, critical reading of the literature, and APA style for a paper write-up.
PSY213 – Critical Thinking The students are informed on: the place and importance of creative thinking in society life;
different theories explaining creativity; relationship between intelligence and creativity; characteristics of creative personality;
development of creativity; societal, cultural, developmental and emotional factors affecting creativity; importance of creative
problem solving processes and brainstorming.
PSY218 – Statistics and Research Methods I This course includes the following topics to the student: variables, populations
and samples; sampling designs, scales of measurement, descriptive statistics, probability and the normal distribution, sample
estimates, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, one sample and two sample tests – parametric and non-parametric. A
guided research project will be conducted on this course.
PSY221 – Developmental Psychology I In this course, the students learn about basic principles and concepts of
development, developmental theories; developmental stages; physical, cognitive, personality and moral development in
children; parent-child interaction; behavioural and adjustment problems in childhood.
PSY230 – Experimental Psychology This course gives an introduction to the techniques of experimental and correlational
research used in the study of human behavior in the context of specific disciplines of psychology such as cognitive,
developmental or social psychology. This course is designed to connect research design and methods courses to the literature
in different disciplines of psychology.
PSY240 – Clinical Psychology I The main goal of this course is to understand fundamental concepts of clinical psychology,
including information related to the history and development of the discipline, approaches to clinical problems, methods of
assessment, specific techniques and possible careers involving clinical psychology. A major emphasis will be on the cognitivebehavioral field of clinical psychology, as this particular approach has provided the most empirical evidence as being
successful in the treatment of problems addressed by clinical psychology.
PSY240 – Clinical Psychology I This course is an overview of topics related to child metal health including: Definition and
importance of mental health; Historical development of mental health; Theories of mental health; characteristics of people with
and without mental health problems; The effects of child behavioural and adjustment problems (such as stuttering, mutism,
bedwetting, finger biting, aggression, jealousy, sleep disturbances, attention deficiency and hyperactivity, theft, lying, family
environment – divorce, step-parents, parental death etc.) on child mental health.
PSY251 - Social Psychology I A historical overview of theories, methods, and research topics in social psychology, Topics to
be covered include social perception, social attitudes and attitude formation and change, interpersonal attraction, aggression,
altruism, authority, stereotypes, gender roles and prejudice.
PSY301 – Pre-Dissertation Research This is a compulsory elective given in the third year, enabling students to do a research
project to explore areas of interest in psychology to enable them to commit to either the Research Track or Professional Track.
This elective requires student supervisors and guidance through the research process.
240
PSY312 – Ethics and History of Psychology This course provides general and specific guidance for ethical conduct in the
science and practice of psychology. Using case examples, the course covers the clinical practice of psychology, research,
teaching, supervision of trainees, development of assessment instruments, conducting assessments, school psychology,
educational counseling, organizational consulting, forensic activities, social intervention, administration, and other activities. The
course also reviews the historical development of psychology as a with its diverse sub-disciplines, both as a profession and as
a research tradition.
PSY318 – Statistics and Research Methods II This course includes the following topics to the student: SPSS statistics
package, 2-sample difference tests (parametric and non-parametric), 2-variable tests of association/correlation (parametric vs
non-parametric). A guided research project will be conducted on this course.
PSY321 – Cognitive Psychology This course is an introduction to the basic concepts of cognitive psychology. The course
surveys areas such as perception, attention, memory, language, and thought. The relation of cognitive psychology to cognitive
science and to neuropsychology is also covered.
PSY322 – Developmental Psychology II Main characteristics of the life-stage of adolescence and physical, cognitive,
personality, moral development during this stage as well as problems of adolescence and related coping mechanisms are
studied in this course.
PSY331 – Testing and Measurement in Psychology Basic principles in psychological testing and measurement will be
covered in this course. Topics included in the course are test construction, reliability and validity indexes of tests, test
standardisation. Also included in the course are intelligence testing, aptitude testing, personality tests and inventories.
PSY337 – Industrial and Organizational Psychology An examination of the psychological aspects of work and work settings
and includes aspects such as job analysis, personnel, selection and placement, performance, job satisfaction, supervisoremployee relations.
PSY338 – Health Psychology This course aims to examine the theoretical perspectives in the developing field of health
psychology. The course will examine recent research on the effects of psychological processes on health. Topics covered will
include: health beliefs and attributions, stress, stress and illness, pain management, excessive eating and drinking, smoking
and drug use, and the role of psychology in HIV and cancer treatment and recovery.
PSY341 - Environmental Psychology This course aims to familiarise students with issues and developments in the study of
major behaviour in relation with the physical environment. Theories and research procedures in the study of personenvironment transaction will be surveyed. Topics of the course include environmental perception and cognition, environmental
stressors, pollution, crowding, territoriality and personal space.
PSY344 – Clinical Psychology II This course builds on Clinical Psychology I, with a focus on contemporary practice of clinical
psychology, including theories and techniques of behavioural assessment and the management of psychological disorders.
Primary focus is on research findings relevant to assessment, aetiology, prognosis and management of mental health
disorders.
PSY345 – Psychology of Adjustment This course covers the study of the developmental characteristics of the life-stages of
infancy, childhood, adolescence, young adulthood, middle ages and old age, adjustment problems at each stage and relevant
coping mechanisms.
PSY347 – Psychology of Aging This course is an analysis of the factor affecting the aged individual. The emphasis is on
physiological, cognitive, sensory, personality and interpersonal changes occurring with age.
PSY348 – Counselling and Psychotherapy Major theories and approaches are discussed in the course. Also, some basic
methods and techniques of counselling are introduced. Counselling in education, health centres, work settings etc. are also
treated. Main types of psychotherapy techniques and their application to major mental disorders are also reviewed.
PSY352 – Social Psychology II This course is a continuation of Social Psychology I and as such includes topics of group and
group processes, conformity, cooperation competition, inter group conflicts, helping and aggression. An emphasis is placed on
the role of experimental and correlational research in social psychology.
PSY361 – Personality and its Assessment This course is a critical examination of the theories of personality, with a review of
the concepts and applications of personality assessment.
PSY361 – Personality Theories Basic personality theories, personality development, adjustment and mental health,
characteristics of personality theories and their comparisons, establishing a relationship between personality theories and their
areas of application are the topics which are covered in this course.
PSY375 - Neuropsychology An introduction to neuropsychology, as viewed through the lens of a variety of diseases with
neuropsychological sequenale, individual case studies, behavioral syndromes, brief vignettes, use of a neuroanatomy coloring
book, and neuroimaging.
PSY380 – Educational and School Psychology Introduces psychology bases of instructional systems. Examines
development and learning of children, adolescents and adults, teacher behavior, and other applications of psychology to
education. Covers construction, validation and use of classroom measurement and diagnostic procedures.
PSY380 – Psychology of Learning In this course, basic concepts and principles of learning; factors effecting learning;
learning theories and methods and techniques of effective learning are introduced to the students.
241
PSY382 – Cross-Cultural Psychology The course looks at methods and issues involved in cross-cultural psychology, with
topics including cross-cultural methodology and the application of psychological theory, as well as how knowledge of cultural
differences has been applied to situations of cultural contact.
PSY401 – Final Dissertation I This is the first semester of the final year student’s supervised Dissertation – whether on the
Research Track or the Professional Track. For the Research Track this involves the literature review and APA style proposal.
For the Professional Track this involves an internship.
PSY402 – Final Dissertation II This is the second semester of the final year student’s supervised Dissertation – whether on
the Research Track or the Professional Track. In this phase of the Dissertation, students complete their Dissertations and
present their work for assessment. The Dissertation is intended to involve the necessary knowledge and skills needed for the
students’ continuing career in psychology.
PSY425 – Recent Issues and Research Trends in Developmental Psychology This course is designed for advanced students
and aims to provide a critical review of recent research issues in developmental psychology.
PSY449 - Psychology and Gender Issues This course will explore the range and historical development of different
theoretical perspective, shifting themes and dominant methodologies in psychology as they bear upon issues of gender and
sexuality. The controversies surrounding the nature of “femininity” and “masculinity”, issues of rape, pornography and violence
will also be covered.
PSY453 – Drugs and Psychopharmacology This course looks at the biochemistry of drug use, addiction and behavior. It also
examines the history, biochemistry, main effects and side effects of prescription psychotropic medication. The goal of the
course is to learn to work with clients who are taking psychotropic medication and monitor them for side effects and
contraindications. Ethics and methods of working with medical personnel are included.
PSY455 – Child Abuse The types of child abuse and psychological consequences are discussed. Important factors in the
psychological interview and therapy of these cases are described, as well as research methodologies and research findings.
Legal aspects of child abuse and neglect are also covered.
PSY460 – Forensic Psychology This course is designed to provide an overview of the practice of clinical forensic psychology
and will address the nature of forensic psychology, ethical issues, legal competencies, testimony by expert witnesses, and
criminal responsibilities.
PSY472 – Emotion and Motivation Beginning with an overview of the historical development of research on motivation and
emotion, this course will examine the ethological, physiological, cognitive and social-cultural perspectives on the fundamental
question in the field of psychology: Why do individuals behave the way they do?
PSY476 – Criminology This course studies the many types, causes and effects of crime and how this is linked to
psychological perspectives within human behavior. Topics include the study of crime, criminality and criminal justice institutions
and processes, and psychological perspectives on these.
PSY477 – Special Topics in Experimental Psychology This course goes into depth in an area of experimental psychology in
cognitive, social or developmental areas, according to the instructor’s area of specializa

the graduate school

Transkript

Benzer belgeler